L.M.B.G. BEPOBTS. No. IV.

w

THE FOURTH VOLUME OF REPORTS

UPON THE

FAUNA OF LIVERPOOL BAY

AND THE

NEIGHBOURING SEAS,

WRITTEN BY THE MEMBERS OF THE

LIVEKPOOL MAKINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,

AND OTHER NATURALISTS,

AND EDITED BY

W. A. HEEDMAN, D.Sc, F.R.S.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL ;

CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, AND

DIRECTOR OF THE PORT ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION.

TFITH FIFTY-THREE PLATES, AND OTHER ILLUSTRATIONS.

PRINTED FOR THE

LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL;

THOMAS DOBB & CO.,
LIVERPOOL.

1895.

*'The Scandinavians in our race still hear in
every age the murmurs of their mother,
the Ocean." —

Emerson.

\. ^ ^

Contents.

Introduction. By Professor Herdman, D.Sc, F.K.S.

Sixth Annual Eeport of the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee and their Biological Station
AT Port Erin (with Plates I.— VI.). By W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc, F.E.S pp. 1—53

Keport on the Turbellaria of the L.M.B.C. District
(with Plates XII.— XIV.). By F. W. Gamble,
B.Sc pp. 54—80

Kevised Eeport on the Copepoda of Liverpool
Bay (with Plates XV.— XXXV.). By Isaac C.
Thompson, F.L.S., F.E.M.S. ... pp. 81—136

Notes on the H^mal and Water-Vascular Systems
OF THE Asteroidea (with Plate s XXXVI. — XXXIX.).
By Herbert C. Chadwick pp. 137—150

Note on Lucernarians occurring in the Neigh-
bourhood OF Port Erin, Isle of Man. By W. I.
Beaumont. ... ... ... ... pp. 151 — 161

Seventh Annual Eeport of the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee and their Biological Station
AT Port Erin (with Plates L— V.). By W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc, F.E.S pp. 162— 215

Eeport upon the Nemertines found in the Neigh-
bourhood OF Port Erin, Isle of Man. By J.
Henry Vanstone and W. I. Beaumont, pp. 216 — 220

Supplementary Eeport upon the Hydroid Zoophytes
OF THE L.M.B.C. District (with Plate IX.). By
Miss Laura Eoscoe Thornely. ... pp. 221 — 228

EeVISION of THE GENERIC NOMENCLATURE AND CLASSI-
FICATION IN Bowerbank's British Spongiad^.
By E. Hanitsch, Ph.D pp. 229—262

3tH hj

iv. contents.

Eighth Annual Eepojit of the Liveepool Maeine
Biology Committee and theie Biological Station
AT Poet. Eein (with Plates I. and 11.) . By W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc, F.K.S pp. 263— 312

Becent Additions to the Copepoda of Liveepool

. .Bay (with Plates VI. and VII. ). By Isaac C.

Thompson, P.L.S.,F.E..M.S. ... pp. 313— 321

Note upon the Yellow Vaeiety of Sarcodictyon

catena ta, Foebes, with eemaeks upon the Genus

--AND its Species. ^. (with.. Plate, yill.).. By W. A.

Herdman, D.Sc, F.K.S pp. 322—327

Obseevations on the Tube-Foeming Habits of Pan-
thalis oerstedi (with Plates IX. and X.). By Arnold
T. Watson, Sheffield. pp. 328— 347

Note on some points in the Steuctuee of the

Ceeata of Dendronotus arhorescens (with Plates

XII. and XIII. ). By Joseph A. Clubh, B.Sc. (Vict.).

pp. 348—362

Note on some Specimens of Sijnapta inhcerens feom
Poet Eein (with Plates XVI. and XVII.) . By
Herbert C. Chadwick. pp. 363—370

Kepoet on the Medusa of the L.M.B.C. Disteict.

By Edward T. Browne, B.A. ... pp. 371—414

Eevision of the Amphipoda of the L.M.B.C. Disteict

(with Plates XVIII. and XIX.). By Alfred 0.

Walker, F.L.S pp. 415— 448

Kepoet on Nemeetines obseeved at Poet Eein in 1894

AND 1895. By W. I. Beaumont, B.A. pp. 449—468

INTEODUCTION.

V«^.

At the close of a third triennial period this Fourth
Volume of Collected Reports upon the Fauna of Liverpool
Bay and the Irish Sea is now ready to be issued. As in
the case of the preceding volumes all the papers now
bound together as Vol. IV. have been read at some
period* during the last three years before the Liverpool
Biological Society; and the L.M.B.C. have to thank the
Council of that Society for the permission to print off
extra sheets of those papers in the " Transactions " which
deal with the Local Marine Fauna.

This present volume practically brings the account of
the work of the Committee up to the end of the tenth
year ; the Committee was formed in 1885, the first volume
of the ''Fauna" was issued in 1886, Vol. 11. in 1889,
Vol. III. in 1892, and this fourth volume now appears in
the Autumn of 1895. The previous volume closed the
account of the work done in connection with the Biological
Station on Puffin Island. The present one commences
the record — which it is hoped may be a long one — of the
investigations carried on at the Committee's new Station,
at Port Erin, in the Isle of Man. This Biological Station
was formally declared open for scientific work by His
Excellency Spencer Walpole, LL.D., then Governor of
the Island, on June 4th, 1892 ; and since then — as the
reports in this volume show — the laboratory has been
frequently used by students, and has proved to be quite as
favourably situated and quite as weU adapted for fostering
the scientific investigation of the neighbouring sea as was
anticipated by the Committee when they chose the spot

* In all cases the original dates of comimuiication are affixed to the papers. ,

vi. L.M.B.C. REPOET IV.

and planned the building. The increased size of the
present volume may be taken as some measure of the
increased, and always increasing, facilities for work
afforded by the Port Erin Biological Station.

It ought to be noticed that although the primary objects
of the Committee w^ere originally faunistic and specio-
graphic, yet observations on habits and life-histories, and
bionomics in general, have not been neglected ; and now
some of our papers, such as Mr. Chadwick's on the
Vascular Systems of the Starfishes, and Mr. Clubb's on
the Cerata of Nudibranchs, are coming to deal with purely
structural and morphological questions.

The other Keports in this volume deal, some of them —
such as Mr. Gamble's on Turbellaria, Mr. Beaumont's on
Nemertea, and Mr. Browne's on Medusae — with fresh
groups of animals which had not been adequately discussed
in the previous volumes ; while others, such as Mr.
Thompson's and Mr. Walker's reports, are welcome
revisions of these authors' own previous work on the
Crustacea. Dr. Hanitsch has furnished us with a paper
on the Classification and Nomenclature of British Sponges,
which it may be said does not come strictly within the
scope of the L.M.B.C. Eeports. Still the subject matter
is of such importance to anyone working systematically at
our sponge fauna, and the treatment seems so well adapted
to render the lists an indispensable working addition to
Bowerbank's Monograph, that I had no hesitation in
asking Dr. Hanitsch to allow the paper to be included in
our series of reports upon the Fauna of Liverpool Bay.

There is no need to dwell upon the large number of
species now recorded, and the additions that have been
made by our explorations Ijotli to the British fauna and to
science; such results, though very necessary, are no longer
the sole, perhaps not even the chief objects which the

INTRODUCTION. Vll.

Committee have in view. I think all who are engaged in
this work feel that it is growing steadily under their hands
in every direction. Not only are there many animals
and whole groups of animals in our sea still awaiting
examination and record, but there are many points of
view, the speciographic, distributional, anatomical, physio-
logical, embryological, bionomical and others, from which
even the best known forms would well repay further and
more detailed investigation ; and wider problems such as
the association of animals together on particular sea-
bottoms and at particular depths, and other questions of
bionomics and of oceanography — some of them having
important bearings upon Geology and upon Fishery
questions — are now opening up before us and pressing
for solution.

We are a small body, the Naturalists of Liverpool, our
laboratory at Port Erin is a modest establishment with
but scanty equipment, we have no State, County or
Municipal subsidies, and our available funds (private
subscriptions) are barely sufficient for the necessary
expenses of steamers and apparatus in our explorations,
and for the publication of our results ; but fortunately
there is no lack of work for us to do, work which is
interesting in the doing, and work which, if we seek it
earnestly and do it honestly, we cannot but beheve will
be of value to science, and may, through its connection
with the fishing industries, be of direct benefit to mankind.

W. A. Heedman.

University College,

Liverpool ; October, 1895.

* ' Geology and Zoology will gain much by
inquiring how our marine animals are
associated together." —

Edward Forbes,

[From Trans. Biol. Soc. L'pool. Vol. VII.]

SIXTH ANNUAL EEPOKT of the LIVEKPOOL

MAKINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, and their

BIOLOGICAL STATION at POET EEIN.

By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S.

DERBY PROFKSSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL ;

CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,

AND DIRECTOR OF THE PORT ERIN STATION.

[Read 9th December, 1892.]

Introduction.

As this, although a continuation of the series of Annual
Eeports dealing largely with the Biological Station on
Puffin Island, is also in a sense the opening of a new
record, it may help some of those whose sympathy we
wish to enlist in the new locality where we have come to
work if a brief explanation is given of the object of the
Liverpool Marine Biology Committee and of the reason
why they have a Station at the Isle of Man.

Biology is the science of living things, and deals with
all plants and all animals including man. Used in its
proper wide sense Biology includes not only Botany and
Zoology, or Natural History, but also Embryology,
Palaeontology, Anatomy, Physiology and Anthropology.
Marine Biology deals with the development, life-history,
structure, actions, and relationships of the animals and
plants which live in the sea, and also with any general
theoretical questions upon which these animals and plants
throw any light.

Some of the reasons why marine biology is a favourite
subject of investigation, and is so often spoken of apart
from other biological studies, are, that animals are much
more numerous and more varied in the sea, and especially
round the coasts, than upon land or in fresh waters, and
represent a larger number of the more important groups ;

2 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

moreover these marine forms have given rise in the past
to the land and fresh water animals, and also to those
of the deep sea — they are the parent community from
which migrating swarms have been given off; it is
amongst these marine animals romid coasts that there
has been the greatest over-crowding and the most severe
struggle for existence, and it is there probably that, under
the stress of competition, important new habits and struc-
tures have been evolved and modified. Many of the
great biological discoveries and generalizations have been
made from the study of marine animals, and many of the'
problems which still await solution, some of them theor-
etical questions of the greatest general interest, will
probably have to be worked out in the abundant and
varied material which presents itself to the marine biolo-
gist. Then again the sea is so large, and so comparatively
unknown that there is much more chance of coming upon
interesting new forms of life there than elsewhere.
Finally it should not be forgotten that we are a maritime
nation, that we most of us take kindly to the sea, and
that we naturally regard it as a duty to thoroughly explore
our coast lines, to examine the sea bottom lying off our
shores and make known the conditions of existence and
the various kinds of plants and animals living within the
British Area. Probably these reasons sufficiently account
for marine biology having flourished for the last century
in this country and for the fact that there have always
been amongst British Naturalists, enthusiastic investi-
gators of the sea bottom by means of the dredge and the
trawl.

L si Kill merely add that although Aristotle collected
marine animals on the shores of Asia Minor more than
2000 years ago, and it is over a century since the Danish
Naturalist 0. F. Miiller invented a dredae for scientific

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 3

purposes, while our own Edward Forbes, most closely
associated by birth, training, and in his after work with
the Isle of Man, started his pioneer explorations round
our coasts quite sixty years ago, yet there is still abundance
of work left — an apparently inexhaustible field lies before
the skilled observer. In all groups of marine animals
investigations of all kinds, faunistic, anatomical, embry-
ological, are urgently needed. Even in the collecting and
naming of specimens from our most frequented hunting
grounds much remains to be done. To take a recent
instance as an example : — a couple of weeks ago when
Mr. Thompson and I went for a day's dredging to Port
Erin, as w^e were approaching land we took two last hauls
of the small mud dredge close to the shore, the one within
a few yards of the biological station the other just along
the base of the breakwater, and the contents of the net
when examined yielded numerous interesting Cumacea,
Amphipoda and Copepoda, three of which latter {Stenhelia
denticidata, Laophonte spinosa and Ameira attenuata)
are new to science, while several others are rare and
interesting forms.

So much for the general question of marine investigation :
Biological Stations are a comparatively recent development
which were unknown to the older naturalists. Any plan
by which actual work on or close to the sea, so that the
animals may be examined alive and in their natural sur-
roundings, can be combined with the conveniences and
exact methods of a laboratory is obviously a great advan-
tage, and that is precisely what a biological station offers.
It is a sea-side laboratory where the observer can conve-
niently apply the refinements of modern apparatus and
re-ao-ents to the work of the field-naturalist. Different
stations may specialize in various directions, but an insti-
tution like our Biological Station at Port Erin has I

4 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

consider at least two important functions which it can
perform : — (1) It can supply material and afford oppor-
tunities for their investigations to the Committee and to
other specialists and so be a means of adding to knowledge,
and (2) it will enable advanced science students and young
graduates from our Colleges to become acquainted with
marine animals in the living state, and in various stages
of development, and will stimulate them to, and give them
opportunities of commencing, research work.

The Liverpool Marine Biology Committee was institu-
ted in 1885 for the purpose of investigating scientifically
the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay and the neighbour-
ing parts of the Irish Sea, an area usually referred to for

Fig. 1. Map of the L.M.B.C District. H, Hilbie Id., P, Pumii Id.,
E, Port Erin.

sliort as tli(! L.M.B.C. district. The Committee established
a small biological station on Puffin Island off the North
coast of Anglesey, in 1887 ; and for tlie last five years
this station has been kept up, and constant dredging and

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 5

other exploring expeditions have been carried on, as the
result of which three illustrated volumes of reports have
already been published (" Fauna of Liverpool Bay," vols.
I — III.). The Puffin Island establishment has been very
useful to the Committee, and well worth the small annual
expenditure required for its modest outfit. It has been
used by some students of the local Colleges who wished
to gain a general knowledge of the common marine
animals and plants in a living state, and by a considerable
number of specialists who went there to make observa-
tions, or who had the material for their investigations
collected there and sent to them.

It has been felt however by the Committee for some
time that a station which was more readily accessible from
Liverpool, and with hotel or lodging accommodation on the
spot, would enable their specialists to do more w^ork, and
be of more use to students and investigators generally.
Also it was becoming evident that after five years work
on the shores of the small island the greater number of

Fig. '1. Collecting ground at Puftin Island.

the plants and animals had been collected and examined,
and that a change to a new locality w^ith a rich fauna and
a more extended and varied line of coast would yield

6 TRANSACTIONS LLVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

increased material for faunistic work ; and, consequently,
in the last annual report (December, 1891) it was sug-
gested that the time had arrived when the Biological
Station then on Puthn Island might with advantage be
transferred to some new and less inaccessible spot. Hoy-
lake or West Kirby in Cheshire and Port Erin in the
Isle of Man were both mentioned as suitable, and a free
expression of opinion from local biologists was invited,
with the result that it soon became evident to the Com-
mittee that our workers almost unanimously voted for
the south end of the Isle of Man.

On connnunicating with the Isle of Man Natural History
and Antiquarian Society through their energetic Secretary
Mr. P. M. C. Kermode, of Ramsey, we were gratified to
find that they welcomed our project, and passed the
following resolution at their meeting on February '25th : — ■
**0n the strong recommendation of the General Committee,
it was unanimously resolved that Professor Herdman be
invited to establish a Marine Biological Laboratory in
the island, and that this Society should afford all the
assistance in its power to an undertaking which would be
of so great an advantage to it and to the whole island, and
would consider it an honour to co-operate with the
L.M.B.C. in their excellent work " (see Yn Lioar Manni-
NAGH, vol. I., no. 11, p. 368.)

As it was felt to be highly desirable that the laboratory
should be open and ready for work as early as possible in
sunnuer, Mr. Thompson and I went over on a mission
to Port Erin and Port St. Mary early in March for the
purpose of finding out what places were available at that
end of the island. After examining various existing
buildings at Port St. Mary, Perwick Bay, and other places,
we fixed upon a most suitable site at Port Erin, and were
fortunately able to arrange with the owner Mr. Thomas

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 7

Clague of the Bellevue Hotel, that a biological station of
three rooms should be erected, of which the Committee
would take a lease. The Committee desire to express their
appreciation of the public spirit and enterprise wiiich
Mr. Clague has shown, the readiness with which he has
met their views, and the trouble he has taken to see the
whole work satisfactorily carried out.

rJF

/

Fig. 3. Stack Rock, Calf Sound, near Port Erin.

After returning to Liverpool I prepared detailed plans
of the proposed biological station w4iich, after being sanc-
tioned by the executive of the Committee, were transmitted
to the builder. The work was commenced on April 20th,
and finished in every detail, including the internal fittings
and varnishing of the woodw^ork, a couple of days before

8 TEANSACTIONS LlVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the opening on June 4th. A short description of the
station and its surroundings may be appropriately placed
on record here.

Port Eein and Neighbourhood.

Port Erin is at the S.W. end of the Isle of Man and
occupies a fairly central position in the Irish Sea, being
about 30 miles from Ireland, 33 from Scotland, 40 from
Wales, and 45 or so from England. The bay faces nearly
due West, and is in most winds a good natural harbour
with sand at the end and bounded by precipitous cliffs
both to North and South. From its position and the
shape of the land. Port Erin has within a distance of a
couple of miles in three directions — to Fleswick Bay, to
the Calf Island, and to Port St. Mary — a long and varied
coast line with a number of small bays, furnishing good
collecting ground and shallow water dredging. Two of
these bays, Port Erin and Port St. Mary, have harbours
with sailing boats, and face in nearly opposite directions,
so that in most winds one or other is sheltered and has a
quiet sea.

The rich fauna around the Calf Island and off Spanish
Head (see map, PL I.) is within easy reach ; while at a
distance of three to four miles from the biological station
are depths of 20 to 30 fathoms, and at 14 miles 60 to 70
fathoms. Although Port Erin is a considerable distance
from Liverpool, still it is readied by a regular service of
swift steamers and convenient trains, so that there is no
great uncertainty or delay in the journey. The 11.30 a.m.
steamer from Liverpool to Douglas generally catches the
3.50 train in summer and the 5.30 in winter, arriving at
Port Erin in each case an hour later.

The plan of Port Erin bay (PI. 11.) shows the position
and surroundings of the Biological Station. (See also

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POUT ERIN.

9

view, P]. III.) It is on the beach at one corner of the
bay, near where the sand and rocks meet, and at the foot
of the chff upon which the Bellevue Hotel stands. It is
connected with the highroad by means of a broad zig-zag
gravel walk and concrete steps, and is only about one third
of a mile from the railway station. It is just at the bottom
of the hotel grounds, and arrangements have been made
with Mr. Clague by which those working at the Biological
Station can live comfortably and economically at a fixed
tariff at the hotel.

Fig. 4. Liverpool INlarine Biological Station at Port Erin.

The sea comes to within a few yards of the windows of
the Station, and the bay immediately in front is sheltered,
pure sea water with a varied bottom suitable for small
boat dredging and tow-netting; while the rocky coast,

10 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

extending out towards Bradda Head, has many creeks
and good shore pools containing an abundant stock of
interesting animals belonging to various invertebrate
groups.

The Biological Station is a substantially built, three
roomed house, measuring a little over 30 feet by 20 feet,
and standing on a solid stone and concrete platform,
which raises it about 10 feet above high tide. It has
windows looking out in three directions, north, south, and
west. The front door (see PI. IV.) leads into a short pas-
sage from which open to right and left tw^o small rooms
(6 and 7) which are used as the Director's room and
library and the Secretary's office, and will also be available
for the use of any members of the committee or any
special investigators who from the nature of their work
require a separate room where they can have privacy and
can set up delicate apparatus or leave their specimens in
safety. The secretary's office is also now being made light-
tight, and fitted with screens to the window so that it can
be used as a photographic dark room.

Opposite the entrance is the door into the main labora-
tory, which measures about 22 ft. by 20 ft., and has
windows on both sides. In front of the windows run
strong fixed work-tables which will accommodate half a
dozen students with ease, ten at a pinch. So the
greatest number who can work in the station at one time
when crowded is a dozen, while half a dozen fill it com-
fortably. At the two ends of the main laboratory are
fire-place, sink, tables, closed cupboard, and abundance
of shelving ; while along the centre of the room runs a
strong table for small aquaria, and vessels containing
animals. A door in one corner opens into a useful small
yard between the house and the cliff, in which the concrete
fresh water cistern supplying the laboratory sink is placed,

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 11

and where dredges and other implements can l)e stored.
The Committee pmposely did not arrange for any larger
fixed aquaria or tanks in the laboratory as they desired to
have the experience of a smnmer's work before deciding
whether any such were necessary, and if so where they
should be placed. It is now generally agreed that the
station is so near to the sea, and pure water is so easily
obtained when required, that it does not seem worth while
to introduce pipes and a pump ; while all the space in the
laboratory is so useful that we can ill afford to occupy anv
of it with fixed tanks. There is, however, a small plot of
ground alongside, on the western side of the steps leading
to the beach, and just opposite the front door of the
station, which might be used for the erection of a small
aquarium and tank house. There is also, on the beach
close to, a large rock pool placed in such a position between
two reefs and the shore above that by the erection of three
comparatively small concrete walls of no great height,
and lying in a sheltered position, a pool having a length
of about 40 feet and a breadth of from 12 to 18 feet and
about 6 feet deep in the centre could readily be formed
(see PI. v.). Such a pool as this, into which the sea could
be admitted or not as required at each tide through a
sluice in one of the walls, would be of great service for
keeping larger animals in, and might be made use of for
spawning fish if the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee
decide to establip.h a small fish-hatchery alongside our
biological station.

The Inauguration of the Station.

Towards the end of May when the building was nearly

completed, it was decided by the Committee that it was

due as well to their supporters in Liverpool as to the

inhabitants of the Isle of Man, amongst whom they were

12 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

going to work, that the institution should be formally
inaugurated. His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor
was approached on the matter, and he kindly consented
to open the biological station on Saturday, June 4th,
w4iile the Lord Bishop, the Manx Attorney General, and
a number of members of the House of Keys and other
representative men in the Island were good enough to
promise to attend the ceremony and take part in the
luncheon at the Bellevue Hotel which was to follow. A
circular drawing attention to the completion of the station
and giving an outline of the proposed arrangements at
the opening was issued privately to naturalists and their
friends in the neighbourhood, and as
a response a party of over 30, con-
sisting of members of the committee,
a few other scientific men, and some
of the subscribers to the funds, crossed
over from Liverpool for the occasion.
The Liverpool Salvage Association,
with their unfailing kindness, had
been good enough to promise to lend
their useful steamer the " Hygena "
for four or five days at that time, but
as she was called off on duty at the
last moment, they sent instead the
steamer "Mallard" (under the com-
mand of Captain Batchelor of the
Salvage Association), on the Friday
afternoon, across to Port Erin, where
she remained till Monday. Dredging
trips in the neighbourhood took place
on three of the days, and on the
Saturday evening tow-netting with ^{^

Fig. 5. Submarine electric
light in tow-net.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET ERIN. 13

submarine electric lights was carried on after dark in
the bay.

Most of the Liverpool party arrived at Port Erin on
the Friday afternoon for the purpose of completing the
preparations for the opening, such as hanging diagrams
and charts on the walls of the laboratory and unpacking
the vessels and instruments. During the following fore-
noon all were busily engaged in collecting specimens. A
party went out dredging towards the Calf Island in the
" Mallard," others worked from a small boat in the bay,
while others searched the shore pools in the immediate
neighbourhood. The specimens were brought alive to the
laboratory and arranged in the aquaria and dishes and
under microscopes in order that the visitors in the after-
noon might see the place as far as possible in working
order and gain an intelligent idea of the objects and
methods of marine biological investigation. The following
account of the more public functions of the day, the open-
ing ceremony and the luncheon, is extracted, with some
abbreviation, from the daily papers.*

"His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, Spencer Walpole, Esq., LL.D.,
and the Lord Bishop of Sodor and Man, Dr. Straton, were met at the Port
Erin Railway Station shortly before 1 o'clock by the following members of
theL.M.B.C, Prof. Herdman (Director), Mr. I. C. Thompson (Hon. Sec),
Sir James Poole, Mr. J. Vicars (Mayor of Bootle), Mr. A. 0. Walker, Mr. A.
Leicester, Mr. R, J. Harvey Gibson, and a number of other naturalists
including ]\Ir. A. AV. Moore, President, and Mr. P. M. C. Kermode, Secretary
of the Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquarian Society. The Governor
was accompanied by Miss Walpole; and Sir James Gell, Mr. J. S. Gell,
Dr. Walters, and a number of other gentlemen and ladies from various parts
of the island soon joined the party which then proceeded to the Bellevue
Hotel, the road to which and down to the Biological Station on the shore was
lined with flags and other decorations.

The little station at the foot of the cliff was soon reached, and on the

* See '• Isle of Man Times," &c., for June 11th, Liverpool " Daily Post "
and "Mercury" for June 6th, and "Nature" for June 16th, 1892.

14 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

permanent platform outside the laboratory there assembled a considerable
company. In addition to his Excellency, the Bishop, Professor Herdman,
and Mr. Thompson, the company included Sir James Poole (ex-Mayor of
Liverpool), the IMayor of Bootle, Professor Weiss (Manchester), Professor
Denny (Sheffield), Messrs. A. 0. Walker (Colwyn Bay), P. F. Kendall (Man-
chester), Arnold Watson, R. Ascroft, N. Caine, R. J. Harvey Gibson,
J. Lomas, A. Leicester (Liverpool), the Attorney-General of the Island
(Sir James Gell), Mr. James Gell (High Bailiff, Castletown), the Rev. F. B.
Walters (principal of King William's College), Dr. Clague (surgeon to his
Excellency's household), the Revs. E. Terrier, M.A., A. Newton, B. Brown,
C. H. Leece, H. T. E. Barlow (principal of the Bishop Wilson Theological
School, Bishop's Court), and A. Kermode (vicar of Onchan), Messrs. W. A.
Stevenson, H.K., W. Quine, H.K., W. B. Stevenson, A. W. Moore, H.K.,
P. M. C Kermode, (secretary of the Isle of Man Natural History and Anti-
quarian Society), F. Gaskell (liverpool), A. R. Dwerryhouse, A. F. Dumergue,
M. Lamart, W. S. Henderson, S. R. Christopher, Capt. Nowell, R. Garside,
W. Shimmin, C. T. C. Callow, Capt. Batchelor, H. AVilliams, R. Craig,
W. R. Wareing. J. Coventry, Dr. Hanitsch, Dr. Ellis, Professor Stevenson,
G. H. Quayle, J. C. Crellin, H.K., H. Kelly, J. Clague, C Squires, T. Clague,
T. Costain, E. Allen, J. McArd, R. Moore, W. Davidson, Aylmer Ogden,
&c., &c., and a number of ladies.

Professor Herdman then, on behalf of the L.M.B.C, addressed the Governor,
and having made brief reference to the object of their biological investigations,
asked him to accept the volumes already published on the '•' Fauna and Flora
of Liverpool Bay," and having also presented His Excellency and the Bishop,
each with a specially bound copy of the collected annual reports upon the
former station at Puffin Island, requested the Governor to declare the station
open for scientific work.

The Governor said : — Professor Herdman, my lord, ladies, and gentlemen,
— I have, in the first instance, to express to you, sir, and to your Committee,
my thanks for presenting me with these volumes, the contents of which I am
sure I shall read with interest and advantage ; they will remind us, at any
rate, that you, who have come here to-day, have done mucih to promote that
cause of biological science to which this station is to be devoted. In your
station at Puffin Island, on the coast of Anglesey, as I know from reading
your reports, you have done nmch to illustrate this science. You have moved
now from the IMona of Tacitus to the Mona of Cfesar — (hear, hear, and ap-
plause,)—and having exhausted, as I believe you have done, the fauna of the
Menai Straits, you have come to this Island, where the population has for
centuries had a deep stake in the harvest of the sea, and where I believe you
will find that our fauna is enriched by those warm currents that find their
way hither from the vast Atlantic Ocean. Some of you may possibly imagine

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 15

that work of this character is only of minor importance — that it is not a great
matter to make some addition to the long catalogue of our Alg?e, or to add a
new variety to our lists, of the Annelids ; but then I may remind you that
most of the great inventions and discoveries of the world have been almost
accidentally found by men, like yourselves, labouring only in the cause of
truth, and that every advance in our knowledge adds to the power of mankind,
and raises him a little higher from the brute, a little nearer towards the angel.
It is, then, both our duty and our interest to welcome — as on behalf of the
people of this Island I do venture to welcome — you here who are working in
the cause of truth, and I may say that whatever may be your own labours, or
Avhatever revelations you may have in store for ns, we may be at least certain
that as a result of your discoveries truth will prevail ; for it is as true now as
it was in the days of Darius — if I may quote one of the noblest passages in
the realm of literature, which has unfortunately been excluded from our
Bibles^that truth is strongest. ' ' As for the truth, it endureth and is always
strong, it liveth and conquereth for evermore." (Hear, hear). I have great
pleasure in declaring this biological station open. (Loud applause).

The Governor then opened the door of the building, and the party entered
and made a minute inspection of the premises, and its biological treasures and
apparatus, and after recording their names in the visitors' book, an adjourn-
ment was made to the Bellevue Hotel, for luncheon, which was served up
in excellent style by Mr. Clague. Professor Herdman presided, and was sup-
ported right and left by his Excellency and the Bishop j\Ir. Thompson was
the chairman vis-a-vis. The ]\Ienu w^as as follows : —
SYSTEMA EPULARUM.
" Infusio " (sive Jus) — Cauda bovina.
Pisces — Gadus morrhua (Ostrea edulis).
Aves — Gallus bankivus, var. domest. (tost. — decoq.)
Mammalia — Bos taurus, var. monensis.

Ovis aries (Capparis spinosa)
Do., juv.
Crustacea — Homarus vulgaris (Lactuca scariola, var.)
Amorpliozoa — -Puddings, Custards.

Plantic — Fruit-tarts.

Incertfe sedis — Jellies, Blancmange.

Varia — Desert, Nicotiana tabacum, Caffea Arabica.

The toast list was as follows -.—"The Queen," proposed by the chairman,

(Professor Herdman) ; " His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor." proposed

by the chairman, responded to by His Excellency; "The Lord Bishop of

Sodorand Man," proposed by Sir James Poole, responded to by the Bishop ;

"The Legislature of the Isle of Man," proposed by Mr. A. 0. Walker, J. P.,

responded to by Mr. W. A, Stevenson, H,K. ; "The Isle of Man :N"atural

16 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

History and Antiquarian Society," proposed by the Maj-or of Bootle, responded
toby Mr. A. AV. Moore, president, and Mr. P. M. C. Kermode, lion, secretary;
"The Liverpool Marine-Biology Committee," proposed by the Lieutenant-
Governor, responded to by Professor Herdman, chairman, and Mr. Thompson,
hon. sec. ; " The Manx Fisheries." proposed by Mr. R. L. Ascroft, of the
Lancashire Sea-iisheries, responded to by Mr. R. Garside ; '"The Liverpool
Salvage Association and other Visitors," proposed by Mr. R. J. Harvey Gibson,
responded to by Captain Batchelor, and Professor Weiss.

In proposing the health of the Lieutenant-Governor, Pi'ofessor Herdman
pointed out that they welcomed and honoured his Excellency, not only as the
representative of the Queen in the island, but also as a biologist, and alluded
to Mr. Spencer Walpole's former connection with Huxley and Buckland, as one
of H. M. Inspectors of Fisheries. He considered it a particularly happy con-
junction of circumstances, that they should have happened to establish that
marine biological station on a spot which had been rendered classic ground by
the labours of that pioneer of British Marine Biology, Professor Edward Forbes,
at a time when by rare good fortune the governor of the island is himself a
biologist, (applause). It was exactly sixty years since Forbes, then a student
at Edinburgh University, returned in summer to his home in the Isle of Man
to commence his work on British Marine Biology (applause). He hoped the
coincidence was a happy augury, and that as Edward Forbes had started mar-
ine investigation on this spot just 60 years ago, so that day Spencer Walpole
had opened an institution which would do much to advance the study of
marine biology in the Isle of Man.

His Excellency said :— ]\Ir. Chairman, my lord, and gentlemen, I assure you,
sir, I thank you very heartily for the much too flattering terms in which you
have commended my name to this gathering, and I thank you all very heartily
for the kindly way in which you have received it. I believe that it is a func-
tion of the Governor of the Isle of Man to be, in some respects, a "Jack of all
trades," and I hope sometimes that it is not consequent upon that function
that he should be ' ' master of none. " (LaughterU You have rightly reminded
me that I have had in former days to deal with other subjects connected with
your own, and I still continue to take a deep interest in them ; but if I were
at all disposed to be puffed up by the kindnessof your greeting today, perhajis
I should find the best antidote to any feelings of pride in pondering over those
specimens which we have lately been examining in your laboratory, for, I
suppose that in the presence of biologists I may assume that they are the
nearest living representatives of our own immediate ancestors (laughter), and
I sometimes think that though we hear nowadays that we are living in the
best of all possible times, yet a good deal is to be said in favour of that simple
and primitive form of existence which those specimens remind us is still sur-
viving in the sea. (Hear, hear, and laughter). I am (juite sure in those days,

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 17

for example, that the art of government was a good deal simpler, whilst the
Socialists of that time had estal)lished a perfect Commnnism ; and thougli
they had no ideas of property, they were free from all those difficnlties to
which property unfortunately gives rise. (Laughter and applause). They
must, nevertlieless, have succeeded in estahlishing a fixity of tenure. (Re-
newed laughter and a[tplause). Perhaps, in view of the heated atmosphere
of this room, it might also have heen some satisfaction to reflect, that in those
days there were not the ordeals of public luncheons, or, at any rate, if there
were public luncheons, the fare was a good deal more frugal, and a good deal
more wholesome than that which we have partaken of to-day. (Laughter and
applause). In flict, Mr. Chairman, I have often thought myself that there
was a great deal to be said for that view which Miss Kendall has so admirably
expressed in •' The Lay of the Trilobite." I should think that every biolo-
gist ought to be acquainted with that poem. One of the inferior members of
the human family was walking across a mountain, I may remind you, when
he came upon an ancient Trilobite, upon his rocky bed, and the Trilobite, if
I may quote the lines, addressed him in some such words as these. He
reminded him
" How all your faiths are ghosts and dreams, how in the silent sea

Your ancestors were monotremes, whatever these may be.

You've politics to make you fight, and utter exclamations ;

You've cannon, too, and dynamite, to civilise the nations.

The side that makes the loudest din is surest to be right ;

And Oh ! a pretty fix you're in, remarked the Trilobite."*
And if you recollect, the man, being somewhat of a philosoi)her, takes off his
hat to the Trilobite and walks away, and as he goes away, utters some such
words as these :—

" I wish our brains were not so good, I wish our skulls were thicker,
I wish that Evolution could have stopped a little quicker ;
For, Oh ! it was a happy plight, of liberty and ease,
To be a simple Trilobite in the Silurian seas." (Loud applause).

Sir James Poole gave "The health of the Bishop of Sodor and Man," and
the Bishop, in reply, said in the course of an interesting speech, that the
scientist and the theologian should go hand in hand (applause.) He v.-elcomed
the Biological Committee to the island , in the name of religion, and of the
Church of England, and he hojjed that ere long he would have the pleasure of
welcoming the Members to Bishop's Court, as he now welcomed the cause they
represented.

Mr. A. 0. Walker, J.P., proposed "The Legislature of the Isle of i\ran,"
which was responded to by Mr. W. A. Stevenson, H.K.

* "Dreams to Sell," by May Kendall : London, 1887, p. 8, slightly altered.

18 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Mayor of Bootle, (Mr. J. Vicars.) proposed "The Isle of Man Natural
History and Antiquarian Society," Mr. A. W. Moore, President, and Mr.
Kermode, Secretary, acknowledged the toast. The former expressed the hope
that the investigations of the biologists might result in bringing back the
herring, which had deserted the island.

His Excellency, in giving ' ' Success to the Liverpool Marine Biology Com-
mittee," said : I have ventured once to-day, already, to say something as to
the virtue of research for truth for truth's sake, but I do not know that such
research need hinder you also from research into those practical objects with
which the inhabitants of the Isle of Man and of the whole British Islands are
so closely identified. Mr. Moore has alluded to the disappearance of the
herring from these shores. I think that was an exaggerated form of words.
I ate one of them for breakfast this morning. (Laughter). But there is n9
subject to which Marine Biologists could better devote themselves than to
trace the causes which govern the migration of the herrings, considering how
those migrations do govern the prosperity of the fishermen. (Hear, hear.)
I need hardly remind you that there is no fish which produces so much wealth
to the United Kingdom as the herring, while in this Island the herring
assumes an absolutely national importance. We have toAvns in this Island
built out of the profits of the heriing fishery. We have large numbers of the
population dependent on the herring fishery ; and so strong is the connection
between the herring and the Island, that actually to this day, when we swear
in a new judge, we always require him to administer justice as evenly as the
backbone of the herring lies in the fish— (laughter) — a symbol which I may
say parenthetically, was, I imagine, draAvn by a fisherman and not by a scien-
tist, because there is some little doubt about whether the backbone does lie
evenly in the body of the herriug. (Laughter and applause).

Now there is this that is remarkable about the herring. If you go to any
portion of the United Kingdom, or this Island, you will always hear come
plaints that the herring are disappearing, and if you examine any statistics
connected with the herring fishery, you will find that taking ten years by
ten years, the prodigious capture of the herring has gone on steadily increasing.
(Laughter). Facts, therefore, are rather opposed to theory in this case, and
in fact I know of nothing more instructive than to open the herring, or when
you are munching the hard roe, to try and count the number of eggs.
(laughter). 1 think for one when you have failed in that attempt, as you will
fail, you will find a new proof that the old fiat is as true as when it was first
pronounced, "let the waters bring forth abundantly the many creatures that
have life." Ikit if it is not true that the herring is decreasing, it is true that
there are variations in the migration of the herring, which are seriously
allecting the fishermen. (Hear, hear). If you ask the fishermen, you will
gather the most fanciful reasons for these migrations. I recollect once being

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 19

seriously told by a fisherman, who complained that the herring had disap-
peared from a portion of tlie coast, that we should find tlie reason for its
disappearance in — I think it is the third verse of the fourth chapter of Hosea.
(Laughter). I thought that man at any rate, in an age of doubt, had the
capacity of belief. (Renewed laughter). But there is no subject to which I
could better draw your practical attention than to e.xpound to us the reasons
for the migration of tl'e herring, and to point out to the fisher .nen the con-
ditions, whether of temperature, of weather, or of food with which they should
be acquainted, and which should direct them where to go to reap that great
harvest of tlie sea, ^Yllich, depend u[>on it, is su[)plied us as bountifully now
as ever. In directing this subject to your notice, I feel that I am leaving it
in worthy hands, and that the researches that Professor Herdman and you
have made in the past, alford confident assurance of what you may do in tike
future. (Applause). In coupling this toast with Professor Herdman's name, I
hope you Avill allow me to congratulate him upon the notice which I read in
the Times of yesterday, that the Royal Society has admitted him into that
charmed circle which has so many attractions for men of science. (Loud
applause). Without more Avords, for trains wait for no man, after a certain
time, even in the Isle of JNIan (laughter) I give you the "Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee," coupled with the names of Professor Herdman, and
Mr. Thompson.

Professor Herdman, in reply to the toast, said : Your Excellency, my Lord
Bishop, and Gentlemen, — As Chairman of the Liverpool Marine Biology
Committee, whose success and continued prosperity you have so kindly
toasted, I beg to thank your Excellency, and you all, gentlemen, for your
kind words and your good wishes, and to tell you how grateful we are, as a
Committee, for the honour you have done us, and for this inspiriting encourage-
ment, and how we hope by our work in the future, to show that we have
profited by your support to-day, and have been stirred up to fresh efforts by
your appreciation of our work in the past (applause).

It is now just seven years since this committee was established. It origi-
nated in a meeting in JMarch, 1885, held in University College, Liverpool, at
which were present the representatives of the colleges, museums, and scientific
societies of several neighbouring towns. I pointed out on that occasion how
much good work might be done by a number of specialists working together
at marine biology, and laid before the meeting the proposal that we should
form ourselves into a committee for the purpose of investigating thoroughly
the fauna and flora of the neighbouring seas. As the sea shores in the neigh-
bourhood of Liverpool are unfortunately not so prolific of life and interesting
to the naturalist, as your beautiful coast here, most of our work diu'ing the
past six years, has had to be done from steamboats on dredging expeditions.
Fortunately, we have had the sympathy and welcome sux)port of some of the

ii(ff I Mill IF 'iiiiiMiiii'ii iiintiiiii ipii!iiijiii!iiiii;iii;:iiiiiiiiii;iiiiiiiiiiiii!iip^

%\/^

yi i'

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 21

Liverpool ]\Ierchants and Ship-owners, who have kindly helped us by providing
on various occasions, steam-tugs for our dredging trips. We have more than
once been favoured in this way by our good friend Sir James Poole, whom we
are delighted to have again with us to-day. (Applause).

We have also been aided most materially in our movement liy the Liverpool
Salvage Association, who have lent us in successive years at this time their
useful and sturdy old gunboat the " Hyaena," whose graceful form you have
seen more than once in Port Erin Bay (applause). I do not know whether you
are all aware what a celebrated craft she is. Do you know that she was built
for the Crimea, nearly forty years ago, along with a batch — perhaps one ought
to call them a "litter," — of other mammalia, the "Porcupine," the "Jackal,"
and others ? Do you know that she was General Gordon's own gunboat during
the war in China. Avhen he pursued the rebels up the shallow rivers, and ran the
" Hyfena " ashore on the mud banks in order to blow up their forts ? And now,
in her peaceful okl age, she is lent by her present owners to certain enthusi-
astic biologists, who haul in dredges and other strange instruments over her
low rounded stern, and send her electric lights in. nets down to the bottom of
the sea, for the purpose of capturing new and rare animals, and they succeed
too, for is not one of their interesting new animals named Juncsiella
Hycence, in honour of the old gunboat ?

As a result of our successive expeditions in the Hyrena, and in other ways,
our Committee has been enabled to achieve a very considerable measure ot
success. We have published a number of lengthy reports upon the various
groups of animals in our district, and, lastly, we have established and kept
up for five years, a small marine biology station on Puffin Island. The Puffin
Island establishment has been of very great service to us, but during the last
year or so we have, I think, all felt that the tiuie had arrived when it would
be an advantage to move our centre of operations to some less inaccessible
spot in a new part of the area. Naturally our choice was determined by the
rich marine fauna round this southern end of the Isle of j\lan, and that brings
us down to the present time, and to the little laboratory which has been
opened for Avork to-day. I must not conclude, however, without referring
gratefully on the part of the committee to our host of thi Bellevue, our
landlord of the biological station, ]\Ir. Clague, for his helpful assistance and
energetic support. Remember it was only on March 6th, that Mr. Thom[)Son
and I came over here to inspect and to decide whether Port Erin, Port St.
Mary, or Castletown would be best suited for our purposes. We were happily
directed to Mr. Clague, and it is mainly due to his energetic action that the
station has been so s[)eedily completed (Applause). I thank you all, on behalf
of the Committee, for your kind wishes, and for the support you are giving
us in our work. (Applause).

:\[r. I. C. Tliom[ison said— Tlie biological asi>ect of the work of the

22 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Liverpool Marine Biology Committee lias been so well put before us by
Professor Herdman that I need only appear before you as that obnoxious
individual, the practical man, and make a few remarks as to our proposed
arrangements for workers at the laboratory rather in the way of the argumen-
tum ad 2oocketum. Hitherto the work of the committee has been mainly
supported by subscriptions and donations from our philanthropic friends
interested in the work done, but not themselves actual workers, and ve trust
for an increased continuance of this most valued source of income. But we
anticipate that the beautiful and very accessible Marine Laboratory to-day
opened by his Excellency will attract a large number of working naturalists
and students both belonging to the Isle of Man and from various parts of
England who may frequently come for a few days or weeks at a time. It is
proposed that all such should have the use of the station as workers for a ,
payment of 10s. per week, and it is further proposed that all annual subscribers
of one guinea and upwards shall have free access to the station and the use of
a working table at any time provided it be unoccupied — a record of all work
done being kept.

A month ago I visited the })alatial marine station at Xaples, and there saw
English and foreign students at work. Now, there is no doubt a great
advantage in studying the marine launa of other districts, and a visit to
Naples will repay any one ; l)ut we happily know that Mona's Isle offers most
unusual advantages for this work as was am})ly shown by Edward Forbes, and
later by the work of our own connnittee, and I doubt if anywhere in the
United Kingdom we can now Hud a richer hunting ground, or a laboratory
with such beautiful surroundings as at the Port Erin Biological Station. I
sincerely thank your Excellency, and you gentlemen, for the hearty way in
which you have pro})osed and honoured this toast, and I trust that we may
have many other hap})y reunions between our Manx and English naturalists.
(Applause) .

The toast of " the Manx Fisheries" was proposed by Mr. R. L. Ascroft, ot
the Lancashire Sea Fisheries Committee, and responded to by Mr. R. Garside
who gave some interesting details in regard to the Isle of Man Fisheries and
the Manx fishing fleet now working oft" the south coast of Ireland. "The
Liverpool Salvage Association and other Visitors" was proj^osed by Mr. R. J.
Harvey Gibson, and res]>onded to by Cajjtain Batchelor of the Salvage Associa-
tion and by Professor AVeiss of Owens College, Manchester.

The proceedings throughout were of a very inspiriting nature, and in the
evening the party went on board the " IMallard " for a dredging expedition
in the bay, when tow-netting, both surface and bottom was conducted by
means of the electric light."

marine biological station at port erin. 23

Dredging Expeditions.
On June 5th the whole day was spent in dredging and
tow-netting from the ''Mallard " (under the charge of
Captain Batchelor of the Salvage Association) to the West
and South of Port Erin, at the following localities : —

1. Three miles West of Fleswick, 20 fms., 6 hauls of
the dredge ; good varied ground, old shells, &c. i^mongst
the species obtained were : — Halisarca dujardinii, Sitber-
ites domuncida, Glathria seriata, Aplijsilla (/) sulpliurea
{green), Sarcodictyon catenata, Sertiolarella tenella*
Diphasia pinaster * Gellaria fistulosa, Carinella linearis,
Pahnipes membranaceus, Porania pulvillus, Stichaster
roseus, Balanus porcatus, XantJio rividosa, Atelecyclus
septemdentatus, Crania anomala, Pandora incequivahis,
Pecten striatits.

2. Fourteen miles West of Dalby, 60 fms., 2 hauls of
dredge ; bottom sticky blue clay-mud t : here were found,
Lagena hertwigiana,* Jaculella acuta, Hyperammina
arhorescens, Plumularia catha7'ina, Brissus lyrifer, Pan-
tlialis an'stedi,* (a representative of the rare family Acoetidae.
This addition to our local fauna has only been once before
taken in British Seas, by Dr. Gw5m Jeffreys, 35 miles off
the Skerries, Shetland, depth 75 fms. — as recorded by
Prof. M'Intosh), thirty species of Polyzoa \nc\\x^\i\gBeania
mirahilis. Cellar ia fistulosa, C. sinuosa, and Stomatopora
granulata.*

3. Eight miles West of Fleswick, 33 fms., 3 hauls of
dredge ; here were, Sarcodictyon catenata, Aglaoplienia
myriopliyllitm,Dipliasia pinaster ,* Ecliinocyamus pusilliis,

* New to the district.

tXhe presence of this clay-mud in this deep depression of the Irish Sea
may possibly — if it can be regarded as a glacial deposit— be considered
confirmatory of the theory of glaciation of this neighbourhood held by the
Glacialists' Association, according to which tliere was a great movement of
ice through the North Channel, and downwards between Ireland and the Isle
of Man to St. George's Channel, and so out to sea.

24 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Malmgrenia castanea on Spatangus purpureus, Mem-
hranipora trifolmm* Schizoporella simplex,^ MelpJiidippa
macra, Podocerus viinutus, Cyproidea damnoniensis,
Amphilochoides odontonyx* Pseiidocunia sp. (probably new
to science), Balanus p)orcatus, Erythrops pygmcea,
A telecyclus septemdentatiis .

4. Six miles West of Port Erin, 24 fms., 2 hauls of
dredge: — Stichaster roseus, Amphidotus cordatus and A.
flavescens, Thyone drummondii, Siphonostomum affinis,
Sars (which Mr. Hornell considers distinct from S. diplo-
chaitos), Crania anomala, Lilljehorgia ^^a/ZicZa, Moera
semiserrata, TJiia polita, Gapulus hungaricus, Trochus
miUegranus, Lima Mans, L. elUptica, Ascidia virginea,
A . venosa, Styela grossularia.

5. One mile West of Calf Island, 20 fms., 2 hauls of
dredge : — Schizoporella linearis,^ Hippothoa flagellum*
Pecten pusio, P. tigrinus, P. varius, Tellina crassa, Sole-
curtiis antiquatus, Odostomia scalaris* Defrancia teres *

6. Off Kitterland, West end of Calf Sound, 17 fms.,
1 haul of dredge; Adamsia palUata, Lepton sulcatulum,*
Cyclostrema cutlerianum,^ and C. oiitens* Odostomia niti-
dissima* and 0. acicida* Eulima hilineata/^

At each of these local-
ities besides the ordin-
ary large naturalists'
dredge (see fig. 7),
tow-nets were used, and
also Mr. A. 0. Walker's
small dredge with a
canvas bag for bringing
up samples of the bot-
tom, to be washed and
sifted for small Crus-
tacea, &c. Dr. Chaster
reports to me that of the j,.^^ - j^^^^^^^^^, i^^ ^^^^ ^^.^j^^

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 25

three species of Foraininifera new to the district obtained,
along with many other species, from the mud at 60 fms.,
one, Lagena hertivigiana, is new to British seas.

The Zoophytes from these various hauls have been
examined by Miss L. K. Thornely, who reports 38 species
in all, including the following seven which are new to the
district : — Campanularia raridentata, Lafoea fruticosa,
Calycella fastigiata, Guspidella grandls, G. costata, Hale-
cium muricatum and Sertidarella tenella. The Polyzoa
collected during this day represent 57 species, from which
Miss Thornely reports three, Hippothoa flagellum, Mem-
hranipora trifolium and Schizoporella simplex, as being
new to our district, and two, Schizoporella linearis and
Stomatopora gramdata, new to the Isle of Man lists.

On the following day (June 6th) on the way back to
Liverpool dredging from the ' Mallard,' was conducted at
the following places : —

1. Twenty miles South East from Port St. Mary, 26
fms. : good productive ground, large haul : — Suherites
domuncida, Spongelia fragilis, Lafoea pygmcea* and Plii-
midaria frutescens* (altogether 25 species of Zoophytes,
and 24 species of Polyzoa), Cucumaria hyndmani,
Antedon rosacea, A mjjJuicra chiajii, Clavelina lepadiformis,
Corella parallelogramma.

2. Twenty-five miles South East from Port St. Mary,
23 fms., large haul : — Cellaria fistidosa, Sertidaria oper-
culata, Antedon rosacea, Carinella linearis, Omiphis con-
cJdlega, Diastylis hiplicata, Forbesella tessellata, Cyntlua
echinata.

3. Twenty miles North West from Liverpool bar, 18
fms., poor haul.

4. Fifteen miles North West from the bar, 16 fms.,
poor haul.

26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

On all these occasions besides the surface tow-nets, a
bottom tow-net was attached a little way in front of the
dredge, and appeared to work well ; its contents were
usually a good deal different from those of the surface nets.

Miss Thornely reports that the Zoophytes collected on
June 6th, represent 25 species of which, one, Plimiularia
fridescens, is new to the district ; while the Polyzoa
represent 24 species. The detailed lists of all these col-
lections are kept for future use, in connection with the
reports on special groups, and at least one specimen of each
species, is now being labelled and deposited in tlie
"Local" Collection in the Zoological department of
University College, Liverpool.

Fig. 8. A Dredging Party.
(J. v., T.C., W.A.H., W.J.S.)

After the formal Opening, work was carried on steadily
at the Biological Station during the remainder of the
summer till the end of September. Members of the
Committee visited the station from time to time, and
students of Science from London, Cambridge, Manchester,
Liverpool, Aberystwyth and Edinburgh, were at work for
longer or shorter periods. Mr. W. J. Waterhouse, B.Sc,
acted as temporary curator for a short period ; but it is
the intention of the Committee, if they can obtain the
services of a suitable young scientific n:ian, to appoint
early next spring, a resident Curator of the Station, who

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT EllIN. 27

will in the absence of Members represent the Connnittee,
will carry on observational and experimental work under
the Director, collect and preserve specimens for the
investigations of the speciaHsts, and for the supply of
laboratories and museums, and, so far as possible, help
any of the workers, who require it, in collecting material

and in their investiga-
tions. The Committee
are aware that this
appointment will be a
considerable drain upon
their slender resources,
but they are convinced
that the presence of a
resident curator would

advantage

be of such

iMg. 9. A^WCollectu^g Ground at low tide. ^^ ^^^OSe working at the

Station, that they feel it is their duty to make an effort to
supply the necessary salary.

Station Kecord.

During the half-year, from the opening of the Station in
June to the present month, the following naturalists have
worked at the laboratory : —

DATE.
1892.
June.

Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool ... Copepoda.

Mr. A. 0. Walker, F.L.S., Colwyn Bay .. Ampliipoda.

Sir James Poole, Liverpool General.

Mr. A. Leicester, Southport Mollusea.

Mr. J. Vicars, Bootle, General.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.K.S., U.C.L'pool... Tunicata.

Mr. R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S., U.C.L. ... Algae.

Dr. R. Hanitsch, Univ. Coll., Liverpool ... Sponges.

Prof. E. F. Weiss, Owens Coll., M'chester ... Alg*, &c.

28 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

— Prof. Denny, Firth College, Sheffield GeneraL

— Mr. Arnold T. Watson, Sheffield Annelids.

— Mr. R. L. Ascroft, Lytham General.

[A number of others forming the dredging party on the
"Mallard" expedition of June 4th to 6th paid a passing
visit to the Station.]

— Mr. W. J. Beaumont, Cambridge Ccelenterata, &c.

— Mr. W. J. Halls, Liverpool Hydroida.

— Mr. H. C. Chadwick, Manchester Echinodermata.

— Mr. I. C. Thompson, Liverpool Copepoda.

— Prof. W. A. Herdman, Univ. Coll., L'pool ... Tunicata.
July, Mr. W. J. Waterhouse, B.Sc., U.C.L'pool ... General.

— Mr. F. AV. Gamble, B.Sc., O.C.M'chester ... Turbellaria. ,

— Mr. J. H. Salter, B.Sc, U.C, Aberystwyth ... General.

— Mr. W. J. Beaumont, Cambridge Ccelenterata, &c.

— Mr. J. Lomas, Liverpool Polyzoa.

— Mr. Edw. T. Browne, B.A., U.C, London... "Plankton."

— Mr. W. H. Heathcote, Preston Mollusca,

— Mr. H. Sykes, Preston Mollusca.

August,, Mr. B. Lai Chaudhuri, B.A., U. of Edin. .... General.

— Mr. W. J. Waterhouse, B.Sc, U.C, L'pool General.

— Mr. Rowe, Univ. Coll., Liverpool General.

— Mr. J. A. Clubb, Univ. Coll., Liverpool ... Nudibranchiata.

— Dr. Ellis, Liverpool General.

— Mr. L C Thompson, F.L.S. , Liverpool ... Copepoda.

— Mr. Edw. T. Browne, B.A., U.C, London... General.

— Mr. W. J. Beaumont, Cambridge Ccelenterata, &c.

— Mr. Rich. Assheton, Owens Coll., M'chester Tow-nettings, Gnl.
September. Mr. W. J. Halls, Liverpool Hydroida.

— Mr. Chopin, Manchester General.

— IMr. W. J. Beaumont, Cambridge General.

— Mr. B. L. Chaudhuri, Univ. of Edinburgh... General.

— Mv. Geo. Brook, F.L.S., Univ. of Edinburgh General.

— Mr. I. C Thompson, Liverpool Copepoda.

— Prof. Herdman, Univ. Coll. Liverpool Tunicata.

— ]\Ir. A. 0. Walker, Colwyn Bay Ampliipoda,

— Mr. J. A. Clubb, Univ. Coll. Liverpool ... Nudibranchiata,

— Mr. P. M. C Kermode, Ramsey General.

October. Mr. F. AV. Gamble, Owens Coll. M'chester... Turl)ellaria.

November, Mr. L C Thompson, Liverpool Cope[)oda.

— Mv. P. F. J. Corbin, Univ. Coll. Liverpool... Fishes

— Prof. W. A. Herdman, Univ. Coll., L'[)ool... Tunicata.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

29

This excellent list of those who have made use of the
Station, and the fact that during the greater part of the
summer the laboratory has been continuously occupied by
workers, sufficiently justify the action of the Committee
in moving the institution to such a favourable spot as
Port Erin.

The Puffin Island Station.
In relinquishing the Puffin Island establishment, we
are glad to think that it will be still kept up as a Biological
Station. Dr. Phihp White, and Prof. Keginald Philhps,

y ; — ^ and others connected

/ J^M^^^^ with the University Col-

lege of North "Wales, at
Bangor, have formed a
Local Committee for the
purpose of taking over
our effects, and continu-
ing our work ; so we
may congratulate our-
selves that in moving to
Port Erin, we have not
only bettered our own
position and established
a new Biological Station,
but we have also indirectly been the means of starting the
Bangor Committee on similar work, and so have practi-
cally added one to the local centres of marine investigation.

Notes on Work done at Port Erin.
Mr. F. W. Gamble, B.Sc, Berkeley Fellow (in Zoology)
of the Owens College, Manchester, worked at the labora-
tory during most of July, and also for a week at the
beginning of October. He commenced there a systematic
study of the Turbellarian Worms, collecting, preserving,

Fig. lU. W .A.H. and K.Jl. on the
rocks at Puffin Island.

30 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and identifying the specimens. He succeeded in finding
23 marine species and 2 fresh water forms : with one ex-
ception {Leptoplana tremellaris) all these are new records
for the district, the Turbellaria being a group which has
not hitherto received adequate attention in our seas.

Mr. Gamble informs me that the most noteworthy forms
in his list are : — Stylo stomum variahile, Gnjptocelides
loveni, Promesostoma lenticulatitm and Plagiostoma sul-
pliureum ; with the exception of Stijlostomum variahile,
these are all new to the British Fauna. Mr. Gamble's
detailed report upon the Turbellaria of the L.M.B.C,.
district — which will be one of the first-fruits in the way of
published scientific work from the new station — is now
nearly finished. It will be laid before the Biological Society
at the next meeting, and will be published in the forth-
coming volume of Transactions.

Mr. W. J. Beaumont stayed for nearly four months
at the Station, and besides working through a series of
type animals of various invertebrate groups, he kept a
number of live animals under observation, and verified for
his own satisfaction points that had already been deter-
mined. In this way he reared and watched stage by stage
the developing young of the small star-fish Asterina gihhosa
which is very abundant in the " Coralline " pools at Port
Erin ; and at my suggestion he kept under observation for
a long period living colonies of the Alcyonarian Sarco-
dictyon catenata, which is dredged not far outside the break-
water. The polypes of Sarcodictyon are very shy or
sensitive, and have very rarely been seen in the expanded
state. From Mr. Beaumont's observations there can be
no doubt that it is the bright day-light that affects them.
He found by visiting the laboratory at night that they were
then frequently fully expanded, and also occasionally on
dull mornings. Mr. Beaumont also made some observa-

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

31

tions on Lucernarians, which will form the subject of a
short paper by himself, to be laid before the Biological
Society at an early meeting. Mr. Beamnont reports to
me that he collected two species of Lucernarians under
stones on the shore, between the boat jetty and the break-
water on the south side of Port Erin harbour. The one
species was Lucernaria quadricornis, Miiller; the other he
identifies as Depastriun cijathiforme, Sars, and of this
two varieties, a hght reddish brown and a dark purple,
occur — both being adult.

Mr. E. T. Browne,
B.A., was at the Station
for some wrecks in July
and August, and spent
most of his time in stud}^-
ing the "plankton" or
surface life. Amongst
the animals he collected
and identified were the
following which had
not been previously re-
corded : — Tiara j) ilea ta
{ = Oceania episcopalis, Forb.), Aglaophenia tubulifera,
with Corbulae, and Anceits maxillaris (found before but
not recorded), male and female with eggs, inside Sycandra
compressa on the rocks near the laboratory.

Mr. Chadwick was occupied in collecting and preserving
material for his work upon the minute structure of Star-
fishes, which will form the subject of a paper to be read
before the Biological Society in spring.

The faunistic work of other investigators, and of some
members of the Committee who were at the station, will
be found referred to further on ; while a few of the workers
such as Mr. Chaudhuri, beino^ students who were making

wmi^smi^mik

Fig 11. The Lamiuarian Zone at low tide.
Good Collectiiicc Ground.

32 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

use of the laboratory for their own purposes which did not
include the prosecution of research, have of necessity left
no record requiring publication.

Amongst some of the other noteworthy forms found at
Port Erin or in the neighbourhood by workers at the
station during the summer may be noted : — Foraminifera,
Astrorhiza limicola, dredged off Port Erin, Haliphysema
tumanoioiczii, off Port St. Mary. The interesting Tubi-
colous Infusorian Follicidina mjipulla is abundant in
pools close to the Biological Station. Two species ol
Lucernarians are not unconnnon, near breakwater on the
south side of Port Erin bay; also Adamsia palliata with
Pagurus prideauxii, and many other anemones. Con-
volitta, and various other Turbellaria, are found in shore
pools close to the laboratory, and amongst sea-weeds in
other parts of the bay, while various rarer forms have been
dredged by Mr. Gamble, further out, e.g. off Bradda Head,
and in Bay Fine. Cephalothrix hioculata is in the Coral-
line pools, and Dinophilus tcBniatus, while a species of
Spadella is found round the shore. Antedon rosaceus, the
rosy feather star, is dredged close to Port Erin, it is usually
infested with Myzostomum. Mr. Beaumont obtained 20
specimens of Myzostovium from one Antedon. Porania
p)idvillus and Palmipes menihranaceus are not uncommon
in the deeper water off Port Erin, and Ocniis hrunneus has
been taken. Pleurohranchus menihranaceus is found in
shore pools at Poolvaash near Port St. Mary. Aplysia
punctata is common outside the breakwater and in Bay
Fine, and also the interesting Ascidian Gorella parallelo-
gramma. Doto pinnatifida (two specimens on Antenn-
ularia, dredged Sept. 14th,) Triopa claviger, Goniodoris
casta nea, Liniapontla nigra, Bunclna coro)iata, and
Actoionia corrugata, were all obtained ; and also the fol-
lowing other Mollusca, Pandora incsquivalvis, Lima

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 33

loscomhii, Gapulus himgaricics, Scaphander lignariuSy
Otina otis, Bulla hydatis, and Melampus hidentatus,
mostly from Bay Fine.

Molgula citrina and Ascidia depressa are mider stones
near Port St. Mary, and many species of compomid
Ascidians, especially Botryllids, such as Botryllus morio,
B. aurolineatics , B. violaceus, and Botrylloides albicans,
are common both at Port Erin and Port St. Mary.

Protective Colouring.

The common shore prawn, Virhius varians,iomidi2^i Port
Erin, and probably all round the coast, is a most marked
case of protective colouring. Specimens taken from a
"zostera prairie" are of the same bright green colour as
the "Sea grass," to the blades of which they adhere
closely, (see PL VI. fig. 3). Their eggs also are green.
Specimens, however, which are found amongst the red
sea- weeds, such as half rotten masses of Delesseria and
Bhodymenia (see fig. 2), are either completely red, or red
with a slight mottling of white or grey. Specnnens found
on a sandy bottom, or on small gravel, are mottled black,
grey and white. These are all cases of simple, but very
complete, protective colouration.

The specimens of Virbiiis, however, which occur upon
the dark brown sea- weed Halidrys siliquosa present a more
comphcated case, as they actually mimic the chambered
capsules of the Alga, both in form and colour, and also
in position. The Crustacean is here of a dark brown
colour, and has the habit of clinging to the stem in such
a position that the body extends straight outwards m a
stiff attitude (see PI. VI. fig. 1) ; and the plant may be
shaken to some extent without affecting the pose of the
Crustacean, and its resemblance to the capsules.

These are clear cases of the Crustaceans having become

34 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

adapted to suit their surroundings through the action of
natural selection, but there seem to be the four following
alternatives as to the present position of affairs : —

1. There may be the 4 above noted (and possibly others)
colours of individuals as 4 distinct varieties, which produce
young of their own colours, keep to their own special
habitat, and do not inter-breed. This I think unlikely.

2. There may be no permanent varieties, but the young
when they first settle down upon the sand or sea-weeds
may, whatever their colour may be, have great adapt-
ability, so that under the influence of their environment
they soon assume a protective colouration. This would
be a case of "direct action of the environment," partly
perhaps due to food.

3. This adaptabihty — or marked susceptibility to the in-
fluence of environment — may possibly be retained through-
out adult life, so that conceivably a green Virhius might
migrate from the Zostera bed to a clump of Halidrys, and
then change from a green to a dark brown colour.

4. Lastly, the young of all 4 colours may present great
variation in tint, and then under the action of natural
selection those which are not specially fitted to their sur-
roundings in each case will be eliminated.

I am inclined myself to regard the last as the most prob-
able explanation, but we have arranged to start some
experiments and observational broods at the Biological
Station which it may be hoped will throw some light upon
these and other similar cases.

Othee Faunistic Work.

Looking at the additions to the "Fauna" during the

year: — Mr. A. 0. Walker records amongst Amphipoda, in

addition to those noted above, Harpinia neglecta, Sars,

(noted before as H. plumosa), Colwyn Bay and Port Erin,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 35

Dexamijie thea, Boeck, from Port Erin harbour (common),
Hoplonyx similis, Sars (new to Britain), Megamphopus
cormctus, Norman, and a new species of Podocerus, from
Laxey Bay, for which the following name and diagnosis
are proposed by Mr. Walker : —
" Podocerus herdmani, n. sp.

''Allied to P. falcat us Ssiid P. miniUus, G. 0. Sars,
but differing in the 'hand' of the second gnathopod
of the male, as shown in annexed figures 12 and 13.

Fig. 12. Podocerus minutus Fig. 13.

(after G. 0. Sars.) Podocerus herdmani, u. sp.

The large tooth which in these species springs from

the base of the hind margin, in this species is much

shorter and rises from nearly the centre. There is

also a prominent tooth near the centre of the hind

margin of the 'finger' which is very characteristic.

The female resembles P. minutus. Length 3 mm."

In regard to Megamphopus cornutus, Mr. Walker

reports to me " Canon A. M. Norman, in lit. Dec. 6/92

gives Protomedeia longi7iiana, Boeck 1870, and Podoceropsis

intermedia, Stebbing 1878, as synonyms of Megamphopus

cornutus, Norman, 1868. At the same time he sent me

his type specimen, also one from Farland Point, Cumbrae,

and one from G. 0. Sars labelled Protomedeia longimaria,

from the Lofoten Islands. Of these the last has the

' horn ' on the 1st epimere by far the longest as it reaches

to the end of the 3rd (apparent 1st) joint of the lower

36 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

antenna. Next comes the type from the Shetlands in
which it barely reaches the proximal end of that joint. In
the Cmnbrae specimen — also a male, but not so large as
the others — it cannot be seen at all, nor can it in my
specimens (still smaller) from the Isle of Man. The
second gnathopod is also much more highly developed in
length, spines on palm of hand &c., in the Lofoten and
Shetland specimens than the others. It is probable that the
above differences may be only a question of age, but it is
not impossible that the latitude may have an influence in
reducing the size and development of the species. Upon
afcomparison of my specimens of Podocerojjsis sojjJiice,
Boeck and P. intermedia Mr. Stebbing agrees with me
that the two species are obviously distinct."

Immediately after the pub-
lication of Mr. Walker's
" Kevised Keport upon the
Podophthaln;iata " in July,
1892, several additional spec-
ies were found, so an "Adden-
da " slip has now been
printed and issued to all
purchasers of Vol. III. of the

FiM'. 14. A. O.W. washing sand for . . .

Amphipods. "Fauna. This slip contams

records of the following species -.—Inachus donjnchus,
Stenorhynchus longirostris, Ehalia cranchii, Pinnotheres
veterum, Pirimela denticulata, Spiropagtcrus hyndmanni
and NephrojJS norvegicus. Since then in dredging from
Bradda Head to the Port Erin breakwater, in November,
we got a Schizopod {Gastrosaccus sanctus) new to the
district, the only former British locality being Jersey, and
a Microdeutopus which is probably new.

Mr. A. Leicester who took charge of the Mollusca dur-
ing our expeditions, and has also worked through a good

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT TORT ERIN. 37

deal of material which he had collected at Puffin Island
last year, reports to me that he has fifteen species of
Lamellibranchs and Gastropods to add to our records : of
these 8 are from Bay Fine and the immediate neighbour-
hood of Port Erin, and 7 from Puffin Island. Among the
more noteworthy of these, collected and identified by Mr.
Leicester and Dr. Chaster of Southport, are Soleciirtus
antiquatiis, Bulla utricidus, Gyclostrema cutlerianum, and
C. nitens, Oclostomia loarreni and Defrancia teres from
off Port Erin ; and My a hinglmmi, Homalogyra rota,
Odostomia nivosa, and 0. turrita from Puffin Island.
Mr. W. H. Heathcote, of Preston, who spent some time
at the Biological Station in July, was chiefly engaged in
dredging for Mollusca about Bay Fine (see PL L). He
succeeded in getting a number of the rarer forms amongst
which may be recorded Defrancia leufroyi, and Fusus
antiquics, var. clespectus. Mr. Heathcote also reports to
me Utricidus hyaliniis, Turt., cast up at Southport, new
to the district.

During September Mr. A. Chopin, of Manchester,
carried on some dredging from Port St. Mary and Port
Erin, and was able to add at least two species new to our
records, viz. the sponge Beniera rosea, Bowerb. (from
Fleswick Bay and Berwick Bay), and the crab Pirimela
denticulata, Leach, (off Spanish Head, 15 fms.). Beniera
rosea was recorded by Bowerbank from Tenby and Sark.
Dr. Hanitsch informs me that this species seems to have
a larger amount of " spongin " than most other Kenierid
sponges, and approaches therefore the Chalinidae. The
only other sponge new to the district reported by Dr.
Hanitsch is the Desmacidouid HalicJiondria {Aviphilec-
tits) expansa, B., dredged on September 24th off Clay Head.
It had previously been obtained only at Skye, by Dr. A.
M. Norman. The specimens of Spongelia fragilis which

38 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

we dredged off Clay Head and Gar wick are noteworthy for
being the largest yet found in our district.

Mr. I. C. Thompson has been engaged for some time on
a "Kevision" of the L.M.B.C. Copepoda, which will
incorporate the work of his previous reports with all the
recent ''finds " in this group — " finds" which during this
last season have been astonishing in their number and
quality. I have suggested to Mr. Thompson to give in
this ' Eevision,' (which will be laid shortly before a meeting
of the Biological Society) a simple outline figure, with
details of the diagnostic points, of every species ofL.M:
B.C. Copepoda, an addition which while entailing a great
deal of extra labour on the author, will I am sure increase
greatly the usefulness and value of his paper.

Mr. Thompson reports
to me as follows : — " Over
'20 species of Copepoda new
to the district have been
added to our record during
the last year, viz. — Meso-
pJiria pallida, Euchceta
prestandne , Cyclopina mag-
na fn.sp.J, Ectinosoma'
curticorne,Notopterop)lwrus
papilio ,Laop]ion te horrida,
Laoplionte spinosa (n.sp.),
Norvianella duhia, Dactijlopus tenuireinis, B. flaviis, and
D. minutus, Thalestris rufo-violescens, T.peltata, Porcelli-
dium tenidcauda, Anchorella uncinata, Ameira attenuata
(n.sp.), Stenhelia denticulata (n.sp.), MonstriUa rigida,
Lichomolgiis agilis, Gijlindropsyllus Icevis, Tetragoniceps
bradyi, and Paramesochra duhia; six of these, viz.,
Euchceta prestandrce, MonstriUa rigida, Cyclopina magna y
Ameira attenuata^ Btenlielia denticulata, and Laophonte

Fig. 15. I.C.T. picking out
■': Copepoda.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 39

spinosa, are additions to the British Fauna, and the four
last are new to science. The chief causes for so large an
addition to our Copepodan fauna are, first the more special
attention we now pay to the minute examination of mud
and other dredged materials, which have yielded the major-
ity of the above-named species — Port Erin bay and
particularly the muddy bottom just inside the breakwater
having proved to be specially rich ground ; and, secondly,
the establishment of Professor Herdman's " Fishery Lab-
oratory " at University College, where large numbers of fish
are constantly being examined, and, where under the keen
scrutiny of Mr. Corbin a large number offish parasites have
been found in situ on the gills of the fishes. Many of
these yet await examination, and there is evidently still
much to be achieved by a careful examination of the
mouths and gills of our common fishes. The branchial
sacs of Ascidians collected by Prof. Herdman, have yielded
many kinds of parasitic Copepoda, one of these, Notop-
terophorus papilio, a remarkably interesting animal, being
new to the district."

A new Copepod, Liclwmolgus agilis, has been very
recently found and described by Mr. T. Scott, of the
Scottish Fishery Board, as frequenting Cockle shells.
This Copepod w^e have also found here, in all the cockles
examined, and it is probably a common form which has
been hitherto overlooked on account of its pecuhar habitat.

The Hydroid Zoophytes and Polyzoa collected during
the year have, as in previous seasons, been examined by
Miss L. E. Thornely, with whom I have gone over a
good deal of the material, including any doubtful or diffi-
cult specimens. One of the most interesting points is that
Miss Thornely has been able to estabHsh that the Lafoea
pygmcm, Aid., of Hinck's "Zoophytes" is really, as Alder
seems to have indicated in his drawings, a species of

40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Calycella. It has in our specimens from rock pools at Port
Erin, obtained on Sept. 25tli., a distinct opercuhmi, and
the name of the species must consequently become Caly-
cella ;pygm(jea. In these same pools the following other
Zoophytes have been found lately : —C/a-ya multicornis,
Goryne van-henedeni, Cainpayiularia frag His,* Opercul-
arella lacerata, Sertularia operculata, Flumularia similis ;
and 9 species of Polyzoa.

On November 13th., a dredging off Bradda Head yielded
11 species of Zoophytes, and 7 species of Polyzoa, none
very specially rare. It ought, perhaps, to be stated that
all these lists of collections of Zoophytes and Polyzoa
from various localities now being determined by Miss
Thornely, are kept for record in the MS. tables of geo-
graphical distribution within our district, which will be
published in some future report, when they seem suffi-
ciently complete. A number of Zoophytes, Polyzoa, and
other invertebrata have been sent to the Laboratory lately
by Captain Eccles and the other bailiffs in connection with
the investigations now going on into the food, &c., of
fishes. One such gathering dredged from near Eastham,
in October, contained 21 species of Zoophytes and 11 of
Polyzoa. One of the Zoophytes was BougainviUea ram-
osa, which had not previously been reported from our
district. Another gathering, from the Rock Channel, con-
tained 18 species of Zoophytes and 15 of Polyzoa. A third
set, trawled in Morecambe Bay, consisted of 9 species of
Zoophytes and 3 of Polyzoa, amongst which were Eudeii-
drium annulatum, and BowerhanMa caiidata.

British Association Committee.
At the British Association meeting in Edinburgh, early
in August, a committee was formed, with a small grant, for
the purpose of exploring further the southern part of the

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

41

Irish Sea. '' This committee consists of Professor Haddon,
Mr. W. E. Hoyle, Mr. Geo. Brook, Mr. A. 0. Walker, Mr.
I. C. Thompson (Secretary) and Professor Herdman
(Chairman)," and the grant will be expended in providing
a series of short dredging expeditions to the more
miknown parts of the area. The first of these British
Association Committee expeditions was organized at the
end of September when the steam trawler " Lady Loch "
of Douglas was hired for September 24th. The wind was
so strong and the sea so heavy that it was quite impossible
to do any work off the southern and western sides of the
island, so we steamed up the eastern side and spent the
day in dredging in the neighbourhood of Laxey at the fol-
lowing locahties :

Fig. 16. Emptying the Iredge on deck.

1. Off Clay Head, 20 fms., several hauls ; varied bottom.
Polymastia rohusta, Suberites domuncula, Amphilechis
incrustans, Spongelia fragilis (large specimens), and a

42 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Desmacidonid sponge (the Halicliondria expansa of Bow-
erbank) which is new to the district, and probably
belongs to the genus Amphilectus, ten species of Zoo-
phytes and fourteen species of Polyzoa, Pinnotheres
vetenim, Lima hians, Psammohia tellinellaj Ascidia
mentida, dec.

2. Off Garwick Head, 4—12 fms., " Melobesia " bottom.
Several hauls. Aglaophenia pluma and seven other species
of Zoophytes, Amathia lendigera, Ehalia cranchii,
Podocerus lierdmani, n. sp.

3. LaxeyBay, 8 fms., " Zostera" bed.
Gampanularia angidata, Clijtia johnstoni, Antenniilaria
antennina and Sertidaria polyzonias, Cerapiis difformiSy
Membranipora spinifera* and six other species of Polyzoa,
Compound Ascidians, Pectunculus glijcimeris (large, alive).

The Ascidians dredged in this expedition yielded a
number of parasitic Copepoda amongst which were
Botachus cylindratus, NotopteropJiorus papilio,Doropygus
pulex and D. poricauda, Notodelphis allmani and Ascidi-
cola rosea.

On this occasion a specimen of the somewhat uncommon
fish Midler's Top-knot [Zeugopterus pimctatus) was
obtained at Port Erin. It had been caught by a net close
to the shore, and was kindly brought to the laboratory by
Mr. John Costain.

Publications, &c.

Since the last annual report, the third volume of the
*' Fauna of Liverpool Bay" has been published (July,
1892). It contains papers on the marine Algae, Porifera,
Annelids, Crustacea, Mollusca, Tunicata, and other
groups, and is illustrated by twenty-three plates and a
chart. As is stated in the introduction to the volume, the
additional species recorded in the various papers now
brings the number of marine animals and plants known

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 43

to inhabit the L.M.B.C. district up to 1G85. To this has
still to be added the 105 new forms found during this last
summer and referred to in the present report.

A melancholy interest attaches to one of the papers in
Vol. III. of ''The Fauna," viz., The Keport upon the
Testaceous Mollusca. It was the last piece of work of
the late Mr. F. Archer who was a member of the Com-
mittee from the beginning, and has always taken an
active interest in the work. In addition to all more
personal feeling of loss, his ready sympathy, kindly
criticism, and sturdy common sense will be greatly
missed at the Biological meetings and on the collecting
expeditions. Mr. Archer's place on the committee has
been filled up by the election, on June 3rd, of Mr. John
Vicars. With Surgeon-Colonel S. Archer's sanction I
took charge of his brother's note books for the purpose of
having his w^ork on the Mollusca published. Fortunately
Mr. Brockton Tomlin of Chester was kind enough to
undertake the responsible work of putting the notes and
records in proper form for the printer. It is a matter of
great satisfaction to the Committee that one so eminently
qualified both as a conchologist and also from his know-
ledge of Mr. F. Archer's collections and notes and
methods was found willing to undertake this work and
carry it out without delay.

The Mollusca of the future L.M.B.C. expeditions will
be worked up and reported upon by Mr. Alfred Leicester,
Priory Gardens, Birkdale, who will gladly receive and
acknowledge records of specimens from other conchol-
ogist s in the district.

We have suffered another loss in the death, quite
recently, of Mr. T. J. Moore the last President of the
Biological Society. Mr. Moore's poor health for the last
few years has prevented him from taking any active part

44 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in our expeditions, but he attended as far as possible the
meetings, and we have always had his sympathy and
advice in our investigations. Unfortunately his long
expected report upon our local marine fishes was never
completed. In the first two volumes of the "Fauna" we
have two papers from his pen, one on the American Clam
(Venus mercenaria) in Vol. I., and a report upon the
L.M.B.C. Seals and Cetaceans in Vol. II.

It is proposed that the vacancy caused by Mr. Moore's
death should be filled up by the election of His Excellency
Spencer Walpole, LL.D., Lieutenant-Grovernor of the
Isle of Man, who has kindly consented to serve on the
Committee.

It is an encouraging and hopeful feature of our first
season's work at Port Erin to notice the number of new
recruits who are joining our School of Marine Biology.
In addition to those noted above as having done some
special work at the biological station. Dr. G. W. Chaster,
of Southport, is helping Mr. Leicester with Mollusca
and is also working at the Foraminifera of the district,
and Mr. P. J. F. Corbin is collecting records and speci-
mens of the fishes and is paying special attention to their
parasites. The Committee hope that not only may they
continue to draw together the young biologists of Liver-
pool and the neighbourhood, but that Manxmen interested
in Natural History may now be induced to work as students
at the Port Erin laboratory, and so fit themselves for in-
vestigating seriously the abundant marine fauna and fiora
of their Island.

All faunistic work — the distribution and relations of
species, their variations, their habits, and "habitats," the
nature of their distinguishing characteristics and the
bearing of these upon the natural surroundings and mode
of life — all these, always matters of great interest to those

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 45

who appreciate nature, have now become of special impor-
tance in the philosophy of Biology since Darwin showed
how much centres around the problem of the "Origin of
Species." Now that we are beginning to understand how
little a species or variety is, and yet at the same time how
much of world-wide importance the differentiation of these
sets of individuals implies, the work of the ''field natural-
ist"— if inspired by the true scientific spirit and regulated
by due caution — acquires a new meaning and a real value.
The Biologist cannot afford to despise any line of enquiry.
All accurate observations have their use, and may at any
time prove of great importance by illustrating some theor-
etical question and taking their place in the elucidation
of the system of nature which we see around us and of
which we form a part.

In conclusion I may state that the Committee are now
trying in various ways to add to the facilities for work at
the Biological Station in view of the coming Spring and
Summer. A few useful books of reference and monographs
on British animals are being collected to form a small
working library, extra dredges, tow-nets, and other col-
lecting apparatus, small aquaria and vessels, and supplies
of various kinds, are now being laid in, so that the
conditions for work in the laboratory may be reasonably
expected to be much more favourable in the future than
they were last summer. Then it may be pointed out —
perhaps after our association with Puffin Island it is
necessary to emphasize this — that at Port Erin there is
the comfortable Bellevue Hotel, and other hotels, and
lodgings of all kinds, at which students can live ; and
finally the Biological Station is open to lady-students as
well as to men, and the neighbourhood is one which, taken
along with the presence of the laboratory, and dredging

46 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

facilities, offers many advantages to, and would probably
supply the diverse wants of, parties of students or vacation
expeditions of scientific Societies.

In view of the books of reference and the apparatus we
are now buying, and of the further additions to the stock
which are contemplated, as well as the maintenance of a
permanent Curator, our Hon. Treasurer asks me to state
that our expenses in the coming year will probably be
considerably heavier than they have been in the past,

and that he trusts that
there will be some sub-
stantial additions to the
subscription list.

I append to this report : —
(A.) the Kegulations drawn
up by the Committee in
regard to the Station, and
with which they expect
workers to comply, and
(B.) the Hon. Treasurer's
Fig. 17. Rocks showing white band Balance Sheet and list of

caused by myriads of adhering Balanus.

Subscribers.

List of the Plates.

Plate I. The southern end of the Isle of Man, showing

Port Erin and the neighbourhood.
Plate II. Plan of Port Erin Bay, with depths.
Plate III. View of the Biological Station.
Plate IV. Plan of the Biological Station.
Plate V. Plan of a large shore pool at Port Erin.
Plate VI. Virhius varians protectively coloured on
different surroundings.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 47

Appendix A.

LIVEKPOOL MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION
AT POET EKIN.

Eegulations.

I. — This Biological Station is under the control of the
Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, the executive of
which consists of the Hon. Director, Prof. Herdman, and
the Hon. Sec. and Treas., Mr. I. C. Thompson.

11. — In the absence of the Director, and of all other
Members of the Committee, the station is under the tem-
porary control of the Curator, who will keep the keys, and
will decide, in the event of ai]y difficulty, which tables are
to be occupied by particular workers, and how the boats,
and dredges, microscopes, &c.,are to be employed.

III. — The Curator will be ready at all reasonable hours,
and within reasonable limits, to assist workers at the
station, and to do his best to provide them with material
for their investigations.

IV. — Visitors will, on application to any Member of
the L.M. B.C., or to the Curator, be admitted at
reasonable hours to see the station, so long as it is found
not to interfere with the Scientific Work.

V. — Those who are entitled to work in the station,
when there is room, and after formal application to the
Director, are : — (1) Annual Subscribers of one guinea or
upwards to the funds (each guinea subscribed entithng
to the use of a table for four weeks), and (2) others who
pay the Treasurer 10s. per week for the accommodation
and privileges. Workers at the station are recommended
to board at the Bellevue Hotel.

48 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

VI. — Each worker is entitled to a work-place opposite a
window in the Laboratory ; and to make use of the micro-
scopes, reagents and other apparatus, and of the boats,
dredges, tow-nets, &c., so far as is compatible with
the claims of other workers, and of the routine duties of
the Curator.

VII. — Each worker will be allowed to use one pint of
methylated spirit per week, free. Any further amount re-
quired must be paid for. All dishes, jars, bottles, and tubes
may be used, but must not be taken away from the Labor-
atory. If any workers desire to make, preserve, and take
away, collections of marine animals and plants, they must
make special arrangements with the Director in regard to
bottles and spirit.

VIII. — Workers desiring to employ larger sailing boats
than those belonging to the station, can do so, at their
own expense, by applying to Mr. Clague, of the Belle-
vue Hotel.

IX. — All workers at the station are expected to lay a
a paper on some of their results, or at the least a short
report upon their work, before the Biological Society of
Liverpool, during the current or the following session.

X. — All Subscriptions, payments and other communica-
tions relating to finance, should be sent to the Hon.
Treasurer, Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., 19, Waverley
Road, Liverpool. Applications for permission to work at
the Station, or for preserved animals, or communications
in regard to the scientific work, should be made to Professor
Herdman, University College, Liverpool.

Trans. L'pool B:ol Soc.

Vol. VII , PI. I.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. II.

3 5'^

i m , "

^ M^^ ^\ ^\

Ji^

Trans. L'pool Biol Soc.

Vol VII. \'l III.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol VII, PI. III.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol VII, PI. IV.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc. '

?^ '

Vol VII, PI V.

^ ;

Lar.<;e: Poou at Port Erini.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol VII., PI VI.

m

FiQ. 2.

Fig. 3.

W. A. H.. pinx.

VIRBIUS VARIANS.

MARINE RTOLOr.irAT. STATION AT TOT^T ERIN.

49

Appendix B.

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

Archer, Francis, B.A., (the late), 21, Mul-

grave street
Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-st.
Barlow, Rev. T. S., Bishop's Court, I. of Man 0 10
Beaumont, W. J., Cambridge
Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-street...
Brook, George, British Museum (Nat, Hist.)

London
Brown, Prof J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool

Subscriptions.

Donations

£ s.

d.

£

s. d

. 1 1

0

2 2

0

—

1 0 10

6

—

2 2

0

—

2 2

0

1 1 0

110 —

Browne, Edward T., B.A., 14, Uxbridge

road, Shepherd's Bush, London
Burton, Major, Fryars, Beaumaris...
Caine, Nath., 10, Orange-court, Castle-street
Caton, Dr., 31, Rodney-street
Chadwick, H. C, 2, Market-place, Chorlton-

cum-Hardy, Manchester
Chaudhuri, B,, 94, Polwarth Gardens, Edin-
burgh ...
Clague, Dr., Castletown, Isle of Man
Clague, Thomas, Bellevue Hotel, Port Erin
Comber, Thomas, Leightoii, Parkgate
Coventry, Joseph, 34, Linnet Lane
Craig, Robert, 34, Castle-street ...
Crellin, John C, J. P., Ballachurry, Andre; ,
Isle of Man

1 1

0 10 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1 1 0

110 —

I

1 0

1

1 0

5

0 0

50 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace...

Denny, Prof., Firth College, Sheffield

Derby, Earl of, Knowsley ...

Drysdale, Dr., (the late), 36a, Rodney-street 1 1 0

Dumergue, A. F., 79, Salisbury road, Waver-
tree

Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree...

Gamble, Col. David, C.B., Windlehurst
St. Helens

Gaskell, Frank, Woolton Wood,

Gaskell, Holbrook, J.P., Woolton Wood,

Gell, James S., High Bailiif of Castletown...

Gibson, R. J. Harvey, 41, Sydenham-a venue

Gifford, J., Whitehouse terrace, Edinburgh

Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street

Halls, W. J, 35, Lord-street

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union Bank

Herdman, Prof., University College. L'pool.

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon-buildings Tithe-
barn-street

Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road

Holt, George, J. P. Sudley, iMossley Hill ...

Heathcote, W. H., 54, Frenchvvood-street,

Preston 0 10 6

Howes, Prof. G. B., Royal College of

Science, South Kensington, London... 1 1 0

Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquar-
ian Society

Johnstone, Rev. Geo., M.A., 41, Bentley-rd. 0

Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Wavertree

Jones, J. Birdsall, 10, St. George's-crescent

Kermode, P. IM. C, Hill-side, Ramsey

Leicester, Alfred, Priory Gardens, Weld-rd.,
Birkdale

Lomas, J., Amery-grove, Birkenhead

Macfie, Robert, Airds 1 0 0

1

1

0

2

2

0

2

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

5

0

5

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

10

6

1

0

0

0

10

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

5

0

0

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 51

Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, Owens College

Manchester ... ... ... ... 1 ] 0 —

Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park, West
Derby ...

Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall-street

Melly, VV. R., 90, Chatham-street...

Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds

Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warrington

Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall ...

Mylchreest, J., White House, Kirk Michael.

Isle of Man 110

Newton, Rev. A. S., Grammar School Ram-
sey, Isle of Man

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings

Rathbone, R. R., Glan-y-Menai, Anglesey

Rathbone, S. G., Croxteth-drive, Sefton-park

Rathbone, Mrs. Theo., Back wood, Neston

Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston ...

Rathbone, W., M.P., Greenbank, Allerton 2

Roberts, Isaac, F.R.S., Tunbridge-wells ... 1 1 0 2 2 0

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester

Simpson, J. Hope, Aniiandale, Aigburth-

drive 2 2 0 —

Stevenson, W. A., Ballakreighan, Castletown,

Isle of Man 110 —

Stevenson, W. B., Balladoole, Castletown,
Isle of Man

Stewart, W. J., City Magistrates Office ...

Sykes, W., Preston

Tate, A. Norman, (the late), 9, Hackin's-hey

Thompson, Isaac C, 19, Waverley-road
Sefton-park

Thornely, James, Baycliif, Woolton

Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton ...

Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road

Tomlin, B., 59, Liverpool-road, Chester ...

Talbot, Rev. T. U., 4, Osborne terrace, Dou-
glas, Isle of Man 110 —

1

1

0

2

2

0

2

2

0

9

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

10

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

5

0

52 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban's-square, Bootle
Walker, Alfred 0., Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn Bay
Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes-park
Walpole Spencer, LL.D., His Excellency

The Governor, Isle of Man ...
AValters, Rev. Frank, B.A., King William

College, Isle of Man
Wareing, W. R., Charlesbye, Ormskirk
Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Shefl&eld
Weiss, Prof. F. E., Owen's College, Man-
chester
Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall
Wigleswortli, Dr., Rainhill...

2

2 0

3

3 0

1

1 0

2 2 0 —

1 1

0

—

. 1 1

0

—

I 1 1

0

—

1 1

0

5 0

0

—

. 1 0

0

—

119 14

6

3

3

0

-Jifti.(»fje!;iaaE.-.7tA.\ /-"fcA

Fig. IS. Roek.s covorod with seaweeds
and animals.

o

o

^

1— I

o

\^

f^

r=ii

o

H

^

o

HH

P^

<1

<l

kj-l

1*^

S

^

O itD O 00

o :m o -t^

O O

O 2h

'■+3 cj

O •-'

Po

sg^ « J E.

•■? :^ ^ ^-6 ^

III || 'o bg

^5 "' p^ ^ ^"^

,2 H

-S

|5

;^

f=H <^

2 O O

!V)C0 1.^VC i-HCQO<;OOt^|CD

^ I— I C<) •>] CO

tK

CD

r^

bO

rt

o

^

I "^ ""

O

>^

7.

=0

■+J

a

"3

.;",

rn

^

?Q

3

o

^

GO ^"

V2 X

O

Ph cm*
CO

54

[work from the port ERIN JilOLOGICAL STATION.]

EEPOET on the TUKBELLAEIA of the L.M.B.C.

DISTEICT.

By F. W. Gamble, B.Sc,

BERKELEY FELLOW OF THE OWENS COLLEGE, MANCHESTER.

With Plates XII to XIV.

[Read January 13tli, 1893.]

The followmg Eeport is a summary of observations made
during July and part of October, 1892, at the Port Erin
Biological Station belonging to the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee. Owing to the limited time at my
disposal much yet remains to be done before an accurate
idea of the Turbellaria of the District can be formed. My
researches at Port Erin and at the Marine Biological
Association's Laboratory at Plymouth, seem to point to
the conclusion that we are only beginning to ascertain
the richness of this portion of the British Fauna. As a
general result 28 species representing 28 genera have
been found at Port Erin. Five of these are new to Britain.
The Turbellaria (like the Protozoa, Nematodes and
some smaller groups) have, for various reasons been little
studied in this country. It is chiefly to the following
workers that the knowledge we possess of the marine
species, is due.

Sir John Daly ell recorded a few species from the Firth
of Forth ; Dr. Johnson worked Berwick Bay; Mr. Wm.
Thompson of Dublin worked the east coast of Ireland.
In 1861 Prof. Ed. Claparede paid a visit to Skye,
where he found many new forms. Prof. M'Intosh has
noticed some species in his " Marine Invertebrates and
Fishes of St. Andrews." These records, however, do not
by any means give us a complete account of the Turbel-

L.M.B.C. TUKBELLARIA. 55

larian fauna of the several districts. With the briUiant
exception of Claparede's paper, the observations are fre-
quently too fragmentary to allow us to accurately determine
the species that are mentioned. A very valuable addition,
therefore, to our knowledge is the description of 34 marine
forms obtained by Professor von Graff during a two
months stay at the ''Ark" Millport, N.B. This list
incorporated in his "Monograph" of the group (1882)
furnishes a basis of comparison with other part of our
coasts. For the last ten years, however, little work has
been done on British Marine Turbellaria.

We may next consider how and where marine Turbel-
laria are to be found. Dividing the group for our present
purposes into the flat leaf-like Polyclads 1 cm. or so long,
and the small, usually cylindrical Bhabdocoels rarely more
than 2 mm. in length, the following methods have proved
successful. The Polyclads are to be found by extremely
careful search on the under surface of weed-covered stones
between tide-marks. Almost all forms are coloured in
such a way as to remain unobserved unless the keenest
vigilance be exercised. Infra-littoral species occur among
shells, polyzoa and hydroids dredged at various depths up
to 20 fms. The Khabdocoeles being minute cannot be
directly observed on the shore. It is necessary to collect
sea-weeds, stones covered with diatoms, ascidians, &c.,
the sand at the base of corallines, and to place these sep-
arately in vessels containing sea-water. The Turbellaria
will presentl}^ emerge and can be found by searching the
sides of the vessel with a hand-lens. Dredge-material
treated in like fashion will yield numerous forms constitu-
ting a fauna fairly distinct from the littoral one. For
Polyclads I have found the coast near Port St. Mary to
be the best. For Ehabdocoeles, the Calf Sound and tide-
pools round Port Erin have proved most productive.

56 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pelagic Turbellaria are rare, but occasionally occur in
tow-nettings. Such are certain Khabdocoeles and larval
Polyclads.

TURBELLARIA.

I.— TKICLADIDA.

1. Planaria alpi7ia, Dana (PL XII, figs. 1 and 2.)
This fresh-water species is about J" in length, body
grey, produced anteriorly into a pair of tentacles, a single
pair of eyes are present. I have found it in cold springs
near Silverdale (Lancashire) and in the sheltered gorges
near Port Erin. This last fact taken in connection with
Wm. Thompson's discovery of alpina on the East coast
of Ireland (which however needs confirmation) have an
important bearing on the geographical distribution of this
Turbellarian. Planaria alpina is a distinctly alpine
creature and where occurring at lower levels, does so in
water of a constantly low temperature. Dana first found
it in the Graubuntner Alps. It has since been found near
Chur and in the Davos mountains at heights of 6 — 7000
feet and in water at a temperature of 2°C which is frozen
from November to May. v. Kennel (in a most interesting
paper, (Zoologische Jahrbiicher, III, p. 447), to which I
am greatly indebted) has found it in the Maine Valley at
Wiirzburg at the outflow of a spring (temperature 10°C).
The effect of a higher temperature than this is readily
seen when attempts are made to keep these animals
indoors. As soon as the water rises above IS'^C they die
very rapidly.

With these facts in mind v. Kennel has attempted their
explanation. The difficulty is this, how did Planaria
alpina get from Switzerland to Wiirzburg, England,
the Isle of Man and Ireland ? The tendency to explain
this and similar cases by saying that alpina is a " Belickt-

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 57

form" of the ice-age, has mduced von Kennel to oppose
this easy method of solving the problem and to try
whether recent migration of an active or passive nature
may not sufficiently account for the facts. In the first plfice
it is clear that (assuming recent migration) although active
wandering may account for the occurrence of Planaria
alpina in the Alps and in southern Germany, it cannot
apply to England since, by hypothesis, England was sep-
arated by sea from the Continent. The only water-way
from the Graubiindtner Alps to the Maine Valley is the
Khine. Now although the water in the upper part of this
river would be of a sufficiently low temperature to allow
of alpina living in it, lower down the temperature is
too high. If however, gradually from time to time,
chiefly in the winter, migration had gone on extending
further and further down the Ehine, suitable places might
have been secured in the Maine Valley where the species
might still be found. Such occurrences would scarcely
have escaped the notice of the Germans, and as I said
above, this reasoning cannot explain the presence of this
form in countries separated by arms of the sea.

Next then, let us consider a passive migration. This is
possible for fresh-w^ater animals in two ways. (1) Winter
eggs or eggs with resistant membranes might be carried
by the wind to distant regions and (2) eggs or young may
transferred by fish or birds, &c. Planaria alpina lays its
eggs in capsules possessing chitinous walls. These
capsules are attached to leaves or stones, and might be
carried by the agencies I have mentioned. If either
method were used we might expect to find this creature
more generally distributed than is the case. It must
however be remembered that it is only in certain places
that the conditions are sufficiently favourable for exis-
tence, von Kennel gives an interesting example of this.

58 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In a small pool near Wlirzburg, dry every summer,
he finds Daphnids and Asplanchna. In another close by,
Cypris, CulicidEB, and fly-larvae, and these are never assoc-
iated with Daphnids. When the conditions are favourable,
development proceeds at a rapid rate. Thus in 1883
the summer was very dry in south Germany ; no rain had
fallen for weeks. One night a heavy thunderstorm broke
and two days afterwards, v. Kennel found in rain-pools not
only Infusoria, Ostracods, Mesostomid Turbellaria with
winter-eggs, but also Branchipus with ripe eggs. The next
day all was dry as before. How far passive migration
has occurred in the case of P. alpina it is dithcult to
ascertain. At Wlirzburg, neither fish nor birds visit the
spring where it is found. But this does not hold for
other localities where I have seen it. If we keep in mind
that it is at the point where springs reach the surface that
this form chiefly occurs, it is not difficult to accept v.
Kennel's supposition (before the eggs were known) that
the real habitat of this animal is in the interior of moun-
tains and in subterranean water and we are driven to the
conclusion that the animal must have ranged over western
Europe before the glacial epoch, acquiring its present
distribution owing to the separation of England, Ireland
and Isle of Man from the Continent and one another.
Now however that the egg-capsules have been discovered,
it appears more probable that a passive agency has been
the main factor in a post-glacial process.

2. Polycelis corniUa, 0. Schmidt (PI. XII, fig. 5.)
This species occurs commonly in fresh-water in the
neighbourhood of Port Erin, but in warmer water than
Planar ia alpina.

L.M.B.C. TUilliELLAKIA. 59

II.— KHABDOCCELIDA.

A. ACCELA : — This group is of considerable interest
owing to the very simple organisation of its members.
They have no alimentary canal or digestive cavity. The
food (chiefly Entomostraca) is secured by the pharynx and
passed on to the parenchyma which is the assimilating-
tissue. An otolith is constantly present.

Family — aphanostomid^.

3. AiJhanostoma diversicolor, Oe. (PL XII, figs. 6 and 7.)
This species occurred in tide-pools close to the Port

Erin Biological Station. It is distinguished by the
colouration of the anterior end. The central part is violet,
due to parenchymatous contractile pigment-cells ; the
peripheral portion and the extreme tip is coloured yellow
owing to yellow vacuoles in the parenchyma. This form
is recorded from Millport and Plymouth.

4. Coiivoluta paradoxa, Oe. (PL XII, fig. 3.)
During July, swarms of this species in different stages

of development occurred among drift sea- weed (especially
Geramia) in Port Erin Bay. Tide-pools also yielded speci-
mens but not so abundantly. The most interesting point
of its structure is the presence of brown bodies usually
known as yellow-cells or symbiotic algae, which live in its
tissue and largely determine its structure.

It has been known for ten years (owing to the work of
Geddes and others) that another species of Gonvoluta
{C. schidtzii) contained chlorophyll, but whether the
chlorophyll isautochromic, that is a product of the animal's
activity ; or exochromic, and due to symbiotic unicellular
algse, is a question which can scarcely be considered as
thoroughly settled.

Geddes' attention was first drawn to these Gonvoluta
when he saw what he took to be filamentous green sea-

60 TRANSACTIONS LIVEKPOUL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

weed lying in an inch or so of water in sandy tide-pools
at Eoscoff. The sea-weed upon examination proved
to be a multitude of Gonvoluta schultzii which were
basking in the sunlight in a most conspicuous way.
Suspecting that this was a purposeful action, Geddes
experimented and ascertained that the green bodies evolved
oxygen and formed starch, while a most disagreeable
odour (resembling that of trimethylamine) was exhaled,
which probably rendered the animals free from attack and
thus enabled them to enjoy the direct sunlight.

The green bodies consist of cells containing one or'
more chloroplasts, one or more pyrenoids, and rod-like
masses of starch. In the present species {C. paradoxa)
similar bodies but brown in colour are present. The
physiological action of the brown bodies has not been
tested. That of the green cells of C. roscoffensis has
furnished the basis for recent work by Haberlandt* and
his conclusion, if correct, in all probability will be found
to apply to C. paradoxa. His hypothesis is to this
effect. The green bodies are physiologically algae, that is,
are descended from algse, " which at the present time owing
to profound adaptation in and with the Gonvoluta, have
lost their independent algal character and now constitute
an integral histological element, the assimilating tissue
of the Gonvoluta.' ' f

Littoral species of animals adopt various devices in order
to resist the attacks of the waves. Gonvoluta paradoxa
adopts a method which, as Professor Herdman tells me, is
paralleled in the Nudibranch Ancula cristata. I The " tail "
or pointed hinder extremity of the body is provided with
sticky adhesive papillae which enable G. paradoxa to

* V. Grali; "Aca'la," 1891.

tSco Laukester "Nature," vol. XLIV., 1891, p. 465.

J Sue Trans. IJiol. Soc, Vol. I\^, p. 135.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 01

remain firmly attached to its favourite weeds (species of
Ceranmcm, &c.). These papillae are elevations of the
epidermis. The force of adhesion exercised by them,
may be roughly estimated by using a powerful syringe.
Repeated action of an in-going or out-going stream do not
affect the Convoluta. It merely sways slightly in the
direction of the current without in the least loosening its
hold on the substratum. This device is general among
littoral Turbellaria; some forms indeed {Planaria dioica,
Claparede) are provided with adhesive papillae over their
entire surface.

Eggs of Convoluta paradoxa were found in orange
clumps (30 — 40 in a clump) during July. Each Qgg meas-
ured '07 mm. in diameter, and owed its colour to the con-
tained food-yolk. The adult (physiologically a female)
becomes a tense bag of eggs which ruptures at the slightest
touch. Young Convolutce swim with great ease and
rapidity, resembling in colour, form, and movement, the
Copepoda associated with them. They contain very few
(4 — 8) zooxanthellae and are consequently of a much lighter
colour than the adults.

Convoluta paradoxa has been recorded from Firth of
Forth, Berwick Bay, Guernsey, St. Andrews, Skye, Wey-
mouth, Millport and Plymouth, and is generally distri-
buted in northern and southern European seas.

5. Convoluta flavihacillum, Jensen (PL XII, fig. 4.)
Occurred in tide-pools in front of the Port Erin Station

during July. It is distinguished from the preceding species
by its larger, more robust form, and the absence of zoox-
anthellae.

B. Rhabdoccela :— Family Mesostomid^.

6. Promesostoma marmoratum, Schlz (PI. XII, figs. 8, 9.)
This active littoral species appears to the naked eye as

a fine whitish thread 1—1.5 mm. long. The body truncate

62 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and furnished with adhesive papillae posteriorly, tapers
gradually forwards from the hinder fourth of its length.
Eeticular black pigment was present only between the
eyes. The character which especially distinguishes this
species is the copulatory organ (fig. 9). This consists of a
fine chitinous tube coiled in the manner of a bishop's
crozier. This tube is enclosed in an outer muscular one
which transmits the spermatozoa, the inner chitinous duct
containing the secretion of the accessory or granule-gland.
The form of the copulatory-organ among Turbellaria
has been much used for the discrimination and determiri-
ation of species in this group. It is therefore interesting
to find in different individuals of Promesostoma marmora-
tum, an amount of variation of this organ, which, unless
intermediate forms occurred, would certainly rank them
as different species. Thus only one loose turn of the
spiral may be present, and the form of the apex may vary
considerably from that seen in fig. 9. This fact appears
to be correlated in some way with the wide geographical
distribution of the species, which ranges from the west
coast of Greenland to the Mediterranean and Black Sea.
This species has occurred at Skye, Millport, and Ply-
mouth. At Port Erin it occurs in tide-pools.

7. Promesostoma ovoideum, Schm. (PI. XII figs. 10, 12.)
A pale specimen of this species (wanting the usual black

reticular pigment) occurred among shell-debris dredged
outside Port Erin Breakwater, October, 1892, and is new to
the British fauna. After leaving Port Erin I found it
under similar conditions at Plymouth.

8. Promesostoma Ienticulatitm,Schni. (PI. XII, figs. 11, 13.)
This species, hitherto only seen by Schmidt who found

it at the Faroe Islands, occurred among Corallina in a tide-
pool near the Port Erin Station.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLAEIA. 68

Schmidt's description did not include the genital organs,
and since these afford the most distinctive features, the
systematic position of this species has long been doul^tful.
Length .65 mm. Body truncate and slightly convex in
front with rounded projecting angles. Colour bright red,
due to the contents of the gut. The eyes are very striking
owing to the comparatively large size of the lens. The
pharynx is sub-central. The copulatory organ has the
form of the tool known as a " rose-bit " or "countersink."
For further description of this and other species included
in this paper, see my memoir on "British Marine Tur-
bellaria," in the forthcoming number of the " Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science."

9. Bijrsophlehs intermedia, v. Graff (PI. XII, figs. 17, 18.)
Length '5 mm. Body flattened, yellowish-white, rounded

in front, bluntly pointed behind. The feature which dis-
tinguishes this species from the closely allied B. graffi,
Jensen, is the elongate form of the penis, the basal part
of which is composed of the granule-vesicle strengthened
by spiral muscles. The distal part is enclosed in a funnel-
shaped copulatory-organ ending in a rounded aperture,
from the margin of which a chitinous spur is given off.

This species occurred along with Provortex hcdticus and
other forms in a coralline tide-pool near the Biological
Station, Port Erin.

10. FroxenetesflahelUfer, Jens. (PI. XII, figs. 14, 15, 16.)
This species has the form of a fine white thread the

advancing end of which is kept in continual, sensitive
motion above the substratum. The hinder end is provided
with well-developed adhesive papillae which are speedily
used at the slightest provocation. The rhabdites are
X^resent in large numbers in this genus, forming a pair of
extensive and well-marked tracts converging between the
eyes to the anterior end. The copulatory-organ is retort-

64 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

shaped, and consists of a number of chitinous pieces,
separating the duct of the vesicula seminaHs from the
passages constituting the outlets for the granule-gland.
The sperm, conveyed down the main duct, issues through
the passages I t I, the granule-secretion on the other
hand by the duct marked I I, outside the retort. The
chitinous strips forming the neck, are bound together by
the piece marked D. The spermatheca, placed in front of
the genital pore, receives at its blind end the chitinized
ducts of an accessory-gland, while its distal portion bears
a series of five triangular chitinous teeth hinged at their
bases to its inner wall.

This species occurred in tide-pools round Port Erin and
also commonly among weeds from "the Clets " a group
of rocks in the Calf Sound. It has been recorded from
Millport and Plymouth.

Family — Proboscid^.
11. PseudorhyncJms hifidus, Mint. (PI. XIV, figs. 33, 34.)
Length 1 mm. Body produced in front into a conical
non-ciliated ''proboscis"; posteriorly it widens and ends
in a bifid hinder extremity. Colour whitish-yellow with
rounded brown spots over the surface. This form is
interesting as it shows the way in which the proboscis
characteristic of this Family has been elaborated. In
Fseudorliynchus the proboscis is simply the slightly modi-
fied anterior extremity, furnished with numerous short
retractor muscles. It is probable that by a specialization
of these together with the addition of a mass of muscles
known as the '• muscle-cone " and a pharyngeal sheath,
the typical proboscis has been formed as we see it in e.g.
AcrorhyncJins.

The copulatory-organ is a long funnel -shaped chitinous
structure, round the outer face of which a spiral ridge

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 65

occurs, produced at regular intervals into spinous pro-
cesses. The use of this organ has not been definitely
ascertained. It appears possible that it may have some
use as an offensive weapon. It this connection another
member of ihis family, Gyrator hermaphroditus, (found in
fresh-and sea-water in this country) is suggestive. The
so-called copulatory-organ is here converted into a stylet
enclosed in a sheath and provided with protractor and
retractor muscles. According to Hallez, it plays no part
in copulation but enables the animal to seize the Entom-
ostraca upon which it feeds. On approaching one of these,
Gyrator bends the hinder end of the body (containing the
stylet) downw^ards and forwards and stabs its prey re-
peatedly, which is then taken up by the pharynx.

Pseudorhynchus hifidus occurred among drift-weed in
Port Erin Bay. It is also recorded from St. Andrews
where it was first discovered by Prof. M'Intosh ; and from
Millport.

12. Acror]iync]iuscciledonicus,C\2^-^.i^\.XlTl,^g?>.l^,20.)

Length 1 mm. Body elongate, cylindrical, slightly
tapering anteriorly. Colour white w4th grey blotches, the
pharynx pure white. The dermal musculature, as in
most representatives of this family, is very strong, and
enables the animal to bear compression under a cover-slip
without rupture. A mature animal treated in this way
displays the complicated reproductive organs with almost
diagrammatic clearness. The granule-and sperm- vesicles
are bound together in a common penial muscular sheath
which leads into a copulatory organ armed with small
knobbed chitinous spines.

This form is frequently obtained among sea- weeds
between tide-marks at Port Erin, and also occurs at Skye,
Millport, and Plymouth.

66 TRANSACTIONS LIYEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

13. MacrorhyjwJiusnaegelii, Kollikei. (PL XIII, fig. 21.)
In form, colour and size this species closely resembles

the foregoing. It may be readily distinguished, however,
by the presence of a special chitinous investment round
the lower portion of the granule- vesicle. This is a short
funnel-shaped tube, the wide mouth of which is usually
provided with a curved spur.

The great bulk of the genital organs in this and other
species of Proboscidse, leads, during the development of
the individual, to the loss of the alimentary canal as a
definite coherent structure. Consequently, examination
of adults shews that the body is almost exclusively filled
with the reproductive apparatus, the gut being merely
represented by isolated cells.

This species occurs at Port Erin, Millport, and
Plymouth.

14. Macrorhynchus helgolandicus, Met. (PI. XIII, fig. 22.)
During my visit to the Port Erin Station, during October

of last year I found a number of immature examples of
this form which is distinguished from all other species of
Macrorhynchus by the possession of a special "poison-
dart " in addition to complicated male and female
copulatory organs. This had led v. Graff to place this
species in a special division " Venenosi " as opposed the
remaining Macrorhjmchus-species included as " Typici."
M. lielgolaiidicus has also occurred at Millport and
Plymouth.

15. Hyporh/ynclius armafus, Jens. (PI. XIII, figs. 23, 24.)
Length 1 mm. Body very elongate, thread-like and

of a white colour. Although usually associated with
other Turbellaria of a similar colour and appearance, this
species is distinguished (as they are m turn) by peculiarities
of locomotion which are sufiicient to enable one to
identify it even with the naked eye. The proboscis (as in

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 67

the sub-family Hyporhynchinae) opens on the ventral sur-
face, behind the anterior extremity, and is much reduced in
size as compared with that of the Acrorhynchina). The
copulatory-organ consists of two spirally-coiled chitinous
tubes fused throughout the greater portion of their lengths.
Of these the finer duct transmits the granule-secretion,
the wider one enables the spermatozoa to reach the
exterior. The spiral takes two complete turns and ends
in a terminal straight portion where the two ducts sep-
arate from one another.

This species was dredged in 15 fms. just outside Port
Erin Breakwater. It has also occurred at Plymouth.

Family — Vorticid/E .

16. Provortex halticus, Schultze (PI. XIII, figs. 27, 28.)

Length '5 — "75 mm. Body cylindrical, truncated, in
the angles produced into blunt processes. The posterior
extremity forms a long, finely-pointed '' tail." The colour
is due to irregular brown pigment which appears to be
deposited as fine vacuoles in the cells of the parenchyma.
The pharynx which opens through the mouth just below
the anterior end, is provided with a distinct " seam" to
to the margin, furnishing a surface of inseition for the
strong pharyngeal retractor muscles.

The copulatory organ is cylindrical. Its aperture con-
stitutes a slit, one margin of which is bent upon the
main-duct and ends in a free process of variable shape.
The uterus discovered by von Graff, lies in front of
the penis and contains a single yellow cocoon at a time.
A long fine duct leads to the genital aperture.

This extremely active, tiny animal occurs plentifully in
tide-pools near the Port Erin Station. It is also recorded
from Millport and Plymouth.

68 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C. ALLffiOCOELA : Family — Plagiostomid^.

17. Plagiostoma sulphureum, v. Gr. (PL XIII, figs. 29,30.)
Length 2 mm. Body elongate, cylindrical, slightly

narrowed and rounded at both extremities. Colour bright
yellow, due to the rhabdites which lie in the epidermis.
The mouth and the very small pharynx lie just behind the
brain. The intestine occupies the central part of the
length of the body. Opening into the pharynx is a large
number of pyriform, finely granular cells, apparently
glandular. Behind these a mass of cells occurs from
which the ova develope from before backwards. A pair'
of vitellaria lie at the sides of the body, uniting in front.
The follicular testes, few in number, are sub-central. The
penis consists of a large proximal vesicula seminalis and a
terminal muscular tube enclosed in a sheath. The
spermatozoa, which afford the safest mark by which this
species may be recognised, have a broad central portion,
a finely-tapering tail and a cap-like anterior end. These are
lateral expansions of the fine, sinuous central thread.

It is interesting to find this species, hitherto only
recorded from Trieste, in a coralline tide-pool near the
Port Erin Biological Station.

18. PZa^iosto7?^rt'yi2^?^aiz^7?^Frey&Leuck.(Pl.XIII,fig.26.)
Length 1 — 2 mm. Body rounded in front, tapering

gradually posteriorly. The colour is usually in the form
of three transverse bands of purple reticular pigment;
one across the head, another across the centre of the body,
and a third across the tail. This is the typical form, but
varieties are almost as abundant as the type. Thus von
Graff at a single haul among Ulva, at Millport, obtained
nine colour varieties.

The cocoons of this species occur in the autumn. They
are brown, stalked vesicles, which according io van
Beneden are attached to the abdominal appendages of the

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. (39

lobster, but I have found them on the surface of weed-
covered stones between tide-marks.

This species is not uncommon in tide-pools at Port
Erin, and is abundant at Millport and Plymouth. Youn^^
specimens occur in tow-nettings taken near shore.

19. Vorticerosauriculatitm,O.F. Miiller (PL XIII. fig. 25.)
Length 1*5 — 2 mm. Body elongate. The angles of the

anterior margin are produced, in the expanded condition,
into a pair of slender tentacles, almost ^5 the length of the
body. They may, however, completely disappear during
contraction. The colour is due to violet, reticular, paren-
chymatous pigment which occupies the dorsal surface
(except the margins) and is continued as a narrow band
over the upper surface of the tentacles. The anatomy
resembles in detail that characteristic of Plagiostoma.

This elegant form occurs in tide-pools at Port Erin. It
has been taken by v. Graff at Millport, and myself at
Plymouth.

20. AUostomaj^cUlidum,!'. J. Y.Ben. {FlXlll,figs.Sl,S2.)
A few immature examples of this species occurred at

Port Erin. The anterior sixth is marked off from the rest
of the body by a circular ciliated groove. The epidermis
contains large numbers of ''mucus-rods," which have
been considered as intermediate between the amorphous
secretion of a subepidermal gland, and the sharply-defined
rhabdites. All three are homologous, but differ in the
degree of consistency.

The common genital pore is almost terminal at the
hinder end. The penis is muscular. It receives the vasa
deferentia and granule-gland in its upper proximal portion.
The oviducts (according to v. Graff), unite before opening
to the exterior. This species has been recorded from
Millport.

70 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

21. Cylinclrostoma quadrioculatum, Leuck. (PL XIV.
figs. 35 and 36.)

Length '5 — '75 mm. Body colourless, romided in front,
produced posteriorly into a long pointed "tail," beset
with adhesive papillae. The pharnyx and its large cylin-
drical sheath are long and muscular. The mouth is placed
just in front of the brain, '^he latter is quadrate, and
bears two pairs of eyes : an anterior small pair, the lenses
of which are directed backwards and outwards, and a
larger posterior pair, whose lenses face forwards and out-
wards. The sides of the body are occupied by a large gland,
which produces food-yolk throughout its anterior portion,
ova in the posterior. Hence it is called the germ-yolk-
gland. The genital aperture is combined with the mouth,
and through it the muscular penis containing both male
secretions opens to the exterior. A large spermatheca lies
at the hinder end of the body.

Cylindrostoma quadrioculatum occurs m tide-pools at
the base of the littoral zone, near Port Erin. It is also
recorded from Millport, Skye, and Plymouth.

22. Gyliiidrostoma inerme, (Hallez.)

This species resembles the former in many points, but
is distinguishable from it by the following characters. The
form of the body is stouter, the tail shorter. The bright
yellow colour is due to small groups of pigment granules
in the epidermis. The genital organs in general correspond
closely to those of the foregoing species, but a spermatheca
is absent. This form occurs among drift seaweed in Port
Eiin Bay and is also found at Plymouth.

Family — MoNOTiDiE .

23. Monotuslineatus, 0. F. Muller, (11. XIV. fig. 39.)
Length 2 — 2'5 mm. Body elongated, flattened, tapering

anteriorly, armed with strong adhesive-cells posteriorly.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 71

The colour is white, frequently marked with brown pig-
ment. The epidermis contains numerous flagella. The
anterior end is used in an extremely sensitive way.
Immediately upon encountering any obstacle it is sharply
retracted, and the hinder extremity at the same moment
grasps the substratum by its shield-shaped adhesive sur-
face. This is done so rapidly that it becomes difficult to
surprise the animal and capture it by means of a pipette.

A short distance from the anterior end an otolith is
constantly present in members of this family, and in front
of it is a median transverse band of pigment usually
spoken of as the "eye." The pharynx is inserted near
the centre of the body, and is extremely contractile. The
germaria, two in number, are placed at the sides of the
base of the pharynx. The penis is characteristic of the
species. It is merely a soft papilla receiving the contents
of the muscular vesicula seminalis, and transmitting them
to the exterior through the male pore, which is placed
behind the female pore, a short distance from the posterior
end. Monotus lineatus occurs not uncommonly among
Gorallina in tide-pools about Port Erin and on the
"Clets." It is recorded from Millport, Skye, St Andrews,
and Plymouth.

24. Monotus fuscus, Oersted. (PI. XIV, figs. 37 and 38.)

This species resembles the former in many external and
internal anatomical features. The colour however is rather
different. The anterior end is whitish, the rest of the
body brown. Von Graff and Jensen record individuals
with purple pigment.

The changes of colour undergone by young Monotus
in reaching the adult condition are the following, as v.
Graff has already noticed. Very young specimens (1 mm.
or so,) are white, with a few carmine granules. Next,
these Granules increase in number, giving a reddish tint

72 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to the individual. Lastly, the red colour of the granule
gives way to brown which appears when the specimens
reach 1*75 — 2 mm. in length.

Moiiotus fuscus ranges through the littoral zone to its
higher portions where the rocks and weeds are exposed to
the drying effects of the atmosphere. Turbellaria are
however so constituted (being without any outer pro-
tective membrane) that dryness means death to them.
It is interesting therefore to find M. fuscus adopting a
singular device in order to gain a moist environment
during the ebb-tide. Prof. Hallez, of Lille, in 1879,
recorded that after scraping Balani off the rocks at
Wimereux, and placing them in a basin of sea-water,
this form presently emerged. They had concealed
themselves among the thoracic appendages of the Balani,
and thus continued to keep their surface in contact with
a moist medium. Hallez hence called it Monocelis halani.
Prof. V. Graff has found that at low water M. fuscus
occurs between the gills of Chiton and Patella, and he
supposes that it leaves this situation when the tide returns.
Balanus halanoides at Port Erin yielded several specimens.
The copulatory organ has the form of a tubular chitinous
duct, attached by muscles to the mouth of the vesicula
seminalis.

Monotus fuscus occurs between tide-marks at Port
Erin, Millport, and Plymouth.

III. POLYCLADIDA.

A. AcoTYLEA : Family — Leptoplanid^.

24. Leptoplana tremellaris, 0. F. Mull. (PI. XIV, fig. 40.)

Length 20 — 25 mm. Body deHcate, slightly expanded

in front, the anterior margin being almost semi -circular.

Swimming is effected by repeated violent vertical strokes

of the expanded margins. The colour is variable. White,

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 73

light-brown, and mottled dark-brown specimens occur.
On the ventral smiace the central, plaited pharynx is readily
seen lying in its sheath. Behind it comes the male genital
pore, towards which the conspicuous V — shaped area,
caused by the vasa deferentia, converges: behind this
again, the female pore. Behind these two apertures is a
muscular depression, the sucker, which is probably of con-
siderable use to the animal since it ensures a firm hold on
the substratum. From the dorsal surface the sacculated
main-gut and its numerous lateral branches may usually
be seen. In front, four groups of eyes are generally readily
distinguishable although occasionally the two groups on
each side unite, so that their double nature is not obvious.
The anterior group consists of eyes which, in genera closely
allied to Leptoplana, surround the bases of a pair of
tentacles, hence the term tentacular group. The tentacles
persist in a rudimentary condition in L. Alcinoi, Lang.
The posterior group contains rather larger, more markedly
reniform eye-specks. From other species of Leptoplana
which resemble tremellaris in appearance, this species
may be distinguished by the presence of the sucker and
by the simple, non-muscular, female genital canal.

This species occurs at Hilbre Island, Puffin Island, Port
Erin, and Port St. Mary, on the under surface of weed-
covered stones between tide-marks. It also descends
to about 20 fms. Young specimens are more or less pelagic
and differ from the adult in their shape which is almost
that of a spherical triangle.

Other localities for L. tremellaris on the British coast
are the following : —Firth of Forth, St. Andrews, east
coast of Ireland, Aberystwyth and Plymouth.

74 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

B. Cotylea: Family — Euryleptid^.
25. Cycloporus papillosus, Lang. (PI. XIY, figs. 41, 44.)
Length 10 — 15 mm. Body fairly consistent, oval,
slightly narrowed in front, where it is continued into a
pair of short stmnpy tentacles. The dorsal sm^face is
typically produced into a number of small, usually brightly
coloured papillae which are quite superficial elevations and
do not involve the underlying alimentary canal . They are
absent in the variety laevigatus, and are replaced by pig-
ment-spots. The colour is very variable and the meaning
of this variability is discussed below. Peripheral clumps
of pigment occur on the margin. Eyes are present on
and round the bases of the tentacles, and apair of larger
groups are also present over the brain, (cephalic groups).
The mouth hes behind the brain and leads into a bell-
shaped pharynx which appears as a light area on the
dorsal surface. The long main-gut is median and gives
off 6—7 pairs of lateral branches. The male and female
genital aperture lie behind the mouth in the order named.
The sucker is subcentrally placed on the ventral surface
of this animal.

The conditions under which Cycloporus is found appear
to point very forcibly to the conclusion that the colouring
is associated and probably correlated with that of the
substratum. Cycloporus is found often in pairs of similarly
coloured individuals, on the surface of sponges and com-
pound ascidians both in the littoral and deeper zones.
The general colour is frequently but not always that of the
particular ascidian (Leptoclinum durum, &c.) The main-
gut which is median with lateral branches, appears to
simulate lines separating off the coenobia, while the peri-
pheral pigment-spots resemble in detail the coloured and
expanded ends of the vessels of the ascidian test. This is
not all. The sucker with which the Cycloporus is provided.

L.M.H.C. TURBELLAlilA. 75

enables it to adhere so strongl}^ to the substratum of which
it appears to form an integral part, that it is often necessary
to use a knife to detach the specimens. Professor Lang
has observed numerous examples at Naples and these
appear to be adapted each to its particular and self-coloured
surroundings.

While these facts, the striking nature of which can only
be realised on the shore, appear to point to detailed
adaptation in the form, texture, colour, and innnobility of
the Polyclad to the Ascidian, there are one or two opposing
facts which must not be omitted in attempting to arrive
at a just conclusion. Cycloporus is sometimes found on
substrata, with which it has no perceptible resemblance
and secondly 3 — 5 black spots are generally present in
var. laevigatus which have no analogue in the ascidian.
This only helps to shew how very fragmentary and
incomplete is our knowledge of the true life-relations of
these animals. A theory, thoroughly consistent with the
facts cannot be framed until far more observations than w^e
at present possess, are made in different localities and at
different times of the year.

Certain colour-varieties of Cycloporus papillosus closely
resemble Stylostomum variabile, and it may be useful to
point out the features by which the former can be always
recognized. The presence of a median gut-branch over
the pharyngeal region is diagnostic. Such a branch only
exists in front of that region in Stylostomum. Again,
examination of hving or still better, of well-preserved
specimens of Cycloporus, shews that the mouth-opening is
distinct from the male- and female genital apertures. In
Stylostomum on the other hand, the male and oral aper-
tures are united and open just behind the brain.

Cycloporus papillosus has been observed by Prof.
Herdman at Pufhn Island, and was dredged by Mr. H.

76 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C. Chadwick, in 12 fms., off Bradda Head, Port Erin.
The variety laevigatus has been taken by Mr. W. J.
Beaumont and myself, between tide-marks, both at Port
Erin and Port St. Mary. I have also taken it at Plymouth.

26. 0%c'cZa(i'i^ssa72.p'^^i7zoZe;i2^it5,Quatr.(Pl.XIV,fig.42,45.)

Length 6 — 7 mm. Body elongated, oval, broadly
rounded behind, slightly narrowed in front. A pair of
long, conical marginal tentacles are present, and between
them the anterior extremity projects slightly. Ground-
colour white, against which the deep carmine-coloured
intestine is distinctly visible. The mouth is far forward,
in front of the brain. The strong muscular cylindrical
pharynx, is enclosed in a sheath which gives off a posterior
coecum extending behind the mid-ventral sucker. 4 — 5
pairs of secondary branches arise from the straight main-
gut. The first pair enclose the pharynx and unite in front of
it. From this junction a short median offset represents the
unpaired branch which in other Polyclads arises directly
from the main-gut. A terminal gut-branch enters each
tentacle. Eyes are present round the bases of the tentacles
and also as a couple of small sharply-defined groups over
the brain. The male genital aperture lies just behind the
brain. The female pore surrounded by the radiating
masses of the " shell-gland," is placed half-way between
the male pore and the mouth.

This species, hitherto only recorded by Kohler, from
Guernsey,* was dredged on several occasions among shell-
debris outside Port Erin Breakwater. I have also found
it under similar conditions at Plymouth.

Eurylepta cornuta which probably occurs, though I have
not met with it, in the L.M.B.C. district, differs from this
species by its large size (sometimes an inch long), scarlet
colour, and elongate group of eyes over the white pharynx.

♦Annals & MaL^ Nat. Hist., XVIII, 1886.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 77

27. Stylo stomum variahile, Lang (PL XIV, figs. 48, 40.)
Length 5 — 8 mm. Body oval, romided posteriorly, nar-
rowed anteriorly. The angles of the truncated front-
margin are shghtly produced into rudimentary tentacles.
The body is usually colourless, and is more or less trans-
parent according as the genital organs are less or more
developed. Immature examples display the branches of
the brightly-coloured intestine very clearly. The mouth
combined with the male genital pore, is just behind the
brain. The muscular pharynx gives rise to the white
anterior area seen upon the dorsal surface. Small groups
of eyes are present over the brain, and at the base of the
tentacles. In front of the sucker lies the female pore, sur-
rounded by the massive "shell-gland." The uterus is
placed at the sides of the main-gut.

This species was dredged on shelly ground, outside
Port Erin Harbour. It also is found at Plymouth, and
has been recorded by Dalyell from the Firth of Forth.

In concluding this Eeport I wish to express my
hearty thanks to Prof. Herdman for the use of the
L.M.B.C. Station, at Port Erin, and to my friend Mr. W.
J. Beaumont, for his ever ready assistance in the capture
of these Turbellaria.

Explanation of Plates, XII — XIV.
List of Abbreviations : —

AU eyes, BE brain, CH copulatory organ, D intestine,
DP dorsal papillae, EJ ejaculatory duct G and PE
penis, GA genital atrium, GD poison glands, GEE
germaria, GO genital aperture, KC chitinous granule-duct,

78 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

KD granule-gland, ME penial sheath, MO mouth, ME
retractor muscle, OD oviduct, OT otolith, PH pharynx,
PB proboscis, PS penis-sheath, RS receptaculum
seminis, T testis, TE tentacle, S stylet, SB and YS
vesicula seminalis, SK sucker, SP spermatozoa, ST
chitinous investment of ejaculatory duct, SP spur of copu-
latory organ, TE investment around vesicula, UT uterus,
VD vas deferens, VG vesicula granulorum, X muscular pit.

Plate XII.

Planaria alpina, Dana. Drawn from the living

animal. Natural length "75 — 1'5 cm. (X 2),
Planaria alpina, Dana. The genital atrium

and organs in connection with it.
Convoluta 2:)aracloxa, Oe. From the living ani-
mal, seen from the ventral surface. Natural
length 2 mm. (X 20).
Convoluta Jlavibac ilium, Jensen. (Partly after

V. G-raff), (X 15).
Polijcelis cornuta, 0. Schmidt. Anterior part of

body (X 15).
Violet pigment-corpuscles from Aplianostoma

diver sicolor, Oe.
ApJianostoma diversicolor, GErsted (X 30).
Promesostonia marinoratum, Schultze (X 25).
Eig. 9. The copulatory organ of P. marmoratum.
Eig. 10. Promesostonia ovoideum, 0. Schmidt (X 40).
Eig. 11. Promesostoma lenticulatuni, 0. Schmidt (X 40).
Eig. 12. Copulatory organ of P. ovoideum.
Eig. 13. Co^iilsitoiy 01 gMi oi P. lenticulatum.
Eig. 14. Proxenetes flahellifer, Jensen. Natural length

1-75 mm. (X 20).
Eig. 15. Chitinous teeth from the duct of the spermatheca
of P. flahellifer.

Eig.

1.

Eig.

2.

Eig.

3.

Fig,

4.

Eig.

5.

Eig.

6.

Eig.

7.

Eip:.

8.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 79

Fig. 16. Copulatory organ of P. fiahellifer, (after v. Graff).
Fig. 17. Byrsophlehs intermedia, v. Graff. Natural

length 1 mm. (X 20).
Fig. 18. Copulatory organ of I^. intermedia.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 19. AcrorJiynchits caledonicus, Claparede. Drawn

from the living animal. Natural length 1'5 —

2 mm. (X 20).
Fig, 20. Copulatory organ of ^. caMomcits.
Fig. 21. Granule-vesicle of Macrorhynchus naegelii, Koll.
Fig. 22. Male genital organs of Macrorhynchus helgolan-

dicus, Metschnikoff, (after v, Graff).
Fig. 23. Hyporhynchus armatus, Jensen. Natural length

1-5 mm. (X 25).
Fig. 24. Copulatory organ of H. armatus.
Fig. 25. Vorticeros auriculatum, O.F.M. Tentacles not

quite fully extended. Drawn from life ( X 25).
Fig. 26. Plagiostoma vittatum, Frey and Leuckart ( X 25) .
Fig. 27. Provortex halticics, Schultze. From the living

animal (X 60).
Fig. 28. Chitinous copulatory organ of P. halticus.
Fig. 29. Plagiostoma sulphureimi, v. Graff. From the

living animal. Natural length 2 mm. (X 25).
Fig. 30. Kipe spermatozoon of P. sidphureum.
Fig. 31. Allostoma pallidum, van Beneden. Natural

length 1-5— 2-5 mm. (X 25).
Fig. 32. The genital organs of A. pallidum, (after v.

Graff).

Plate XIV.
Fig. 33. Pseudorhynchus bifidus,M'lntosh. Drawn from
life, showing the anterior conical proboscis.
Natural length 1*5 mm. (X 25).

80 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 34. Corkscrew-shaped copulatory organ of P. hifidus,
(after v. Graff).

Fig. 35. Gylindro stoma quadriomdatum, Leuckart.

Fig. 36. Head of G. quadrioculatum,

Fig. 37. Monotus fuscus, (Ersted. (The figure also re-
presents M. lineatus.) From the living animal.

Fig. 38. Copulatory organ of M. fuscus.

Fig. 39. Copulatory organ of M. lineatus.

Fig. 40. Leptoplana tremellariSjO.^.M. From the living
compressed animal, ventral surface. Natural
length 18 mm. (X 2).

Fig. 41. Gijcloporus papillosus, Lang. (X 8),

Fig. 42. Oligocladus sangulnolentus, Lang. Length I'l
cm. (X4).

Fig. 43. Stijlostomum variahile, Lang. An immature
specimen (X 5).

Figs. 44 — 46. Diagrams to illustrate the relation positions
of mouth and genital aperatures, and other
points which distinguish the genera Gijcloporus,
Oligocladus and Stylostomum, (after Lang).

. * "^

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol. VII,, PI Xil

Fiefs' TOLYCiUS

CONvou/TA '^'*'

F.W G., del.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI XIII

:^

V

/3^\_Lj>^Tor^ A TALL»j>w»r^

F.W.G.,d6i.

L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XIV

) V

<7'S

"PSEUOC-RMVNCHUS
Bit I v\Ji.

TiC34^

-FIGr36

riCr39

MCtVOTv»

OHG-OCLAT>f5

F.W. G., del.

LJVI.B.C. TURBELLARIA.

81

[WOKK FllO.M THK 1'0|:T KKIN l!I( »!.(.(; ICAI. STAIKjX.]

EEVISED KEPOKT on the COPEPODA of

LIVEKPOOL BAY.

By Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.Pt.M.S.

With Plates XV to XXXV.

[Read February lOtli, 1893.]

Three previous Keports have been issued upon the
Copepoda of the L.M.B.C. District, the last being in the
year 1889. Since that time so many species new to the
district have been found that it was thought advisable to
draw up a complete Eeport of all the species recorded in
the district up to the present time.

Previous to the work of the L.M.B.C, commenced in
1885, very little in this group had been done, six species
only of marine Copepoda having been recorded in our
area. The present Eeport deals with 136 species of which
18 are new^ to British seas, 11 of them being new to
science. Those new to British seas are as follows : —

Lahidocera acutum, Dana, Euchceta marina, Prestan-
drea, Giardella callianassce, Canu, Monstrilla dance ,
Claparede, Monstrilla rigida, Thompson, Sabelliphilus
sarsii, Claparede, and Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck.
Those new to science are : —

Herdmania stylifera, Cyclops marinus, Hersiliodes pu-
ffini, Jonesiella hycencB, Amsira attenuata, Stenhelia denti-
culata, Stenhelia hirsuta, MonstriUa longicornis, Laop-
lionte spinosa,Cletodes vionensis, a.nd Lie Jioniolgics maxinius.

The total number 136 species are divided amongst the
various famiHes as follows : CalanidcB 13 species, Pon-
tenida3 4, Misophridee 8, Cyclopidse 7, Notodelphidoe 7,
Harpacticidge 72, Monstrihidas 4, Sapphirinidas 11, Arto-

82 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOCxICAL SOCIETY.

trogidae 6, Chondrocanthidse 1, Caligidae 6, Lernaeidse 1,
and Lernaeopodidse 1 species.

It will be noticed that the above enumeration includes
both the free swimming and semi-parasitic and wholly
parasitic species, any exact line of division being impracti-
cable as many of the semi-parasitic species are free
swimmers at night being also occasionally taken by townet
during the day. This is especially the case wdth members
of the family Caligidae.

During the many expeditions in the " Hyaena," " Spin-
drift," "Mallard" and other vessels, townets at the
surface and at various depths have been systematically
employed ; and washings from dredged material have
often yielded good results. The establishment of the
Marine Biological Station upon Puffin Island early on in
our work, under the directorship of Professor Herdman,
F.E.S., proved of the greatest service as regards the
investigation of Copepoda, for besides affording the oppor-
tunity of frequent personal visits, the resident curator
during the greater part of the time forwarded legularly
townettings, dredged mud, &c., for examination taken
at various hours day and night and throughout the entire
year. After five years work at Puffin Island, the removal
of the L.M.B.C. Station to Port Erin at the south-west
corner of the Isle of Man in the summer of last year has
proved a complete success. The accessibihty of the new^
station and its more completely equipped laboratory have
facilitated the ready examination of living specimens
immediately on landing from the boats, a circumstance of
great value when dealing with minute forms of life hke the
Copepoda subject to rapid decomposition.

The muddy bottom of Port Erin Bay inside the break-
water has proved an exceedingly rich hunting ground for
Copepoda, several of the new species having been taken

EE VISED RE POUT ON L.M.B.C. CoPEl'ODA. 88

there as well as several rare ones not taken in any other
part of the district. Indeed it seems probable that it is
from dredged material in such locahties that we must look
chiefly for additions to our microscopical fauna, the free
swimming forms of our district being more completely
tabulated.

Experience further leads me to the opinion that small
isolated tracts, probably local depressions in a muddy or
sandy bottom are particularly rich in Copepoda, apparently
similar material taken from near such local centres having
at the same time proved most unprolific or nearly alto-
gether destitute of hfe. The rock pools at Hilbre Island
as well as those of Puflin Island have proved valuable
hunting grounds worked with a fine hand townet.

The parasitic species in the Eeport found in the bran-
chial sacs of Ascidians have all been sent to me by Prof.
Herdman. To him also and to his "Fisheries Laboratory "
Assistant Mr. P. J. F. Corbin I am indebted for a large
number though hitherto not a great variety, of fish
parasites. The recent establishment of this Fisheries
Laboratory gives promise of much valuable opportunity
for the study of this important and rather neglected
branch of our Copepodan fauna. Many of the other fish
parasites here recorded w^ere collected by our lamented
colleague Mr. Frank Archer, B.A., while staying at Bull
Bay, Anglesey.

A new form of Lichomolgiis, L. agilis, has been recently
described by Mr. Thomas Scott, F.L.S., of the Scottish
Fishery Board, from specimens inhabiting the inside of
Cockle shells. This species I have found in the water of
all the fresh cockles examined and it is probably very
common, although previously overlooked. I had, however,
taken it two years ago in a night townet ting off Pufiin
Island, and put it aside as a new form, but deferred any

84 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

description in the hope of finding more specimens. Still
more recently I have found in the shells of the Pecten
maximus a large Liclwmolgus herein described as LicJio-
molgus maximus. It is probable that the examination of
other mollusca obtained when dredging may lead to the
discovery of further new species of parasitic Copepoda.
A closely allied species to the tw^o last mentioned, Sahel-
lipliilus sarsii, Claparede, was sent to me by Mr. Chadwick,
adherent to the tentacles of a species of Sabella collected
on the Beaumaris shore. I have since found it attached
to the same host around Puffin Island and think it
probable that although apparently hitherto unrecorded
elsewhere in British waters, it only requires looking for.

As a preservative fluid for Copepoda I have always
found a mixture composed of equal parts of Alcohol,
Water and Glycerine with 1 per cent, of Carbolic Acid
most useful. Specimens may be transferred direct to it
from sea water and can be so preserved for any desired
period of time, to be mounted direct without further pre-
paration in either Glycerine Jelly or Farrants Medium.
I can confirm the value of Canon Norman's " excellent
device " for capturing Copepoda and other small Crustacea
while alive from freshly dredged material as given by
Mr. A. 0. Walker, F.L.S. (Eeport on the Higher Crus-
tacea of Liverpool Bay taken in 1889) Fauna of Liverpool
Bay, Eeport III, p. 239, 1892, many rare Copepoda
having come to me through this means. Recently I have
employed a still more exhaustive method with the greatest
advantage, particularly when as is often the case material
or dredged mud or sand requires to be kept a considerable
time before it can be examined, viz., the dredged material
is washed through a coarse sieve into a finely meshed
silk bag into which a running stream of water from a tap
is allowed to fall. By careful kneading with the hands

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 85

all the soluble or very finely suspended particles are washed
away through the texture of the bag. The clean residue
is then placed in a large flat dish of water and stirred
round, when the fine floating organic portion, often very
rich in Foraminifera, Diatomacea, Ostracoda, Amphipoda,
and Copepoda can be strained off and placed in preserva-
tive fluid for examination.

As a ready means of detecting and naming species
must be of value to the sea side naturalist, I have in
the plates (XV to XXXV) given small outline sketches
of the forms treated of in this Eeport together with
reference to special points of distinction so far as space
allowed. They are mostly taken direct from the animal
under the microscope, a few being taken in part from
the drawings of Claus, Brady, &c. In the cases of genera
including several s^Decies, the distinctive points only of
some are given.

The importance to man of the distribution of Copepoda
in our lakes, seas and oceans is twofold — firstly from a
sanitary point of view, as purifying agents, and secondly
economically as affecting our food supply of fishes. Neither
can indeed be easily overrated, x^s the chief and ever active
scavengers of our seas, seizing upon impurities and decom-
posing matter which might else become a scourge too
terrible to contemplate, these minute crustaceans by
means of their internal laboratories, convert decay and
refuse into their own organizations which in turn become
the chief food of fishes. As might naturally be expected,
Copepoda are most plentiful near to land, thither probably
attracting shoals of fishes, in their turn the valuable food
of man. Our direct material indebtedness to Copepoda
can thus be easily traced.

In this work as in other matters biological, I have con-
stantly availed myself of the always ready help of my

86 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

friend and instructor Professor Herdman, F.E.S. In
much of the earHer collecting and sorting out of specimens
I enjoyed the co-operation of Mr. W. S. McMillan, F.L.S.,
and I am indebted to our colleague Mr. A. 0. Walker,
F.L.S., of Colwyn Bay and to others for material and
specimens collected. Lastly my sincere thanks are due to
my friend Dr. G. S. Brady, F.E.S. , of Sunderland, for
frequent help in the examination and confirmation of
specimens and whose distinguished work on British Cope-
poda has formed the chief basis for my classification.

Since completing the manuscript of this Eevision the
very beautiful and comprehensive work of Dr. Giesbrecht,
of Naples, " Pelagische Copepoden," (Fauna und Flora
des Golfes Von Neapel, 1892) has appeared, and in a few
instances I have adapted the nomenclature in accordance
with the results of his important researches. In the
following enumeration of species all the measurements
given are taken from the rostrum or anterior portion of
the cephalothorax to the termination of the caudal seg-
ments, and do not include anterior or caudal setae.

Map of L.M.B.C. District.

KEYISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C, COPl^lPoDA. 9>7

COPEPODA.
Family I. — Calanid^.
Galamis finmarchicus, Gunner. (PL XV, fig. 1.)
Length 2.80 mm. A thoroughly pelagic species, common
throughout the year but rarely or never taken except in
the open sea. When found at considerable depths it is
usually of a dark red colour and contains a quantity of
oil. It constitutes the chief food of the Greenland whale.
Metridia armata, Boeck. (PL XV, fig. 2.)
Length 1.80 mm. Single specimens have been rarely
found and only in the open sea at a considerable distance
from land. The broad leafy terminations {a) of the
swimming feet easily distinguish it.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Baird. (PL XV, fig. 3.)
Length 1.30 mm. Very common throughout the dis-
trict and seldom absent in any townet gathering. The
females are often found w^ith three or four large ova.
Pseudocalanus armatus, Boeck. (PL XV, fig. 4.)
Length 1.75 mm. A pair of this rare species w^as
taken by surface townet in Port Erin Bay, in 1889, during
an illumination of the surface of the sea by electric light
from the "Hyaena." Its only other occurrence in the
district w^as in the '' Mallard " cruise of 1892 when a
single specimen was found among some dredged material
taken at a depth of 20 fathoms outside Port Erin. I was
at first in doubt whether those specimens were JEtidius
armatus, Brady, and after careful examination of them
with Brady's description of the latter, I am disposed to
query whether the two species are not synonymous. The
lateral spines of the posterior end of the cephalothorax
readily distinguish it from P. elongatus.

Paracalanus parvus, Glaus. (PL XV, fig. 5.)
Length 1.30 mm. One specimen only of this rare form
was taken by townet off Puffin Island.

88 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Acartia clausii, Giesbrecht. (PI. XV, fig. 6.)
Length 1.45 mm. Common in the open sea.
Giesbrecht separates^, clausii from^. longiremis, the
slight points of difference being chiefly in the 5th feet, the
spinal termination of the female 5th foot of A . clausii (b)
being much shorter and stronger than that of A . longi-
reniis. It is probable that we may have both species but
those I have dissected for examination all belong to the
former.

Acartia cliscauclatus , Giesbrecht. (PL XV, fig. 6.)
Length 1.'20 mm. Taken frequently off the mouth of
the Dee and about the Anglesea coast. It may be readily
distinguished from A. clausii by the caudal segments (c)
which are about as broad as long.

Temora longicorms, Miiller. (PI. XV, fig. 7.)
Length 1.75 mm. Perhaps the most common British
surface species, although rarely or never taken outside
British waters. The caudal segments (b) form a suffi-
ciently distinguishing feature.

Eurytemora clausii, Hoek. (PI. XV, fig. 8.)
Length 1.40 mm. Generally met with in brackish
water estuaries or pools and in salt marshes. Abundant
in pools behind Leasowe embankment.

Eurytemora affinis, Poppe. (PI. XVI, fig. 1.)
Length 1.75 mm. A large number of this species were
taken by townet off the sandbanks at the mouth of the
Mersey in 1886. It was not subsequently recorded in the
district until 1891, when the filter beds of the Bootle
Corporation baths were found to be swarming with it.
Mr. Ascroft has since sent me specimens found in tidal
pools at Lytham. The males I have found are conspicu-
ous by the number of spermatophores attached to them.
Isias clavipes, Boeck. (PI. XVI, fig. 2.)
Length 1.60 mm. Frequently taken by townet in the
open sea but never abundantly.

I

BEVISED REPOET ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 89

In a former paper " Second Eeport on the Copepoda
of Liverpool Bay," Proc. Biol. Soc, L'pool, Vol. II, I
pointed out the existence of a pair of curved spines trifid
at apex, one on each side of the tubercular genital pro-
longations on the first abdominal somite of the female.
Brady's drawing and description of the fifth foot of the
male are not quite correct. He says the inner branch " of
the right side is provided with swimming setae and is two
jointed," and he so figures it. This accidental error led
M. Canu in " Les Copepodes libres Marins du Boulon-
nais," (Bulletin Scientifique de la France, Paris, 1888) to
suppose that a male specimen he examined differing in
the fifth feet from Brady's drawing could not be I.
clavipes and he accordingly named it I. bonnier i. On
examining my specimens of I. clavipes I found they agreed
with Canu's I. bonnier i, and on the matter being referred
to Dr. Brady he at once saw that Canu's drawing is correct
for I. clavipes. I. bonnieri must therefore be withdrawn.
Centropages hamatns, Lilljeborg. (PL XVI, fig. 3.)
Length 1.30 mm. Common in the open and seldom
absent from the townets. It is rather surprising that so
far as I am aware the allied species G. typicus has never
been found in the L.M.B.C. district.

Parapontella brevicornis, Lubbock. (PL XVI, fig. 4.)
Length 1.30 mm. Occasionally taken in surface townet
also rarely in tidal pools. The two lateral abdominal
spines (c) easily distinguish this species.

Family II. — PoNTELLiDiE.

Labidocera wollastoni, Lubbock.

Length 2.50 mm. During the autumn months we
have taken this somewhat rare species plentifully in sur-
face townets off Puffin Island and in the open sea. Males

90 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and females seem equally plentiful. The fifth feet (h, c, d)
readily distinguish it.

Lahidocera acutitm, Dana. (PL XYI, fig. 6.)
Length 2.50 mm. One specimen, a male, of this rare
exotic species was found in dredged material taken off
Puffin Island in 10 fathoms when in company with Dr.
Brady.

Anomalocera pater soni, Templeton. (PI. XVI, fig. 7.)
Length 3.75 mm. This large striking Copepod has
been frequently taken in the district, but generally when
it has occurred, as on two dredging expeditions round
about the Isle of Man, it has been in such profusion for a
few days as to almost fill the townets and to be clearly
visible on the surface from the steamer's deck. When
living it is of a deep green colour interspersed with
blue and red but so far I have been unsuccessful in pre-
serving its natural colour. What becomes of these
tremendous shoals at other times remains a mystery.
Dr. J. Murray considers it unlikely that an animal so col-
oured could be a deep water species, and we have never
taken it at any great depth, nor does it appear to be of
wide geographical distribution. Male and females were
equally plentiful.

EucJueta inarina, Prestandrea. (PI. XVI, fig. 8.)
Length 3.0 mm. A single specimen of this well known
southern species, never I believe before recorded in British
seas was found adherent to the branchial sac of an Ascid-
ian dredged by Prof. Herdman in Garwick Bay, Isle of
Man. The presence of this animal so essentially a free
swimmer, in such a situation is most unaccountable. Its
transversely notched rostrum with two sharp teeth readily
distinguishes it from any other known species.

EEVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 91

Family III. — Misophriid^.
Misophria pallida, Boeck. (PL XXI, fig. 1.)
Length 0.75 mm. An exceedingly rare species, one
specimen only having been recorded in the district, dredged
in 10 fathoms off Puffin Island in July, 1891. Curiously
enough, Boeck and Brady each also found only one
specimen. The inner branch of posterior antenna {h)
in my specimen is itself two branched, the smaller one
being one jointed with terminal setae.

Cervinia hradiji, Norman. (PI. XXVII, fig. 7.)
Length 1.30 mm. The beautiful stags horn character
of the posterior antennae clearly distinguishes this striking
Copepod from any other known species.

The anterior antennae {h) of all of my specimens have
a remarkable two jointed branch springing from the base
of the third joint, the basal joint being about equal to the
third joint of main the branch, and the terminal being very
small, both terminated with long plumose setae. Norman
did not observe any fifth feet. They are certainly very
small but distinctly present and consist {a) of a short basal
joint and a longer second joint having one lateral seta and
terminated by one long and one short seta. All the
specimens taken were (like Norman's) of one sex and were
dredged on only one occasion in mud at 39 fathoms about
12 miles out from Port Erin.

He ROMANIA, n. gen.

First pair of antennae, (PI. XXVIII, fig. 11) nine-jointed;
second pair (fig. 4) two branched, the primary branch
composed of two long joints, the secondary branch of one
long joint and three small terminal joints. Mandibles
(fig. 5) small, armed with short sharp teeth and palp
composed of two one jointed branches.

Maxillae (fig. 6) with well developed palp, bearing four

92 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

appendages, the apical one three jointed. First pair of
foot jaws (fig. 7) four jointed, the second foot jaw is not yet
determined. The first pair of swimming feet (fig. 8) has its
inner branches two jointed, the outer branches three
jointed. The second, third and fourth pairs have both
branches three jointed. The fifth feet are two jointed in
the female, and three jointed in the male.

Herdmania stijlifera, n. sp. (PL XXVIII, figs. 1 — 12.)
Length 0.60 mm. Body ovate, rounded anteriorly with
a small rounded rostrum. Anterior antenna3 of female
(fig. 2) nine jointed, the first joint being the largest and
produced into a beaky spine at the apex of the inner side.
The second and third joints are about equal in length,
and both rather smaller than the first. The fourth joint
is about one quarter the length of the third ; the fifth is
about as long as the sixth and seventh together. The
eighth is long and narrow, and the ninth is a very small
apical prominence. Some of the setiie which thickly
clothe the antennoe are plumose. The first joint of the
male antennie (fig. 3) is about the same length as that of
the female its beaky spine being recurved downwards, the
fourth and following joints forming a vesiculiform sw^elling,
the apical joints being narrow and curved. Posterior
antennae (fig. 4) two branched, the inner branch composed
of two joints ; the outer branch is considerably shorter and
composed of four joints, the basal joint of which is about
equal to that of the inner branch, the three terminal
secfments being very short. Mandibles (fig. 5) have four
sharp teeth, and a two branched palp with numerous
short setae. Maxilla (fig. 6) has a large lobe and four
branches, the apical of which is composed of three very
small joints. First foot jaw (fig. 7) is four jointed and is
covered with spines and setae.

Diligent search of the only two specimens found and

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 93

careful dissection of one failed to reveal the presence of
posterior foot jaws, so if present any description of these
appendages must await the capture of more specimens.
Inner branch of first pair of swimming feet (fig. 8) two
jointed, the inner side of apical joint being produced into
a long digit-shaped spine with rounded end. The outer
branch of first pair and both branches of second, third,
and fourth feet and of the fifth feet of male are all three
jointed, the inner terminations of the first and second
joints of the inner branches of the second and fourth feet
(fig. 10) forming strong beak like spines. The fifth feet
of the female (fig. 11) are two jointed, the second being
more than twice the length of the first and bearing three
lateral and three apical spinous setao. The fifth feet of
the male (fig. 12) are alike and both three jointed. Abdo-
men six jointed with sharply pointed lateral terminations
to the second, third and fourth segments. Caudal stylets
very long and narrow, swollen at the upper end and
gradually widening to the base, with outer lateral setae one
on each near the end and having several terminal setae.

Two specimens only, a male and female of this remark-
ably elegant but minute species were taken by the mud
dredge at 39 fathoms in the Irish Sea about twelve miles
out from Port Erin. I feel a peculiar pleasure in connec-
ting the name of the genus with that of my friend Prof.
Herdman.

Family IV. — Cyclopid^.
Oithona spinifrons, Boeck. (PI. XVII, fig. 1.)
Length 1 mm. Generally present in townet gather-
ings throughout the year. It is easily recognized by its
dehcate whip like antennae clothed with long setae.
Cyclopina littoralis, Brady. (PI. XVII, fig. 2.)
Length 0.75 mm. Frequently found amongst sea-weeds
between tide marks about Puffin Island. Though seldom

94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

taken in any abundance, I recollect on one occasion
finding hundreds in one night's townetting off Puffin
Island in May, 1889. The many jointed anterior antennae
serve to distinguish this from the next species.
Cyclopina gracilis, Glaus. (PI. XVII, fig. 3.)
Length 0.45 mm. Less common than the last species,
but occurring occasionally in townettings taken near land.
Anterior antennae, eleven jointed.

Cyclops marinus, n. sp. (PI. XXIX, fig. 1 — 8.)
Length 1.20 mm. Body ovate (fig. 1) wdth long ab-
domen. Anterior antennae (fig. 2.) 12 jointed, the first
joint being the longest, and the eighth almost as long
but narrov^er, the third and sixth joints being very short.
Posterior antennae (fig. 3) four jointed, the joints being
of nearly equal length. Mandibles (fig. 4) have six long
sharp teeth at apex. Palp reduced to a small tubercle
from which spring four spinous setae. Maxillae (fig. 5)
without palp, having two large teeth at apex and a
number of lateral small ones. Anterior foot jaw (fig. 6)
four jointed, with numerous spinous setae, some of them
plumose. Posterior foot jaw (fig. 7) three jointed, the
upper one dividing into three branches terminated with
spinous setae.

First four pair of swimming feet (fig. 8) all three jointed,
the inner joint of all except the fourth pair having a curved
spine at the apex. Fifth feet (fig. 9) two jointed, the
second joint being more than double the size of the first
and having seven strong setae. Abdomen four jointed,
the first joint being nearly as long as the second and third
together. Caudal segment about three times as long as
broad, each bearing five terminal setae and one short
lateral seta.

Two specimens only, both females were dredged in 20
fathoms about 20 miles out from Southport pier, during
the "Mavis" expedition.

REVISED T?,EP0TIT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 95

Through scarceness of specimens and absence of males
I regret the necessarily imperfect description of this very
important addition to our fauna of a marine species of
Cyclops, assuming as seems probable that Cyclops ewarti,
Brady, found by Mr. T. Scott, F.L.S., about five miles
above Queen's Ferry, Firth of Forth, 1887, may have
found its way thither from a fresh water source.
TJioreIha hninnea, Boeck. (PI. XVII, fig. 4.)
Length 1.30 mm. Solitary specimens are occasionally
taken in the open sea and in dredged material.

Hersilioides imffini, Thompson. (PL XVII, fig. 5.)
Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens were taken by tow-
net off Puf&n Island a few years ago when weekly
gatherings of material were sent to me from there for
examination, but it has not occurred since in the district.
GiardeUa ccdlianassce, Canu. (PI. XVII, fig. 6.)
Length 0.75 mm. A single specimen was taken by
townet in Liverpool Bay during the " Despatch " exped-
ition, 1886. This species was described by M. Canu in
"Bulletin Scientifique " series III, 1888, p. 410.

Family Notodelphyid^.
Notodelphys allmani, Thorell. (PI. XVII, fig. 7.)
Length 4.0 mm. A few specimens were found by Prof
Herdman in the branchial sacs of the Ascidian Ciona
intestinalis dredged off the south end of the Isle of Man.
Doropygus pulex, Thorell. (PI. XVII, fig. 8.)
Length 1 .30 mm. Found by Prof. Herdman in company
with the preceding species, and also in the branchial sac
of Ascidiella scahra, dredged in Groudle Bay, Isle of Man ;
also in the branchial sac of Ascidia p)leheia, dredged from
the " Hyaena," off the Calf of Man, in twenty fathoms.
The male {h) is smaller than the female (a).

96 TKANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

DoTopygus poricauda, Brady. (PL XVIII, fig. 1.)
Length 2.50 mm. One specimen of this species was
amongst several of the last preceding taken from the
branchial sac oi Ascidia pleheia.

Doropygics gibber, Thorell. (PI. XVIII, fig. 2.)
Length 3.20 mm. Found in the branchial sac of
Ascidia plebeia dredged from the " Hyaena " in 1890.
Botachus cylindratus, Thorell. (PI. XVIII, fig. 3.)
Length 1.75 mm. Found by Professor Herdman in
the branchial sacs of Ascidia mentula and Ascidia plebeia,
from the Isle of Man.

Thorell and so far as I know all subsequent observers
have failed to find the male of this species. In each of
the several ascidians in which the females were found were
a few minute specimens which generally correspond to
the males of other species and are evidently the male of
Botachus cylindratus. (Fig. 3. a.) Prof Herdman tells
me that they were in appearance like minute commas
attached to the inner folds of the branchial sac of the
Ascidian, and from their minute size and very tenacious
hold might easily be overlooked.

Ascidicola rosea, Thorell. (PL XVIII, fig. 4.)
Length 3.75 mm. Several specimens of this species
have been found in the branchial sacs of Ascidians dredged
off the Isle of Man.

NotopteropJiorus papilio, Hesse. (PL XVIII, figs. 5, 6.)
A few specimens of each, male and female of this most
remarkable and beautiful Copepod were found in Ascidians
dredged in Garwick Bay, Isle of Man by Prof. Herdman.
The female is described by Brady (Copepoda of British
Islands, Eay Society, Vol. I, p. 142) from Hesse's first
memoir in which no mention is made of the male. It was
subsequently however found by him and briefly described
in a later paper but not figured. It is about 2 mm. in
length, the female measuring about double that size.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 97

The Cephalothorax has five segments the head segment
being distinct from the rest. The second and third seg-
ments have each a pair of dorsal papilla3 projecting laterally
and upwards, and the fourth has one larger dorsal papilla.
The abdomen is about equal in length to the rest of the
body and is composed of three segments each being about
twice as long as broad, and terminated like the female
with short caudal segments armed with hook spines. The
two pair of antennae are similar to those of the female as are
the other appendages and first four pair of swimming feet.
The fifth pair are however wanting in the female, while
the male possesses a pair of two jointed fifth feet each
terminated by a single seta.

As was the case with the specimens examined by Brady
the wing-like expansions of the females we found were
somewhat lacerated from immersion in alcohol but their
general form and long pointed apices are very characteristic.
The terminal posterior wdng is decidedly larger than that
in Brady's drawing and though too lacerated to be certain
of its form, it affords indication of the three pointed
terminations figured from Hesse. The cephalothorax in
our female specimens is much moce robust than in Brady's
drawing the last body segment being the widest and filled
with ova. The first and second abdominal segments are
funnel shaped, the narrow extremity of which is the same
width as the two terminal segments which are of similar
size to those of the male.

It is difficult to imagine any use to the animal of the
extraordinary appendages in the female so much resem-
bling in general appearance the wrings of a butterfly.

Family Harpacticid^.
Longipedia coronata, Glaus. (PL XVIII, fig. 7.)
Length 1.25 mm. One of the commonest of British

98 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

species. Common both as a free swimmer and in material
dredged from a sandy bottom. It is easily recognised by
its beautiful plumed anterior antennae and by the length
of the inner branch of the second swimming feet.
Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady. (PI. XYIII, fig. 8.)
Length 1.25 mm. Frequent in dredged material from
a muddy bottom about low water mark.

Ectinosoma curticorne, Boeck. PI. XVIII, fig. 8. e.)
Length 1.25 mm. This species is so nearly allied to
the foregoing that I feel very doubtful as to its separate
identity. The only important difference appears to be in
the fifth feet and even here the gradation from one to the
other is very slight.

Ectinosoma erythrop)s, Brady. (PI. XYIII, fig. 8. c. d.)

Length 0.75 mm. Occasionally dredged in 10 fathoms

off Puffin Island, and in 4 fathoms in Port Erin Bay. Its

two brilliant red eye spots and the small size of the fifth

feet are its distinguishing features.

Ectinosoma melaniceps, Brady. (PI. XXI, fig. 2. a.)
Length 0.75 mm. Very similar in character to the
three former species. Brady says ''it is mach smaller
and more delicate in structure than E. spinipes, and is
moreover ahvays distinguished by a cloudy blackish patch
on the head." We have taken it in the dredge at Port
St. Mary and off the Calf of Man.
Ectinosoma atlanticiim, Brady & Kob. (PI. XIX, fig. 1.)
Length 0.50 mm. An easily distinguished species of
slender build, long and narrow. Taken by townet in the
open sea occasionally, and on one occasion by electric
light in Port Erin Bay.

Tachidms brevicornis, Miiller. (PL XXI, fig. 2. h. c.)
Length 0.80 mm. A brackish water species. We have
taken it in quantity from material sent by Mr. Dwerry-
house from a brackish tributary of the Mersey at Hale,

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 99

also at the mouth of the Alt. The broad square fifth feet

of the female (h) serve to distinguish it.

Tachiclius littoralis, Poppe. (PL XIX, fig. 2.)
Length 0.60 mm. Very similar to T. hrevicornis but

differing chiefly in the anterior antennae and the fifth feet.

Found in fucus about low water mark at Penmon Point

and Puffin Island.

Euterpe acutifrons,* Dana. (PI. XIX, fig. 8.)
Length 0.50 mm. Frequently taken by townet in the

open sea and near to Puffin Island during the autumn

months especially. Males and females equally common.

I have generally been able to detect this species in

material from its crescent shaped appearance.

Bohertsonia tenuis, Brady & Pvobertson. (PI. XIX, fig. 4.)
Length 0.60 mm. A rare species. Taken by dredge

on two occasions in 10 fathoms off Puffin Island.
Amymone spJmrica, Glaus. (PI. XIX, fig. 5.)
Length 0.38 mm. Occasionally dredged off Puflin

Island and found in dredged material sent by Mr. A. 0.

Walker from Colwyn Bay, and recently in Port Erin Bay.
Although some of our specimens differ from Claus's

drawings in being less spinous I can see no good reason

for supposing them not to be the same species.
Amymone longimana, Glaus. (PI. XIX, fig. 5. b.)
Length 0.50 mm. The only specimen we have taken

was dredged in 5 fathoms off Port Erin. Distinguishable

from the previous species by the posterior foot jaw^ (h).
Stenhelia Jiispida, Brady. (PI. XIX, fig. 6.)
Length 0.35 mm. Found in rock pools at Hilbre and

Puffin Islands ; also in mud taken at Garth Ferry at low

water, and in Port Erin Bay. The chitinous spear like

inner branch of the male second foot is a distin£;uishing

feature.

* }<J. fjraciHs in plate.

100 TEANSACTIOKS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stenhelia ima, Brady. (PL XXI, fig. 2. d. e. /.)
Length 1.25 mm. Dredged in Sodericlv Bay, Khos
Colin Bay, and Port Erin Bay, but nowhere common.
Eecognizable by the swollen bases of the caudal setse. (/).
Stenhelia denticulata, n. sp. (PI. XXX, fig. 1 — 11.)
Length 1 mm. Body ovate with long rostrum. An-
terior antennae (fig. 2) 8 jointed, the first and third joints
being about twice as long as broad ; the second and fourth
about three times as long as broad, the latter having a long
filament at apex ; the four terminal joints are together,
about the length of the fourth. The first joint has- a
small tooth and the second joint has a strong tooth on the
under side. Posterior antennse (fig. 3) three jointed with
inner branch also three jointed. Mandible (fig. 4) has
toothed apex and two one jointed lateral protuberances.

Anterior foot jaw (fig. 6) two jointed, the apical joint
terminated by several spinous setae and having two lateral
branches. Second foot jaw (fig. 7) with falciform claw.
Four first pair of swimming feet (figs. 8 and 9) have inner
and outer branches all three jointed. Fifth feet composed
of triangular basal joint with lengthened tapering joint
springing from it, both bearing spinous setae. Abdomen
five jointed, about the same length as the rest of the body.
Caudal segments about as long as broad ; each having two
long central apical setae and one small one on either side.
Two specimens only, both females were dredged from the
muddy bottom inside Port Erin breakwater.

Stenhelia hirsitta, n. sp. (PL XXXI, fig. 1 — 18.)
Length 1 mm. Eostrum long and pointed. Anterior
antennae (figs. 2, 3) eight jointed, the first, second and
fourth being much larger than the others ; thickly covered
with long setae. Inner branch of posterior antennae (fig. 4)
three jointed, the middle one very small. Claw of second
foot jaw (fig. 8) is swollen at base, the inner margin of
hand bearing two spinous setae and several short setae.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 101

First, second, third, and fourth swimming feet (figs.
9 — 1 1) all three jointed in both branches with the exception
of the inner branch of the second feet in the male (fig. 10)
in which a pair of stout claws takes the place of the 3rd
joint. The inner branch of the first pair (fig. 9) is nearly
twice the length of the outer, its basal joint being about
equal in length to the two following joints. Basal joint
of fifth feet (fig. 12) broad and long in the female with
fine terminal spinous setse. Second joint ovate with
several lateral spines and long terminal spine. The fifth
feet of the male (fig. 13) are smaller and more angular
than those of the female and have fewer spines. The
caudal stylets are slightly tapering towards the apex and
are about three times as long as broad. A few specimens,
male and female were dredged in jnud at 39 fathoms
in the Irish Sea about 12 miles west from Port Erin.
The hirsute character of the antennae, the inner branch
of the second foot in the male together with the caudal
stylets serve to distinguish the species from others of the
genus.

Ameira longipes, Boeck. (PL XIX, fig. 7.)
Length 0.45 mm. Dredged in 20 fathoms off the Calf
of Man, also off Puffin Island, and the Little Orme.
Brady speaks of the perplexing resemblance between this
species and Stenhelia ima. The length of the caudal
segments however readily distinguishes them, being about
five times as long as broad in the former and very short
in the latter species.

Ameira attenuata, n. sp. (PI. XXXII, figs. 1 — 11.)
Length 0.40 mm. Rostrum short, obtuse. Anterior
antennae (figs. 3 and 4) eight jointed in the female, seven
jointed in the male, the short penultimate joint being
absent in the latter. The second joint is much longer and
wider than any of the others. In the male (fig. 4) a hinge

102 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOCxICAL SOCIETY.

occurs between the 5tli and Gth joints. A long filament
springs from the 4th joint. Posterior antennae (fig. 5) two
jointed, the inner branch being composed of one joint
with three terminal setae.

Hand and claw of the second foot jaw slender. First
joint of the inner branch of first pair of swimming feet
(fig. 7) about the same length as the entire outer branch,
the middle joint has two small setae on the inner side ;
the outer side of the outer joint is ciliated. Both branches
of the second, third and fourth feet (fig. 8) are three jointed.
The basal joint of the fifth pair of female (fig. 9) is triangular -
bearing three terminal sette : the second joint is long, slightly
oval, ciliated at each side and bearing four set^. The
fifth feet of the male (fig. 10) are very similar to those of
the female but are rather smaller, and not ciliated and
have fewer setae. The abdomen of the female is five
jointed, in the male four jointed. Caudal segments about
four times as long as broad and slightly tapering, termin-
ated by two long and several short setae.

Several specimens of this species nearl}^ all females were
lately found in mud dredged from seven fathoms inside
Port Erin breakwater. Their extreme minuteness and
delicacy render dissection difficult and the mouth organs
I have not been able to make out clearly.

Jonesiella fusiformis, Brady & Rob. (PI. XIX, lig. 8.)

Length 1.25 nmi. Dredged off the Calf of Man in 20
fathoms and off' Puffin Island.,

Jonesiella hycence, Thompson, (PL XX, fig. 1.)

Length 0.65 nnn . First dredged from steamer ' ' Hyaena ' '
in Port Erin Bay, and since found there in considerable
number on a muddy bottom. It is described in Appendix
to 8rd Eeport on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay. Proc.
L'pool Biol. Soc, 1888-9, Vol. Ill, p. 192.

Bradi/a typica, Boeck. (PL XIX, fig. 8. h. c.)

REVISED EEPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 108

Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens all females were
recent!}' dredged with mud in Port Erin Bay.
DelavaUa palustris, Brad3^ (^^- ^^' fig- '^■)
Length 0.80 mm. Several of this mud loving species
have been fomid in mud taken about Puffin Island, Port
Erin, Garth Feny, and Hale. Among them is one male
which so far as I am aware has not been hitherto known.
Delavalia reflexa, Brady and Kobertson. (PI. XX, fig. 3.)
Length 0.70 mm. One specimen a female was dredged
in 20 fathoms in Eedw^harfe Bay, Anglesea, and one male
was found in mud from Garth Ferry taken at low water.
Mesochra liUjeborgii, Boeck. (PI. XX. fig. 4.)
Taken by townet off Puffin Island, also found in mud
taken in a bracldsh tributary of the Mersey at Hale.
Faramesochra duhia, Scott. (PI. XXA^II, fig. 8. a.)
Length 0.65 mm. Quantities of this species recently
described and figured by Mr. Thomas Scott, F.L.S.
(Tenth Annual Eeport of the Fishery Board for Scotland)
I found in mud dredged at 7 fathoms in Port Erin Ba}^
males and females being equally plentiful. Since then I
find it in mud collected by Mr. Corbin from the Duddon
cockle beds at the mouth of the Eiver Duddon near
Barrow.

Tetragoniceps bradyi, Scott. (PI. XXYII, fig. 8. b.—f.)
Length 1 mm. Found only at same times and habitat
as the last named species, {Paramesoclira duhia) Scott
found no males ; they were however plentiful in the Port
Erin gathering. The conspicuous 5th feet (c) at once
render the female of this species recognisable.
Diosaccus tenuicornis, Claus. (PI. XX, fig. 5.)
Length 1.30 mm. Found in rock pools at Hilbre and
Puffin Islands, and dredged in Port Erin Bay. It is
distinguishable by its long anterior antennte {a).

104 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Laoplionte serrata, Glaus. (PL XX, fig. 6.)
Length 1.0 mm. Taken in townet by electric light at
Port Erin, also between the Isle of Man and Liverpool
and off Puffin Island, but rare.

Laoplionte spinosa, n. sp. (PI. XXXIII, figs. 1 — 13.)
Length 1 mm. Body elongated, the first segment being
about equal in length to the five following segments.
Kostrum short and blunt. Anterior antennae (figs. 2, 3)
four jointed, and with marked differences bearing a general
similarity in both sexes to those of Laoplionte serrata and
even more serrated than in the latter species. The second
joint has a large, strong spine in both sexes. The third
joint in the female is longer than the others and is less
setose than that of L. serrata. Fourth joint of male very
similar to that of L. serrata, the others being dissimilar.
Posterior antenme (fig. 4) very similar to L. serrata.
Mandible (fig. 5) bluntly spinous with small setiferous
palp. Posterior foot jaw (fig. 7) is slender with very long
slender claw.

The peduncle of first pair of feet (fig. 8) is composed of
two long slender joints, the outer branch two jointed and
very slender springing from the middle of second peduncle
joint and about half the length of the first joint of inner
branch which is armed with a strong falciform terminal
claw. The two jointed outer branch of second, third and
fourth feet (figs. 9, 10) in the female is nearly as long as
the three jointed inner branch.

The fifth pair of feet in the female (fig. 12) have large
triangular basal joints with three curved lines of fine
markings on the surface ; they have five plumose setae,
The second joint is ovate and is attached laterally to first
joint and also has five plumose spinous setae. The fifth
feet of the male (fig. 11) are very small and two jointed.
The caudal segments (fig. 13) are about four times as lonoj

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 105

as broad and have each a strong curved claw extending
dor sally situated rather above the centre, two strong
spinous set?e adorning the opposite side. The caudal
segment is terminated by a strong central spine, and on
the inner side has a stout bluntly rounded spine about
half the length of the caudal segment, and a short fine
seta on the outer side.

Two specimens, male and female of this strongly marked
Copepod were lately dredged at a depth of seven fathoms
on the muddy ground inside Port Erin breakwater. In
the general ch?«racter of the antenuEe this species someAvhat
resembles L. serrata for which it might at first sight be
mistaken, but the swimming feet are different, and the
caudal segments and their remarkable appendages clearly
distinguish it from any known species.

Laophonte tJioracica, Boeck. (PL XXI, fig. 5. e.—g.)
Length 0.60 mm. Our only specimen was taken by
townet amongst the Algae round Puffin Island.
Laoplionte horrida, Norman. (PL XX, fig. 7.)
Length 1.25 mm. This ferocious looking animal is at
once recognisable by its array of dorsal projecting spines.
A few specimens male and female were recently dredged
at four fathoms in Port Erin Bay and one specimen was
dredged at 39 fathoms, 12 miles from Port Erin. They
w^ere imbedded in mud which w^as so tenaciously held by
the spines that it was most difficult to clean them. It
a^Dpears to be an exceedingly rare species.

Laoplionte similis, Glaus. (PL XXI, fig. 5. a. — d.)
Length 1 mm. Found in tidal pools about the sub-
marine forest at Leasowe, also in dredged material from
Colwyn Bay.

Laoplionte curticauda, Boeck. (PL XXI, fig. 3.)
Length 1 mm. Found in tidal pools at Hilbre Island,
Leasowe, and Puffin Island.

106 TEANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Laophonte lamellifera, Glaus. (PL XX, fig. 8.)
Length 0.85 mm. Frequently taken by townet amongst
the Algae about Puffin Island.

LaopJioute hispida, Brady & Kobertson. (PI. XXI, fig. 4.)
Length 1.80 mm. One specimen only was taken by
surface townet near Puffin Island.
Normanella cZw5i(7, Brady and Kobertson. (Pl.XXI,fig.6.)
Length 0.40 mm. A few specimens of this very min-
ute species were dredged in mud from four fathoms in
Port Erin Bay.

Gletodes Ihmcola, Brady. (PL XXI, fig. 7.)
Length 0.80 mm. Found in mud taken at low water
at Penmont Point, Anglesea, and at Garth Ferry.

Gletodes longicaudata, Brady & Kob. (PL XXI, fig. 8./.)
Length 0.50 mm. Found sparingly in mud from
Llanfairfechan shore at low water. The long, thin caudal
segments (/) readily distinguish it.

Gletodes linearis, Glaus. (PL XXI, fig. 8. a. — c.)
Length 1 mm. Found in mud from Hale shore taken
at low water.

Gletodes monensis, n. sp. (PL XXXIV, figs. 1 — 11.)
Length about 1.20 nnn. First joint of cephalothorax
about equal to the two following and armed with a strong
slightly hooked spine on the dorsal side. K double spine
terminates the posterior dorsal end of abdomen. A
minute row of spines clothes the edges of all the cephalo-
thoracic and abdominal segments, with the exception of
the first.

Anterior antennae (fig. 2) seven jointed, the first being
the longest, and the second about equal to any two of the
following. Posterior antennae (fig. 8) three jointed a single
stout seta taking the place of an inner branch. First
pair of swimming feet (fig. 8) very small, the second, third
and fourth gradually increasing in length, the fourth (fig.

EEYISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 107

9) being more than double the length of the first. The
inner branch of all four is very short, two jointed, and
terminated by a long seta ; the outer branch of each is much
longer than the inner and is three jointed, it being in the
fourth feet at least six times the length of the inner
branch. The fifth feet (fig. 10) are each composed of
three inner spines, the central one plumose, then a long
single segment with spinous apex, and the foot terminated
by a short segment bearing a long seta. Caudal stylets
(fig. 11) long and narrow with one outer seta near apex
and a central inner seta, and long terminal spines. Several
specimens all females of this striking species were taken
by the mud dredge at a depth of 39 fathoms about 12
miles out from Port Erin. It is easily recognised by the
anterior and posterior dorsal spines, its stout build and
long diverging caudal stylets.

Enlujdrosoma cicrvatum, Brady & Kob. PL XXII, fig. 1.)

Length 0.60 mm. Found in mud fi'om Llanfairfechan

and Garth shores at low water. Its minute size and its

adherence to its muddy surroundings render it difficult of

detection or examination.

Platijchelipus littoralis, Brady. (PI. XXII, fig. 2.)
Length 1.20 mm. This striking species occurs in abun-
dance in mud taken at low water at Puffin Island,
Llanfairfechan, Garth Ferry and Hale, males and females
being about equally plentiful.

Dactylopiis tisboides, Glaus. (PI. XXII, fig. 3.)
Length 1.90 mm. Frequently dredged off Puffin Island
and Port Erin, also found in tidal pools. It is easily
distinguishable by the first pair of feet (b) and by the
markings on the fifth feet (c).

Bactijlopus stromii, Baird. (PI. XXII, fig. 4. a. b.)
Length 1. mm. Frequently found in tidal pools and
attached to Algse. It bears considerable resemblance to

108 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

D. tisboides the anterior antennae of the latter however is
nine jointed, that of D. stromii being eight jointed.

Dactylopus tenuiremis, Brady&Kob. Pl.XXII,fig.4.c.<:Z.)
Length 0.80 mm. One specimen only taken by surface
townet near Port Erin. Its caudal segments {d) form a
distinguishing feature.

Bactijlopus flavus, Glaus. (PL XXIII, fig. 5. a. — d.)
Length 0.80 mm. This is evidently a rare species.
We have occasionally taken it, by dredge off or near the
Calf of Man in 20 fathoms. It is of a dark yellow colour
and easily recognizable by its short compact somewhat
boat-shaped appearance.

Dactijlojjus hrevicornis, Claus. (PI. XXIT, fig. 4. e.f. g.)

Length 0.60 mm. A few specimens were found in tidal

pools at Douglas, Isle of Man. The short, densely setose

anterior antennae at once distinguish it from others of

the genus.

Dactylopus minutus, Claus. (PI. XXII, fig. 5. e.f.)
Length 1. mm. A single specimen was dredged in 20
fathoms near the Calf of Man. It is evidently one of the
rarest species of the genus.

Thalestris helgolandica, Claus. (PL XXII, fig. 7.)
Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens have been dredged
off the Little Orme and near Puffin Island, also in Port
Erin Bay. The presence of a middle joint in the inner
branch of the posterior antennae and the shape of the
fifth feet sufficiently distinguish this species.

Thalestris ritfocincta, Norman. (PL XXTI, fig. 6.)
Length 1.25 mm. Common both free swimming and
in dredged material throughout the district. It is of a
yellowish colour, the edges of the body segments being
usually lined with crimson. This together with the
plumose character of the spines on the swimming feet {a)
easily distinguish it,

EEVISED REPOin^ ON L.M.B.C. CUPEPODA. 109

TJialestrls harpactoides, Glaus. (PI. XXII, fig. 8.)
Length 1.25 mm. Frequent in rock pools about Puffin
Island and Douglas. This rarer species somewhat resem-
bles T. nifocincta in colour. It is however more slender
and may be recognised by the aculeate character of its
caudal setae.

Thalestris claicsii, Norman. (PL XXII, fig. 6. b. c.)
Length 1 mm. Found in tidal pools at Flesh wick
Bay, Isle of Man, and at Puffin Island. The first pair of
swimming feet serve to distinguish it.

Thalestris riifo-violescens, Glaus. (PI. XXIII, fig. 1.)
Length 1. mm. A rare species in the district. A few
specimens w^ere found in mud dredged from 4 fathoms in
Port Erin Bay. The chitinous character of the edges of
most of its segments is a very distinguishing feature.
This is specially noticable on the joints of the anterior
antennae (a) and in the fifth feet {d).

Thalestris serrulata, Brady. (PI. XXIII, fig. 2. a.)
Length 2. mm. One specimen was taken by surface
tow^net off Puffin Island. The widely separated serrated
markings on the outer edge of the caudal segments (a)
seem a strong distinguishing feature.

Thalestris hibernica,BTSi.dj&Boh. (Pl.XXIII,fig.2.5.— /.)
Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens w^ere found in rock
pools at Hilbre and Puffin Islands. It may be recognized
by the fifth feet (e).

Thalestris longimaria, Glaus. (PI. XXIII, fig. 3. a. h.)
Length 1.30 mm. Gommon in rock pools at Hilbre
and Puffin Islands. The pow^erful posterior foot jaw
renders it easily recognizable.

Thalestris peltata, Boeck. (PI. XXXIII, fig. 3. c. d.)
Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens were found in
material dredged off Little Orme and more recently at 20
fathoms off Port Erin. Its ovate form, rostrum and eye

110 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

spot distinguish this species from the others of the genus.
JVestiooodia nohilis, Baird. (PL XXXIII, fig. 4.)
Length 1. mm. Occasionally found in rock pools at
Hilbre and Puftin Islands. The one jointed inner branch
of the feet of the first pair at once distinguishes this species.
Harpacticiis chelifer, Miiller. (PL XXXIII, fig. 5.)
Length 1.25 nnn. Common throughout the district as
a free swimmer and in dredged material. The chelifate
posterior foot jaw (c) clearly distinguishes this species.
Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer. (PI. XXXIII, fig. 6. a.b. c.)
Length 1.25 mm. Abundant in rock pools at Puffin
Island, generally of a bright red colour and very conspicu-
ous on the green alga Enteromorpha.

Prof. Herdman's experiments as to the capacity of this
crustacean to adapt itself to various degrees of salt and
fresh water are given in Keport III of the Marine Biologi-
cal Station on Puffin Island, 1889, p. 36.

Harpacticus flexus, Brady & Bob. (PI. XXXII, fig. 6.d.e.f.)
Length 1.25 mm. Very similar in general appearance
and characters to H. chelifer, but smaller and recognizable
by the second foot jaw which is slender and without the
excavated toothed hand so characteristic of that species.
Zaus spinatus, Goodsir. (PI. XXIII, fig. 7.)
Length 0.65 mm. A pretty minute species frequently
found in tidal pools at Hilbre and Puffin Islands, &c. ;
also dredged in Port Erin Bay.

Zaiis goodsiri, Brady. (PL XXXIII, fig. 8.)
Length 1.30 mm. Dredged off the Calf of Man m 20
fathoms and off the Little Orme, and in Colwyn Bay.
In some of the specimens from the first locality the three
central body segments are of a brilliant crimson colour.
Alteutha dcpressa, Baird. (PL XXIV, fig. 1. c.)
Lengtli 1.30 nnn. Common throughout the district,
chiefly a litt(jral s})ocies, also ficriueutly found in tlic inglit

REVISED KEPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPE POD A. Ill

surface townets as a free swiminer. On some occasions
when we have left a townet tied to a buoy all night,
numbers of this species have been ca^Dtured.

Alteutha interrupta, Goodsir. (PL XXIV, fig. 1. a. h.)
Length 1.30 mm. Frequently found in similar situa-
tions to the last species. The shape of the terminal joint
of the fifth feet {h) and the number of the spines thereon
distinguish this from the preceding species.

Alteutha crenulata, Brady. (PI. XXIV, fig' 2.)
Length 1 mm. A gaily coloured uncommon species.
Our examples have been taken in Eedwharfe Bay, Anglesea,
and about Puffin Island, chiefly amongst the littoral Algse.
Porcelliclium tenuicauda, Glaus. (PL XXIV, fig. 3.)
Length 1 mm. Our only specimen was dredged from
the "Mallard " (1892) outside Port Erin Bay in 20 fathoms.
Porcellidium viride, Philippi. (PL XXIV, fig. 3. a.)
Length 0.80 mm. One specimen only was dredged in
Port Erin Bay amongst mud, at 4 fathoms. The caudal
segments of this species {a) distinguish it from the pre-
ceding species.

Idijafurcata, Baird. (PL XXIV, fig, 4.)
Length 1.25 mm. Common throughout the district
amongst Algae and in rock pools ; also common as a free
swimmer near the land. The tufts of plumose setae at
the apices of the spines of the first pair of feet at a glance
distinguish this species.

SciUeUidmm tisboides, Glaus. (PL XXIV, fig. 5, a to c.)
Length 0.65 mm. One specimen only recorded in the
district, taken by townet in Douglas Bay.

ScutelUdium fasciaticm, Boeck. (PL XXIV, fig. 5.dtof.)

Length 1 mm. Not uncommon in tidal rock pools at

Hilbre Island ; also dredged in Port Erin Bay, where it

was also taken by townet during electric light illumination.

One specimen, found in a tidal pool at Hilbre Island, has

112 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

minute nodules in the middle of many of the setse of the
swimming feet.

Gijlindropsyllus Icevis, Brady. (PL XXV, fig. 6 )
Length 1.20 mm. One specimen only of this easily
recognizahle species was recently taken by the dredge on
the muddy bottom inside of Port Erin breakwater, the
only specimen recorded in the L.M.B.C. district. Under
high magnification the entire surface is seen to be finely
dotted. A spermatophore is in this specimen attached to
the first abdominal segment.

Family Monstrillid^.
Monstrilla rig Ida, Thompson. (PI. XXIV, fig. 6. a.)
Length 1.75 mm. One specimen taken by townet off
Puffin Island. This species has two abdominal segments,
and three setae on each furcal segment.

Monstrilla dance, Claparede. (PI. XXIV, fig. 6. h.)
Length 1.30 mm. One specimen was taken by townet
about two miles from Puffin Island, and lately several have
turned up near Port Erin Bay, one haul of a townet cap-
turing three. This species has three abdominal segments,
and four setae on each furcal segment.

Monstrilla anglica, Lubbock. (PL XXIV, fig. 7.)
Length 1.75 mm. Two specimens have been taken by
townet off Puffin Island, three years apart. This species
has four abdominal segments and five setae on each furcal
segment.

Monstrilla longicoriiis, Thompson. (PL XXIV, fig. 8.)
Length 1.50 mm. One specimen was taken by townet
off Puffin Island in 1889. This species has four abdominal
segments and four setae on each furcal segment. It may
be easily recognised by its long straight antennie which
are nearly as long as the entire body. It appears to be
identical with a single specimen recently described by

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 113

Giesbreclit (Pelagischen Copepoden des Golfes von Neapel,
1892) as M. longiremis but as his only specimen was a
female, and mine a male, there must still remain some
doubt as to their identity.

Family Sapphirinid^.
Lichomolgus fiicicolics, Brady. (PI, XXV, fig. 1.)
Length 1 mm. Frequently found amongst Algge round
Puffin Island, also in dredged material from Colwyn Bay,
and Port Erin Bay.

Lichomolgus liber, Brady & Rob. (PI. XXV, fig. 2. a. b.)
Length 1.30 mm. Dredged off Calf of Man in 20
fathoms, and in Port Erin Bay in 4 fathoms.

LicJiomolgus tJiorellii, Brady & Bob. PI. XXV, fig. 2. c.)
Length 1.80 mm. One specimen found in mud dredged
in Port Erin Bay, in 4 fathoms.

LicJiomolgus fiircillatics, Thorell. (PI. XXV, fig. 3.)
Length 1 mm. A few specimens occurred in mud
dredged in Port Erin Bay, in 4 fathoms.

LicJiomolgus alhens, Thorell. (PL XXV, fig. 3. c.)
Length 1*20 mm. In algae on rocks at Puffin Island.
LicJiomolgus agilis, Scott. (PL XXV, figs. 4* and 8. d.)
Length 1.25 mm. This species was very recently
described by Scott (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., Sept.,
1892) who found it plentiful in the shell of the cockle
{Gardium edule) in specimens from Morecambe, Lanca-
shire, and from the Firth of Forth. Upon examining
fresh cockles of our district I found several specimens of
this active little Copepod in every bivalve opened. They
may be readily found by carefully taking up the water
contained in the shell by means of a camel hair brush and
washing it into water contained in a watch glass under
the microscope when they will probably be seen actively

* Labelled L, albeas by mistake.

114 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

darting about. In general appearance it much resembles
L. alhens, Thorell, but is easily distinguishable from this
and other species of the genus by the inner branch of the
fourth pair of swimming feet which is three jointed (fig.
4. d.) while in the other species it is two jointed. The
anterior antennae are also diagnostic.

Lichomolgus maximus, n. sp. (PI. XXXV.)
Length of female 2.60 mm. Length of male 1.65 mm.
Cephalothorax ovate, composed of five segments, the first
being more than half the entire length. Rostrum short
and blunt. Anterior antennae (fig. 3) about two-thirds
the length of the first segment, seven jointed and alike in
male and female. The proportionate lengths of the joints
are about as follows :

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6 16 4 12 9' 6 4
and all are well supplied with setae. Posterior antennae
(fig. 4) stout, four jointed, the first and second joints being
of about equal length, the third and fourth rather smaller.
The apical joint is terminated by a pair of powerful curved
claws and four hooked spines.

Mandible (fig. 5) is curved with a fringe of short spines
at the upper apical portion, short cilia fringing the similar
portion of the under side ; the palp has two fine terminal
spines. Anterior foot jaw (fig. 6) is long and sickle shaped
with tooth shaped spines on the upper side gradually
increasing in size from the apex. The posterior foot jaws
differ in the two sexes. That of the male (fig. 7) is three
jointed, the middle joint of which is lined with short setae
upon the inner edge, the third joint being very small.
From the latter springs a long curved falciform terminal
claw with a slight protuberance in the middle on the
under side. There is also a small curved spine springing
from the same base. The female foot jaw (fig. 8) is three

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 115

jointed and bears at the apex a small papilla or protuber-
ance without any spine or setse.

The first four pairs of swimming feet have both branches
three jointed. In the outer branch of the first pair (fig. 9)
the second joint has one and the third joint three spines
with foliaceous expansions and aculeate edges. The
spines of the other swimming feet are mostly foliaceous
but not aculeate. The fourth pair (fig. 10) has two
foliaceous spines on the third segment of the outer branch,
being terminated by a long dagger-like spine and having
five ver}^ long lateral plumose setae. The third inner joint
of the fourth pair has one long and one short terminal
spine but no lateral set£e. The fifth feet (fig. 11) which
are alike in both sexes are composed of one joint with one
long and one short terminal spine.

The abdomen of the male is five jointed, that of the
female being foui- jointed. In the male the first joint has
two leafy pointed folds each terminating posteriorly with
three short spines. The four terminal joints are nearly
equal in length and gradually narrower to the extremity.
The first joint in the female abdomen is broad and rounded
posteriorly and devoid of spines ; the other joints are
much the same as those of the male. The caudal segments
are about eight times as long as broad and equal in length
to the two last abdominal segments. Each has four
terminal setae and one lateral seta at one sixth of the
distance from the extremity.

About half a dozen specimens of each sex were obtained
by carefully washing the branchial folds and other parts of
specimens of Pecten maximus dredged at 20 fathoms near
Port Erin Bay. I was led to look for this unknown
Copepod through the similar habitat of Lichomolgus.
agilis, Scott, as parasitic on Gardium edide. Its size,
nearly twice that of any hitherto described species of

116 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lichomolgus renders the name appropriate. It agrees
with L. agilis in having the inner branch of the fourth
pair of swimming feet three jointed but differs from it in
most particulars, especially in the posterior antennse and
foot jaws. It seems probable that many more parasitic
species may be found in similar habitats.

SabeUiphihis sarsii, Claparede. (PI. XXV, fig. 5.)
Length 2 mm. This species was first found in the
L.M.B.C. District and sent to me by Mr. H. Chadwick of
Manchester upon the tentacles of a species of Sabella foui,rd
on the Beaumaris shore, to which they were tenaciously
adherent. Finding no record of it I described the species
as Lichomolgus sahellcB, but since then find it is synony-
mous with Sahelliphilus sarsii, Claparede, to which I now
assign it. I have since found it on Puffin Island adherent
to the tentacles of Sabella.

Family Artotrogid^.
Cyclopiceranigripes, Brady& Robertson. (Pl.XXV,fig.7.)
Length 1.25 mm. Occasionally dredged off Puffin
Island.

Cyclopicera lata, Brady. (PL XXV, fig. 8.)
Length 1.75. Isolated specimens have been dredged
off Puffin Island, and in the Isle of Man, off Port Soderick
and in Port Erin Bay.

Cyclopicera gracilicauda, Brady. (PL XXVI, fig. 1.)
Length 0.75 mm. Taken by townet off Puffin Island ;
and by dredge in Bedwharfe Bay, and during "Mavis"
expedition, 15 miles off Southport. Also more recently
in April, 1893, during a dredging expedition in "Lady
Loch " when I found numbers of this species in washings
from dredgings taken off Port Erin at a depth of 20
fathoms.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 117

Artotrogus hoeckii, Brady. (PI. XXV, fig. 2.)
Length 1.30 mm. Dredged off the Calf of Man in 20
fathoms.

Artotrogus migiiiceps, Brady. (PL XXVI, fig. 3.)
Length 1.25 mm. Dredged off the Calf of Man, and
the Little Orme, and taken in townet off Puffin Island.
Artotrogus normani,'BYdo^y k'BioheTt^on. (Pl.XXVI,fig.5.)
Length 1.25 mm. A single specimen was dredged off
the Calf of Man in 20 fathoms.

Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck. (PI. XXVI, fig. 4.)
Length 1.65 mm. A single specimen of this beautiful
and striking copepod was found by Prof. Herdman under-
neath a stone on the spit at Puffin Island. Though
diligently searched for we have never succeeded in finding
another.

Acontiopliorus scutatus, Brady & Bob. (PI. XXVI, fig. 8.)
Length 0.80 mm. A few specimens have been found
in rock pools at Hilbre and Puffin Islands.

Family CHONDRACANTHIDiE.

Lernentoma lopliii, Johnston. (PL XXVII, fig. 1.)
Numerous specimens of this species were recently found
by Mr. Corbin adherent to Cod, Ling and Lophius taken
off Barrow. The female is from J to ^ an inch or more in
length and is adorned with numerous blunt spines or
tubercles over the surface of the body. The oviferous
tubes are very long, slender and twisted. The males of
this genus are very small and rudimentary, living parastic-
ally on the body of the female.

Family Caligid^.
Galigus rajjax, M. Edwards. (PL XXVII, fig. 4.)
;, : Length 4.50 mm. This species is common throughout
the district, being frequently taken at night by the townet

118 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

as a free swimmer, and is often fomid parasitic upon the
cod and other fishes.

Galigus curtiis, Leach. (PI. XXVII, fig. 3.)

Length 5.0 mm. Less common than the preceding
species, but found under similar conditions and attached
to the cod and plaice. The conspicuous lunules or sucking
discs situated on the lower surface of the frontal plates
and having the appearance of eyes distinguish the genus
Caligus from the rest of the family Caligidse.

Lepeoptheirus stromii, Baird. (PL XXVII, fig. 6. h.)

Length 2.50 mm.

Lepeoptheirus nordmannii,M. Edw. (PI. XXVII, fig. 5. a.)

Length 4.50 mm.

Lepeoptlieirus Jiippoglossi, Kroyer. (PI. XXVII, fig 6. a.)

Length 4.50 mm.

Lepeoptheirus ohscurus, Baird. (PI. XXVII, fig. 5. b.)

Length 2.60 nnn. All the specimens I have received
. of the above four species of the genus Lepeoptheirus were
sent to me from Bull Bay by the late Mr. Frank Archer
who had obtained them from the local fishermen.

Family LERNiEiD^.
Lerncea hranchialis, Linn. (PL XXVI, fig. 7.)
Two very minute Crustacea (fig. 1) were taken in the
tow-net off PufQn Island, which appeared to be larval
forms of a Lerncea. Since then two more highly developed
specimens (one from the same locality) have been found,
apparently belonging to the same species as the larval
specimens. They agree in the main with J\<erncea hran-
chialis, Linn., described and figured by Glaus in his
"BeobachtungenueberLerna30cera,Penicv]iisundLern8ea,
1868," corresponding in most particularr vith the male
and female described by Glaus, and I Lave provisionally
included them under this species. Qxy specimens differ

BEVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 119

from those figured by Clans chiefly in the form of the
prehensile posterior antennae and in the segmentation of
the abdomen ; but this animal appears to vary much in
these very particulars according to age and sex, and it is
therefore quite Hkely that Glaus' s specimens may repre-
sent slightly different stages of development. The group is
extremely interesting, as exhibiting progressive and retro-
gressive development, and deserves more attention than it
appears to have hitherto received. The female is about
l-18th inch in length, the male rather smaller, and the
larval form about half the size of the female.

Since the above were recorded Prof. Herdman has found
a number of adult specimens of Lerncea hranchialis ad-
herent to the gills of whitings taken in the Eock Channel.

Family Leen^opodid^.
AncJwreUa imcinata, Miiller. (PI. XXVII, fig. 2.)
Length (without ovaries) 2.20 mm. Several specimens
were found by Mr. Corbin on the gills of whiting taken in
the Mersey estuary. Microscopical examination of one
of them in situ shows the parasite impaled by the rounded
knob at end of arms to one of the clusters of gill rakers
which occurs at regular intervals along the concave side of
the branchial arches. These rakers serve to arrest the
passage of any solid substances into the gill cavities and
appear also to form a secure anchorage for parasites which
in Anchor ella are surrounded by a tough transparent
membrane. There are no males among those I have
examined.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate XV.

Fig. 1. Calanus fiumcuxhicus, Gunner. a, Kostrum,
b, terminal spine of swimming feet.

120 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 2. Metridia armata, Boeck. a, terminal spine of
swimming feet, b, fifth foot of male, c, fifth
foot of female.

Fig. 3. Pseitdocalanus elongatus, Baird. a, Posterior
antenna, h, fifth pair of feet of male.

Fig. 4. Pseudocalanus armatics, Boeck. a, Foot of sec-
ond pair, b, foot of fifth pair of male.

Fig. 5. Paracalanus parvus, Glaus, a, termination of
swimming feet, b, fifth foot of male, c, fifth
foot of female.

Fig. 6. Acartia clausii, Giesbrecht. a, terminal spine Of
swimming feet, b, fifth foot of female, c, Cau-
dal segments of Acartia discaudatus.

Fig. 7. Temora longicornis, Miiller. a, terminal spine of
swimming feet, b, caudal segments.

Fig. 8. E'lirytemora clausii, Boeck. a, terminal spine of
swimming feet, b, fifth foot of female.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 1. Eury temora affinis, Poppe. a, anterior antenna
of male, b, fifth foot of female.

Fig. 2. Isias clavipes, Boeck. a, fifth foot of male, b,
fifth foot of female.

Fig. 3. Centropages liamatus, Lilljeborg. Fifth foot of
male, a, terminal spine of swimming feet.

Fig. 4. Parapontella brevicornis, Lubbock, a, fifth pair
of feet of male, b, fifth foot of female, c. Abdo-
men of male.

Fig. 5. Labidocera loollastoni, Lubbock, a, anterior an-
tenna of male, b, right foot of fifth pair of male.
c, left foot of fifth pair of male, d, fifth pair
of feet of female.

Fig. 0. Labidocera acutum, Dana, a, fifth pair of feet of
male, b, fifth foot of female, c, abdomen and

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 121

posterior thoracic angles of male, cl, abdomen
and posterior thoracic angles of female.

Fig. 7. Anomalocera patersonii, Templeton.

Fig. 8. Euchreta marina, Prestandrea. a, posterior an-
tenna.

Plate XVII.

Fig. 1. Oltliona similis, Glaus.

Fig. 2. Gijclojfina littoralis, Brady, a, posterior antenna.

b, mandible and palp, c, fifth foot.
Fig. 3. Gijclopina gracilis, Glaus, a, posterior antenna.

h, mandible and palp, c, anterior foot jaw.

d, posterior foot jaw.
Fig. 4. Thorellia brunnea, Boeck. a, posterior antenna.

b, mandible and palp, c, posterior foot jaw.

d, last thoracic segment with fifth feet and first

two abdominal segments.
Fig. 5. Hersiliodes puffini, Thompson. a, anterior

antenna, b, mandible, c, one of fifth feet.
Fig. 6. GiardeUacallia7iass(B, Csbiiu. a, posterior antenna.

b, one of fifth feet.
Fig. 7. Notodelphys allmani, Thorell. a, posterior an-
tenna, b, one of fifth feet.
Fig. 8. Boropygus pulex, Thorell. a, female, b, male.

Plate XVIII.

Fig. 1. Doropijgics poricaicda, Brady, a, posterior an-
tenna, b, one of fifth feet.

Fig. 2. Boropygus gibber, Thorell. a, posterior antenna.
b, one of fifth feet.

Fig. 3. Botachuscylindratiis, Thorell. a, male. &, female.

Fig. 4. Ascidicola rosea, Thorell. a, mandible and palp.

Fig. 5. Notopterophorus papilio, Hesse, a, side view,
male, b, dorsal view, male.

122 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 6. Ventral view, female.

Fig. 7. Longipeclia coronata, Claus.

Fig. 8. Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady, a, first foot jaw.
h, second foot jaw. c, Ectinosoma erytlirops,
Brady, first foot jaw. d, second foot jaw. e,
Ectinosoma curticorne, Boeck, fifth foot.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 1. Ectinosoma atlanticum, Brady and Kobertson.
a, anterior antenna, female, b, posterior antenna.

c, anterior foot jaw. d, posterior foot jaw.

Fig. 2. Tachidius littoralis, Poppe. a, anterior antenna,
male, h, posterior antenna, c, posterior foot jaw.

d, fifth pair of feet, female, e, Tachidius brevi-
cornis, Miiller, antenna of female.

Fig. 3. Euterpe gracilis, ClsiUQ,insi\e. a, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior antenna, c, fifth foot, male.
d, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 4. Bobertsonia tenuis, Brady and Kobertson, female.
a, anterior antenna, male, b, posterior antenna.
c, posterior foot jaw. d, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 5. Amymone spJuerica, Claus, male, a, mandible
and palp. b, Amymone longimana, Claus, pos-
terior foot jaw.

Fig. 6. Stenhelia hispida, Brady, female, a, posterior
foot jaw. b, second foot of male, c, fifth foot of
female.

Fig. 7. Aineira longipes, Boeck, female, a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, anterior antenna, male, c,
posterior foot jaw. d, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 8. Jonesiella fusiformis, Brady and Kobertson. a,
anterior antenna, female. b, Brady a typica,
Boeck, anterior antenna, female, c, tail.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 123

Plate XX.

Fig. 1. Jonesiella hycence, Thompson, female, a, poster-
ior antenna, h, anterior foot jaw. c, posterior
foot jaw. cl, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 2. Delavalia i^^i^^ustris, Brady, male. a, anterior
antenna, female, h, foot of first pair.

Fig. 3. Delavalia reflexa, Brady and Eobertson, female.
a, posterior foot jaw. h, fifth foot.

Fig. 4. Mesochra Ulljehorgii, Boeck, female, a, anterior
antenna, female, h, anterior antenna, male, c,
posterior foot jaw. cl, fifth foot, female.

Fig 5. Diosaccus tenuicornis, Glaus, a, anterior antenna,
female, h, first foot, c, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 6. Laophonte serrata, Glaus, male, a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, posterior antenna, c, posterior
foot jaw. d, mandible and palp.

Fig. 7. Laophonte horricla, Norman, female, a, dorsal
Yiew. b, lateral view, c, posterior foot jaw.
d, first foot, e, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 8. Laophonte lamellif er a, Clsbiis. (X, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior foot jaw. c, fifth foot,
female, d, tail.

Plate XXI.

Fig. 1. Misophria pallida, Boeck. a, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior antenna, c, mandible and
palp.

Fig. 2. a, Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck, second foot
jaw. b, Tachidius brevicornis, Miiller, fifth feet,
female, c, fifth foot, male, d, Stenhelia ima,
Brady, second foot jaw. e, fifth foot, female.
/, one of tail segments.

Fig. 3. Laophonte curticauda, Boeck, female, a, anterior
antenna, female, b, posterior antenna, c, pos-

124 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

terior foot jaw. cl, Inner branch of second foot,
male.

Fig. 4. LaopJwnte Jiisjnda, Brady and Eobertson. a,
anterior antenna, female, h, posterior foo jaw.
c, one of caudal segments, d, fifth foot.

Fig. 5. Laophonte similis, Claus. a, anterior antenna, b,
fifth foot, female, c, fifth foot, male, d, appen-
dages of first abdominal segment, e^ Laophonte
tlioracica, Boeck, anterior antenna. /, posterior
foot jaw. g, fifth foot.

Fig. 6. Normanella dichia, Brady and Eobertson. a,
anterior antenna, female, h, mandible, c, pos-
terior foot jaw. d, first foot.

Fig. 7. Cletodes limicola, Brady, a, anterior antenna,
female, b, anterior antenna, male, c, posterior
antenna, d, fifth foot, female, e, fifth foot, male.

Fig. 8. Cletodes linearis, Claus. a, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior foot jaw. c, inner branch
of posterior antenna, d, outer branch of foot of
third pair, male, e, fifth foot, male. /, Cletodes
lo7igicaudata, Brady and Eobertson, caudal seg-
ments.

Plate XXII.

Fig. 1. Enhydrosoma cicrvatttm, Brady and Eobertson.

a, anterior antenna, female, b, anterior antenna,
male, c, posterior antenna, d, anterior foot jaw.
e, posterior foot jaw. /, fifth pair of feet.

Fig. '2. Platychelipus littoralis, Brady, a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, anterior antenna, male, c,
posterior foot jaw. d, foot of first pair.

Fig. 3. Dactijlopjis tisboides, Claus. a, posterior antenna.

b, first foot, c, fifth foot, female.

EEVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 125

Fig. 4. a, Bactijlopus stromii, Baird, anterior antenna,
female, h, inner branch of second foot, male.

c, Dactylopus tenuiremis, Brady and Robertson,
anterior antenna, male, d, one of tail segments.
e, Dactijlopiis brevicornis, Claus, anterior antenna,
female. /, second foot jaw. g, fifth foot,
female.

Fig. 5. Dactylopus flavus, Claus. a, anterior antenna,
female, b, fifth foot, male, c, fifth foot, female.

d, caudal segments, female, e, Bactylopus minii-
tus, Claus, anterior antenna, female.

Fig. 6. ThalestHs rufocincta, Norman, a, one of swim-
ming feet, showing aculeate spines, b, T hale sir is
clausii, Norman, first pair swimming feet, c,
posterior foot jaw.

Fig. 7. Thalestris helgolandic'a, Claus. a, anterior an-
tenna, male, b, posterior antenna, c, fifth pair
of feet, female.

Fig. 8. Thalestris harpactoides, Claus. a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, anterior antenna, male, c,
posterior antenna, d, posterior foot jaw. 6,
fifth foot, female.

Plate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Thalestris rufo-violescens, Claus. a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, posterior antenna, c, posterior
foot jaw. d, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 2. a, Thalestris serrulata, Brady, caudal segments.
b, Thalestris hibcrnica, Brady and Robertson,
anterior antenna. c, inner branch, posterior
antenna, d, posterior foot jaw. e, fifth foot,
female. /, fifth foot, male.

Fig. 3. Thalestris longimana, CI^jUS. a, fifth foot, female.
b, fifth foot, male, c, Thalestris peltata, Boeck,

126 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

anterior antenna, rostrum, and eye spot, female.
d, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 4. Weshvoodia nohilis, Baird. a, posterior antenna.
h, posterior foot jaw. c, first foot.

Fig. 5. Harpacticus chelifer, Mliller. a, inner branch
of posterior antenna, b, spine of posterior an-
tenna, c, posterior foot jaw. d, fifth pair of feet.

Fig. 6. a, Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer. Inner branch of
second foot, male, h, posterior foot jaw. e, first
foot, d, Harpacticus flexiis, Brady and Kobert-
son, posterior foot jaw. c, inner branch of second
foot, male. /, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 7. Zaus spinatus, Goodsir. a, anterior antenna,
male, h, posterior antenna, c, mandible and
palp, d, foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 8. Zaus goodsiri, Brady, a, posterior foot jaw.
b, fifth foot, female.

Plate XXIV.

Fig. 1. AlteiUhainterrupta, Goodsir. a, anterior antenna,
male, b, fifth foot, c, Alteutha depressa, Baird,
anterior antenna, male, d, fifth foot.

Fig. 2. Alteutha crenulata, Brady, a, anterior antenna,
female, b, anterior antenna, male, c, posterior
foot jaw. d. foot of fifth pair, male, and angle
of first abdominal segment.

Fig. 3. PorceUidium tenuicauda, Glaus, a, Porcellidiiim
viride, Philippi, fifth pair of feet, abdomen-, and
tail of male.

Fig. 4. Idya furcata, Baird. a, posterior antenna, b,
foot of first pair, c, fifth foot, female.

Fig. 5. Scutellidium tisboides, Glaus, a, first foot, b,
anterior foot jaw. c, posterior foot jaw. d, Scu-
tellidium fasciat'um, Boeck, anterior foot jaw.

EEVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 127

e, posterior foot jaw. /, fifth foot, female.
Fig. 6. Mo list rill a rigida, Th.om.-pson. a, anterior antenna,

male. A, Monstrilla dancBj Claparede, abdomen

and caudal segments.
Fig. 7. Monstrilla anglica, JjVihhock. a, anterior antenna,

male, h, feathery plmne on apical segment.
Fig. 8. Monstrilla longicornis, Thompson, a, anterior

antenna, male. 6, genital appendage on first

abdominal segment of ili". anglica, male.

Plate XXV.

Fig. 1. LicJioniolgus fucicolus, Brady, a, posterior an-
tenna, b, posterior foot jaw of male, c, posterior
foot jaw of female, d, fourth foot.

Fig. 2. LicJioniolgics liber, Brady and Kobertson. a, foot
of fifth pair, b, abdoinen of male, c, LicJioniol-
gus tJiorellii, Brady and Kobertson, abdomen
and tail of female.

Fig. 3. Licliomolgus furcillatus, Thorell. a, anterior
antenna, female, b, mandible, c, Lichoniolgus
albens, Thorell. Abdomen, tail, and fifth feet.

Fig. 4. LicJioniolgus agilis, Scott, a, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior foot jaw, male, c, posterior
foot jaw, female, d, foot of fourth pair.

Fig. 5. SabellipJiilus sarsii, Claparede. a, anterior an-
tenna, female, b, posterior antenna, c, posterior
foot jaw. d, foot of fifth pair.

Fig. 6. Gijlindrojjsgllus l(evis,'Bis.dy. «, anterior antenna,
female, b, posterior antenna, c, foot of fifth
pair, female, d, foot of fifth pair, male.

Fig. 7. Gyclopicera nigripes, Brady and Kobinson. a,
anterior antenna, female, b, posterior antenna,
c, posterior foot jaw. d, fifth foot, female.

128 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 8. Cyclopicera lata, Brady, a, abdomen and fifth
feet, female, h, anterior antenna, female, c,
posterior antenna, d, Lichomolgus agilis. Scott.

Plate XXVI.

Fig. 1. Cyclopicera gracilicauda, Brady, a, posterior

antenna, h, anterior foot jaw. c, posterior foot

jaw. d, fifth foot.
Fig. 2. Artotrogus boeckii, Brady, a, posterior antenna.

h, posterior foot jaw. c, maxilla, d, fifth foot.
Fig. 3. Artotrogus mag niceps,^Ydud.y. a, anterior antenna.

h, anterior foot jaw. c, posterior foot jaw. d,

foot of fifth pair.
Fig. 4. Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck.
Fig. 5. Artotrogus normani, Brady and Robertson, a,

anterior antenna. 6, pittings on shell, c, posterior

antenna, d, posterior foot jaw.
Fig. 6. Dyspontius striatus, Thorell. a, anterior antenna.

h, posterior foot jaw. c, abdomen of female.
Fig. 7. Lernwa branchialis, Linn, a, adult male. 6,

adult female.
Fig. 8. Acontioplwrus scutatus, Brady and Robertson.

a, anterior antenna, female, h, posterior antenna.

c, fifth foot, female.

Plate XXVII.

Fig. 1. Lernentoma- lopJiii, Johnston.

Fig. 2. Anchorella uncinata, Miiller.

Fig. 3. Caligus curtus, Leach.

Fig, 4. Caligus rapax, Mln. Edwards.

Fig. 5. a, Lepeoptheirus norinanni, Mln. Edw. h, Lep-
eoptheirus ohscurus.

Fig. 6. a, Lepeoptheirus Jiippoglossi, Kroyer. b, Lepeop-
theirus stromii, Baird.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 129

Fig. 7. a, Gervinia hradyi, Norman, h, anterior antenna.

c, posterior antenna, d, foot of second pair.

e, foot of fifth pair.
Fig. 8. a,Paramesochra dithia, Scott, female, h, Tetra-

goniceps bradyi, Scott, anterior antenna, female.

c, abdomen, female, d, foot of fifth pair, male.

e, caudal stylet, female. /, caudal stylet, male.

Plate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Herdmania stylifera, n. sp., female.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna, female.

Fig. 3. ,, male.

Fig. 4. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 5. Mandible and palp.

Fig. 6. Maxilla.

Fig. 7. First foot jaw.

Fig. 8. First foot.

Fig. 9. Third foot.

Fig. 10. Fourth foot.

Fig. 11. Fifth foot, female.

Fig. 12. ,, male.

Plate XXIX.

Fig. 1. Cyclops marinus, n. sp., female.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna.

Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 4. Mandible and palp.

Fig. 5. Maxilla.

Fig. 6. Anterior foot jaw.

Fig. 7. Posterior foot jaw.

Fig. 8. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet and abdomen.

130 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Plate XXX.
Fig. 1. Stenhelia denticulata, n. sp., female.
Fig. 2. Anterior antenna.
Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.
Fig. 4. Mandible and palp.
Fig. 5. Maxilla.
Fig. 6. Anterior foot jaw.
Fig. 7. Posterior ,,
Fig. 8. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 9. Foot of third pair.
Fig. 10. Foot of fifth pair.
Fig. 11. Caudal segments.

Plate XXXI.

Fig. 1. Stenhelia hirsuta, n. sp., female.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna, female.

Fig. 3. Anterior antenna, male.

Fig. 4. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 5. Mandible and palp.

Fig. 6. Maxilla.

Fig. 7. First foot jaw.

Fig. 8. Second foot jaw.

Fig. 9. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 10. Inner branch of second foot, male

Fig. 11. Foot of third pair.

Fig. 12. Fifth foot, female.

Fig. 13. Fifth foot, male.

Plate XXXII.

Fig. 1. Ameira attenuata, n. sp., female.
Fig. 2. ,, ,, male

Fig. 3. Anterior antenna, female.
Fig. 4. ,, male.

Fig. 5. Posterior antenna.

EEVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 131

Fig. 6. Second foot jaw.
Fig. 7. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 8. ,, third pair.
Fig. 9. ,, fifth pair, female.
Fig. 10. ,, ,, male.

Fig. 11. Caudal segments.

Plate XXXIII.

Fig.

1. Laophonte spinosa, n.sp.,

Fig.

2. Anterior antenna.

Fig.

3. „ female.

Fig.

4. Posterior antenna.

Fig.

5. Mandible and palp.

Fig.

6. Maxilla.

Fig.

7. Second foot jaw.

Fig.

8. First foot.

Fig.

9. Third foot.

Fig.

10. Fourth foot.

Fig.

11. Fifth foot, male.

Fioj.

12. ,, female.

Fig. 13. One of caudal segments.

Plate XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Cletodes monensis, n. sp., female.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna, and dorsal anterior end of

cephalothorax.
Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.
Fig. 4. Maxilla.
Fig. 5. Mandible and palp.
Fig. 6. Anterior foot jaw.
Fig. 7. Posterior foot jaw.
Fig. 8. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 9. Foot of fourth pair.
Fig. 10. Fifth pair of feet.
Fig. 11. Caudal stylets.

18*2 TEAXSACTIOXS LIVEEFOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Fig.

1.

Fio.

.1

Fig.

s.

Fig,

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

F,g.

7.

Fig.

S.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10

Fig.

11

Tlate XXXV.

LichomoJgiis ma^vimiis, n. sp., male.

,, female.
Anterior antenna.
Posterior antenna.
Mandible and palp.
Anterior foot jaw.
Posterior foot jaw, male.

female.
Foot of tirst pair.
, Foot of fourth pair.
Foot of fifth pair.

Alfhabetical Ixpex to Stecies.

Acarfia claiisii, Giesbreeht.

A. discaiidafus, Giesbreeht.
Acofifiophonis scutatus, Brady and Eobertson
A I tenth a depressa, Baird. ...
A. internipta, Goodsir.
A. crouilata, Brady.
Ameira longipcs, Boeck. ...

A. attenuata, Thompson.
Amijmone longimaua, Clans.
A. sphcvrlca, Clans.

Anchorella uncinata, Miiller.
Anomalocera patersoni, Tenipleton
Artotrogus hoecJiii, Brady.
A. magnictps, Brady.
A. nor)na?ii, Brady and Eobertson.
A. orbicularis, Boeck.
Ascidicola rosea, Thorell. ...
Botachiis cylindratus, Thorell.
Bradya typica, Boeck.

PAGE.

88

88

117

110

111

111

101

101

99

99

119

90

117

117

117

117

96

96

102

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA.

133

Calanus finmarchicus, Gunner. ...
Caligus curtus, Leach.

G. rapax, M. Edwards.
Centropages hamatus, Lilljeborg.
Cervinia hradyi, Xorrnan.
Cletodes limicola, Brady. ...

C. linearis, Glaus.

C. longicauda, Brady and Robertson.

C. nvmensis, Thompson.
Cyclopicera grrxcilicauda, Brady....

C. lata, Brady. ...

G. nigripes, Brady and Robertson.

Gyclopina gracilis, Glaus. ...
G. littoralis, Brady.
Cyclops nmrinus, Thom])soji.
Gylindropsyllus Icevis, Brady.
Dactylopus hremcornis, Glaus.

B. flavus, Glaus. ...

I). minutus, Glaus.

D. stromii, Baird.

D. tenuiremis, Brady and Robertson.

D. tisboides, Glaus.
Delavalia palustris, Brady.

D. reflex a, Brady and Robertson.
Diosaccus tenuicornis, Glaus.
Doropy g us gibber, Thoiell.

D. poricauda, Brady.
Jj. pulex, ThorelL...

Dy spontius striatus, ThoxeW.

Ectinosorna atlanticum, Brady and Robertson

E. curticorne, Boeck.
E. erythrops, Brady.

E. melaniceps, Brady. ...

E. spinipes, Brady.

PAGK.

87

118

117

89

91

106

106

106

106

116

116

116

94

93

94

112

108

108

108

107

108

107

103

103

103

96

96

95

128

98

98

98

98

98

134 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

E7iliydroso7na curvatum, Brady and Eobertson
Euchceta marina, Prestandrea.
Eurytemora affiinis, Poppe.

E. clausii, Boeck.

Euterpe acutifrons, Dana.
Giardella callianassce, Canu.
Harpacticus chelifer, Miiller.

H. flexus, Brady and Eobertson

H. fulvus, Fischer.
Herdmania stylifera, Thompson.
Hersiliodes puffini, Thompson.
Idya furcata, Baird.
Isias clavipes, Boeck.
Jonesiella fusiformis, Brady and Eobertson

J. liycEiice, Thompson.
Laophonte horrida, Norman.

L. curticauda, Boeck.

L. Jiispida, Brady and Eobertson

L. lamellifera, Glaus.

L. serrata, C\Q^Vi'&. ...

L. spijiosa, Thompson. ...

L. siiyiilis, Glaus. ...

L. thoracica, Boeck.
Labidocera acutum, DsbUdb.

L. woUastoni, Jjuhhock

Lepeoptheiriis hippoglossi, Kroger.

L.. nordmanni, M. Edwards ..

L. obscurus, Baird.

L. stromii, Baird.

LerncBa branchialis, Linn.
Lernentoma lophii, Johnston.
Licliomolgus agilis, Scott.

L. albens, Thorell.

L. fucicolus, Brady.

REVISED REPORT ON L.M.B.C. COPEPODA.

135

L. furcillatus, Thorell.

L. Iibe7% Brady and Kobertson.

L. maximus, Thompson.

L, tliorellii, Brady and Eobertson.

Longipedia coronata, Glaus.
Mesochra lilljeborgii, Boeck.
Metridia armata, 'Boeck. ...
Misophria pallida, Boeck.
Monstrilla danw, Claparede.

M. anglica, Lubbock.

M. longicoynis , Thompson.

M. rigida, Thompson.
Normanella duhia, Brady and Kobertson
Notodelphys allmani, Thorell.
Notopteropho7'ics papilio, Hesse. ...
Oithona spinifrons, Boeck.
Paracalanus parvus, Glaus.
Paramesochra dubia, Scott.
Parapontella brevicornis, Lubbock.
Platychelipus littoralis, Brady. ...
Porcellidium tenuicauda, Glaus. ...

P. viride, Philippi.

Pseudocalanus armatus, Boeck, ...

P. elongatus, Baird.
Bobertsonia tenuis, Brady and Robertson
SabellipJiilus sarsii, Glaparede. ...
Scutellidium fasciatum, Boeck. . . .

S. tisboides, Glaus.

Stenhelia denticulata, Thompson.
S. hirsuta, Thompson.
S. hispida, Brady. ...
S. ima, Brady.
Tachidius brevicornis, Miiller.

T. littoralis, Poppe.

PAGE.

113

113

114

113

97

103

87

91

112

112

112

112

106

95

96

93

87

103

89

107

111

111

87

87

99

116

111

111

100

100

99

100

98

99

136 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

PAGE.

Temora

longicornis, Mliller.

88

Tetragoniceps bradyi, Scott.

103

Thalestris clausii, Norman.

109

T.

harpactoides, Glaus. ...

109

T.

lielgolandica, Glaus. ...

108

T.

hibernica, Brady.

109

T.

longimana, Glaus.

109

T.

peltata, Boeck. ...

109

T.

rufocinata, Norman. ...

108

T.

rufo-violescens, Glaus

109

T.

serrulata, Brady.

109

Thorellia hruniiea, Boeck.

95

Westwoodia nohilis,'BdJnidi.

110

Z aus goodsiri, Bia^dy.

110

Z. spinatus, Goodsir

110

Trans, i. p'-'Oi f?'o!. 3oc.

Vol. VII., PI. XV.

I. C T.. (lei.

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII , PI XVI.

I. C. T.,del.

OOPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XVII.

I. C. T,, del.

GOPBPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY,

Trans. L'pocI BioL Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XVIII.

I. C. T., dei

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY,

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XIX.

Fig. 1

EOTiNOSOMA ATLANTICUM

f'MONE SPH/ERA

Fig. 5.

Fig. 2.

TACHIDIU6 LITTORALIS

STENHELIA HISPIOA

Fig. 6.

Fiq. 3.

Fig. 4.

^ ; Fig. 8.

JONESIELLA FUSIFOHMIS BRADYA TYPICA.

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XX.

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OP LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXI.

Fiq. 1.

Fiy. 5.

LAOPHONTTE SIMtUS
LAOPHONTE THORACICA

Fiq. 2

ECTINOSOMA MELANICEPS
TACHIDIUS BREVICORNIS
STENHELIA IMA

NORMANELLA OUBIA

LAOPHONTE CURTICAUDA

CLETODES LPMIOOLA

j^

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXU.

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXIII.

I. G. T., del.

COPBPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXIV.

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OP LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXV

!. C. T., del.

OOPBPODA OP LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXVI

CYCLOPlCERA QRACIUICAUDA

Fig. 5.

ARTCTROQU8 NORMANI

Fig. 8.

\ARTOTROQUS BOECKII

OYSPONTiUS STRIATUS

Fig, 3.

ARTOTROOUS MAQNICEPS

LERN/EA BRANCHIALIS

Fig. 7.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 8.

ARTOTROQUS ORBICULARIS

A0ONTI0PH0RU8 SCUTATUS

I.e. T., del.

COPEPODA OP LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., P! XXVII

I. C. T., del.

COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY.

Trans. L'pcol Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI, XXVIII

I.e. T., del.

HERDMANIA STYLIFERA. n. sp.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXIX

I. C. T., del.

CYCLOPS MARINUS. n. sp.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXX.

Fig. 8.

I. C. T., de

STBNHELIA DENTICULATA, n. sp.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII., PI. XXXi

I. C. T., del.

STBNHBLIA HIRSUTA. n. sp.

Trans. L'pool B'ol. Soc

Vol. VII., PI XXXU.

I. C. T., del.

AMBIRA ATTBNUATA, n. sp.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. Vll., PI XXXI

I. C, T., del.

LAOPHONTE SPINOSA, n. sp.

Trans. L'pooi Bioi. Soc.

Vol VII , PI. XXXIV,

C. T., del.

CLBTODES MONENSIS, n. sp.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol. VII., PI. XXXV.

Fia. 4

I. C. T., del

LICHOMOLGUS MAXIMUS, n. sp.

137

[wot;k from the port erin luoEoairAL station,

NOTES on the H^MAL and WATEK-VASCULAK
SYSTEMS of the ASTEEOIDEA.

By Herbert C. Chadwick.
With Plates XXXVI to XXXIX.

[Read 10th March, 1893.]

Eighteen months ago, at the suggestion of Prof. Milnes
Marshall of Owens College, I undertook a re-examination
of the structures which together form what is commonly
known as the blood-vascular system of the Asteroidea.
To those who are acquainted with the literature of the
Echinodermata, especially that published during the past
twelve or fifteen years, such a research may, at first sight
appear quite superfluous, the structures just named having
been described by Ludwig, Perrier, Hamann, Cuenot, and
quite recently by Durham. I was, however, fully aw^are
that a certain amount of scepticism existed in the minds
of other workers in the same field, as to the accuracy of
the descriptions given by one or other of these zoologists,
and on that account was not unwilling to examine some
of the doubtful points for myself. Though not yet quite
complete, my work is sufficiently far advanced to warrant
my acceptance of the invitation of the Council of the
Liverpool Biological Society to submit my results for the
consideration of its members. The close anatomical rela-
tion in which the so-called blood-vascular system stands
to the water-vascular system has led me to a study of the
latter scarcely less detailed than that of the former, and
for convenience sake I shall discuss the two systems
together.

138 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

My thanks are due to Prof. Marshall for placing at my
disposal the resources of the Owens College Zoological
Laboratory, and for his ever ready kindness and advice ;
also to Mr. R. Standen of the same Laboratory, for the
readiness and goodwill with which he has assisted me in
the preparation of my material, nearly the whole of which
has been collected at various points within the marine
area of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee. To
that Committee my thanks are tendered for the facilities
afforded by the Marine Biological Station at Port Erin
for the examination and preservation of the material col-
lected in that neighbourhood. With regard to methods
of preservation, I must admit that mine have not been in
error on the side of refinement. Previous experience ot
the slowness with which osmic acid penetrates, and the
brittleness which it produces, led me to neglect the use
of this otherwise valuable re-agent. In nearly every case
my specimens were fixed with saturated solution of corro-
sive sublimate, care being taken to expose well the parts
required for sectioning. Decalcification was effected by
immersion in 10 J° solution of nitric acid for about 24
hours, more or less according to the size of the specimen.
In one case I put the living starfish, after severing the
rays from the disc, into the nitric acid solution, and
hardened it in alcohol afterwards. This method is not
without its value on account of the extremely small amount
of contraction produced. Before discussing the results of
my own work and that of my predecessors, I propose to
give a brief account of the hgemal* and water-vascular
systems of the Asteroidea, and of such other structures as
are in relation thereto. In this way I hope to make the

* Agreeing with Durham I regard this term as more appropriate than
' blood vascular,"

NOTES ON L.M.B.O. ASTEROIDEA. 139

following account of the str:ictures upon which my interest
has been chiefly centred more intelligible.

The majority of the Asteroidea assume the form of a
five-rayed star, but in some few genera {Solaster, Brisinga)
the rays are more numerous. Other genera {Aster ina^
Porania) are pentagonal. Except in Brisinga, a form
which has not yet been found in our area, the rays are
not sharply marked off from, but are continuous with the
central disc. The oral face of each ray presents a deep
groove, the ambulacrum, in which the tube feet are lodged.
The mouth always occupies the centre of the ventral sur-
face of the disc, and is surrounded by a membranous
peristome. It opens directly into a capacious stomach,
divided by a deep constriction into a wide cardiac and a
shallow pyloric portion. The walls of the former extend
a short distance into the cavity of the rays as cardiac sacs.
The pyloric portion is, in the five-rayed species, of penta-
gonal form, the angles of the pentagon being radial.
Tubular prolongations of the pylorus arise at each angle,
and entering the rays, from the aboral walls of which they
are suspended by mesenteric folds, each one divides into
two parallel and densely sacculated portions which termin-
ate blindly near the tips of the rays. An aperture in the
centre of the aboral face of the pylorus, closed by valvular
folds, opens into a very short and inconspicuous intestine,
which has in connection with it a lobulated csecum. In
some species a minute anal pore opens upon the aboral
face of the disc.

What I have already referred to as the haemal system
consists of an elongated plexiform body, often spoken of
as the heart (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 2 ; PI. XXXIX, fig. 1, c.pl),
which lies in close proximity to the water tube {lot)^
and communicates with similarly constituted circum-oral
{colir) and aboral {cclir) rings. From the former plexiform

140 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOCTTrAL SOriETY.

strands traverse the rays (rhs), while the latter gives origin
to similar strands which are distributed to the genital
glands (^5). There are also two strands which pass from
the central plexus to the pyloric portion of the gut (ghs).
On the aboral face of the disc, between the origins of two
of the rays, is a rounded or pentagonal, more or less convex
plate, the madreporite (PL XXXVIII, fig. 2, m). Its
surface is traversed by meandering grooves, radiating from
the centre. Numerous perforations through its substance
(PI. XXXVI, figs. 1 and 2 ; PI. XXXIX, fig. 1, mp) con-
duct the surrounding water into a tubular canal, supported
by ring-like ossicles lodged within its walls, the water-
tube or stone-canal (PL XXXVIII, fig. 2; PL XXXIX,
fig. 1, tot).

Passing downwards towards the oral aspect, the water-
tube opens into a pentagonal vessel which surrounds the
mouth, the circum-oral water vessel. (PL XXXVIII, figs.
1 and 2; PL XXXIX, fig. 1, cotvv). In Astropecteii and
Luidia five pairs of glandular caeca, the "brown bodies"
of Tiedemann {hh) are seated, interradially, upon the
inner border of the circum-oral water vessel, and commu-
nicate with its cavity. In Aster las and Solaster one of
these bodies is absent from the madreporic interradius.
The circum-oral water vessel has also communicating
with it a number of sacs with muscular walls, the Polian
vesicles (PL XXXVIII, fig. l,pv). These open upon its
outer border, immediately opposite the brown bodies, and
are, therefore, interradial. In Astropecten and Solaster
the Polian vesicles are large and pear shaped, while those
of Asterias are small and inconspicuous. From the
circum-oral water vessel, vessels corresponding in number
with that of the rays radiate (PL XXXVIII, figs. 1 and 2,
r2V2)) and traversing the oral aspect of its ray, inunediately
external to the conjoined inner ends of the ambulacra!

NOTES ON L.M.B.C. ASTEROIDEA. 141

ossicles each one gives off on either side a great number
of lateral branches which open into the cavities of the
tube-feet. The fluid which occurs in these vessels contains
ajnoeboid corpuscles. Of the tube-feet there are two
usually straight, but in Aster las sharply zig-zaged rows,
lodged in the ambulacral grooves. Each tube-foot is
provided with a vesicular ampulla lodged within the cavity
of the ray. Communication between the two is established
by a canal w^iich passes upwards from the base of the
foot through a corresponding pore formed by grooves in
the two adjacent ambulacral ossicles. In many genera the
tube-feet terminate in sucker-discs, but those oi Astropecten
and Luidia are conical at their free ends.

The nervous system consists of a plexus of nerve fibrils
and ganglion cells which underlies the ectoderm. At the
bottom of the ambulacral grooves the fibres are much
more numerous, and run parallel w^th the axis of the ray.
In transverse sections they appear as minute dots between
the filiform inner ends of the ectoderm cells, which are
here enormously elongated, and form a ridge-like thicken-
ing, the ambulacral nerve. Each radial nerve joins its
fellows on either side to form the cn'cum-oral nerve-ring
(PL XXXYIII, figs. 1 and 3, nr). The generative organs
consist of sacculated glands, of which there is a pair in
each ray. Each gland is attached to the lateral wall of
the ray, near its base, and opens by a single pore, or
rarely by a number of pores. In the genus B rising a each
ray contains a number of distinct glands, arranged serially
along each side of the ray, and opening by separate pores.

Having thus briefly surveyed the general organisation
of starfishes, I now proceed to a discussion of the minute
anatomy of the two systems mentioned at the outset.
Careful examination of a large number of sections of the
madreporite of Asterias, Crihrella, Astropecten and Aste-

142 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

rina has led me to support the view advanced by Tiede-
mann, Miiller, Agassiz, and much more recently by
Ludwig, viz., that all the pores which traverse this plate
open directly into the water-tube (PI. XXXVI, fig. l,m2J),
Hoffmann, supported by Greeff and Teuscher held on the
other hand that some of the marginal pores open into the
coelom, and others into the axial perihaamal canal. A
condition of things differing from either of the latter is
presented by one of my series of sections, cut from the
disc, 6 mm. in diameter, of a specimen of Asterias ruhens.
In this three or four of the madreporic pores opens directly
into the lacunar system of the body-wall (PI. XXXVI, fig. 2).
In young specimens of Crihrella, 2 mm. in diameter,
Durham (1) found but a single pore opening into the
cavity of the axial perihsemal canal, into which the water-
tube also opens ; and Cuenot (2) shows that in some species
this state of things may continue throughout life.

Communicating with the exterior through one of the
madreporic pores in the specimen just alluded to is an
elongated glandular structure, lodged in one of the lacunae
of the body wall (PI. XXXVI, fig. 2, gh). It is composed
entirely of small rounded cells with comparatively large
nuclei, and does not present any cavity or lumen. I am
not at present able to offer an opinion as to whether this
organ should be regarded as an example of the structure
described by Greeff and Ludwig, and alluded to by Carpen-
ter (3) as a diverticulum of the water-tube, or as an
. independent and perhaps hitherto undescribed structure.
It is certainly independent of the water-tube, through
lying in close proximity to it. Still more perplexing is
its occurrence in only one specimen out of a dozen carefully
examined. In its passage downwards to the oral aspect
of the disc, the water-tube is supported by the free edge
of a projecting fold formed by the junction of the rays on

NOTES ON L.M.B.C. ASTEBOIDEA. 143

either side of the madreporic interradius, and this fold
encloses a cavity known as the axial perihsemal canal
(PL XXXVII, figs. 1, 2 and 4 ; PL XXXIX, fig. 1, ax. pc).
Within the perihaemal canal, and supported by its wall lies
the dorsal organ, or, as I prefer to call it, the central
plexus (cjjl).

Discovered long ago by Spix, the central plexus and its
homologue in other groups of the Echinodermata has been
repeatedly described, and its function speculated upon.
Tiedemann, with a nearer approach to what I believe to
be the truth than some of his successors, regarded it as a
heart. Greeff described it as a gill-like organ, Hoffmann,
a little latter propounding a view which still has its
adherents, viz., that it is a glandular body. Later still
Teuscher, followed by Ludwig, revived Tiedemann' s view
that it is a heart, but in his later papers Ludwig discards
the term " heart " substituting for it the more appropriate
term " central plexus." The organ presents a very similar
appearance in the four genera of Asteroidea in which I
have examined it. In young specimens of Aster ias ruhens,
whose discs measure 3 — 4 mm. in diameter, it appears as
a thickened band of undifferentiated cells, closely applied
to the wall of the perihsemal canal (PL XXXVII, fig. 1,
cpl). In very slightly larger specimens, however, I find
it to have assumed the adult condition. At its aboral end
it is more or less lobulated (PL XXXVIII, fig. 2), and
occupies a considerable portion of the cavity of the
perihaemal canal. Gradually tapering towards its oral end,
it becomes continuous with an oblique perforated septum
about which I shall have more to say shortly. Examined
by means of thin sections the organ is seen to consist of
anastomosing tubular strands, the walls of which appear
in transverse sections as an exceeedingly thin membrane
(PL XXXVII, fig. 2; see also the figures illustrating

144 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Durham's paper, quoted above). In longitudinal sections
fine fibrils may be seen, especially in the tapering oral
end. The whole- organ is densely crowded with small
cells, similar as Durham remarks, to the leucocytes of the
coelomic fluid (PI. XXXVII, fig. 3). Upon its surface, "a
number of clear vesicle-like spaces may be seen. These,
in the opinion of the author just quoted, are points at
which the fluid contained in the tubules is more abundant.
Upon some of them the cells already mentioned form a
reticulum by means of their pseudopodial j^rocesses {x).
As far as I can make out there is no regular epithelium
within or without the membranous wall of the tubules,
such as is described and figured by Hamann (4). There
certainly is such an epithelial lining within the tubules of
the central plexus of Antedon ; but in Crinoids the organ
and its connections appear* to me to be of a more highly
specialised character than in Asterids. Allusion has
already been made in the introductory part of this paper
to the so-called gastric blood vessels, which are des-
cribed as passing from the central plexus to the pyloric
portion of the gut. I have had no diflicuty in making out
the intimate relation of these strands to the epithelial
lining of the gut, (PL XXXVII, fig. 4 ; PI. XXXIX, fig.
1, ghs) and, in the case of one of them, to the central
plexus. The continuity of the other stand with the latter
organ is, however, not so obvious, and though I have
examined it carefully in all my series of sections I have not
been able to arrive at a definite conclusion with regard to
it. Whatever the true nature of these strands may be,
they are certainly something more than " mesenteric
bridles," under which term MacBride (5) alludes to their
presence in Ophiurids.

At or near the point from which the gastric strand
passes from the central plexus, the latter joins the aboral

NOTES ON L.M.B.C. ASTEKOIDEA. 145

haemal ring (PL XXXVIII, fig. 2 ; PL XXXIX, fig. 1, ahr)
from which arise the ten genital strands {gs), two at each
interradius. Cuenot's (6) studies of the development of
the genital organs of Asterids have led him to the conclu-
si(?n 'tlrnt they are simply the largely developed ends of
the genital strands, and that the cells of the strands give
rise to ova or spermatoblasts. With the exception of the
gastric strands, the whole haemal system is enclosed in
perihsemal canals, with which the axial perihsemal canal
is continuous. I have already said that at its oral end the
central plexus becomes continuous with an oblique per-
forated septum. This latter imperfectly separates the
circum-oral perihsemal canals, into the inner of which the
axial perihaemal canal opens, while the outer unites the
perihsemal canals of all the rays (PI. XXXIX, fig. 1, ipc,
ope). Serial sections in which the septum appears show
that at many points it presents lacunar spaces to wiiich
the term " oral blood-vascular ring " has been applied (PI.
XXXVIII, fig. 3, cohr), the lacunae being described as
vessels. They are, however, simply lacunar spaces, and
except when distended with coagulum, or with amoeboid
cells, are not easy to see. It has been asserted that they
and the haemal lacunae of the rays are nothing more than
spaces occupied before decalcification of the specimen by
calcareous skeletal matter. I am satisfied, how^ever, that
such is not the case, for the connective tissue basis upon
which the skeleton is formed is always left intact after
decalcification, and no such connective tissue is seen here.
The perihaemal canals of the rays are, like the circumoral
canals, imperfectly separated by a vertical septum which
is continuous with the oblique septum already described.
These also present lacunar spaces, frequently distended
with coagulum, or with amoeboid cells, and are the radial

146 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bloods vessels of Ludwig and other authors (PL XXXIX,
fig. 2).

Perrier and Poirier (7), followed by Cuenot, deny the
existence of these radial haemal strands; but the latter
author admits that there is what he calls a "glandular"
tract in the vertical septum, and figures one of the lacunar
spaces. At regular intervals strands which appear in
sections as oblique septa, and were described as such by
Cuenot, pass from the radial haemal strands to supply the
tube-feet. The radial peribaemal canals are continuous,
through the medium of lateral extensions passing between
the tube-feet, with a system of lacunar spaces everywhere
present in tlie body wall. I have already more than once
referred to the existence of coagulum in the hsemal system.
It is present at all points in larger or small quantities,
the tubules of the central plexus frequently being much
distended with it. AVhether the fluid which gives rise to
it merits the term blood or not may be open to question,
but I am satisfied that it is a nutrient fluid, derived from
the gut, and conveyed by the gastric haemal strands to the
central plexus, and from thence along the genital and
radial strands. That such is its course is demonstrated by
a series of sections cut from a young specimen of Aster ias
ruhens, for which I am indebted to the kindness of Mr.
W. Garstang. Into the stomach of the specimen in ques-
tion, a number of very small cyst-like bodies, about g^th
of an inch in diameter, and of a dark green colour, had
found their way. Many of these had been ruptured,
setting free large numbers of still smaller spore-like bodies,
of which hundreds are now to be seen lodged between the
bases of the epithelium cells lining the stomach, in the
tubules of the gastric haemal strands, and of the central
plexus. Cuenot maintains that the true blood-fluid circu-
lates in the perihaemal canals, but the very large number

NOTES ON L.M.B.C. ASTEROIDEA. 147

of sections which I have examined lend no support to this
view, there being no coagulum in these spaces. Here
again my results confirm those of Durham. Besides
being concerned in the distribution of nutrient material
to the tissues the central plexus is, according to Cuenot,
Prouho, and others, the seat of the production of the
pigmented corpuscles which occur in the haemal strands,
in the vessels of the water vascular system, and in the
coelom. According to the first named author this function
is also discharged by the brown bodies of Tiedemann and
the Polian vesicles. However true this may be, I am not
disposed to agree with his assertion that their histological
structure is identical. The cells of which the tissue of
Tiedemann' s bodies is composed do appear to be similar
to those of the central plexus, but the ramified tubules
which together form the lumen of these bodies have a
well defined epithelial lining of cuboid cells, continuous
with that of the circum-oral water vessel.

Note on the histology of the tube feet : —
Some time ago, my attention was arrested by a state-
ment on page 259 of Mr. G. J. Komanes' interesting little
work entitled "Jelly-fish, Star-fish and Sea-urchins," to
the effect that " each of the tube-feet is provided in its
membranous walls with a number of annular or ring-
shaped muscular fibres ; " and a little further on that " if
the contraction of these fibres is strong, the tube shrinks
up entirely, i.e., is retracted within the body of the animal."
On purely physical grounds the first of these statements
seemed to me to be highly improbable ; and being at the
time unaware of the existence of Hamann's description
and figures of the minute structure of these organs, I set
to work to investigate the question for myself, with the
result anticipated. The muscular fibres account for rather
more than half the thickness of the tubular portion of the

148 TEANS4CTI0NS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tube-foot, and are separated from its cavity by a delicate
lining of ill-defined epithelial cells. They are wholly
longitudinal in every species examined. On approaching
the terminal sucker {Asterias, Solaster) the fibres converge
towards its centre, from which point they are distributed
in beautifully regular radiating strands to its periphery.
External to the muscular layer is (1) a layer of connective
tissue ; (2) a layer of nerve fibrils with ganglion cells ; (3)
an epithelial layer in which the cells are of considerable
length, and consist of supporting cells, sensory cells, and
gland cells, the latter occurring largely in the sucker; and
(4) the structureless cuticle. It seems to me that con-
traction of annular fibres such as Romanes described would
result rather in the extension of the tube-foot at the
expense of its diameter, for a valvular arrangement
prevents the reflux of the contained fluid from the tube-
feet into the radial water-vessel. Extension ib, moreover,
brought about by the contraction of the ampullae, while
the longitudinal disposition of the muscular fibres is quite
sufficient to account for all contractile movements. The
second statement, with reference to complete retraction of
the tube-feet within the body of the animal is entirely
without foundation. Even after immersion in the strong-
est alcohol the tube-feet are never so retracted. The
ectodermal and nerve layers are certainly thrown into
numerous annular folds, and it is possible that a super-
ficial examination of these led Mr. Bomanes to describe
them as annular muscles.

List of works referred to in the text.

1. Durham, H. E. — "On Wandering cells in Echino-
derms, etc.," Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XXXIII, (1891).

2. Cuenot, L. — " Contributions a FPjtude anatomique
des Asterides," 'Theses pres. Fac. d. Sc.,' Paris, 1887.

NOTES ON L.M. B.C. ASTEROIDEA. 149

3. Carpenter, P. H.— " The Minute Anatomy of the
Brachiate Echmoderms," ' Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., N.S.^
LXXXIII, (1881).'

4. Hamann, 0. — ' Histologie der Echmodermen,' I, II,
III, IV. (Fischer, Jena).

5. MacBride, E. W. — " The Development of Amphiura
squamata," 'Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XXXIV,' (1892).

6. Cuenot, L.— ' Comptes Eendus.' CIV, (1887) pp.
pp. 88—90.

7. Perrier, E. and Poirier, J. — ' Comptes Eendus,'
XCIV, (1882), pp. 658—61.

Explanation of Plates XXXVI to XXXIX.

List of reference letters.
alir Aooral haemal ring; axpc axial perih^emal canal ;
hh Tiedemann's bodies ; hni buccal membrane ; cohr circum-
oral haemal ring; coz^v circum-oral water vessel ; cp cen-
tral plexus; g gut; gh glandular body; glis gastric haemal
strands; gs genital strands; int.vi interradial muscles;
^}jc inner perihaemal canal ; lac lacunar spaces ; m madre-
porite ; mp madreporic pores ; nr nerve ring; oa oral angles,
oe oesophagus ; ope outer perihaemal canal ; pv Polian
vesicles ; rhs radial haemal strands ; ricv radial water
vessel; f/ tube-foot; ?6^«^ water-tube ; .c vesicular spaces.

Plate XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Part of a horizontal section of a young Aster ias
ruhens, showing the opening of the pore-canals
of the madreporite into the water-tube.

Fig. 2. A similar section from a slightly older specimen.
It passes through the periphery of the madre-
porite, and shows the opening of several pore-

150 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

canals into the lacunar system of the body-wall.
The scale applies to both figures.

Plate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Horizontal section of the madreporic interradius of
a young Asterias ruhens.

Fig. 2. A similar section from an older specimen.

Fig. 3. Part (peripheral) of a tranverse section of the cen-
tral plexus of an adult Crihrella sanguinolenta.

Fig. 4. A section similar to figs. 1 and 2 showing the
relation of the gastric haemal strands to the
central plexus and the gut.

Plate XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Diagram of the central portions of the water-
vascular and nervous systems of Asterias ruhens,
constructed from thirteen consecutive horizontal
sections of the disc.

Fig. 2. Diagram of the central portions of the water-
vascular and hiemal systems of Asterias ruhens,
constructed from several series of sections. Com-
pare with Fig. 1, Plate XXXIX.

Fig. 3. Vertical section through the peristome of Asterias
ruhens. The scale applies to figs. 1 and 3.

Plate XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Diagram of the central portions of the water-
vascular and haemal systems of Asterias ruhens,
constructed from ten consecutive sagittal sections
through the madreporic interradius.

Fig. 2. Transverse section of the vertical septum which
divides the radial perihaemal canals, showing four
haemal lacunae. The dotted line in the upper
ones represents coagulum.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of the oral end of the cen-
tral plexus of Asterias ruhens.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VII.. PI. XXXVI

Fig. 1

Fig. 2.

H. C.C , del.

ASTEROIDEA.

Trans. L'pool Biol, Sou.

Vol. VII., PI xXXVf

H. C. C , del.

ASTEROIDEA.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Fig. 1,

Vol. VII., PI. XXXVII

H. C.C , del

ASTEROIDEA.

Trans. L'pooi Bioi. Soc.

Vol. Vil., PI. XXXIX.

H. C.C.del.

ASTEROIDBA.

^" DC fx « V « »• n

[work from the port ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATIG^.T , -

NOTE on LUCEKNAKIANS occurring in the neigh-
bourhood of POET EEIN, ISLE OF MAN.

By W. I. Beaumont,

EMMANUEL COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.

[Read May 12th, 1893.]

Three species of this interesting group have been found
in the neighbourhood of Port Erin ; of these, one — Depas-
trum cyatliiforme — is fairly abundant, though apparently
local in its distribution, and the examination of a number
of specimens has enabled me to set at rest the divergent
views which have been held with regard to it. The other
two species have so far been found very sparingly : one is
a well known and widely distributed form, the other will,
I believe, prove to be a new species. The specimens were
collected and examined while I was working at the
L.M.B.C. Biological Station at Port Erin in the summer
of 1892 and again in the spring of 1893.

Clark, in his Prodromus, (12)* divides the family Lu-
cernaridae (most of the members of which were originally
described under the generic name of Liicernaria) into two
sub-families : —

1. Cleistocarpid.e, characterised by the development
of the gonads in " genital claustra " (mesogonial pouches
and gastrogenital pouches of other authors) which are di-
verticula of the central enteric space or stomach. To this
group belong Depastntm, CratewIojjJius, HaUcijathus.
° 2. Eleutherocarpid.^, in which mesogonial pouches
or claustra are absent, the gonads being formed in the
subumbral or axial wall of the 4 perradial gastral pouches

* The numbers in brackets refer to the List of Authorities at the end.

152 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(the 4 camerse of Clark). Lucernaria (as now restricted)
and Haliclystus belong to this snb-family.

Between the pubHcation of Clark's Prodromns (12) in
1863, and of Haeckel's ''System der Medusen," 1879 (15)
there had been found a number of species closely allied to
the already known Lucernarians but having the stalk in a
rudimentary condition, and thus forming a link with the
ordinary free-swimming medusae. For these Haeckel
founded the family Tesseridse, which with the family Lu-
cernaridse constitute his order Stauromedusse, the latter
family coinciding with Clark's Lucernaridse, except that
DejKistrum is removed from it and placed among the
Tesseridse on account of its supposed relationship to De-
ixtstrella, a species of the Tesseridse discovered by him-
self in the Canary Islands, which unlike the rest of the
sub-family has a well developed stalk for attachment.
Now although Depastrum has some points in common
with Depastrella, yet in internal structure it differs very
materially, and I prefer to follow Clark in retaining it
among the Lucernaridse.

Sub-family — Cleistocaepid^.

Depastrum cijatliiforme, (Sars.)

This species was discovered last year by myself and Mi.
Gamble on the S. side of Port Erin Bay. I found it again
during the recent vacation in the same locality, and also
on the limestone rocks at Poyllvaaish. It is fairly abund-
ant in both localities, attached to the under surface of
stones, being apparently most plentiful above the Lamin-
arian zone, though occurring in that zone also more
sparingly, but according to my experience of larger size.
It is very firmly attached, and I doubt whether it ever
moves from the spot where it first attaches itself; I
have never seen a detached specimen re-attach itself, in-

LUCEENARIANS OF PORT ERIN. 153

deed I do not think it is capable of doing so. In this
respect it differs from most Lucernarians. This species has
been the subject of no Httle confusion, into the discussion
of which I must enter at some length.

It was first described and figured in 1846 as Lucernaria
cyatliiformis, by Michael Sars, in the "Fauna Littorahs
Norvegise," (4). In 1858 Gosse in his '' Synopsis of the
British Actiniae " (5) founded the genus Depastrum, based,
I think, chiefly on specimens found by himself at Wey-
mouth, which he regarded as identical with the Lucernaria
cyatliiformis of Sars. In 1859 Allman who had also
discovered (in the Orkney Islands), what he considered
the Lucernaria cyatliiformis of Sars, in ignorance of
Gosse's name, instituted a second one — Garduella (6),
and in the following year gave a more detailed account of
his species (7) with figures. Similarly a third generic
name was founded by Milne Edwards (10) viz., Galicinaria.
Gosse then pointed out (8) the claims of his name Depas-
tru7n to priority, he also gave further details with figures
of the Weymouth specimens w^iich he now elevated to
specific rank as Depastrum steUifrons as it appeared to
differ in certain points from Allman's species which re-
tained the name Depastrum cyatliiforme since he (Gosse)
regarded it as identical with the Lucernaria cyatliiformis
of Sars. To this Allman replied (9) that the points of
difference between Depastrum and Carcluella were of
generic not specific value merely, and that the name
Carcluella cyatliiformis must stand for his own and the
Norwegian form, which he also regarded as identical.
Thus the matter rested until the publication of Clark's
Prodromus in 1868 (12) wherein the matter was practically
cleared up, Clark having had the advantage of being able
to compare specimens of the Orkney form from Allman
with specimens of various ages sent to him by Sar^s from
Norway.

154 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Now the points insisted on as distinguishing Bepastrnm
from Carduella were these : — that while in both the ten-
tacles are arranged in 8 groups round the margin of the
disc oral surface of bell or umbrella) yet in Depas-
ti'iim the tentacles are very numerous, and are arranged
in each group in several rows or series, one within another,
and further that they spring from the margin of the
octagonal disc or from without it, but that in Carduella
there are only about 5 tentacles in each group arranged
in a single series and arising completely ivithin the margin
of the circular disc. Further in Carduella there is a single
tentacle (primary tentacle of Haeckel, corresponding to the
marginal anchors of Haliclystus) in each interval between
the groups of other tentacles ; this does not seem to have
been observed by Gosse in Depastrum. Clark pointed out
that, according to the figures and description of Sars, con-
firmed and extended by his own examination of the
specimens sent to him by the latter, the Norwegian species
when adult has the tentacles arranged in several rows
(3 or 4), but that the younger individuals have at first
only one row and later two. Further he pointed out that
Allman was in error in asserting that the Orkney form
always had its tentacles in one row only, for some of those
sent to him, being presumably older than those described
by Allman, had more than one row. He accordingly con-
cluded that Carduella as defined by Allman w^as merely
the young form of the Lucernaria cijathiformis of Sars.
With regard to this point, the examination of a large
series of specimens at Port Erin has amply confirmed the
conclusions of Clark. Now as to the Depastrum of
Gosse, Clark inserts it provisionally as a distinct genus,
but at the same time he gives some very good reasons
for regarding it also as identical with Lucernaria cyathi-
formisj Sars. The difference in the number and arrange-

LUCEENARIANS OF PORT ERIN. 155

ment of tentacles having been disposed of as far as the
groups of secondary tentacles were concerned (as detailed
above), there only remained the octagonal disc and absence
of primary tentacles in Depastriim to separate it from
Carduella.

With regard to the first point, as Clark points out,
there is in Sars' figures (and in Allman's also) an octa-
gonal area, the corners of which correspond to the inter-
vals between the tentacular groups and whose outline is
marked out by a distinct line of brown pigment ; the ten-
tacles arise from immediately without this line, and there
can be little doubt that this is the octagonal margin o
the disc spoken of by Gosse, but the real margin of the
disc is formed by the circular muscle situated outside the
origin of the tentacles, some of which are usually curved
over it when the animal is fully expanded, the primary
tentacles being invariably so apparently. This circular
muscle is in life a delicate translucent structure and may
have escaped Gosse's notice. Then as to the absence of
primary tentacles in Depastriim. These in Carduella are
similar in form and structure to the secondary tentacles of
the groups, unlike those oi Haliclystus auricula which
have been modified into the so-called marginal anchors
and function as adhesive organs. They are in Carduella
not very conspicuous, being usually somewhat smaller
than the secondary tentacles and constantly (as I have
remarked above) reverted over the circular marginal mus-
cle and closely applied to its surface. It is accordingly
not unlikely these too escaped Gosse's observation, espe-
cially if his specimens had been kept long, as the tentacles
seem apt to slough away when the animal is removed
from its natural conditions. In addition I may mention
that Depastrum, and apparently other members of this
group also, is subject to much variation, especially in

156 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the number and arrangement of the tentacles ; indeed of
the many specimens examined at Port Erin very few had
quite the typical arrangement. Sars also notices this and
mentions one specimen with 7 pairs of gonads instead of
the typical 4 ; the gonads seem more regular than the
tentacles, but I have seen several individuals with 6 pairs,
one of which had 13 groups of tentacles.

There can be, I think, little doubt that the Weymouth
species is identical after all with Carduella and with the
Lucernaria cyatJiiformis of Sars. And I may mention ^
that a specimen recently found at Plymouth which has
been kindly lent to me for comparison, differs in no way
(externally) from the Port Erin form. That the latter
is the Lucernaria cyathiformis there can hardly be a
doubt, not only does it agree in external features with the
figures of Sars and the description of Clark, but also as to
its internal structure it is quite in accord with the account
given by the latter (with one not very important exception).

This conclusion was at first accepted by Haeckel who
inserts this species in his " System der Medusen " (15, p.
379) as Depastrum cyathifonne, Gosse, with Lucernaria
cyathiformis and Carduella as synonyms ; but in an appen-
dix (15, p. 369) he departs from this view in consequence
of having himself found on the Sutherland coast a form,
agreeing with Allman's Carduella in having the tentacles
in one row only^ but which cannot be merely a young
Depastrum since it is sexually mature, reproducing itself
in that form with one row of tentacles. This, agreeing in
its main structural features with the species Depastrella
carduella discovered by himself in the Canary Islands (but
at first called by him Carduella depastrella), Haeckel now
names Depastrella allmani, giving Carduella cyathiformis
Allman, as a synonym, and the Orkney Islands as one of
its localities. Now whatever the Depastrella allmaiii

LUCERNARIANS OF PORT ERIN. 157

from the Sutherland coast may be, there is very strong
evidence that it is not the same species as the Orkney
Garduella. First, since Clark had been able to compare
undoubted specimens of the latter with specimens of
Lucernaria cijathiformis from Bars, his opinion as to their
identity must carry great weight ; and secondly, Clark has
given an account of the structure of this species, based on
the above named specimens, the accuracy of which
Haeckel acknowledges ; and this account shows that these
specimens differ materially in their internal organisation
(more especially in the presence of mesogonial pouches)
from the structure which is found in the genus Dej^asi^re/Za
according to the type species from the Canary Islands —
Depastrella carduella, of which he gives figures. He gives
no figures of Depastrella allmani but describes it as having
practically the same internal structure as Depastrella car-
duella, consequently if Haeckel' s description of the Suther-
land species be correct, it is obvious that its internal
anatomy differs considerably from that of Carduella, how-
ever similar they may be in external features, and we may
safely conclude that Carduella cyathiformis, Depastriim
cyathiformis and Lucerjiaria cyathiformis are one and the
same species.

Sub-family — Eleutherocarpid^ .

Haliclystus auricula, (Eathke).

A small Haliclystus was found near Port St. Mary by
M. Chopin, in 1891, on a lobster pot I believe, and is now
in the Zoological Museum at University College, Liver-
pool. I have seen the specimen and, as far as I can judge,
it is H. auricula, but it may possibly be H. octoradiata
(Lamarck, 3). The shape and size of the marginal anchors
seem to be those typical of H. auricula ; the characters of
the gonads I have not been able to make out satisfactorily.
With regard to these two species we again meet with

158 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

confusion, but since I have seen specimens from Plymouth
and Jersey which have all the distinguishing characters
of the Haliclijstus auricula described by Clark in his
Prodromus (12) and again with great detail in a fully illus-
trated monograph in the Smithsonian Contributions, 1878,
(14) I prefer to follow Clark in identifying his species
with the European Lucernaria auricula, Eathke (2).
Haeckel on the other hand considers it probable that
Halicly sties auricula, Clark, is confined to the Ameri-
can side of the Atlantic, and identifies L. auricula,
Eathke, with L. octoradiata, Lamk., which is described as
a second European species by Clark. Eathke' s figures
as far as they go support Clark's view.

It may be noted further that Lucernaria auricula,
Eathke, was confused by a number of the earlier writers
with L. auricula, Fabricius (1), one of the Cleistocarpidae
[Manama auricula (Fab.) Clark, Halicijathus lagena
(Miiller) Haeckel] .

Halicly stus, sp.

The third species of Lucernarian found at Port Erin
differs materially from any species previously described as
far as I know. The members of this family seem parti-
cularly liable to abnormalities affecting more especially
the number and arrangement of the tentacles, as noticed
under Bepastrum, and I am loth to establish a new species
on the scanty material at present available. After some
consideration, I refer this species provisionally to the genus
Halicly stus, for though it presents considerable divergence
from the 3 species of that genus which have been already
described, yet its structure, so far as I have been able to
make it out, is in accordance with the generic definition
both of Clark and Haeckel except as regards one point
which is not I think of very great importance.

Three examples of this form were found last year :

LUCEENARIANS OF PORT ERIN. 159

they were attached to the undersides of stones on the S.
side of Port Erin Bay, where Bepastrum also occurs.
During the recent vacation I made a most careful search
in the same locality but failed to find a single specimen.
On the first occasion in my ignorance of the "points" of
a Lucernarian, I did not observe in the living animal the
presence of primary tentacles, but in one of the three
specimens these are now plainly enough to be seen, but in
the others which are smaller and were not preserved in
an expanded condition I have been unable to ascertain
whether these important organs are present or not. Now
in HaJicJystus auricula additional tufts of tentacles seem
not uncommon, and accordingly, until I have seen more
specimens I hesitate to conclude that what certainly
appear to be genuine primary tentacles (retaining the
original tentacular structure instead of being modified
into marginal anchors as in H. aiiricula) are really normal
structures.

If on the other hand these primary tentacles are merely
individual abnormalities, and if I am right in my inter-
pretation of its internal structure, then this species must
be relegated to the genus Lucernaria (as at present re-
stricted). In the approximation of its arms in pairs it
approaches L. quadricornis, Miiller, but its comphcated
gonads differ from those of that species. I at first took
the Port Erin specimens to be small and somewhat abnor-
mally shaped L, quadricornis, before I had discovered the
primary tentacles ; they are referred to under this name
in the L.M.B.C. Annual Eeport, 1892 (p. 33). I now
append a description of the species : —

Haliclystus sp. ('? n. sp.)
Umbrella somewhat conical, passing gradually into the
stalk without any marked distinction. Sub-umbrella
cavity very shallow.

160 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stalk more or less round in transverse section with 4
longitudinal grooves marking the position of the 4 inter-
radial muscles, decreasing in diameter from its junction
with the umbrella and then expanding again at its
aboral end into the disc for attachment. 1-chambered.
(The other species of Haliclystus have the stalk 4 cham-
bered.)

Arms 8, but so closely united in pairs, that there appear
to be only 4, separated by 4 very wide perradial " bays,"
the interradial intervals being practically obliterated.

Primary tentacles 8. The 4 perradial ones are smaller
than the secondary tentacles but similar in form, they
stand out horizontally from just within the margin of the
umbrella. The 4 interradial ones spring from the point
of junction of the paired arms, between the tufts of second-
ary tentacles and resemble the latter.

Secondary tentacles are grouped in tufts on the ends
of the arms, about 7 on each, but in consequence of the
fusion of the arms in pairs, there appear to be only 4
tufts of tentacles, each of about 15 ; really each con-
sists of the tufts belonging to a pair of arms together with
what I regard as the intervening interradial primary ten-
tacle. The tentacles are somewhat club shaped, the head
not being distinct from the stalk.

Gonads. These consist of numerous saccules forming 4
adradial bands in the endoderm lining the subumbral wall
of the 4 perradial gastral pouches. These walls are very
much folded, and in transverse sections the whole gastral
cavity appears almost packed with the genital saccules.

Size. Height including stalk — about 7 mm". Width of
umbrella — about 3 mm.

Colour. A rather dull pale yellow.

LUCERNARIANS OF PORT ERIN. 161

LIST OF AUTHOKITIES KEFEEKED TO :—

1. — 1780. 0. Fabricius — Fauna Groenlandica, p. 341.

2.— 1806. Kathke— Miiller's Zool. Danica, vol. IV.

3. — 1816. Lamarck — Hist. Nat. anim. II.

4.— 1846. M. Sars — Fauna Littoral. Norweg. Ease. I.

5.— 1858. Gosse— Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. I, p. 419.

6. — 1859. Allman — Keport Brit. Assoc, Aberdeen.

7.— 1860. „ —Trans. Micros. Soc. VIII, p. 125 & PI.

8.— „ Gosse— Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. V, p. 481.

9. — ,, Allman — do. do. VI, p. 41.

10.— „ Milne Edwards— Hist, des Corall. Ill, p. 459.
11.— 1862. Keferstein— Zeitscbr. fiir wiss. Zool. XII, p. 24.
12.— 1863. Clark.— Prod.Lucernar.Jour.Boston Soc. N.H.
13.— 1877. Taschenberg— Halle Zeits.Naturw,Bd.49,p.94.
14. — 1878. Clark — Lucernar.Monog.Smitbsonian Contrib.
15. — 1879. Haeckel — System der Medusen.

162

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. VIII.]

SEVENTH ANNUAL EEPOET of the LIVEKPOOL

MAEINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE and their

BIOLOGICAL STATION at POET EEIN.

By Professor W. A. Hkrdman, D.Sc, F.K.S.

Last year's report was a somewhat exceptional one as
it chronicled the establishment of the new biological '
station at Port Erin in the Isle of Man, and the formal
inauguration of the institution on June Ifch, 1892, by His
Excellency the Lieutenant Governor, Spencer Walpole,
Esq., LL.D. Moreover as this was the first report after
the centre of our operations had been moved from Puf&n
Island to a more populous region where we might reason-
ably hope to enlist sympathizers and fellow- workers, some
introductory matter was inserted explaining the objects
and methods of our Committee, and the nature of marine
biological investigations in general. Consequently it seems
unnecessary to give any such information again in the
present report,* which will therefore deal simply with the
progress made in the scientific exploration of the Irish
Sea during the year, and with the work carried on by
investigators at the Port Erin Biological Station. The
year has been a very good one both as regards weather
and other facilities for work, and the following record,
though in no way sensational, shows good solid progress
in various directions and not a few contributions to know-
ledge. As on previous occasions I have to acknowledge
the hearty assistance rendered me by my colleagues on
the Committee and by the workers at the biological station

* Copies of last year's report (56 pages, 6 plates) in stili" boards can still be
had, price one shilling each, on application to the Hon. Treasurer,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

168

both in the actual investigations during the year and also
in drawing up this annual record.

Station Kecord.
The following naturalists have been working at
Station during the year : —

the

DATE.

NAME.

January.

I. 0. Thompson \

—

A. 0. AValker

—

W. A. Herdman "

—

G. AV. Herdman

March.

I. C. Thompson

—

F. E. Weiss

—

W. A. Herdman ...

—

R. L. Ascroft -^

—

F.J. P. Corbin / "■

—

W. I. Beaumont ...

—

M. C. Potter

—

G. S. Brady

—

J. H. Vanstone

—

P. M. C. Kermode...

—

Alfred Leicester ...

—

W. J. Halls

April.

AV. I. Beaumont

—

M. C. Potter

—

G. S. Brady

—

W. A. Herdman ...

—

I. C. Thompson

—

Alfred Leicester

—

W.J. Halls

—

P. M. C. Kermode ...

—

J. H. Vanstone

—

F. E.AVeiss

—

E. T. Browne

—

A. 0. AValker

May.

W. A. Herdman ...

—

E. T. Browne

—

A. 0. AValker

—

J. Vicars

—

J. H. A^anstone

—

I. C. Thompson

Dredging, shore collecting, and ar-
ranging details of new aquarium with
builder.

Copepoda.

Algie.

Compound Ascidians.

Collecting.

Lucernarida.

Algfe.

Copepoda.

(Curator).

Collecting,

MoUusca.

Hydroida.

Lucernarida and Mollusca.

Algae.

Co2)epoda.

Compound Ascidians.

Copepoda.

IMollusca.

Hydroida.

Collecting.

Collecting.

Algae.

Medusae and Plankton.

Amphipoda.

Compound Ascidians.

Plankton.

Amphipoda.

Fishes.

Nemertines.

Copepoda.

164 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

DATE.

NAME.

WORK.

May.

P. M. C. Kermode

Collecting.

—

A. Leicester

Mollusca.

—

W. Cash

Dredging.

—

G. Dannevig

Fishes.

Jane.

E. T. Browne

Plankton.

—

G. W. Herdman

General.

J. H. Vanstone

Nemertines.

—

L C. Thompson

Copepoda.

—

W. A. Herdman

Compound Ascidians

July.

G. B. Howes

Collecting.

—

W. A. Herdman

Compound Ascidians.

J. H. Vanstone

Nemertines.

August.

W. A. Herdman ... ...

Protective Colouring.

J. Vicars

Fishes.

—

Miss L. R. Thornely

Polyzoa.

—

W.J. Halls

Hydroida.

—

J. H. Vanstone

Nemertines.

—

A. Chopin

Sponges, &c.

—

A.Leicester

Mollusca.

P. M. C. Kermode

General.

—

I. C. Thompson

Copepoda.

—

W. E. Hoyle

Orthonectida.

Septembe

;•. AV. A. Herdman

Protective Colouring.

—

P. M. C. Kermode

General.

—

J. A. Clnbb

Collecting.

—

W. E. Hoyle

General.

—

H. C. Chadwick

Echinoderms

December

. I. C. Thompson

Copepoda.

—

W. A. Herdman

Collecting.

Besides this list of over 60 workers who stayed at the
Station for x^eriods varying from a few days or a week to
several months, there were several occasions on which
large parties visited Port Erin for a day for the purpose
of seeing the biological station and doing some collecting.
Such visitors are not recorded in the list.

Much of the work referred to in the above table will be
reported on in detail below, or will form the subject matter
of separate papers to be laid before the Biological Society
during the coming year.

marine biological station at port erin. 165

The Aquarium.

During the first year's work (1892) at the new biological
station it was constantly felt to be an inconvenience to
have all the vessels of sea-water containing our stock of
animals permanently in the laboratory along with the
microscopes and dissecting instruments ; and moreover it
was found that work was frequently interrupted by the
arrival of visitors who though not naturalists were more
or less interested in marine biology, and to whom it was
certainly desirable in the interests both of the institution
and also of the diffusion of knowledge that we should show
whatever was possible of the interesting animals of the
neighbouring seas without interfering too much with the
progress of our investigations. Consequently the Com-
mittee became convinced of the necessity of having a
separate aquarium and tank house for the storage of living
marine animals and plants, for facilitating observations on
habits and life-histories, and for exhibition to the public.

On consulting with our enterprising landlord, Mr.
Thomas Clague, of the Bellevue Hotel, we found that he
was willing to erect for us a small two-«storeyed building on
the beach alongside the biological station on a piece of
ground only separated from the laboratory door by the
flight of steps leading down to the shore (see PI. II).
Drawings were made of the necessary arrangement of
tanks, pipes, work-tables, &c., and from these Mr. George
Herdman, B.Sc, Edinburgh, kindly prepared for us the
plans from which the builders constructed the house.
This aquarium was commenced on February 6th and was
finished at the end of March. The slate and plate glass
tanks was made by Carter & Co., in Liverpool, were taken
apart and sent over in separate pieces, and were then put
together again under our own supervision in their perma-
nent positions in the wall of the building.

166 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The aquarium house (see PL III) measures 20 ft. by 17 ft.
Its lower storey is of concrete and opens directly on to the
beach a few feet merely from high tide mark so that
dredged material can be readily conveyed in from the boat
to be sorted out and placed in the tanks. Sunk in the
floor are three large shallow tanks or concrete cisterns in
which large animals such as skates, or stores of smaller
such as mollusca, might be kept alive under fairly natural
conditions, with stones, sea-weed and sand, for any special
purpose. In one angle is the well, 9 ft. deep, into which
water is led by a 3 in. iron pipe from the sea (see PL IV) .'
In another corner, clamped to the wall, stands the water-
motor and force-pump (see PL V), arranged for us by Mr.
George Herdman, which draw the sea-water from the well
and inject it into the concrete cisterns placed on the cliff
behind the house. On the side next the sea are two large
exhibition tanks having the sides, back and floor of
masonry lined by concrete, while the front is plate glass.
These tanks are illuminated by little windows placed in
their outer walls above the water-line, and as there are
wooden shutters in front, above the water-line, all the
light in this lower storey enters through the water of
these two tanks which gives them a very bright appear-
ance. A straight flight of wooden steps in the centre of
the room leads to the upper storey, which is also entered
by a door from the platform on the stairs opposite the
laboratory (see PL II). This room has three slate and
plate glass tanks built into its north side, each partly
illuminated by a sheet of dulled glass in its outer wall
above the water-line. The opposite side of the room has
a strong built-in work table running its whole length under
the three windows, and on this, and on wooden stands
above it, can be arranged as required a number of large
and small movable aquaria, glass globes and jars, and other

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 167

vessels suitable for certain animals or special investigations.

The gable wall opposite the door is fitted up with
shelving upon which a small collection of preserved
animals illustrating the Fauna of the Bay is arranged.
On the side opposite the windows, between the tanks,
we have also placed narrow glass cases in which dried
specimens, such as Zoophytes, Polyzoa, Mollusca and
Crustacea, can be conveniently displayed. It is certainly
an advantage for visitors that we should have a certain
amount of such museum material properly labelled con-
stantly on exhibition, as the living animals in the tanks
and aquaria are always a somewhat uncertain quantity —
at one time, after a successful dredging expedition, they
may be abundant and very interesting, at another, if there
has been no recent collecting, or after some accident when
a number have died, there may be comparatively few or
they may be nearly all common shore animals. Hence
the Committee are glad to be able to state that Mr. G. W.
Wood has kindly offered them his considerable collection of
Manx Invertebrata, which was exhibited at the Douglas
International Exhibition last year. When this arrives it
will be displayed in a suitable manner on the shelves round
the walls of the Aquarium.

The arrangement of pipes for allowing the sea- water to
circulate is as follows (see PI. lY) : — From the sea the
water is brought to the well, in which by screwing down
the valve at high tide it can be stored. The pump, worked
by a small water-motor supplied with fresh water from
the pipes of the town, then forces the sea-water from the
well into one division of the cistern ; and, after depositing
any sediment, the water passes into the second division
from which leads the supply pipe to the tanks. The double
cistern is built on a platform of the cliff behind the house,
and on a level with the roof, so as to be above the hiohest

168 TKANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tank. The supply pipe goes first to the upper storey,
gives off a branch to each tank, and a pipe with stop-cock
to the work-table, and then passes through the floor to
supply the tanks of the room below. The waste from the
system leads to the lowest of the floor concrete basins in
the lower storey, and from there out to the beach by a
drain pipe.

As is usual in such cases, our tanks had to be filled and
supplied many times, stocked and re-stocked, before they
were seasoned and thoroughly cleaned, so that the water
would remain perfectly pure in them, and the animals and
plants live healthily. In fact, it was not until late in the
summer that some of them began to be permanently
estabhshed, and now during the winter we find that they
are looking very healthy, and many small things are begin-
ning to grow upon the glass and walls, forming a " self-
sown " fauna and flora, so they ought to be in excellent
condition during the coming season.

In order to defray the expense of a laboratory boy who
would keep the place clean, and also with the view of
excluding those who were not really interested or desirous
of seeing the tanks, a small charge of 3d. each was made
for admission to the Aquarium during the latter part of
the summer after the tanks had been stocked. During
the four weeks when the Aquarium was thus open, we
had over 150 visitors, and the Treasurer received £1
17s. lOd. from this source. There is no reason why,
with the additional interest which our museum specimens
will give to the place, and under the charge of an ener-
getic curator, who will at stated hours take round
visitors and give short demonstrations, the Aquarium
should not be a considerable attraction in Port Erin and
yield a fair revenue. The Aquarium at the Biological
Station in the small town of Arcachon, in the South of

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 169

France, has about 16,000 visitors each summer, which
brings in about i>320 to the funds of that institution.

The Curator.

In spring, the Committee appointed Mr. J. Henry
Vanstone, of the Koyal College of Science, South Ken-
sington, resident Curator of the Biological Station, and
Mr. Vanstone occupied the post continuously from April
till September, when he was compelled to resign owing to
family circumstances which required him to live near
London. After Mr. Vanstone left, Mr. J. A. Clubb acted
as Curator for a short time during the vacation, and then
the station was left in the charge of the laboratory boy for
the winter, but it is the intention of the Committee to
proceed shortly to the appointment of a new Curator, who
will commence his duties at Easter.

Mr. Vanstone during his tenure of the ofhce drew up
and sent weekly reports to the Director on the condition
of the tanks, the work being done in the laboratory, the
animals collected, the temperature of sea and air, the
number of visitors, &c. From these reports I extract the
following series of temperatures (Fahrenheit) which may
be of value. They were all taken about 10 a.m. : —

Date

Air

Sea

Date

Am

Sea

Apkil 11

48°

46°

Apeil

25

56

50

12

45

47

26

54

50

13

52

48

27

53

50

14

48

48

28

54

50

15

50

49

29

50

48

17

46

46

May

1

53

48

18

50

48

2

54

48

19

56

51

3

57

48

20

60

52

4

55

49

21

62

51

5

66

49

22

62

50

6

60

51

24

60

55

8

58

50

170 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Date

Air

Sea

Date

Air

Sea

AY 9

65

49

June 27

64

60

10

64

51

28

65

59

11

63

53

29

64

59

12

65

51

30

70

61

13

64

51

July 1

70

61

15

64

50

3

68

59

IG

60

50

4

69

59

17

56

50

5

70

62

18

68

52

6

71

60

19

66

52

7

70

60

22

60

51

8

72

62

23

55

50

[At 3 p.m.

, air 78°

sea 68'']

24

58

51

10

68

58

25

60

50

11

68

58-5

26

60

52

12

66

57

27

60 •

52

13

66

58

29

60

51

14

65

54

30

60

50

15

59

55

31

60

51

17

62

51

JNE 1

66

58

18

62

51

2

64

54

19

60

50

3

65

55

20

64

51

5

66

56

21

64

55

6

66

56

22

61

59

7

68

57

24

61

59

8

70

57

25

60

59

9

66

56

26

61

58

10

66

57

27

62

68

12

64

59

28

62

59

13

66

59

29

62

59

14

66

60

Aug. 9

72

60

15

70

61

11

70

61

16

71

62

15

64

72

17

70

62

28

63

61

19

68

60

29

61

59

20

68

58

30

60

59

21-

31

60

58

22
23

H Curator ill.

Sept. 1
2

60
60

59
59

24

4

61

58

26

67

59

5

62

60

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

171

Date

Air

Sea

Sept. 11

55

57

12

59

58

13

61

57

14

59

58

Date Air Sea

Sept. 6 63 59

7 60 59

8 56 58

9 54 56
10 55 58

These columns show how during the greater part of the
summer, before the maximum has been reached, the tem-
perature of the sea lags behind that of the air, while in
September the air approximates to, or begins to be colder
than, the sea.

The shore pools exposed at low tide to the sun become,
of course, on some days very much warmer than any of
the above records for the open water of the bay. On July
13th it was found that some of the pools in front of the
laboratory varied during the day from 60° F. to 76° F.,
and on July 22nd from 59° F. to 76° F.

Fish Culture.

These temperatures show that, in summer at least, there
is no reason why oyster culture should not be carried on
at the Isle of Man. At the various places on the west
coast of France, where successful oyster culture is now
carried on, I found this summer that the temperature of
the sea varied from 66° F. to 76° F. Lobster culture is
another industry which might with advantage be tried at
Port Erin, the narrow deep-water creeks near Bradda
Head could readily be converted into vivaria for this pur-
pose. The Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee have not
yet erected a hatchery alongside the biological station.
Unexpected difficulties have arisen, but with the growing
feeling in favour of such applications of scientific know-
ledge and methods to the fishing industries, which is
rapidly spreading amongst fishery experts, the general
public, and in Parliament, there can be little doubt that

172 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sooner or later the plan will be carried out, and Port Erin
will become an important centre for the propagation of
young food fishes. In the initial stages of the work at
the hatchery there is every probability that our tanks in
the aquarium house will be of great service for experi-
mental work. It may be of interest in this connection
to note that during the past summer the following species
of common fish have lived for longer or shorter periods in
our tanks : — Cottiis scorpius (Bullhead), C. huhalis (Father
Lasher), Trigla Jiirimdo (Sapphirine gurnard), Agonus
cataphractiis (Pogge), Gobius minutus (Goby), Cyclopterus
lumpus, Liparis montagui (Sucker), Lepadogaster hivia-
ciUatics (two-spotted sucker), L. gouanii, Blennius pJiolis
(Shanny), Gentronotus gimnellus (Butter fish), Gadus
virens (Saithe), Motella cimhria (Eockling), Pleuronectes
platessa (Plaice), Glupea harengus (Herring), Conger vul-
garis (Conger eel), Syngnathus acics (Pipe fish), and
Nerophis cequoreus.

In May, Captain G. Dannevig, the Director of the well-
known Norwegian fish-hatching establishment at Flodevig,
near Arendal, paid a visit to Port Erin at the request of
some of the Lancashire Sea Fishery Committee in order
that he might judge of the suitability of the locality for
fish culture. He expressed himself as thoroughly satis-
fied with the place, and in his evidence before the Select
Committee of the House of Commons, on June 15th, he
mentioned Port Erin as a most suitable place for the
establishment of a hatchery. '

Dredging Expeditions.
During the year 1893 various dredging expeditions in
steamers have been arranged, partly under the auspices of
the small Committee of the British Association, referred
to in last report. The following is a brief account of the
results of these expeditions : —

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 173

I. On January 29, 1893, the Committee had the use of
the Lancashire sea-fisheries steamer'' John Fell." Several
hauls were taken about 7 miles to the west of Fleshwick
(Isle of Man), then some further to the south between
Port Erin and the Calf. Amongst other species obtained
were Cliona celata (fine, in various conditions), Sertularia
tenella, and a number of hydroids and polyzoa, Sarcodic-
tyon catenata, Poraiiia pulvillus and Palmipes viemhra-
7iaceus, Astacilla gracilis, Inachus dorsettensis, Ascidia
venosasbud A. virginea, CajJuhts hungaricus, Venus casina,
and Pectitnculus glycimeris.

II. On March 11-13 the work was again done from the
steamer "John Fell." On the 11th the steamer left
Douglas to examine the shoal lying to the north-east and
south of the Bahama light (see chart, Plate I.). Here,
along with various food-fishes and some commoner inverte-
brates, some very large specimens of Tritonia honihergi
were trawled ; also the ascidians Ascidia virginea, Didem-
nuni gelatinosum and Polycyclus savignyi (very large
specimens), Corystes cassivelaunus. Scaphander lignarius,
Aglaoplienia tuhulifera, A. myriophijllum, Calycella
fastigiata, and Sertidarella gayi, which is a new record to
the district ; Eudendriiim rameum, TJmiaria articulata,
Gonothyroea gracilis and other zoophytes, and various
common polyzoa, some very abundant and luxuriant.

On the 13th, after trying again the same shoal as on
the 11th, the steamer went to ' the top end of the Hole,'
26 miles east of St. Ann's Head, 30 fathoms. Here there
is sand to the north and mud to the south, and some hauls
were taken along the line of junction. Amongst other
things the following nudibranchs were obtained : Tritonia
honihergi, Bendronotus arhorescens (up to 5 inches in
length), Eolis drummondi, Eolis rufibranchialis, and
Eolisfarrani; also Virgularia mirabilis, and no less than

174 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

twenty-five species of hydroid zoophytes and twenty-
three species of polyzoa.

III. From March 29 to April 4 the Committee were
working from Port Erin, and had the s.s. ' Lady Loch '
hired for two of these days. One day was spent in dredg-
ing on the rocky bottom round the Calf and near the
Chicken lighthouse, and in exploring the caves about
Spanish Head and the Stack Eock. These caves can only
be entered in a boat in calm weather at low tide; and the
sides and roof are so closely covered with masses of bright'
red ascidians {Polycarpa glomerata), black and white
sponges {Pachymatisma johnstoni and Stelletta collingsi),
and tufts of Tubular ia indivisa, that scarcely any rock is
visible. Amongst the more noteworthy animals dredged
round the Calf and obtained on the neighbouring shores
were the rare calcareous sponge Ute glabra, Corynactis
viridis, Hyalincecia sp., Depastrum cyathiforme, Linens
gesserensis, Dinophilus toeniatus (breeding at Easter),
fifteen species of hydroids, including Aglaopheiiia tubuli-
fera, Halecium tenellum, Lafo'i'a diimosa form robusta, L.
fruticosa, Guspidella costata and C. liumilis ; the brachio-
^odi Crania anomala ; the Crustacea Xantho tuberciUata,
Ebalia tuberosa and E. tumefacta, Galathea dispersa (one
with a parasitic Bopyrian), Spirontocaris spinus (one with
a parasitic Bopyrian), Janira maculosa, Tritoita gibbosa,
ADiphithoe rubricata, Aora gracilis, Conilera cylindracea,
Moera otkonis, Metopa (? n. sp.), and others ; the mollusca
Sjnrialis retroversus, Bissoa cingulus, var. rupestris,
Fissurella groeca, Emarginula fissitra, Cliiton loevis,
Pleurobranchus pluviula , Lima elUptica ?ind L. loscombii,
Astarte sulcata and ^4. triangularis, Solecurtus antiquatus,
Lyonsia norvegica, Pecten tigrinus and P. testce, Kellia
suborbicularis, Pandora inoequivalvis, Lamellaria per-
spicua, Circe minima and Thracia distorta, the two last

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 175

being new records to the district ; the tunicata Molgula
citrma, Styela grossularia, Ascidia venosa, A. virgiiieay
and A. plebeia, Botryllus scJdosseri, B. violaceus, B.
smaragclus, Distomum ruhrum, Amaroucium proliferwn,
A. argus, LeptocUmtm maculatum, and Didemnum gela-
tinosum, Botrylloides ruhrum, B. leachii, B. albicans ;
and the polyzoa Ghorizopora hrogniartii, Gylindrcecium
dilatatum, Smittia trispinosa, Diastopora suborbicularis,
M tea recta, 2^wdi Alcyonidium mamillatum which is new
to the district.

IV. April 28 to May 1. During two of these days the
Committee had the use of the Lancashire sea-fisheries
steamer ' John Fell.' On one day dredging was carried
on in shallow w^ater along the shore about Fleshwick Bay
to the north of Port Erin ; while on the other day advan-
tage was taken of the fine weather to run out to the deep
water halfway to Ireland, and work inwards. Hauls were
taken at the following localities : —

1. Fourteen miles north-west of Port Erin, 79 fathoms,
mud ; Found Galocaris Macandrew, Lipobrancliius Jeff-
rey sii, Bissoa abyssicola, Nucula sulcata, &c.

2. Ten miles north-west of Port Erin, 50 fathoms, mud :
Found Brissopsis lijrifera (in quantity), dx.

3. Nine miles west of Contrary Head, 46 fathoms :
Found Gyclostrema millepunctatum, Bissoa soluta and B.
cancellata, Eulima bilineata, dx.

4. Six miles west of Contrary Head, 37 fathoms :
Thy one raphajius, Oscanius memhrajiaceus, Alcyonidiu^n
mamUlatum, Gellepora dicJiotoma, and Pedicellina gracilis.

5. Four miles west of Dalby, 25 fathoms ; bottom dead
shells, &c. : Found Forbesella tessellata, Stichaster roseus,
Palmipes mevibranaceus, Diphasia pinaster, Eudendrium
rameum, Scalpellum vulgar e, Becten 7naximtis and P.
opercularis in great abundance,

176 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pecten maximus yielded to Mr. Thompson the new
copepod Licliomolgus maximus ; while in P. opermdaris
were found the amphipods Leucothoe articulosa, Tritceta
gibbosa, and Podoceriis herdmani, Walker.

6. Four miles west of Fleshwick, 20 fathoms : Found
Ophiocoma nigra in enormous profusion, and other com-
mon species.

7. One mile off Bradda Head, 15 fathoms : Found
Amphidotiis flavescens, Ute glabra, Sertidarella ricgosa,
Coppinia arcta, &c.

A good deal of shallow water and shore collecting was
also done on this occasion, and all the compound asci-
dians noted under III. were got near Port St. Mary, with
the addition of Glossophoricm sabidosum and G. sp. (? n.
sp.), both of them new to British seas, the genus only
being known up to now from the French coast. A yellow
variety of Giard's AsteUiiim spongiforme was also obtained.

One of the most interesting finds on this expedition was
certainly Cyclostrema miUepunctatum, Friele, which was
only previously known from one spot off the Lofoten
Islands, in lat 69° 46^ N., long. 16^ 15' E., 649 fathoms.

Our specimens, from 46 fathoms only, were collected by
Mr. Leicester, identified by Dr. Chaster, and sent by him
to Dr. A. M. Norman for confirmation by comparison
with some of Friele's types in Dr. Norman's collection.

V. May 19-22. On one of these days the Committee
again had the use of the sea-fisheries steamer * John Fell.'
The weather was rough, and it was only possible to work
near the coast to the north of Port Erin, where hauls were
taken at the following localities : —

1. South side of Fleshwick Bay, 13 fathoms : Adamsia
palliata and Eupagiirus prideauxii, Pleiirobranclius
plumula, and Ascidia virginea.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 177

2. Opposite Fleshwick beach, 12 fathoms : Palmipes
viemhranaceiLS, Solaster papposus, Aporrhais p)es-pelicani
(a very large number, all ahve), Lejmdogaster himaculatus,

3. North side of Fleshwick Bay, 15 fathoms : Solaster
papposus, Plumularia pinnata, Eudejidrm77i capillare^
Palmicellaria skenei (new to the district), Scaphander lig^
nai'ius, Ascidia virginea.

4. Same hne, a little further out : Pahnipes meinhra-
naceus, Ajjorrhais pes-pelicani, Eugijra glutinans.

5. Across mouth of Port Erin Bay, from near Bradda
Head to breakwater, bottom gravel and weeds : Adamsia
palliata, Eupagurus prideauxii, Ophioglypha albida
(spawning), Memhranipora imhellis, M. dumerilii, Mucro-
nellaventricosa, M. variolosa, Stomatopora granulata, S.
major, Lepralia pertusa, Schizoporella linearis. Three
varieties of the last species were found (1) var. with
abortive cells having ovicells, (2) var. with avicularia on
the top of blunt umbones, (3) var. approaching cruciferay
but with a spine on the ovicell.

VI. June 17-19. The Committee hired the steam
trawler ' Lady Loch ' for June 18, and having favourable
weather were able to work out to the depression between
the Isle of Man and Ireland (see chart, PI. II., and sec-
tion). Two or three hauls were taken at each of the
following : —

1. Six miles N.W. of Port Erin, 33 fathoms, sandy
mud : Found Brissopsis lyrifera, Alcyonidium gelatinosum,
Porania pidvillus, Adamsia palliata, Palmipes membra-
naceus, Scalpellum vulgare on Antennularia.

2. Eight miles N.W. of Port Erin, 40 fathoms, mud :
Found Calocaris macandreoe, Hyalinoecia tubicola, &c.

3. Eleven miles N.W. of Port Erin, 50 fathoms, mud :
Sagartia herdmani (on Tiirritella shells, see fig. 2, p. 22),
Pantlialis oerstedi, Lipobranchius Jeffrey sii, Bougahwillea
muscus.

178 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

4. Thirteen miles N.W. of Port Erin, 60 fathoms, mud,
bottom temperature 48" F., surface temperature 60^ F. :
Found Calocaris macandreoe, &c.

5. Five miles off Dalby, 30 fathoms, ' reamy ' bottom
(sand and mud mixed) : Sole, turbot, and brill all spawning
here. Lima loscoinhii, Cerebratuhis {? angidatus),
Ghdctopterus sp., Thyone fiisus and T. raphanits, Eicrij-
7107116 asp era.

6. Four miles off Flesh wick, 23 fathoms : Fecteii oper-
cularis and P. 7iiaximiLS in quantity; Molgicla sp., Gorella
parallelogramma, Ascidia pleheia, Ascidiella venosa,
Polycarpa comata, Siiberites domuncula .

7. A mile and a half off Bradda Head, 12-15 fathoms :
Styelopsis gyossidaria, Bowerhankia caiidata, Eurynome
asjjera, Terehella Jiebidosa, Thy one raphanus.

VII. On August 22nd dredging was conducted from
Port Erin round the Calf Island from the hired steam-
trawler ' Albatross ' at the following spots : —

1. Off Halfway rock and Bay Fine, half a mile from
shore, 15 fathoms, bottom broken shells and small
gravel : — Anteniiidaria rai7wsa, Sertidaria abietma, Aglao-
phenia 7nyriophylliim, CeUularia fistidosa, Sarcodictyon
catenata, Ascidia pleheia, A. 7ne)itida, Cynthia 7}iorics,
Porania pidviUits, Galathea mtermedia with Pleurocrypta
i7der7nedia.

2. From off Kitterland to Halfway Rock, 17 fathoms,
bottom stones and large shells : — Gliona celata (massive
form), Ascidia venosa, Gynthia 7norus, Ophiopholis heUis.

3. Three-quarters of a mile north of Kitterland, 18 fath-
oms, bottom shell-sand and small gravel : — Sarcodictyo7i
catenata, Lepralia edax, GeUepora pmiiicosa, Echinocy-
a7?ius pusiUiis, Ophiocoma nigra, Ascidia 7nentida, A.
pleheia, Perophora listeri, Gapidus hungaricns, Murex
erinaceus, Xaniho tuhercidatus, Inachus dorsettensiSj
Ebalia cra7ichii.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 179

4. Off north corner of Calf Island, 17 fathoms, bottom
stones and very many Ophiocoma nigra : — Stichaster
roseus, OphiotJiryx pentaphyUiwi, Ocniis brunneus, Linens
loiigissimiis, Cynthia morus, &c.

5. South end of Calf Sound, 15 fathoms, large stones
with Sertularia abietina and encrusting Polyzoa, and
Giona intestinalis.

6. North-west of Calf Island, 18 fathoms, bottom
stones, with many Ophiocoma- nigra : — Calcareous sponge,
ChcBtopterus sp., Thyonefusus,OphiopholisbeUis, Solaster
papposus, Ascidiella scabra and Giona intestinalis.

7. N.W. of Calf Island, further out than last, 20 faths.,
bottom shells, stones and Echinoderm spines : — Sarco-
dictyon catenata, Aglaophenia ticbulipora, Spatangus
piiupureus, Aphrodite aculeata, Giona intestinalis, Pero-
phora listeri, and Pectuncidus glycimeris.

8. From off Kitterland to across Port Erin Bay, far out,
bottomlarge shells: — Perophora liste?'i, Ascidiamentula ,&c.

9. West of breakwater, one mile out, gravel and rotting
w^eeds : — Lyonsia norvegica (alive), &c.

VIII. On September 11th some of the Committee
dredged from a large rowing boat between Port Erin and
the Calf Island : — Half a dozen hauls were taken about
Mdrick and Bay Fine in 15 to 20 fathoms : — Folliculina
ampulla (in quantity, alive), Astrorhiza limicola, Anten-
nularia ramosa and other Hydroids, Sarcodictyon
catenata, Antedon rosacea, Halsydna gelatinosa, Terebella
nebulosa, Amphiporus pulcher, Gonilera cylindracea,
Anthura gracilis (new to the district), Eurynome aspera,
Galathea nexa wdth Pleurocrypta nexa, n. sp., Ascidia
plebeia, Ascidiella venosa, A. virginea, Cynthia morus,
Polycarpapomaria, Gorella parallelogramina, Dotofragilis,
Velutina Icevigata, Ostrea edulis and Syngnathus acus.

180 transactions liverpool biological society.

Additions to Fauna.
On all these expeditions, in addition to the animals
picked out and preserved at the time, surface and deeper
gatherings with the tow-net were taken by Mr. I. C.
Thompson; and samples of the bottom and of the 'dredge
debris ' were kept, and these were afterwards carefully
examined by Mr. I. C. Thompson for copepoda, by Mr.
A. 0. Walker for amphipoda and isopoda, by Mr. A.
Leicester for small mollusca, and by Dr. Chaster for fora-
minifera. The sponges collected have been identified by
Dr. K. Hanitsch, and several other workers at the Port
Erin Biological Station have assisted the Committee with
particular sets of animals. The additions to our know-
ledge of the fauna during the year will now be given,
akintg the groups in zoological order.

Fig. 1. Map of the L.M.B.C. District.

Dr. G. W. Chaster reports that amongst the Forami-
NIFERA he has examined two are new to science, the one

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 181

is a Flacopsilina and the other an ahied form which seems
to require a new genus. They are from the central area at
depths of 20-25 fathoms.

Amongst the Sponges examined by Dr. K. Hanitsch
the following are specially worthy of note : Ute glabra,
obtained near Port St. Mary (this is practically new to
British seas, as it had only been found before at Guernsey) ;
Esperiopsis (Desniacidon) fruticosa, dredged off Calf of
Man, 40 to 50 fathoms ; Halichondria {Amphilectus ?)
expansa, off Garwick Head (previously known from Skye) ;
S'liberites sp. (?), some very large masses, dredged halfway
between the Isle of Man and Lancashire, 20 fathoms ;
Baspailia sp. (new to the district), dredged off the Calf, 15
fathoms ; Stelletta collingsi, from the Caves at Spanish
Head, Port Erin ; Beniera rosea, at Fleshwick and Per-
wick Bay (recorded by Bowerbank from Tenby and Sark
only). In addition, Mr. Chopin, who was dredging at
Port St. Mary in August, obtained Dercitus hucklandi,
which is new to the Isle of Man.

We have found in the pools at Port Erin amongst other
Hydroida the Lafoea pygmcea of" Alder, and Miss
Thornely has been able to prove that it is really a Caly-
cella ; while Sertularella gayi has been added as a new
record to the district. In all eighty-nine species of Zoo-
phytes have been recorded now in the L.M.B.C. district.

O

Fig. 2. — Sagartia herdmani, Haddon.

The small pale red anemone attached to Turritella
shells (see fig. 2) which we dredge from the mud off Port
Erin at depths of 50 to 70 fathoms has been identified by
Prof. A. C. Haddon as Sagartia herdmani, a species

182 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

described by himself a few years ago from specimens
obtained off the west coast of Ireland dming the cruise of
the s.y. ' Argo.'

In regard to Turbellaria, Mr. F. W. Gamble while
working at the Port Erin Biological Station last smnmer
drew up a list of species found in the neighbourhood.
This has been published in full in 'Trans. Biol. Soc,
Liverpool,' vol. vii. pp. 148-174. The list contains records
of twenty-eight species, representing twenty-three genera :
of these the following five species are new to British
seas : — Promesostoma ovoideum, P. lenticulatum, ByrsopJi-
lehs intermedia, Plagiostoma siclphureicm, Oligocladus
sanguinolentiis. We also find at Port Erin the elongated
pear-shaped opaque white cocoons of the Ehabdocoele
Fecanipia attached under stones in pools.

The PoLYZOA collected on the various expeditions have
been examined by Miss L. K. Thornely, who also worked
at the Biological Station for a couple of weeks in August.
She reports that amongst the many forms collected,
amounting to 123 species and 14 varieties, four
species at least are new records to the district, viz., Alcy-
onidium mamillatum, Palmicellaria skenei, Crisia ramosa
and Lepralia edax, as well as five well-marked varities : —
Schizoporella linearis, var. hastata and a var. like cruci-
fera, Memhraniporella nitida the Devonshire var., Hip-
potlioa flagell'iim var. vitrea, and H. divaricata var.
carinata.

The CoPEPODA obtained both by surface nets and also
from the mud and other material from the dredge have
yielded Mr. Thompson in all 136 species, of which eighteen
are new records to British seas and eleven are new to
science. These last are : — Ameira attenuata, Cletodes
monensis, Herdmania stylifera, Cyclops mariniis, Hersili-
oides puffini, Jonesiella Jiycencv, Laoplwnte spinosa,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 183

Licliomolgus maximus, Monstrilla longicornis, Stenhelia
denticulata and S. hirsuta. These new species are all
described in full, and figured, in Mr. Thompson's ' Kevised
Keport upon the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay,' just pub-
lished (August, 1893) in 'Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc.,'
vol. vii., so it is perhaps unnecessary to give any further
details here.

Since the pubHcation of his report Mr. Thompson has
also worked over a good deal of material, partly fish parasites
and partly taken from the stomachs of the young fish ex-
amined by Mr. Corbin in the Fisheries laboratory at Univer-
sity College. He reports as follows : —

{a) Parasites — From the Cod — Caligus rapax and G.
curtus. From the Hake — Anchorella appejidicu-
lata. From Flounder and from Arnoglossus
megastonia — Lepeoptheirus pectoralis. From
Sprat — Lerneonema spratta.
(h) From stomachs of young Plaice, chiefly from More-
cambe Bay — most contained quantities of Har-
pacticidae, chiefly Jonesiella liijcencR in quantity,
also numbers of Longipedia coronata and
Gaiiuella perplexa ; with these in most of the
tubes were a few Cumacea and Amphipoda.
Three of the above Copepoda are new to the dis-
trict, viz., Lepeoptheirus pectoralis, Anchorella appendicu-
lata, and C anuella perplexa .

The Higher Crustacea have been examined, and to a
large extent collected, by Mr. A. 0. Walker, who has
supplied the following lists and notes, which record only
the more noteworthy additions to the local fauna : —

SCHIZOPODA.

Erythrops elegans, G.O.S., 8 miles west of Fleshwick,
33 fathoms.

184 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mysidopsis gihbosa, G.O.S., Port Erin Harbour, in algae.

Gastrosaccus sanctus, v. Ben., Port Erin Harbour, Nov.
1892 and Jan. 1893, (the most northerly record of this
species),

Haplostylus normani, G.O.S., Port Erin Harbour, Jan.
1893, one male, colour dark brown (also a Southern,
Mediterranean, form).

CUMACEA.

Diastylis hiplicata, G.O.S., 8 miles west of Flesh-
wick, 33 fathoms, several specimens ; an adult male
measured only 5 mm. to end of telson.

ISOPODA.

Leptognathia laticauclata, G.O.S., Port Erin Harbour.

Paratanais batei, G.O.S., from Fecten maximus at
Port Erin (along with another unidentified species of
Leptognathia).

Astacilla gracilis, Goods., Port Erin and Khos Bay.

Anthura gracilis, Montagu, off Aldrick, Port Erin, 20
fathoms, Sept. 11th, 1893.

Amphipoda.

Hyale nilssonii, Eath., shore, Port St. Mary, Isle of Man.

Perrierella audoiiiniana. Bate, from Pecten maximus, at
Port Erin.

Hoplonyx similis, G.O.S., Laxey Bay, Isle of Man.

Harpinia crenulata, Boeck, 8 miles off Port Erin, 39
fathoms.

Ampelisca macrocephala, Lilljeb., off Port Erin, Aug.,
1893, 10 to 20 fathoms, one large female.

Ampliilochus melanops, n. sp., off Little Orme, 5 to 10
fathoms, rather common (see below, p. 27).

Monoculodes carinata, Bate, Port Erin Bay, July 21st,
1892.

Metopa horealis, G.O.S., Colwyn Bay and Menai Strait,
2 J fathoms, sandy bottom, not uncommon.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 185

Metopa pusilla, G.O.S., Colwyn Bay, 2J fathoms.

Metopa hruzellii, Goes, off Little Orme, 5 — 10 fathoms.

Leucothoe spinicarpa, Abild., from Ascidia mentula off
Clay Head, and from Pecten off Port Erin.

SyncheUdium hrevicaipiLrn, Bate, Port Erin Harbour.

Paramphithoe monocuspis, G.O.S., off Puffin Id., &c,
(probably an immature form of P. hicuspis).

Paramphithoe assimilis, G.O.S., Pufffn Island, Little
Orme, and Lancashire Coast.

Stenopleustes nodifer, Sars, Ehos Bay, 4 fathoms (not
previously known South of Scotland) .

Lilljehorgia kmahajii, Bate, 3 miles west of Calf, 19
fathoms.

Laphystius sturionis, (Kroy.), { = Darwmia compressa,
Bate), one specimen from under pectoral fin of cod sent
from the Fisheries Laboratory, Liverpool.

Eusirus longipes, (Boeck), off Port Erin, Aug. 1893,
10 to 20 fathoms.

Melphidippa macra, Norm., 8 miles west of Fleshwick,
33 fathoms. (These show the perfect antennae which
were wanting in Dr. Norman's Shetland specimens*).

Maera longimana, Thomp., 3 miles west of Fleshwick,
20 fathoms.

Cheirocratus assimilis, Lillj., Port Erin Harbour, Jan.
1893.

Photis reinhardi, Kroy., off Little Orme; colour dark
brown.

Megamphopiis cornutus, Norm., 8 miles west of Flesh-
wick, 33 fathoms, and off Little Orme 5 — 10 fathoms. A
comparison of specimens of this from Norway, Shetland,
Cumbrae, and Isle of Man shows that the horn on the
first epimere diminishes and disappears as the species
goes south.

* British Association Report, 1868, p. 280.

186 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Podocerus herdmani, A. 0. Walker, off Port Erin,
20 — 35 fathoms (washed out of Pecten maxwius and
P. opercularis), and Laxey Bay (for diagnosis and figure
see last Annual Eeport) .

Podocerus isopus, A. 0. Walker, Khos Bay, low water,
abundant.

ErictJionius difformis, M. Edw., Laxey Bay, 10
fathoms (colony of tubes attached to Zostera).

Siphonoecetes colletti, Boeck, Port Erin Harbour, off
Garwick Head, and off Little Orme, 5 — 10 fathoms.

Seven of these Amphipoda, iJar^wim cremdata, Amphi-
lochus melanops, Metopa hruzelii, Metopa pusilla, Param-
phithoe monocuspis, Podocerus herdmani, and Biplionoecetes
colletti, have not been previously recorded in British seas.

In regard to the new species, Ampliilochus melanops,
Mr. Walker states : —

" This species is interesting from being very closely
allied to A. marionis, Stebb., from Marion Island, from
which it differs chiefly in its larger eyes, and in having the
palm and hind margin of both gnathopods less convex.
From A. oculatus (Hansen), from the west coast of
Greenland, which it resembles in the eye, it differs in
having no spiniform process to the anterior margin of the
hand of the second gnathopod ; and from A . tenuivianus
(Boeck) it differs in the eye, which is described by Sars as
being small, imperfectly developed, and light red ; in the
telson, which is much shorter, and in the armature of the
outer plates of the maxillipedes, which are terminated by
a single spine, exactly as in A. marionis, instead of two
spines, as drawn by Sars. The mandibles have the molar
tubercle intermediate in character between Ampliilochus
and Gitanopsis, Sars, to whose Gitanopsis inermis this
species also has a great resemblance, but differs in the
above character and in the length of the telson, which

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT I'ORT ERIN. 187

closely resembles that of A. marionls. The length of a
female with ova is 2 mm.

' The occmTence of species so closely ahied as those
mentioned above in such widely separated regions as
Marion Island in latitude 48^ S. and the west coast of
Greenland is very interesting, as also is the presence of
well-developed eyes in A . melanops and A . oculatus, taken
in from 5 to 25 fathoms; while in A. marionis and
A. temiimamcs, taken in 100 to 200 fathoms, they are
imperfect. It is very probable that it was this species
{A. melanops) to which Mr. Stebbing referred* as having
been sent to him by Mr. Eobertson from the Clyde."

In regard to the Mollusca a large number of species have
been collected by the Committee; and Mr. Alfred Leicester,
who has examined and identified them, has drawn up a
list of seventy-eight species which have not before been
found off the south coast of the Isle of Man, while thirty
of them are new records for the district, these include the
following : — Lepton darhicB, Pecten testce, Nucida sulcata,
Kellia sicborbicidaris, Gardium minimum, Isocarclia cor,
Thracia distorta, Eulima intermedia, Odostomia luhisi,
0. conoidea, Bissoa abyssicola, B. violacea, Cylichna
umhiUcata, Aclis gulsonce, Utriculus hyalinus, Propylidium
ancyloides, Gcecum trachea, Philine scahra, P. angulata,
Bulla utriculus, Melampus myosotis, Trochus helicinus,
and Cyclostrerna millepunctatum, the last being new to
British seas. Some of these were found by Dr. Chaster.

We have also taken the two Brachiopods Crania anomala
and Terehratula caput-serpentis, and the rare Cephalopod
Sepiola scandica, (new record), as well as the more
common S. atlantica. Mr. Walker has several times
found Loligo forhesii at Colwyn Bay.

In regard to fishes, although most of the hauls on the

* 'Challenger' Report on Amphipoda, p. 746.

188 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

expeditions, having been taken with the naturaHsts' dredge,
were not suitable for the capture of fish, still the
Committee, partly through the work of Mr. P. F. J.
Corbin, at the Fisheries Laboratory, University College,
Liverpool, have collected records of 114 species of fish
found in the district, and have added the following species,
previously unknown — Solea variegata, Gobius quadri-
maculatus and Argentina sphyrcsna.

In concluding this section it may be stated that the
Committee have conducted eight dredging expeditions
during 1893, and have explored a considerable amount of
the Irish Sea around the Isle of Man, and especially to
the south and west. They have collected and identified
during the year over a thousand species of marine animals,
of which thirty-eight are new records to the British fauna,
two hundred and twenty four are new to the particular
district (this part of the Irish Sea) , and seventeen are new
to science.

The Committee give with this report (1) a chart showing
the area under investigation, with the zones of depths
indicated and (2) a section from Ireland to Lancashire,
through the Isle of Man, showing the marked difference
in depth between the sea to the east and that to the west (see
PL I). They are also preparing a larger and more detailed
chart of the sea to the west and south of the Isle of Man,
where most of their dredging has been carried on, in which
the nature of the bottom and other particulars will be
given ; but they wish to make this chart more complete
by the incorporation of further observations before pub-
lishing. It is hoped that this more detailed chart will
appear in illustration of a future report.

The Sea Bottom.
The small Committee of the British Association, under
whose auspices several of these expeditions have been

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET ERIN. 189

carried out, was re-appointed* at the Nottingham meeting
for another year, with a grant towards expenses of
steamers. The appHcation for the re-appointment of this
Committee was supported by the Geological section, as
well as by the Biological, on the ground that observations
of geological importance might be accumulated by pre-
serving samples of the various deposits brought up by the
dredge. These samples will be sent, at the request of
Sir Archibald Geikie, to form a series in the museum of
the Geological survey at Jermyn Street, London. It is
also of importance to determine if possible whether any
of the finer muds in deep water are of glacial origin. We
have not as yet brought up any stones with undoubted
glacial stpoB from these muds, but we propose to make
use in the future of a circular dredge, with a large-meshed
wire net, which will dig in more deeply and may possibly
bring up some evidence either for or against the views of
the modern glacialists that there were two successive
stages in the movements of the ice which filled the Irish
sea area — an earlier during which there was a convergence
of ice from all sides towards the Isle of Man, and a later
when the accumulated ice moved outwards from a central
area to the east, south and west. The ice to the west of
the Isle of Man would meet with little hindrance to its
motion, and the deep gulley between the Isle of Man
and Ireland may be the expression of the scour which
this ice would produce.

There is one interesting deposit from the sea floor found
in our district, and of which a specimen was exhibited
before the Geological section at the recent British Associ-
ation meeting. It takes the form of irregular calcareous

* The vacancy on the Committee caused by the sad and sudden death of
our friend and colleague Mr. George Brook has been filled up by the appoint-
ment of Professor G. B. Howes, who visited Port Erin in July,

190 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

masses, cementing together the dead shells and sand grains
which are lying on the bottom and making Imnps like
"clinkers." Hence the spot where it is fomid is called
by the trawlers the " Blacksmith's Shop." It is about 25
miles S.S.W. of the Calf of Man (see PI. I), in ordinary
clear weather the Chicken Kock lighthouse just dipping
and the Stack at Holyhead just rising above the water,
and the depth is about 25 fathoms. We first heard of
this interesting material from Mr. W. Beck, of Douglas,
and he kindly sent a specimen to Mr. A. Leicester at Port^
Erin. Mr. Leicester found the following shells in the con-
cretion : — Pecten opercularis, Cijprma islandica, Venus
lincta, Gardiujn echinatitm, Nucula nucleus, Scrohicularia
alba, Lucina horealis, and Turritella terehra. We have
obtained other specimens since, there is a fine lump in
the Biological Station at Port Erin, and we have pre-
sented another piece to the Jermyn Street Museum in
London. Mr. W. W. Watts, of the Geological survey,
has made a careful examination by thin sections of the
latter specimen, and he has kindly sent me the following
notes in regard to it : — " The microscopic examination
shows that it is practically a fine grained grit made up of
the usual constituents of fragmental rocks cemented
together, the cement being in greater quantity that the
grains.

"These grains are chiefly chips of quartz, but I have
also seen microcline, orthoclase felspar, plagioclase felspar,
brown mica, a few grains of glauconite, and green and
brown pseudomorphs, probably after grains of some ferro-
magnesian mineral like augite, hornblende or even possibly
olivine — which, it is impossible now to say, but I think
most probably hornblende. There are one or two quite
opaque grains and several clear grains containing a good
deal of minute magnetite. The grains vary in size within

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 191

small limits, the largest I have measured is 0"02 inch and
the smallest 0"002 inch, but the average size would be about
0'004 — 0"005 inch in longest diameter. They are there-
fore minute grains, and as might be expected extremely
angular, not one in a hundred showing rounded outlines.
They are chiefly such grains as would come from the de-
nudation of granitic rocks or sediments derived from them.

" The cement is carbonate of lime, with a small impurity
of carbonate of iron, present chiefly in certain layers, but
not there in any considerable quantity. The cement is
clearly crystalline in immediate contact with the grains,
and also where lining cracks and cavities. Elsewhere
it is more opaque and is conspicuously crystalline. The
section cuts across numerous shell fragments and a few
polyzoa, and where there are any hollow structures as in
the inside of Lamellibranchs or Gastropods they are filled
up with a substance indistinguishable from the bulk of
the concretion.

" The specimen shows no particular reason for the
local deposit of cement, and the other constituents are
doubtless the ordinary materials of the sea bed. I cannot
find any evidence that the cementing is due to any
organic agency, and the thoroughly well-developed crystals
of carbonate of lime quite agree with this. It may be
that the Carboniferous Limestone crops out on the sea
bottom under the deposit, and if so there would very
likely be submarine springs laden with carbonate of lime
which might be precipitated there under less pressure or
local loss of carbonic acid. It may be added that Mr.
Clement Eeid could not see in the specimen any identifi-
able shells of other than recent age."

Manx Natural History Society.
The Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquarian
Society arranged to hold one of their Summer meetings

192 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

at Port Erin for the purpose of visiting the Biological
Station, and they invited the Hon. Director of the Station
to give them an address on the occasion. The meeting
was held on August 14th under the presidentship of Dr.
Tellet. The Society arrived at midday, were received by
some of the members of the L.M.B.C, and all had
luncheon together at the Bellevue Hotel. At 2 p.m. the
members and their friends, making a party of nearly 70,
visited the laboratory, and the Director then gave an
address on the " Objects and Methods of Marine
Biology," with the view of defining the scope and nature
of marine biology and its relation to the study of biology
or natural history in general. He gave examples of the
problems of wide theoretical importance still awaiting
solution, and showed how much work of speciographic
and distributional interest could be done by local scientific
societies by means of sub -division and co-operation in
work. The origin of land animals from marine ancestors
was touched on, and some examples given of sea-animals
nowlivingon our coasts, which are becoming accustomed to
breathe in air. Finally the subject of " bionomics," or
the relation between animals and their environment was
discussed, and cases given of protective and warning
colouring, of mimicry, and of the characteristics of species
having a definite utility and obvious connection with
the habits or surroundings.

The remainder of the afternoon was spent in examining
the specimens under microscopes in the laboratory, and
in the tanks and aquaria, under the superintendence of the
Hon. Director and the Curator.

Protective Colouring.
This is a subject which has been referred to in several
of these annual reports, and a number of new examples

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 193

have been described from our former laboratory at Puffin
Island. There are two cases — (1) that of Lamellaria
persjjicua, and (2) that of Virhiics varians — which we have
had under observation during the summer at the Port Erin
laborator}^, and which may be of some interest to readers.

(1) The following note on the "mimicry " of Lamellaria
appeared in the " Conchologist " for June 24th : —

" About twenty years ago Giard pointed out that the
mollusc Lamellaria perspicua may be found associated
with various compound Ascidians, and is then protectively
coloured so as to form an excellent example of what he at
that time called direct defensive mimicry.

" Lamellaria p)erspicua is not uncommon round the
south end of the Isle of Man, and is frequently found under
the circumstances described by Giard ; but I met lately
with such a marked case on the shore near the Biological
Station at Port Erin, that it seems worthy of being placed
on record. The mollusc was on a colony of Leptoclmum
maculatum, in which it had eaten a large hole. It lay in
this cavity so as to be flush with the general surface ; and
its dorsal integument was not only whitish with small
darker marks which exactly reproduced the appearance
of the Leptoclinum surface with the ascidiozooids scattered
over it, but there were also two larger elliptical clear
marks which looked like the large common cloacal apertures
of the Ascidian colony. I did not notice the Lamellaria
until I had accidentally partly dislodged it in detaching
the Leptoclinum from a stone. I then pointed it out to
a couple of naturalists w^ho were with me, and we were
all much struck with the difficulty in detecting it when in
situ on the Ascidian.

" This is clearly a good case of protective colouring.
Presumably the Lamellaria escapes the observation of
its enemies through being mistaken for a part of the

194 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Leptoclinum colony ; and the Leptoclinum being crowded
like a sponge with minute sharp-pointed spicules is, I sup-
pose, avoided as inedible (if not actually noxious through
some peculiar smell or taste) by carnivorous animals
which might devour such things as the soft unprotected
mollusc. But the presence of the spicules evidently does
not protect the Leptoclinum from Lamellaria, so that we
have, if the above interpretation is correct, the curious
result that the Lamellaria profits by a protective charac-
teristic of the Leptoclinum for which it has itself no
respect, or to put it another way, the Leptoclinum is pro-
tected against enemies to some extent for the benefit of
the Lamellaria which preys upon its vitals.

W. A. Herdman.

(2) It will be remembered that the colour variations of the
small prawn Virhius varians whereby individuals resemble
the green, the red, or the brown seaweeds they are asso-
ciated with, or even sandy and gravel bottoms, were
discussed and illustrated by a coloured plate in last year's
report, and the question was raised as to whether, or to
what extent, the adult animal could change its colour.
We have had a number of specimens, of various colours,
under observation in the laboratory during the year, and
they have been kept in jars with various colours of seaweed
and of background, and in very different amounts of light.
These experiments have shown clearly that the adult animal
can change its colouring very thoroughly, although not in
a very short space of time. To take an example or two
from my notes : —

I. One speckled-red and two brown specimens were put
in a glass jar containing bright green sea-weeds (JJlva and
Enteromorpha) , on a sheet of white paper, in direct sun-
light, on September 6th, at 9 a.m. At 8 p.m. all the
brown and red colour had gone, the three specimens were
all of a pale amber tint, and '' washed-out " looking.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 195

II. One reddish-brown specimen, dredged amongst red
algae on August 19th, was put that afternoon in a glass
jar with green algae {Enter omorpha) on a white background
in the sun. On the morning of the 21st it was almost
colourless, having merely a pale grey-green tint, and was
quite inconspicuous. When examined in a watch glass
under the microscope the integument was seen to be
almost quite transparent, the pale grey-green muscles
showing through distinctly, and the chromatophores or
pigment spots being reduced to minute rounded, very
rarely branched or stellate, dots which were all of a dark
red-brown colour, but from their small size produced
little effect upon the general tint of the body. When put
back amongst the red weeds it was originally taken from
this specimen now looked pale green and conspicuous.

III. One red, one brown, and two speckled-red speci-
mens dredged amongst red and brown sea-weeds in Bay
Fine were put on September 7th at 10 a.m. into a glass jar
with green algae, in the sun. At 8 p.m. the brown one
was much paler, being a mixture of gamboge and pale
neutral tints, while the other three had not undergone
much change. On September 8th at 10 a.m. (i.e., after
24 hours in all) the brown one had become distinctly
green and was quite inconspicuous, while the red and
speckled ones, although not green, had become much less
conspicuous by the w^hole body being very transparent, and
the red markings very much paler than they had been —
looking as if they had been almost washed out.

Of the four possible alternatives stated in our last report
(p. 36) I now think that the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th are all parts
of the true explanation of the state of affairs — that is, that
there are no permanent varieties, but the young when they
first settle down upon the sand or sea-weeds have, what-
ever the colour inherited from their parents may be, great

196 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

adaptability, so that under the influence of their environ-
ment they soon assume a protective colouration ; more-
over in each generation the action of natural selection
will eliminate those most markedly dissimilar to their en-
vironment and those which cannot so readily be modified,
and this process will go on during the whole of life ;
further, the adaptability, or marked susceptibility to the
influence of environment, is retained throughout adult life,
so that, e.g., a green Virhius from the Zostera put in a
clump of Halidrys can change to a dark brown colour. The
change in colour is, of course, due to changes in size, and
in the arrangement of the contained pigment granules, of
the chromatophores. In a reddish brown Virhius examined
on September 6th the integument was seen under the
microscope to be richly pigmented with very large stellate
and elaborately branched chromatophores containing pig-
ment of various colours, such as blue, yellow, red, brown
and chocolate, the last three being the most conspicuous.
When this specimen was examined again on September 7th,
after the 24 hours in green sea-weeds, it was found that
all the chromatophores were smaller and less branched, and
that the blue and yellow ones were now the most con-
spicuous, the red and brown ones being mostly contracted
down to little rounded dots. It would be interesting to
determine whether here, as in some other cases of similar
colour changes, the modification of the chromatophores is
due to nerve action and is dependent upon sight, or is the
result of the direct action of light upon the integument.

Swarms of Amphipods.
On several occasions during the past year the Biological
Station has been invaded by countless numbers of com-
mon shore Amphipoda, chiefly Orchestia gammarellus (the
shore hopper), accompanied by small black flies and some

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 197

red mites {Bclella longicornis). This was notably the case
on April 18th, and again on May 18th, but was noticed to
a less degree on several other occasions. Once during the
winter on entering the laboratory after it had been shut
up for a few days we found the floor, tables, shelves, win-
dow ledges, and even dishes on the highest shelves, covered
with great numbers of the dead Amphipods. On April 18th
an unusually high tide occurred, and the curator and others

Fig. 3. The Laboratory at Biological Station, Port Erin.

noticed that the steps leading up from the beach were
swarming with Amphipoda. On w^atching them it was
found that the Amphipods were coming up in great num-
bers from high- water mark, that they jumped up the
steps (see fig. 3). and even climbed the vertical concrete
wall surrounding the station to a height of several feet.

198 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Many of them were found about twelve feet (vertically)
above the sea, having come nearly all the way on artificial
ground (concrete steps and wall), and they were so abun-
dant on the platform outside the laboratory door that it
was impossible to put a foot down without treading on
many. Specimens were kept and have been identified by
Mr. A. 0. Walker as Orchestia gavimarellus. This species
lives normally at or about high water mark, and it is
abundant at Port Erin under stones at that level, but Mr.
Walker has taken it on the one hand nearly at low water
mark, and on the other hand under stones on grass, along
with beetles, and we have found it near Port Erin far
above high water mark at the side of the road. However,
these last are probably exceptional cases, and there can be
little doubt that the various Amphipod invasions we have
sustained have been caused by the Orchestias being driven
from their usual haunts by exceptionally high tides. On
May 18th the high tide coincided with very heavy rain
which may further have helped to cause the migration.
But whether a panic arises on the flooding of their homes, or
they lose their way on our new concrete, the fact remains
that whereas the sea was only a couple of feet higher on
these occasions than an ordinary high tide, the Amphi-
pods ascended on the one occasion to about twelve and on
the other to perhaps twenty feet above their usual level.

Other Faunistic Work.
In addition to the results of the various dredging expe-
ditions given at pp. 13 to 29, a good deal of faunistic
work has been carried on at Port Erin by shore-collecting
at low tide, and by bringing in quantities of sea-weeds
and materials from the shore pools and searching over
these minutely in the laboratory. It is in this way that
many of the smaller Mollusca, the Turbellarian and

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 199

Nemertine worms, and the smaller Polyzoa, &c., have
been obtamed.

To take these matters in zoological order : — Some mud
sent from Port Erin by the Curator to Mr-. Chopin, of
Manchester, was examined by Mr. W. Chaffer, who has
sent me through Mr. Chopin the following list of the For-
aminifera he found. Lag ena striata, L. sulcata, L. squa-
mosa, L. costata, L. ohigerina, L. hexagona, L. liccida, L.
margmata, L. gracilis, L. Icevis, L. crinata, Nodosaria
;pyrula, N. scalar is, Biloculina depressa, B. 7'ingens, Mili-
olina semmulum, Margiuulina glabra, Nonionina sp.,
Bulimina pupoides, Spiroloculina depressa, Polymorphina
striata-punctata, and Bentalina striata.

We have obtained the anemone Corijnactis viridis not
only by dredging but also on the shore near Bradda Head at
low tide, and we find that it lives well in our tanks. A
marvellous place for sea anemones — and for many other
things besides — is the group of rocks called the " Clets "
on the south side of the Calf Sound. Few sights can give
more pleasure to the naturalist than the spectacle revealed
by a low spring tide on a fine summer morning. The
variety and profusion of life is very astonishing. Mr.
Beaumont during his visits to the Station in the summer
of 1892 and in the spring of 1893 paid some attention to
the Lucernarians, and he has since published a paper in
the Trans. Biol. Soc ,vol. VII., in which he shows that the
species up to now found at Port Erin are Bepiastrum
cyathiforme, Haliclystus auricula, and a second species of
Haliclystus, possibly new.

Mr. Edward T. Browne, B.A. (Oxon.), from University
College, London, worked again this year at Port Erin for
some weeks in April, May, and June. He made a
systematic examination of the plankton, or floating
minute life, which is caught by means of the tow-net in

200 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the bay ; and he specially studied the medusae. Mr.
Browne has sent me some notes upon his work, from
which I extract the following brief particulars. Further
details will be given in an independent L.M.B.C. Keport
upon the medusae of our district, which Mr. Browne pro-
mises us after another visit to Port Erin during the com-
ing season. The species which he has found so far are : —
Amphicodon (Corymorplia) fritillaria, Codonium (Sarsia)
pulchelhim, Cytceandra (Fodocoryne) areolata, Euphysa
aurata, Laodoce (Thaumantias) cruciata, MargeUmm'
(Lizzia) octopunctatum, Melicertidium ( Stomohrachium)
octocostatum, Tiaropsis (Thaumantias) midticirrata,
Aurelia aurita, Gyanea capillata, and several other
species not yet determined. Nearly all these are
new records to the L.M.B.C. district, and Ampliicodon
fritillaria has not previously been recorded for
British seas.

Mr. Browne took tow-net gatherings on the average
three days a week between April '28th and June 5th. He
found : — Protozoa, three species nearly always present,
Ceratium tripos, G. fusus, and C diver gens ; G. fusca was
not often taken. Ctenophora, Pleurohrachia pileus and
Lesueuria vitrea (this is a new record for the L.M.B.C.
district). Annelida, Terehella and Nerine larvae, Tomop-
teris, Autolytiis prolifer, Sagitta, a.nd A ctinotrocha. Crus-
tacea, Nauplius and Metanauplius stages of Balanus;
Fodon and Evadne ; many Copepoda not identified (great
decrease of Copepoda when the sea is full of Diatoms) ;
Zoea stage of ForceUana, Megalopa of Fagicrus. And
finally the Tunicate Oikopleura, many with ova at end of
April, young stages at end of May.

Mr. G. W. Wood, who recorded several species of
Hydroid Zoophytes new to the district in the third volume
of our " Fauna," has now sent me notes of further work.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 201

He obtained the specimens during a series of dredgings
along the coasts of the northern parts of the Isle of Man,
between Laxey and The Dhoon in the summers of 1890
and 1891, chiefly on the site of an old oyster bed, from
which in the time of Edward Forbes (1838) oysters were
brought to market. The supply of oysters has long since
been exhausted, but various large mollusca are still abun-
dant, such as Fecten opercularis, Cyprina islanclica and
Mytilus edulis. On these, Polyzoa and other encrusting
colonies are abundant, and many Crustacea and some
Echinodermata, such as Solaster endeca, Palmipes mem-
hranaceiis and Astropecten irregulare, are brought up in
the dredge. Mr. Wood's hsts contain Palmicellaria
skenei, Sccdpellum vulgare, Pisa gihhsii and Chiton han-
leyi, new to the district, and Sitberites ficus, Chalina
oculata, Polymastia majiimilaris, Flustra securifrons,
Lichenopora verrucaria, Cardium nodosum and Tellina
donacina, all new to the Isle of Man. This does not
exhaust Mr. Wood's work, as he has still undetermined
material on hand. As is noted elsewhere Mr. Wood is
presenting his collection of named and mounted Manx
Invertebrata to the Aquarium at the Biological Station.

During his visit to Port Erin in April Mr. W. I. Beau-
mont worked for some time at the identification and vari-
ation of the Nemertida, while later in the summer Mr. J.
Henry Vanstone, the Curator of the Station, also occupied
some of his time with the determination of the Nemer-
tines of the shore. Both these gentlemen have sent me
reports upon their work, and I propose that these should
be combined to form a joint report by Messrs. Beaumont
and Vanstone, which will appear as a separate paper in
the Transactions of the Biological Society, and later in the
next volume of the " Fauna." Mr. Beaumont found eight
species, as follows : — Carinella annulata, Amphiporus

202 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

lactifloreus, A. pulcher, Tetrastemma melanocephalum, T.
candidum, T. dor sale, Nemertes neesii, and Lmeus obscu-
rus. To these Mr. Vanstone was able to add seven others,
viz., Cephalothrix hiocidata, Tetrastemma nigrum, T. iiii-
mutahile, T. vermiculatum, T. robertiance, Linens longis-
simus and Cerebratulus angulatus (?) . Nearly all of these
15 species are additions to our lists, only two of them
having been previously recorded in vol. I. of the " Fauna."
Several of the species live in abundance in the shingle,
immediately in front of the Biological Station, along with
the Oligochaete worm Glitellio arenarius. It was found
that the best way of killing the Nemertines in an expanded
condition was by means of either a 1 % solution of cocain
or a saturated solution of ferrous sulphate.

Some parasitic Bopyridse found on the bodies of Gala-
thea at Port Erin have been examined by the Kev. T. E. E.
Stebbing, who kindly sends me the following report in
regard to them : — " The Bopyridae appear to be (1)
Pleurocrypta galatece, Hesse, in Galathea squaiiiifera,
Leach ; (2) Pleurocrypta intermedia, Giard and Bonnier,
in Galathea intermedia, Lilljeborg; (3) Pleurocrypta nexa,
n. sp., in Galathea nexa, Embleton. They were all on
the right side of the host's carapace, and all laden with
eggs. The only authority I know of for Pleurocrypta in-
termedia is Giard and Bonnier, Bull. Sci. de la France et
de la Belgique, t. xxii. p. 375, footnote, merely giving the
name of the parasite and that of its host. On their prin-
ciple that the same parasite does not inhabit two different
species of host, the giving of the names would be sufficient
for a preliminary description. On the same principle,
therefore, it will be sufficient to announce Pleui'ocrypta
nexa as a new species derived from Galathea nexa,
Embleton. I send you, however, figures of the female
and male of this species in dorsal view. The branchial

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 203

plates on the pleon of the female have the edges crenulate,
and are more or less pointed at the apex ; of the six pairs
the first are least, and the last most, acute. The two last
pairs of marsupial plates have very small setules on the
hinder margin. The eyes of the female are very small
and indistinct. „ ... In the very much smaller
Pleurocrijpta intermedia the eggs, as you will see on the
slide (although they had not left the marsupium, but were
taken from it), show a development equivalent to the
' first larval stage.' In all three specimens, as usual, the
flattened back of the animal was pressed against the
branchiae of the host, while a vast quantity of eggs held
together on the ventral side by the large and thin marsu-
pial plates, distended the carapace of the host in a remark-
able manner."

Mr. Chadwick, of Manchester, as a result of his work last
year at the Station, has published an important paper on
some points in the minute structure of the haemal system
of our Asterids. This summer he made some observations
upon a species of Synapta, which is found to be not un-
common in the muddy shingle, near low tide, close to the
Biological Station, During September we found that
some of the common Amphiura squamata were swarming
with the remarkable parasitic Orthonectid Bhopalura.

Binopliilus tceniatus appeared again this spring in con-
siderable abundance, and was found to be breeding early
in April. Our marine insects, which have been hitherto
rather neglected, will, it may be hoped, receive adequate
treatment in the future, as Prof. G. S. Brady and Prof.
Miall have announced their intention of taking up this
group of animals. We find the red s^^onge Halichondria
caruncula at Port Erin very commonly has its oscula
occupied by the Amphipod Tritceta gihhosa. The red
compound ascidian Bistomiim riihrmn from the Calf Sound

204 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

is very constantly infested with a bright brick-red Cap-
rellid.

Amongst the Opisthobranchiate Molkisca obtained at
Port Erin during the year are : — Elysia viridis, var.
olivacea, Actceonia corrugata, PleurobrancJms plumula,
Eolis coronata, E. angulata, and E. drummoncli ; also
Cratena concinna from Leasowe, near Liverpool, on
Sertularians.

Some experiments were made during the summer at
the laboratory with the gregarious Ascidian Polycarpa
glomerata from the sugar-loaf caves, with the view of
determining the functions of the atrial tentacles found in
this and a few other species. Athough some results have
been obtained, I hope to make the investigation more
complete by further experiments before publishing an
account.

The large buoy, which is moored at the entrance to the
Bay, off the end of the broken breakwater, underwent its
annual cleaning and tarring on May 26th. Fortuna-
tely Mr. E. T. Browne, who was then working at the
Biological Station, w^as present on the occasion, and he
found when the buoy was turned over that the flat bottom,
about five feet in diameter, was completely covered with
animals and sea- weeds, especially the former. The
following were taken : — Sycandra compressa (very large),
S. ciliata (fine clusters), Antedon rosacea (a dozen),
Eucratea chelata, Scnopocellaria reptans, Caprella linearis,
Eolis coronata, Mytilus ediilis, Ciona intestinalis and
Ascidiella scahra (up to 5 cm. in length).

It is interesting to get here such forms as Antedon, the
Polyzoa and the Ascidians which are usually found in 10
to 20 fathoms off Port Erin. All the specimens taken
were characterized by their fine and luxuriant growth,
and all must have become attached since the cleaning of
the previous summer.

maeine biological station at port erin. 205

The Sugar-loaf Caves.

These caves, like the " Clets " in the Calf Sound, are
most attractive to the naturalist who loves to see a pro-
fusion of animals flourishing under their natural condi-
tions. The following note of a visit to them appeared in
Nature for May 4th, 1893 :—

'' During the Easter vacation the Port Erin Biological
Station has been full. TheL.M.B.C. organized a dredging
expedition, and the steamer ' Lady Loch ' was hired for
some days, during which a trip was made to the deep water
lying west of the Isle of Man, and the shallower ground
round the Calf Island and off Spanish Head was also
explored. On one of the days the calm sea and low tide
enabled the wonderful caves at the Sugar-loaf rock, near

Fig. 4. Sugar-loaf Rock, near Spanish Hea(i.

206 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Spanish Head (see fig. 4), to be visited in a boat from
the steamer. The exposed sides, parts of the roof, and as
far down as can be seen in the clear water are closely
covered with romided red Ascidians adhering together in
masses, black and white sponges, and tufts of Tiihularia,
forming altogether a most striking sight. The sponges
are mostly Facliymatisjna jolinstoni , and the Ascidians are
Alder's Polycarpa glomerata, a somewhat variable species,
solitary specimens of which have been sometimes referred
to Styela rustica (a species which probably does not occur
at all in British seas). When touched these ascidians emit
forcibly tiny jets of sea w^ater from the branchial and atrial
apertures, and this with their colour has gained for them
the local name of the "red-currant squirters of the Sugar-
loaf cave."

Publications.

No new volume of the " Fauna " of Liverpool Bay has
been issued during the past year, but several L.M.B.C.
papers have been published and copies printed off and
stored away to form part of Vol. IV., which will probably
be completed in a year or so. These papers are : — Mr. I. C.
Thompson's " Eevised Report on the Copepoda," a lengthy
paper illustrated by 21 plates, and giving an account and
a figure of every species found up to now in the district ;
Mr. F. W. Gamble's Report on the Turbellaria of the
L.M.B.C. district, illustrated by three plates ; Mr. W. I.
Beaumont's Note on Lucernarians found at Port Erin ;
and Mr. H. C. Chadwick's account of the haemal and
water-vascular systems of some of our star fishes, with
four plates.

Amongst future papers which will probably be laid
before the Biological Society this session as an outcome of
work at Port Erin are ; — On Synapta by Mr. Chadwick,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 207

on the Medusae by Mr. Browne, Kevised Keport on the
Amphipoda and Isopoda by Mr. Walker, on the Nemer-
tida by Messrs. Beaumont and Vanstone, and possibly a
Keport on the Fishes by Prof. Herdman and Mr. Corbin.

Finally, it may interest some to know that at a recent
visit paid to the Station in December we found the place
in excellent order, it having been kept well aired and
cleaned, and the tanks well looked after by the laboratory
boy, William Bridson. In one tank we found vast swarms
of Copepoda had made their appearance : Mr. Thompson
identified them as Harpacticus fidvus. Swarms of Cope-
poda made their appearance suddenly in June in an
aquarium at University College, and they proved on exami-
nation to be Idija furcata. In another tank at Port Erin
we found that a common anemone had a few days before
produced upwards of 50 young ones. There is every pros-
pect that when we re-open the station at Easter, with a
resident curator, the tanks will be thoroughly '' estab-
lished " and in excellent condition for more complete
stocking.

In addition to the speciographic investigations and the
bionomical work — such as the relations between the struc-
ture and colours of animals and their surroundings and
habits — which have occupied a good deal of our attention
both at Puffin Island and at Port Erin there is another allied
subject well worthy of careful observation, and that is the
association of species together, and an enquiry into the
causes thereof. The distribution of every species is no
doubt determined by definite factors which we may hope
some time to ascertain by observation and experiment ;
some of these factors are known to be the temperature
and the salinity of the water and the nature of the bottom,
others are doubtless the presence or absence of other

208 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

organisms — both plants and animals — which serve as food,
act as enemies, or influence their neighbours in other more
obscure and subtle ways difficult to determine. Edward
Forbes wrote long ago, " Geology and Zoology will gain
as much by inquiring how our marine animals are associ-
ated together as by investigating genera and species,
though the former subject has as yet been but little
attended to in comparison with the latter." Things are a
little better now. The teachings of Darwin in regard to
the inter-relations of species have told upon the work of
the last quarter of a century, but we still require much
accurate knowledge in regard to the factors which limit
the existence of a species, and I trust that we may be able
to do something at the Port Erin Biological Station
towards supplying this want.

The usual statement of the Hon. Treasurer, and the
lists of subscriptions and donations is appended to this
Eeport.

The Dredi

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 209

Appendix A.

LIST OF PKESENTS TO THE STATION.

A new L.M.B.C. flag Mrs. Harvey-Gibson

Balfour's Embryology, 2 vols. Prof. Weiss
Day's British Fishes, 2 vols. ...Mr. J. Vicars

Gosse's Marine Zoology Mr. A. 0. Walker

Monograph on the Ostracoda Prof. G. S. Brady

A Hartnach Microscope Prof. K. J. Harvey-Gibson

Various Zoological Books Prof. E. J. Harvey-Gibson

Dredge and Kope Mr. W. J. Halls

Sets of Sieves, &c Mr. K. D. Darbishire

Appendix B.

SUBSCRIPTEONS and DONATIONS.

Subscriptions. Donations.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-sfc. 2 2 0 —

Barlow, Rev. T. S., Bishop's Court, I. of Man 0 10 6 —

Beaumont, W. I., Cambridge ... ... 1 1 0 —

Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-street 2 2 0 —

Boulnois, H. P,, 7, Devonshire-road, Prince's

Park 110

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool ... ... ... 110 —

Browne, Edward T., B.A., 14, Uxbridge

road, Shepherd's Bush, London ... 1 1 0 —

Burton, Major, Frjars, Beaumaris... ... 2 2 0 —

Caine, Nath., 10, Orange-court, Castle-street 110 —

210 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cash, William, 38, Elmfield Terrace, Halifax

Caton, Dr., 31, Rodney-street
Chadwick, H. C, 2, Market-place, Chorlton-
cum-Hardy, Manchester

Clague, Dr., Castletown, Isle of Man

Clague, Thomas, Bellevue Hotel, Port Erin

Comber, Thomas, J. P., Leighton, Parkgate

Crellin, John C, J. P., Ballachurry, Andreas,
Isle of Man ...

Dawkins, Professor W. Boyd, Owens College,
Manchester

Denny, Prof, Firth College, Sheffield

Derby, Earl of, Knowsley ...

Dumergue, A. F., 79, Salisbury road, Waver-
tree

Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree...

Gamble, Col. David, C.B., Windlehurst
St. Helens

Gaskell, Frank, Woolton Wood,

Gaskell, Holbrook, J. P., Woolton Wood,

Gell, James S., High Bailiff of Castletown...

Gibbons, Fredk., 19, Ranelagh-street

Gibson, R. J. Harvey, 41, Sydenham-avenue

Gifford, J., Whitehouse terrace, Edinburgh

Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street

Halls, W. J, 35, Lord-street

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union Bank

Herdman, Prof., University College.- L'pool.

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon-buildings Tithe-
barn-street

Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road

Holt, George, J. P. Sudley, Mossley Hill ...

Howes, Prof G. B., Royal College of
Science, South Kensington, London...

Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquar-
ian Society

1 1 0

1 1 0

0 10

1
1
1

1 0

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

2

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

2

0

1

0

2

0

0

0

1 0

1 0

5

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

5

0

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 211

Jones, C. W., J. P., Field House, Wavortree
Kerinode, P. M. C, Hill-side, Ramsey
Leicester, Alfred, Priory Gardens, Weld-rd.,

Birkdale
Loraas, J., Amery-grove, Birkenhead
Macfie, Robert, Airds

Meyer, Dr. Kuno, University College, L'pool
Mitchell, J., 156, Thicketford-road, Tonge,

Bolton 0 2 6

Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes (the late),

Owens College, Manchester ... ... 1 1 0 —

xMeade-King, H. W., J. P., Sandfield Park,

West Derby

Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall-street

Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street

Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds
Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warrington ...

Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall

Mylchreest, J., White House, Kirk Michael.

Isle of Man
Newton, John, M.R.C.S., 44, Rodney-street
Odgers, Rev. J. E., Horton, Bowden
Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings
Potter, Prof M. C, Durham University ...
Rathbone, R. R., Glan-y-Menai, Anglesey
Rathbone, S. G., Croxteth-drive, 8efton-park
Rathbone, Mrs. Theo., Backwood, Neston
Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston ...
Rathbone, W., M. P., Greenbaak, AUerton
Roberts, Isaac, F.R.S., Tunbridge-wells ...
Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester ...
Simpson, J. Hope, Annandale, Aigburth-

drive ...
Smith, A. T., junr., 24, King-street
Stevenson, W. A., Ballakreighan, Castletown,

isle of Man 110

1

1

0

0

10

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

5

0

0

1

1

0

0

10

6

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

212 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stevenson, W. B., Balladoole, Castletown,

Isle of Man

Stewart, W. J., City Magistrates Office ...
Thompson, Isaac C, 19, Waverley-road

Sefton park ...
Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton
Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton ...
Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road
Tomlin, B., 59, Liverpool-road, Chester ...
Talbot, Rev. T. U., 4, Osborne terrace, Dou-
glas, Isle of Man
Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban's-square, Bootle
Walker, Alfred 0., Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn Bay
Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes-park
Walpole Spencer, LL.D., His Excellency

The Governor, Isle of Man ...
Walters, Rev. Frank, B.A., King William

College, Isle of Man
Wareing, W. R., Charlesbye, Ormskirk ...
Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Sheffield
Weiss, Prof. F. E., Owen's College, Man-
chester
Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall
Wigleswortli, Dr., Rainhill...

Arrears unpaid ...

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

5

0

1

1

0

<■)

2

0

3

3

0

1

1

0

2 2 0 —

1 1

0

—

1 1

0

—

1 1

0

—

1 1

0

5 0

0

—

, 1 1

0

—

115 15

0

1

3 6

4 4

0

—

l11 u

0

1

3 6

4.

. o
H

c!
SI

5*

cc o ^

CC £»

?^

■ 5' °
eg ^ g, ^ ^

. ^ - . H

^ -^ <- „ o

"^ S 2 ^ ^

S "" •=> S «

^ ^ zi ^ ^

" [> o t?j

02

H

I—" !— ' h- ' I— ' I— '

I— 'COH-'OOrf^CO OiOODOO iOj

Pw«

^

,

^,

. w

E

1^

pj

CD

o

f

02

cF'

E

CD

o

o

02

1

OO

CO

C

2 ^

§

1'

K-l

•^

1

2^

o

5

i'^

&

o'

i

?

9

?

g

P^ '

5*

&!.

CD

■6

2

1

ci- 1-

2

1"

o

S

gj

r,

^^

p

02

t>

a.

CK

^-H

s^

§a

II

1

p

CD
O

O

^

^

O

S

o ^

p*

^*

^

3

O

o

Si.

i

W5
o 2

S ri-
al ..

pi

2

2
Z

OJ

1

o"

1— 1

5=

H

i

o

t=j

CO

H

t?d

{:«

oo

^T

o

oo

*^

5

4^

^t

o

J1

Oi

CO

3i

1—'

-' V

-■

Oi -

<t C

j^

sD

l_l

1— .

-J

^_,

,.

_,

,.

_.

ai

^

O

^

o

P-

Z' '

^ c

/3

o c

-0 c

>0

•■

t-

o ,

C?x <

::> o I

o t

c

O C

D -

~^J

O C

o c

:>

c

7.

214 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L.M.B.C. NOTICES.

The public are admitted by ticket to inspect the
Aquarium from 12 to 1 and from 6 to 6-30 p.m. daily,
when the Curator will be, as far as possible, in attendance
to give information. Tickets of admission, price sixpence
each, to be obtained at the Biological Station or at the
Bellevue Hotel. The various tanks are intended to be
illustrative of the marine life of the Isle of Man. It is
intended also that short lectures on the subject should be
given from time to time by Prof. Herdman, F.E.S., the
Hon. Director of the Station, or by other members of
the Committee.

Applications to be allowed to work at the Biological
Station, or for specimens (living or preserved) for
Museums, Laboratory work, and Aquaria, should be
addressed to Professor Herdman, F.K.S., University
College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and donations should be sent to Mr. I.
C. Thompson, F.L.S., 19, Waverley Eoad, Liverpool.

The L.M.B. Committee are publishing their Keports
upon the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay in a series of
8vo volumes at intervals of about three years. Of these
there have appeared : —

Vol. I. (372 pp., 12 plates), 1886, price 8/6.
Vol. 11. (240 pp., 12 plates), 1889, price 7/6.
Vol. III. (400 pp., 24 plates), 1892, price 10/6.

Copies of these may be ordered from the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee, University College, Liver-
pool, or from the Hon. Sec, 4, Lord Street, Liverpool.

Isaac C. Thompson,

Hon. Sec. and Treas.

FLatf J

Chart ahowing the area, under investigation.

Section across the Irish Sea, through Douglas.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. VIII. PI. II.

Vol. VIII. P! Ill

'V.H., del

'rans. L'pool. Biol. Soc,

Vol. VIII. PI. IV.

*t|)^ jrouK 5eo. to WcU

L.M.B.C. AQUARIUM-PIPES.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc,

Vol. vin.Pi. V.

</ i f\

L

a°^

fV

SIDE ELEVATrON.

FRONT ELEVATION.

'.H., May, 1893

AUTOMATIC PUMP AT PORT ERIN.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 215

Explanation of the Plates.
Plate I. Chart shov/ing the area of the Irish Sea under
investigation, and a section across the Irish
Sea, through Douglas (this plate is from the
report to the British Association at the
Nottingham Meeting).
Plate IL Sketch of the Biological Station and Aquar-
ium at Port Erin.
Plate III. Plan and Section of the Aquarium house,
as arranged by Mr. G. W. Herdman,
B.Sc.
Plate IV. Diagram of the arrangement of the pipes in

the Aquarium House.
Plate V. The automatic pump at Port Erin, arranged
byG. W. Herdman, B.Sc.

216

[work FltOM THE J'ORT ERIN RIOLOGICAT- STATION.]

EEPOKT upon the NEMEETINES found in the
neighbourhood of POET EEIN, ISLE OF MAN.

By J. Henry Vanstone and W. I. Beaumont.

[Read Jamiaiy 26tli, 1894.]

In the first volume of the "Fauna of Liverpool Bay,"
several species of Nemertines were recorded for the dis^
trict, but since that time no additions have been made to
this division of the Fauna of the Irish Sea. In the
present list are noted those genera and species which
have come under our notice, during the spring and summer
of this year, at Port Erin and in its immediate neighbour-
hood. The list is far from being a complete one, and
there is no doubt that this interesting class of worms will
be found to be well represented on the Manx coast.

The habitat of the group is varied. Some, like Nemertes
oieesii, are found under stones at high tide mark, others
only at mid and low tide among the tufts of Corallina
officinalis, while others again love the deeper waters and
are only captured by means of the dredge. On the east
shore of the Calf Island is a group of rocks ('' The Clets,")
forming at low water an excellent hunting ground for
many marine animals, and especially in respect to the
Nemertines, which abound there in the masses of Crisia
and Tuhularia.

Owing to their great power of contractility, these worms
are difficult to kill in an extended and normal condition.
Authors have recommended various methods, such as the
use of corrosive sublimate or chloral hydrate, but the
results obtained are very uncertain. A one per cent solu-
tion of cocain, however, answers well in most cases, and

L.M.B.C. NEMERTIDA. 217

in the absence of this drug, a saturated solution of ferruus
sulphate may be used. The worms are dropped into the
solution and in about ten minutes will be found thoroughly
anaesthetised in an extended condition without any extru-
sion of the proboscis. They are then transferred, through
50 % and 70 %, to 90 % alcohol.

Order I.— PEOTONEMEKTINI, Burger.
Family Carinellid^.

Garinella annidata, Montagu.

Under this species must be placed a nemertine recorded
in Eeport I, and again in the Sixth Annual Keport, as
G. linearis. It is described as being "of a brick-red
colour with white bands," and these are the characters of
G. annulata, and not of G. linearis which is pure milk-
white without any bands. This species has been dredged
in 23 fathoms, S.E. of Port St. Mary, and in 20 fathoms,
W. of Fleshwick Bay. A specimen about 3 cm. long,
coloured in the manner characteristic of this species, was
found in July, 1892, under a stone at low tide at Port St.
Mary by Mr. Beaumont.

Order IL— MESONEMEKTINI, Burger.
Family Cephalothricid^, M'Intosh.
Gephalotlirix hioculata, Oersted.

Several specimens were taken during August in the
coralline pools between Traie Yane and Traie Veg to the
north of the Biological Station. The average length was
about one centimetre. The colour in each case was of a
pale orange with the characteristic reddish snout.

Order III.— METANEMEETINI, Burger.
Family Amphiporid^, Hubrecht.
Amphiporus lactifloreus, M'Intosh.
Average length, 5 centimetres. Colour creamy white

218 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

with conspicuous red brain. This species is very abundant
in the shingle under Ulva-covered stones, a short distance"
from the Laboratory, and is generally associated with
Linens obscurits and the Oligochaete Glitellio arenarius.
On being placed in a dish of sea-water with some sand
and shingle, A. lactifloreus forms a sandy mucous tube
which lies on the top of the shingle. Mr. Beaumont
also found this species under stones on the limestone reefs
at Poyllvaaish in Bay-ny-Carrickey.

AmjphipoTus pidclier {.^), O.^.M.Vi\\QY. Oersted.

A specimen about IJ inch long dredged in 10 fathoms,
S.E of Kitterland (between Spanish Head and the
Burrow), on April 1st, 1893, was doubtfully referred at the
time to this species.*

Family Tetrastemmid^, Hubrecht.

Tetrastemma dorsale, Abildgaard.

Average length 3 cm. Colour brown, with yellow
median dorsal line and transverse bands. Found in the
laminarian zone on the destroyed breakwater and on the
north side of the Bay. The easily recognised reddish
brown speckled variety of this species occurred plentifully
last year in dishes containing material dredged in the
vicinity of Port Erin.

Tetrastemma nigrum, Riches.

Average length 9 mm. Found on Codium in a mid-tide
pool at Traie Veg, Port Erin Bay. The body is rounded,
and the head, in this species, not well defined. The
colour on the ventral surface is yellow, while the dorsal
surface is quite black.

* In tlie absence of information as to the structure of the proboscis and
the position of the side organs of this specimen it is impossible to determine
whether it should be referred to Arniihiiyorus indclicr, or to the recently
described species Amphiporus dissiiiiulans^ Riches (Jour, of Mar. Biol. Ass.,
Vol. II, new series, p. 10).

L.M.B.C. NEMERTIDA. 219

Tetrastemma immutahile, Kiclies.

Average length 5 mm. Fomid among the masses of
zoophytes at " The Clets." The body is romided and of
a pale yellow with a dark brow^n dorsal band running the
whole length of the body.

Tetrastemma candidum, 0. F. Miiller.

Average length 1 cm. Fairly common in Port Erin
Bay. The colour-varieties met with are the pale yellow
and the yellowish green. Some examples had well
developed gonads in April.

Tetrastemma melanoceplialmn, Johnston.

Mr. Beaumont obtained a specimen from Poyllvaaish
in April, and Mr. Vanstone has since collected several of
a green variety in the coralline pools near Spaldrick Bay,
Port Erin. This variety was 5 cm. in length, and lived
for several weeks in captivity.

Tetrastemma vermiculatum, De Quatrefages.

Average length, 2 cm. Found at '' The Clets " among
tufts of Grisia ehurnea. The colour was pale orange wdth
a white dorsal line. The anterior and posterior eyes on
either side were united by a band of dark pigment.

Tetrastemma robertiance, MTntosh.

Length, 2 cm. One specimen was found during July,
1893, in company with Amphiporus lactifloreus. The
yellowish body bears on its upper surface a median white
line and two lateral brown stripes, which take their origin
in a transverse pigment band behind the posterior pair
of eyes.

Family Nemertid^, Hubrecht.

Nemertes neesii, Oersted.

Average length 7 — 8 cm. This species is very common
under stones and amongst gravel, from high to low-water
mark on the south side of the Bay, and also at low- water
off Traie Veg. The colour is usually brown on the dorsal

220 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

surface, and flesh coloured on the ventral surface. A very-
pale variety was obtained from " The Clets," having the
dorsum of a flesh tint with scattered brown granules.

Order IV.— HETEEONEMEETINI, Biirger.

Family Lineid^, M'Intosh.

Linens ohscitrus, Desor { = L. gesserensis, auct.).

Average length 7 cm. This is by far the most abundant
species of Nemertine at Port Erin and also at Poyllvaaish,
and is found under stones along with AmpJiiporus lacti-
floreits. The colour varieties met with are the dark olive
green and the dark red, with pale ventral surfaces, and
the pale green form with red at anterior end as figured
by M'Intosh. The head is wider than the body, and the
whitish lateral cephalic fissures are very conspicuous.
Near the jetty, flesh-coloured and dark green varieties
occur averaging in length from 2 to 3 centimetres. Linens
obscurus lives well in captivity, seeking the waterline,
where it en sheaths itself in a transparent mucous invest-
ment. Some individuals had well developed gonads in
April.

Linens longissimus, Sowerby {=L. marinus, auct.).

The length varies from a few centimetres to 2 or 3 feet.
It is found in low tide pools and in deep water all round
the coast. The three pale longitudinal bands on the
dorsal surface are usually very distinct, but in an individual
from Traie Veg, the dorsum was very black, and the
bands hardly noticeable.

Cerehratulus angulatus (?), 0. E. Miiller.

In April, 1893, a large pale nemertine was dredged off
Dalby, depth 25 fathoms. It broke up into many pieces
before it was got to the laboratory, but from the descrip-
tion given of its appearance and mode of swimming, it
was, most probably, referable to this genus and species.

221

[work from the I'ORT ERIX IJIOLOOICAL >;TAII0N'.]

SUPPLE MENTAEY EEPOET upon the HYDKOID
ZOOPHYTES of the L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By Miss Laura Roscoe Thorni«:ly.
With Plate IX.

[Read February 9th, 1894.]

Editorial Note.
The first vohime of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, published
in 1886, contained a report upon the Hydroida, drawn up
by Mr. W. R. Melly, Dr. Sibley Hicks and myself, in which
were recorded 63 species. Since then a certain amount
of work upon the Zooph^^tes of the district has been done
by Mr. W. J. Halls and by Mr. O. W. "Wood, and the
additions to our list made by these gentlemen, and by Miss
Thornely, have been noted from time to time in the annual
reports. But by far the greater part of the work in this
group since 1886 has been done by Miss L. R. Thornely
who has worked carefully through all the mass of material
brought home by the various dredging and other collecting
expeditions and has identified and mounted the species
new and old. Miss Thornely's work has been carried on
to some extent in the Zoological Laboratory of the
College, where she has arranged the Hydroida and the
Polyzoa in the "Local Collection"; and she has also stud-
ied the living material at the Port Erin Biological Station.
The success of her w^ork will be seen from the numerous
entries in the carefully compiled table of geographical
distribution in the district w^hich follow- s, from the fact that
the total number of species has been raised from 63 in 1886
to 87 in 1893, and from the accompanying plate (PI. IX.)

222 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

which records the discovery of several interesting novelties
and the transference of a species of Lafoca to another genus
{Galycella pigmcea) .

Ed., L.M.B.C. Kepts.

In the last report on the Hydroid Zoophytes, in 1886, 63
species were recorded as having been found in Liverpool
Bay. Two species, Thuiaria thuja and Aglaopheiiia pen-
natula, might have been added from Mr. Charles H.
Brown's list given in " The Handbook for Southport,"
edited by Dr. E. D. McNicoll, 1861.

Since then (1886) four species : — Tiihularia attenuata,
Campanularia rariclentata, Halecium muricatum, and
Bertularella tenella have been recorded by Mr. G. W.
Wood in Volume III of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay ; and
eighteen I have identified from material sent to me from
time to time after dredging trips and shore collections had
been made, these are : — Coryne van-henedeni, Hydranthea
margarica, Bougainvillia ramosa, Ohelia plicata, Cam-
panularia fragilis , Gonothyrcea gracilis, G. hyalina, Lafoea
fruticosa, Galycella fastigiata, G. pigmcea, Guspidella
grandis, G. costata, G. humilis, Sertiilarella gayi, S.fusi-
formis, Aglaophenia tuhulifera, Plumulariafrutescens, and
P. echinulata. To these the following 12 (Eudendriiim
rameum, Bimeria vestita, Tuhularia larynx, Ohelia genicu-
lata, Opercular ella lacerata, Filellum serpens, Diphasia
pinaster, Thuiaria articulata, Aglaophenia myriophtjllum,
Flumularia setacea, P. catharina, and P. similis) may be
added as new to the L.M.B.C. although they have already
been reported in "Fauna" Vol. I., as having been found
in the district by earlier collectors. This makes 36 addi-
tional species in all (and there is also the variety Lafoea
dumosa var. rohusta) which are new to us since 1886, and

L.M.B.C. HYDROID ZOOPHYTES. 223

SO the total record is now brought up to 87 species and 1
variety.

I have arranged these in the following table so as to show
their distribution in the district, as has been done in pre-
vious reports on other groups, so that here I need only-
mention those that seem to call for special remark.

In the first place, we have found several that are rare : —
tw^o species Hijdranthea margarica, (found growing on
Flustra foUacea, the habitat which Hincks gives), and
Campanulariafragilis, have only been found at Ilfracombe.
before; two others Obelia plicata and Gonothijrcea hijalina
are only known from the Shetland Islands ; Calijcella
pigmcBct, only at Tynemouth, and GonothyrcECi gracilis,
only at Connemara ; while several have only been found
before in the South, such a,s Bougaiiwillea muscus {Torqud^j)
Campanularia raridentata (Swanage, Brixham, Torquay),
Plmnularia setacea (Cornwall), and Campanidaria cali-
ciilata (Eamsgate, Cork;.

Secondly, the following species have presented some
noteworthy points of structure, or have shown some
previously unrecorded character : —

Obelia geniculata, Linnaeus.

Specimens of this luxuriantly branched (Hincks says
they are sometimes sparingly branched) were found lately
at the Isle of Man. The branches, or in their place, two
extra pedicels, bearing calycles, rise from the axils of the
ordinary pedicels. Tendrils hke those on Gampanularia
angulata were fairly common on these specimens, as I have
also seen them on Campanularia flexuosa and Obelia
plicata.

Gonothyrwa hijalina, Hincks (PI. IX, fig. 1).

This species has not been recorded by us until now, as
although I have examined a good many specimens of it
I have always wanted to see more before saying that I

224 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

believed it to be a Gonothyrcea, which Hincks only thought
probable from the shape of the gonotheca. I have now
found one specimen with gonothecae bearing extra-capsular
medusseforni sporosacs, the character distinguishing the
genus Gonothyrcea, thus placing the matter beyond doubt.
These specimens are all more the height of G. loveni, but
the number and shape of the castellations round the rim
of the calycle do not accord with those of that commoner
form.

Calycella pigmcea, Alder (PI. IX, fig. 2).

In this species, lately transferred from the genus Lafoea
to that of Calycella, as I found it to have an operculum
which the Lafoeas have not, I have now found gonothecae,
which are said to be unknown by Hincks. They many of
them bear extra-capsular gonophores which resemble, as
does the whole colony, those of Calycella syringa' in
miniature.

Calycella syringa, Linn. (PL IX, figs. 3 and 4).

Hincks speaks of a sheath covering, as I understand,
the calycle of old specimens of Calycella syringa, and
having a serrated border which stands above and around
the operculum. I have seen this (as in fig. 4), and also
in some cases several series of these castellations encircling
the calycle one below another at varying distances apart
(as in fig. 3). In some cases I have seen three such sets
of castellations. I think it possible that these are really
old, worn-out opercula, new ones having developed inside
them. Lengthening of the calycle by growth would carry
these up. The single sheath with a serrated border (fig. 4)
would be the first stage.

Filellum serpens, Hassall (PL IX, fig. 5).

Most of our specimens, of this form have a chitinous
crust in which the creeping stem is immersed, (fig. 5).
Professor Sir Wyville Thomson speaks of this, but Hincks

L.M.B.C. HYDEOID ZOOPHYTES.

225

could not find it. One of our specimens creeping over an
ascidian, however, is without this crust.

Halecium tenellum, Hincks (PI. IX, figs. 6 and 7).

Hincks speaks of the gonothecae of this species being
borne on the side of the calycle. I have found them so
(see fig. 7) and on the stolon, but also and most frequent-
ly protruding from hydrothecse in place of polypes, (as
shown in fig. 6).

Flumularia echinulata, Lamarck (PI. IX, figs. 8, 9 & 10).

I have hesitated over the specimens finally placed under
this name. They have the internodes of the stem narrow-
ing towards the base (see fig. 8), the right number of
nematophores in well preserved specimens, and other
characters of P. echinulata, but they have also, as in P.
similis, the branchlets set forward on the stem, never less
than two joints between the calycles (fig. 8), and the
gonothecae often without spines (fig. 10), and obscurely
lobed ; even when spinose (fig. 9) they are always more
the shape of Hinck's figures of P. swiilis than of those of
P. echinulata.

Table showing the dis-
thibution of the species of
zoophytes in the l.m.b.c.

DiSTPJCT.

2 o

Glava multicornis

C. leptostyla X

Hydractinia echinata X

Go7'yne van-henecleni

G. piisilla

Eudendrium rayiieuni X

E. ramosum X

E. cajpillare

Hydraiithea margarica

OP-(

O o

m
-(J

0^ 02

X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

226 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Table showing the dis-
tkibtjtion of the species of
zoophytes in the l.m.b.c.
District.

Garveia nutans

Bimeria vestita

Bougainvillia muscus ....
B. ramosa ....

Tuhularia indivisa

T. coronata

T. attenuata

T. simplex

T. hritannica ....

Tuhularia laryjix

Ectopleura dumortierii ...

Corymorpha nutaiis

Clytia jolinstoni

Obelia geniculata

0. gelatinosa

0 . longissima

0. dichotoma

0. plicata

0. flahellata

Campanularia voluhilis. . . .
G. hincksii ....

0. fragilis ....

G. caliculata .

G, verticillata

G. flexuosa . . .

G. aiigulata ...

G. 7ieglecta

C. raridentata

Gonothyrcea lovhii

G. gracilis

G. hyalina

Gpercularella lacerata ....

Lafoea dumosa

do., var. rohusta

L. fruticosa

+r !>.

o

^ i

^^

>,

^

%

bJD

o o
S o

ll

o ^

as o

^

9.6

r^-P>

n^

«*-!

§ i

^

iS 0^

^"p.

iB'^

QJ

^

ffi;a

PhJC

t— 1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X

X

X

X
X

X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

L.M.B.C. HYDEOID ZOOPHYTES.

227

Table showing the dis-
tribution OF THE SPECIES OF
ZOOPHYTES IN THE L.M.B.C.
DiSTPJCT.

Calijcella syringa

G. fastigiata

G. pigmcea

Guspidella grandis

G. costata

G. huniilis

Filellum serpens

Goppinia arcta

Halecium halecinuiii

H. heanii

H. tenellum

H. muricatum ...
Sertularella polyzonias

S. ricgosa

S. gayi

S. tenella

S. fusiformis

Diphasia rosacea

D. attenuata

D. pinaster

D. taniai'isca

D. fallax

Sertularia pumila

S. gracilis

S. operculata .,

S. filicula

S. ahietina

S. argentea

S. ciqjressina

Hydrallmania fa lea ta . .

Thuiaria articulata

T. thida

A ntennulai'ia antennina
A, ramosa ..

wS o

I

CO

'^

■Js

^ >.

o

s

M ^
s s

M J=i

>^

^

tc

n

1

T3

u

i

S o

^

CD r^

^-S

rt^

o

rt s

t

-^ «

!?■>»

£ ^

<D

S^

f^

w;a

^s

^^

03

X

X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

228 'ri{ANSA(!'n()NS MVMlM'OOIi ISIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

lAllMi", .'illOVVINO I'lll'', l»IS-

iKi III! rioN (•!'• iiii'', srii'.ci ii;s oi-

/(KH'II V'I'ICM IN IIII', li. M.H.O.
|)i;iri!i(tr.

Aghtop/icnid phmia

A . Ill uriopli fill urn

A. iKhidi/rni ....

A. pciuhttulit

riin/i iil((ri(t piiuKtht

/'. j'rulfsccnH

/*. st'hu'Cd

/*. nitlhtriiKt

/*. cchinulala

/*. si III His

s 1

E

'n J

^- >.

s

p

11

p3

II

d

CO

3|

k.

2o

o

^^

da

^s

2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X

liXIMi.A NATION Ol'' riiAri'l l\.

l^^i;;". I . (/(»;/(»/// //;v/(/ In/ttliinf , sliowiii;; i^xl.ra.-cn.psnljir i^'oiuv

|)lu)i"(>s oil l,li(> ;;()iio(Ji(>(';i. :mi(1 i';is(-(>ll;il,ions o\\ ihc

hyiirolJiccn,.
l*^i;;". 'J. (\tlin'('U(t pitjiiuiut, sliowiii;; opiM'cnliim aiul i^'oiio-

pliori\
^^i<^^ W. (\tliic('ll(i s//riii(j<f, witli (loiil)l(^ row of castc^lliilioiis.
l<'i;;-. 1. Cahicclla si/riin/ii, showiiii;' l\\c rasiollalioiis as

1 1 incks (loscrihc^s Mumm.
V\l*. f). h'ilrlliini S('rprns, liydrotluH';^ aiul sli^loii oiu1)Oi1i1(h1

m a, I'hidiiioiis crust.
I'ij;. ('). llitlrriuni tcucllum, wilh L;oiiothoca protnuliiii;"

from iMilico (^{ \\\(\\\A\\(\'\i.
V\v:,. 7. Ualccium ((■iirllinii, \\\l\\ >;oiu>lluH'a t;i\>\vini;- on

J^'i^". S. riuniu/itritn'cJiiinildfd ,s\\o\\\\\i:,{\\ojo\uis biMwoiMi

l\\c li\ ilr(>(luH'a\ Mihl otluM' rh;o;u'(iM-s.
l<'it;s. '.) aiul \0. Vlnmularia cchinulata, s|)iiu)sc^ and }^lain

VLO\\M\C(.'{\\

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soo.

io\. VIII, PI. IX

|i\

\

J

^v

Fig. 2.

Wvl '

L. R. T.,del,

Fig. 10.

HYDBOEDA.

229

[From Trans. Biol. Soc. L'pool. Vol. VIII.]

EEVISION of the GENEKIC NOMENCLATUEE

and CLASSIFICATION in Bowerbank's

"BEITISH SPONGIAD^."

By K. Hanitsch, Ph.D.,

DEMONSTRATOR OF ZOOLOGY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

[Read 11th May, 1894.]

No Spongologist is likely to expect an apology for the
present paper. Whilst the faithfulness of the illustrations
and the correctness — in general — of the descriptive part
in Bowerbank's ''British Spongiadae " is such that this
Monograph will remain indispensable to students for time
to come, yet his generic nomenclature and classification
are incomprehensible and have never been accepted.
What Bowerbank understood by a genus will remain a
mystery. One out of numerous instances is sufficient :
his genus Hymeiiiacidon has had to be broken up into no
less than fifteen different genera, including amongst them
the following : HalicJwndria, Esperella, Clathria, Suber-
ites, Dercitus and perhaps even Halisarca.

Therefore I have made an attempt in this paper to
assign all species described in Bowerbank's Monograph
to their proper genera, as the latter are accepted at present,
thus continuing and supplementing what Oscar Schmidt
{15, p. 76) began in 1870. Whilst thus I shall be respon-
sible for the correctness of the generic names, I do not
wish to be equally so for the specific names. Many of
Bowerbank's species will, in time to come, be found
synonymous with others described by himself or by other
authors. This, I think, applies chiefly to the still numer-
ous species of Halichondria, Eeniera and Hymeiiiacidon.

230 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

But only he who is fortunate enough to have access to
the type specimens can attempt to revise the specific
nomenclature, and, even then, his success may be doubtful,
as so many of the type specimens are preserved in the
dried condition.

This paper consists of two parts, the first containing
the revision of the generic nomenclature. It is meant to
be used with the plates in the third and fourth volumes
of the Monograph. The left of the two columns gives
Bowerbank's nomenclature, the right the revised nomen-
clature, beginning with the first plate in the third volume
and ending with the last plate in the fourth volume. The
numbers of the plates in the third volume are simply
indicated by Koman numbers, but those in the fourth
volume by Eoman numbers preceded by "4."

The second part of the paper contains the classified
list of all species described by Bowerbank, with their
revised generic names only. References to the plates in
the two volumes are given in each case, so that, by
referring back to the first part of the present paper, the
old name is easily ascertained. In many cases references
are added to other works in which Bowerbank's species
have been redescribed, or which otherwise bear upon
the subject.

I have thought it useful to give the generic definitions
of all Monaxonida, because they have been compiled from
various authors. I have to acknowledge my indebtedness
to Ridley and Dendy's "Challenger" Report {14) and
perhaps still more to Topsent's recent writings {18, 19,
20). Many of the generic definitions are literally, or
almost so, copied from those sources. Thus also the
classification of Halichondrina is taken from Topsent's
latest paper {20). Valuable aid was also obtained from
von Lendenfeld {11, IS) and Vosmaer's works {22).

KE VISION "BRITISH SPONGIADiE.

231

But I have not deemed it necessary to give the generic
definitions in the other groups of Sponges, as for the
Calcarea I have exclusively followed Dendy {2, 8, 4), for
the Tetractinellida, Sollas (17), and for the Hexaceratina
and Monoceratina, von Lendenfeld (13). The definitions
of the genera of these groups will be found in the works
of these respective authors.

PAKT I.

. Bowerbank's Nomenclature.

Ee VISED Nomenclature,

PI. I.

Grantia compressa

Sycon compressum, auctt.

II.

Grantia ciliata

Sycon coronatum, E. & S.

Grantia ensata

Ute glabra, O.S.

Grantia tessellata

Sycon elegans, B.

III.

Leucosolenia botryoides

Leucosolenia botryoides, E. & S.

Leucosolenia contorta

Leucosolenia contorta, B.

Leucosolenia coriacea

Leucosolenia coriacea, Fl.

IV.

Leucosolenia lacunosa

Leucosolenia lacunosa, Jolinst.

V.

lieuconia nivea

Leucandra nivea. Grant.

Leuconia fistulosa

Leucandra fistulosa, Jolinst.

VI.

Leuconia pumila

Leucandra pumila, B.

Leucogypsia Gossei

Leucandra gossei, B.

VII.

Geodia Zetlandica

Cydonium mlllleri, Fleming.

VIII.

Pachymatisma Johnstonia

Pachymatisma johnstonia, B.

Ecionemia ponderosa

Stryphnus ponderosus, B.

IX.

Ecionemia compressa

Pcecillastra compressa, B.

Polymastia ornata

Polymastia ornata, B.

X.

Polymastia bulbosa

Polymastia bulbosa, B.

Polymastia robusta

Polymastia robusta, B.

XI.

Polymastia brevis

Quasillina brevis, B.

Polymastia spinula

Polymastia spinula, B.

Polymastia radiosa

Polymastia radiosa, B.

XII.

Polymastia mammillaris

Polymastia mammillaris, B.

XIII.

Halyphysema ramulosa

(no sponge).

Ciocalypta penicillus

Ciocalypta penicillus, B.

XIV.

Tetbea cranium

Craniella cranium, auctt.

Isodictya infundibuliformis

Tragosia infundibuliformis, J.

XV.

Tethea CoUingsii

Stelletta coUingsi, B.

Tethea Schmidtii

Stelletta collingsi, B.

232 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tethea Lyncurium

Tethea spinularia

Halicnemia patera

XVL

Dictyocylindms ventilabrum

Dictyocylindrus ramosus

XVII.

Dictyocylindrus hispidus

XVIII.

Dictyocylindrus fascicularis

XIX.

Dictyocylindrus stuposus

Dictyocylindrus Howsei

Dictyocylindrus virgultosa

Dictyocylindrus pumilus

XX.

Dictyocylindrus rugosus

Dictyocylindrus radiosus

XXI.

Dictyocylindrus pumilus

Dictyocylindrus aculeatus

Phakellia robusta

XXII.

Phakellia ventilabrum

XXIII.

Microciona fictitia

Microciona lee vis

Microciona fallax

Microciona armata

XXIV.

Microciona spinulenta

Microciona plumosa

Microciona atrasanguinea

XXV.

Microciona ambigua

XXVI.

Hymeraphia vermiculata

Hymerapliia clavata

XXVII.

Hymeraphia verticillata

Hymerapliia stellifera

XXVIII.

Hymedesmia radiata

Hymedesmia stellata

XXIX.

Hymedesmia Zetlandica

Hymedesmia radiata

XXX.

Hymeniacidon Thomasii

Hymeniacidon coccinea

Hymeniacidon Brettii

Hymeniacidon fragilis

XXXI.

Hymeniacidon reticulatus

Hymeniacidon fallaciosus

Hymeniacidon albescens

Hymeniacidon perarmatus

XXXII.

Hymeniacidon caruncula

Tethya lyncurium, Lin.
? Polymastia spinularia, B.
Halicnemia patera, B.
Raspailia ventilabrum, B.
Rasjiailia raniosa, Mont.
Rasj)ailia hispida, Mont.
Axinella fascicularis, B.
Axinella stuposa, Mont.
Raspailia liowsei, B.
Raspailia virgultosa, B.
Raspailia pumila, B.
Axinella rugosa, B.
Raspailia radiosa, B. '

Raspailia pumila, B.
Raspailia aculeata, B.
Phakellia robusta, B.
Phakellia ventilabrum, Johnst.
Plumohalichondria fictitia, B.
Microciona laevis, B.
Microciona fallax, B.
Microciona armata, B.
Pocillon spinulentum, B.
Stylostichon plumosum, Mont.
Microciona atrasanguinea, B.
Stylostichon ambiguum, B.
Axinella vermiculata, B.
Hymeraphia clavata, B.
Hymeraphia verticillata, B.
Acarnus stelliferus, B.
Hymerajjhia radiata, B.
Hymedesmia stellata, B.
Clathrissa zetlandica, B.
Hymeraphia radiata, B.
Halichondria thomasi, B.
Halichondria coccinea, B.
Halichondria bretti, B.
Halichondria fragilis, B.
Halichondria reticulata, B.
Halichondria fallaciosa, B.
Halichondria albescens, J.
Clathrissa perarmata, B.
Hymeniacidon carunculum, B.

REVISION "BRITISH SPONGIADiE.

233

XXXIII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.
XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XXXIX.

XL.

XLI.

XLII.
XLIII.

XLIV,

Hymeniacidon sanguinea
Hymeniacidon lactea
Hymeniacidon membrana
Hymeniacidon mammeata
Hymeniacidon consimilis
Hymeniacidon macilenta
Hymeniacidon variantia
Hymeniacidon fallax
Hymeniacidon viridans
Hymeniacidon perlevis
Hymeniacidon crustiila
Hymeniacidon aiirea
Hymeniacidon pachyderma
Hymeniacidon armatura
Hymeniacidon virgultosa
Hymeniacidon suberea
Hymeniacidon carnosa
Hymeniacidon ficus
Hymeniacidon sulphurea
Hymeniacidon paupertas
Hymeniacidon subclavata
Raphiodesma floreum
Hymeniacidon clavigera
Hymeniacidon Dujardinii
Hymeniacidon celata
Hymeniacidon gelatinosa
Hymeniacidon Bucklandi
Halichondria panicea
Halichondria panicea
Halichondria glabra
Halichondria augulata
Halichondria caduca
Halichondria inconspicua
Halichondria incerta
Halichondria coalita
Halichondria distorta
Halichondria corrugata
Halichondria forcipis
Halichondria subdola
Halichondria Thompson!
Isodictya simplex
Halichondria incrustans

Hymeniacidon sanguineum, G.
Halichondria lactea, B.
Halichondria membrana, B.
Hymeniacidon mammeatum, B.
Hymeniacidon consirnile, B.
Esperella macilenta, B.
Desmacella variantia, B.
Hymeniacidon fallax, B.
Hymeniacidon viridans, B.
Hymeniacidon perleve, M.
Suberites crustula, B.
Hymeniacidon aureum, M.
Hymeniacidon pachydermum, B.
Spanioplon armaturum, B.
Suberites virgultosus, J.
Suberites domuncula, Olivi.
Suberites carnosus, J.
Suberites ficus, J.
Suberites sulphureus, Bean.
Hymeraphia paupertas, B.
Esperella subclavata, B.
Esperella florea, B.
Clathria clavigera, B.
Dendoryx dujardini, B.
Cliona celata, Grant.
? Hymeniacidon gelatinosum, B.
Dercitus bucklandi, B.
Halichondria panicea, Pallas.
Halichondria panicea, Pallas.
Halichondria glabra, B.
Gellius angulatus, B.
Halichondria caduca, B.
Halichondria inconspicua,' B.
Halichondria incerta, B.
Halichondria coalita, Gr.
Halichondria distorta, B.
Biemma corrugata, B.
Forcepia forcipis, B.
Axinella subdola, B.
Esperiopsis thompsoni, B.
Reniera simplex, B.
Dendoryx incrustans, Esper.

234 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Halichondria Candida
Halicliondria irregularis
XLV. Halicliondria Dickiei

Halichondria granulata
Halicliondria scan dens
Halichondria albula
Halichondria nigricans
Hynieniacidon variantia
XLVI. Halichondria Pattersoni

Halichondria Hyndmani
Halichondria pulchella
Halichondria Ingalli
Halichondria Batei
XLVII. Halichondria inornatus

Halichondria simplex
Raphiodesma lingua
XLVIII. Isodictya cinerea
Isodictya Peachii
Isodictya permoUis
Isodictya simulo
Isodictya varians
XLIX. Isodictya elegans

Isodictya parasitica
Isodictya Mcandrewii
Isodictya rosea
Isodictya indefinita
L. Isodictya anomala

Isodictya densa
Isodictya pallida
Isodictya jugosa
Isodictya Gregorii
Isodictya simplex
LI, Isodictya indistincta

Isodictya simulans
Isodictya mammeata
Isodictya fallax
LII. Isodictya palmata

LIII. Isodictya ramusculus

Isodictya pocillum
Isodictya clava
Isodictya dichotoma
Isodictya fistulosa

Dendoryx Candida, B
Myxilla irregularis, B.
Dendoryx dickiei, B.
Myxilla granulata, B.
Pocillon scandens, B.
Yvesia albula, B.
lophon nigiicans, B.
Desmacella variantia, B.
Dendoryx pattersoni, B.
Pocillon hyndmani. B.
Dendoryx pulchella, B.
Dendoryx ingalli, B.
Dendoryx batei, B. '

Biemma inornata, B.
Hynieniacidon simplex, B.
Esperella lingua, B.
Reniera cinerea. Grant.
Reniera peaclii, B.

Reniera permollis, B.

Reniera bowerbanki, Norman.

Reniera varians, B.

Reniera elegans, B.

Reniera parasitica, B.
Reniera macaiidrewi, B.

Reniera rosea, B.

Reniera indefinita, B.

Reniera anomala, B.

Reniera densa, B.

Reniera pallida, B.

Gellius jugosus, B.

Reniera gregori, B.

Reniera simplex, B.

Reniera indistincta, B.

Reniera simulans, Jolinst.

Reniera mammeata, B.

Gellius fallax, B.

Homceodictya palmata, Johiist.

Reniera ramuscula, B.

Reniera pocillum, B.

Reniera clava, B.

Reniera dichotoma, B.

Reniera fistulosa, B.

EEVISION

235

LIV. Isodictya infundibuliformis

LV. Isodictya dissimilis

Isodictya paupera

Isodictya uniformis
LVI. Isodictya Normani

Isodictya pygmea

Isodictya Clarkei

Isodictya fucorum

Isodictya Alderi
LVII. Isodictya Barleei

Isodictya Beanii

Isodictya fimbriata

Isodictya Edwardii

Isodictya lobata

Isodictya gracilis

Isodictya lurida
LIX. Spongilla fluviatilis

LX. Spongilla lacustris

LXI. Desmacidon fruticosa

LXII. Desmacidon Jeffreysii

LXIII. Desmacidon Peachii

Desmacidon segagropila
LXIV. Raphyrus Griffithsii

LXV. Ophlitaspongia seriata

Spongionella pulchella
LXVI. Chalina oculata

LXVII. Chalina cervicornis

Chalina gracilenta

Chalina limbata
LXVIII. Chalina Flemingii
Chalina Montaguii

Chalina Grantii
LXIX. Dysidea fragilis

LXX. Ophlitaspongia papilla

Halichondria farinaria
Verongia Zetlandica
Diplodemia vesicula

LXXI. Hymeniacidon foliatus

Desmacidon constrictus

LXXII. Hymeniacidon firmus

Hymeniacidon radiosa

Tragosia infundibuliformis, J.

Tragosia polypoides, 0. S.

Esperiopsis paupera, B.

Stylotella uniformis, B.

Esperiopsis normani, B.

Reniera pygmea, B.

Esperiopsis clarkei, B.

Esperiopsis fucorum, Johnst.

Esperiopsis alderi, B.

Tragosia barleei, B.

Clathria beani, B.

Dendoryx fimbriata, B.

Esperiopsis edwardi, B.

Esperella lobata, Mont.

Esperiopsis gracilis, B.

Dendoryx lurida, B.

Ephydatia fluviatilis, Pallas.

Euspongilla lacustris, auctt.

Desmacidon fi'uticosum, Mont.

Oceanapia robusta, B.

Desmacella peachi, B.

Esperella segagropila, Johnst.

Cliona celata, Grant.

Ophlitaspongia seriata. Grant.

Leiosella pulchella, Sowerby.

Chalina oculata, Pallas.

Chalina cervicornis, Pallas.

Pachychalina gracilenta, B.

Pachychalina limbata, Mont.

Chalina flemingi, B.
Pachychalina montagui, Fl.
Pachychalina granti, B.
Spongelia fragilis, M.

var. irregularis.
Ophlitaspongia papilla, B.
Suberites farinarius, B.
Aplysina zetlandica, B.
Diplodemia vesicula, B.
Suberites foliatus, B.
Esperella constricta, B.
Halichondria firma, B.
Hymeniacidon radiosum, B.

236 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

LXXIII.

LXXIV.

LXXV.
LXXVI.

LXXVII.
LXXVIII.

LXXIX.

LXXX.

LXXXL
LXXXII.

LXXXIII.

LXXXIV,
LXXXV.

Hymeniacidon placentula
Hymeniacidon plumiger
Polymastia conigera
Halichondria foliata
Halichondria edusa
Halichondria regularis
Halichondria Couchii
Microciona simplicima
Halichondria falcula
Halichondria mutula
Halichondria expansa
Halichondria ambigua
Hymeniacidon tegeticula
Isodictya laciniosa
Isodictya obscura
Isodictya imitata
Isodictya coriacea
Raphiodesma sordida
Raphiodesma lingua

Isodictya Ingalli

Desmacidon columella

Hymeraphia coronula

Hymedesmia inflata

Hymedesmia occulta

Hymedesmia simplicima

Hymeraphia simplex

Normania crassa

Isodictya lurida

Desmacidon copiosa

Desmacidon caveruula

Ecionemia coactura

Microciona fictitia

Microciona jecusculum

Microciona fraudator

Chalina inornata

Tetliea spinosa

Desmacidon aegagropila

Dictyocylindrus rectangulus

Isodictya filamenta

Isodictya luteosa

Isodictya invalida

Hymeniacidon medius

Pcecillastra compressa, B.
Hymeniacidon plumigerum, B.
Polymastia conigera, B.
Esperiopsis foliata, B.
Halichondria edusa, B.
Halichondria regularis, B.
Gellius couchi, B.
Tedania simplicissima, B.
Hamacantha falcula, B.
Esperiopsis mutula, B.
Dendoryx expansa, B.
Halichondria ambigua, B.
Halichondria tegeticula, B.
Clathria laciniosa, B.
Reniera obscura, B.
Esperiopsis imitata, B.

Plocamia coriacea, B.

Esperella sordida, B.

Esperella lingua, B.

Reniera ingalli, B.

Stylotella columella, B.

Hymeraphia coronula, B.

Pytheas inflatus, B.

Desmacidon occultum, B.

Suberites simplicissimus, B.

Hymeraphia simplex, B.

Poecillastra compressa, B.

Dendoryx lurida, B.

Esperella copiosa, B.

Desmacella cavernula, B.

Stelletta coactura, B.

Plumohalichondria fictitia, B.

Myxilla jecusculum, B.

Plumohalichondria fraudator,

Stylotella inornata, B.

Lissomyxilla spinosa, B.

Esperella segagropila, Johnst.

Raspailia rectangula, B.

Reniera filamenta, B.

Reniera luteosa, B.

Hymeniacidon invalidum, B.

Hymeniacidon medium, B.

REVISION "BRITISH SPONGIAD^.

237

Desmacidon incognitus
LXXXVI. Ciocalypta Leei
Sjjongilla Parfitti
Spongilla sceptrifera
LXXXVII. Hymedesmia indistincta

Isodictya obscura
LXXXVII I. Isodictya variaiis
LXXXIX. Desmacidon pannosus
Isodictya incerta
Tetliea cranium
Microciona Kentii
Desmacidon similaris
XC. Raphiodesma simplissima

Isodictya dubia
Desmacidon rotalis
XCI. Isodictya rugosa

Leuconia Somesii
Halichondria Mclntoshii
Dysidea coriacea

XCII. Isodictya tnmulosa

Battersbyia Bucklandi
Hymeniacidon Aldousii

4, I. Hymedesmia pansa

Hymedesmia tenuicula

4, II. Hymedesmia pilata

Hymedesmia pulchella

4, III. Hymeniacidon Hillieri

Hymeniacidon solidus

4, IV. Isodictya scitula

Hymeniacidon virgiilatus
Hymeniacidon callosus
Hymeniacidon armiger

4, V. Halichondria virgea

Halichondria Robertsoni

4, VI. Halichondria condensa

Halichondria cylindracea

4, VII. Halichondria coralloides

Halichondria flabellifera

4, VIII. Isodictya fernla
Isodictya crassa

4, IX. Isodictya scitula

Stylotella incognita, B.

Ciocalypta penicillus, B.

Ephydatia parfitti, C.

Ephydatia sceptrifera, B.

Hymeraphia indistincta, B.

Reniera obscura, B.

Reniera varians, B.

Stylotella pannosa, B.

Reniera incerta, B.

Craniella cranium, auctt.

Plumohalichondria kenti, B.

Esperella similaris, B.

Stylotella simplicissima, B.

Esperiopsis dubia, B.

Esperella rotalis, B.

Dendoryx rugosa, B.

Leucandra somesi, B.

Halichondria macintoshi, B.

Spongelia fragilis, M.
var. irregularis.

Dendoryx tumulosa, B.

Dercitus bucklandi, B.

Hymeniacidon aldousi, B.

Myxilla pansa, B.

Suberites tenuiculus, B.

Myxilla pilata, B.

Myxilla pulchella, B.
Hymeniacidon hillieri, B.

Halichondria solida, B.
Esperiopsis scitula, B.
Hymeniacidon virgulatum, B.
Hymeniacidon callosum, B.
Yvesia armigera, B.
Dendoryx virgea, B.
Dendoryx robertsoni, B.
Halichondria condensa, B.
Desmacidon cylindraceum, B.
Halichondria coralloides, B.
Lissodendoryx flabellifera, B.
Reniera ferula, B.
Reniera crassa, B.
Esperiopsis scitula, B,

238 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Isodictya perplexa Reniera perplexa, B.

4, X. Isodictya involuta ? Hymeniacidon involutum, B.

Isodictya paupercula ? Desmacidon pauperculum, B.

4, XI. Microciona tumulosa Halicliondria tiimulosa, B.

Isodictya trunca Clathrissa trunca, B.

4, XII. Isodictya hispida Esperiopsis hispida, B.

Isodictya nodosa Hymeniacidon nodosum, B.

4, XIII. Isodictya pertenuis Hymeniacidon pertenue, B.

Hymedesmia Peachii Myxilla peachi, B.

4, XIV. Isodictya deformis Esperiopsis deformis, B.

Isodictya collina Esperiopsis collina, B.

4, XV. Hymeniacidon tenebrosus Suberites tenebrosus, B.

Isodictya funalis Esperiopsis funalis, B.

4, XVI. Isodictya insequalis Dendoryx insequalis, B.

Isodictya implicita Jophon implicitum, B.

4, XVII. Raphiodesma intermedium Esperella intermedia, B.

Raphiodesma fallaciosum Esperella fallaciosa, B.

PAET II.

Classified List of the British Spo7iges described by
Bowerbajik.

Phylum POKIFEEA.

Class I. CALCAREA, Gray.

1. Order. HOMOCCELA, Polejaeff.

Leucosolenia botryoides, Ellis & Sol., Ill, (Hseckel,

6, p. 65).
,, contorta, B., Ill, (Haeckel, 6, p. 91).

,, coriacea, Fleming, III, (Haeckel,^, p. 24).

,, lacunosa, Johnst., IV, (Hoeckel, ^,p. 70).

2. Order. HETEEOCGELA, Polejaeff.

Sycon compressum, auctt., I, (Haeckel, 6, p. 360).

,, coronatum, Ellis & Sol., II, (Hseckel, 6, p. 304).

,, elegans, B., II, (Haeckel, 6, p. 338).
XJte glabra, 0. Schmidt, II, (Hseckel, 6, p. 349).
Leucandra fistulosa, Johnst., V, (Hseckel, 6, p. 197).
,, gossei, B., VI, (Hseckel, 6, p. 177).

EE VISION "BEITISH SPONGIADiE." 239

Leucandra nivea, Grant, V, (Haeckel, 6, p. 211).
„ pumila, B., VI, (Hgeckel, 6, p. 148).

,, somesiy B., XCI.

Class 11. S] LICE A, Gray.
Sub-class I. TRIAXONIA, Schulze.

1. Order HEXACTINELLIDA, Schmidt.

None.

2. Order HEXACEEATINA, Lendenfeld.

Halisarca dujardini, Johnston. (Schulze, 16.)

Note. Bowerbank (see Vol. II, p. 225) never seemed to
believe in the existence oi Halisarca dujardini, as des-
cribed by Johnston. It is difficult to imagine that B.
never met with that sponge. For some time I
thought that his Hymeniacidon dujardini, XXXVIII
and H. gelatinosa, XXXVIII might have been certain
spiculiferous sponge remains overgrown hy Halisarca.
But since Topsent {18, p. 99) describes the former of
the two sponges under the name Dendoryx dujardini,
B., my supposition could be true only with regard
to Hyme7iiacidon gelatinosa. Norman enumerates
H. dujardini in the Appendix to Vol. IV, p. 238.

Sub-class II. TETRAXONIA, Schulze.
a. Order TETKACTINELLIDA, Marshall.
1. Sub-order: CHORISTIDA, Sollas.

Craniella cranium, auctt., XIV and LXXXIX. (Sol-
las, 17, p. 51.)
Poecillastra compressa, B., IX, LXXII and LXXXI.

(Sollas, 17, p. 98.)
Bercitus huchlandi, B., XXXVIII and XCII. (Sol-
las, 17, p. 108).
Stelletta coactura, B., LXXXII. (Sollas, 17, p. 184).
collingsi, B., XV. (Sollas, 17, p. 185),

240 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stryphnus ponderosus, B., VIII. (Sollas, 17, p. 193).
Pachymatisma johnstonia, B., VIII. (Sollas, 17,

p. 242.)
Gydonium milUeri, Fleming, VII. (Sollas, 17, p. 254.)

2. Sub-order : LITHISTIDA, 0. Schmidt.
None.

b. Order MONAXONIDA, Eidley and Dendy.

With uniaxial megascleres.
1. Sub-order HALICHONDRINA, Vosmaer.

Typically non-corticate ; skeleton usually reticulate ; '
megascleres usually either oxea or styli.

Family I. HAPLOSCLERiDiE, Topsent (20).
Skeleton simple ; megascleres typically diactinal ; mi-
croscleres rarely present, never chelse.

a. Sub-family Chalinin^, Eidley and Dendy.
Skeleton fibrous. Megascleres oxea or strongyla, com-
pletely enveloped by a sheath of spongin. Microscleres,
if present, toxa.

Genus Chalina, Grant.
Fibres typically with a single axial series of spicules.
No microscleres.

Chalina cervicomis, Pallas, LXVII.
,, flemingi, B., LXVII.
,, oculata, Pallas, LXVI.

Genus P achy chalina, 0. Schmidt.
Fibres typically with numerous spicules, arranged poly-
serially. No microscleres.

Pachy chalina gracilenta, B., LXVII.
granti, B., LXVIIL
„ limbata, Mont., LXVII. (Grentzen-

berg, 5, p. 30.)
„ mo7itagui, Fleming, LXVIII. (Han-

itsch, 8, p. 201.)

EEVISION "BEITISH SPONGIADiE." 241

b. Sub-family Kenieein^, Kidley and Dendy.
Skeleton confused or regular. Spongin may be present,
but never completely enveloping the spicules. Micros-
cleres rarely present.

Genus Halichondria, Fleming.
Skeleton confused, never regularly reticulate. Megas-
cleres oxea or strongyla. Spongin scarcely appreciable.
No microscleres.

HalicJiondria albescens, Johnst., XXXI.
,, ambigua, B., LXXIV.

bretti, B., XXX.
,, caduca, B., XLI. (Kidley & Dendy, 14,

p. 3.)
,, coalita, Grant, XLI.

,, coccinea, B., XXX.

,, condensa, B., 4, VI.

,, coralloides, B., 4, VII.

,. distorta, B., XLII.

,, edicsa, B., LXXIII.

,, fallaciosa, B., XXXI.

firma, B., LXXII.
,, fragilis, B., XXX.

,, glabra, B., XLI.

,, incerta, B., XLI.

,, inconspicua, B., XLI.

lactea, B., XXXII.
,, maciutoshi, B., XCI.

,, menibrana, B., XXXII.

,, paiiicea, Pallas, XXXIX. (Grentzen-

berg, 5, p. 11.)
,, regularis, B., LXXIII.

,, reticulata, B., XXXI.

,, solida, B,, 4, III.

,, tegeticula, B., LXXIV.

242 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Halichondria tliomasi, B., XXX.
,, tumulosa, B., 4, XI.

Genus Beniera, Nardo.
Skeleton composed of definite, rectangular (sometimes
triangular or polygonal), typically unispicular meshes.
Spicules short oxea or strongyla, usually united together
at the ends only by spongin. No microscleres.

Note. Some of the spicules of one species, viz., B.
anomala, are inflated in the centre.
Beniera anomala, B., L.

,, howerhanhi, Norman, XL VIII.

,, cinerea, Grant, XL Y III.

,, clava, B., LIII.

,, crassa, B., 4, VIII.

,, densa, B., L.

,, dichotoma, B., LIII.

elegans, B., XLIX. (Topsent, 18, p. 70.)
„ ferula, B., 4, VIII.
,, filamenta, B., LXXXV.
,, fistulosa, B., LIII.
gregori, B., L.
incerta, B., LXXXIX.
„ indefinita, B., XLIX.
,, indistincta, B., LI. (Topsent, 18, p. 69.)
i7igalli, B., LXXVIII.
luteosa, B., LXXXV.
„ mammeata, B., LI.
„ macandrewi, B., XLIX.
„ ohscura, B., LXXVI and LXXXVII.
„ pallida, B., L.
„ parasitica, B., XLIX.
„ peachi, B., XL VIII.
„ permollis, B., XLVIII.
„ perplexa, B., 4, IX,

243

Beiiiera pocilhun, B., LIII.
pygmea, B., LVI.
ramuscula, B., LIII.
rosea, B., XL IX.
simplex, B., XL IV and L.
simulans, Johnston, LI.
varians, B., XL VIII and LXXXVIII.
Genus Gellius, (?ray.
Skeleton formed of a more or less regular network,
never of fibres. Megascleres diactinal. Microscleres
sigmata and (or) toxa.
Note. Bowerbank omitted to describe and figure the
sigmata amongst the microscleres of Gellius angula-
tus. Kidley and Dendy {M, p. 44) who examined the
type specimens in the British Museum, discovered that
spicule, and referred the sponge to the genus Gellius.
Gellius angidatus, B., XLI. (Topsent, 18, p. 76.)
,, coucJii, B., LXXIII.
,, fallax, B., LI.
,, jugosus, B., L.

c. Sub-family Spongillin^.
Fresh water Sponges.

Genus Euspongilla, Vejdowsky.
Megascleres smooth or spined. Gemmules covered
with small spined spicules.

Euspongilla lacustris, autt., LX. (Weltner, 28 ^ p.

12 ; 24, p. 260.)
Genus Ephydatia, Lamouroux.
Megascleres smooth or spined. Gemmules covered
with amphidiscs the edges of which are indented.

Ephydatia fluviatilis, Pallas, LIX. (Weltner, 24,

p. 245.
,, parfitti, Carter, LXXXVI,

,, seep trif era, B., LXXXVI, .

244 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

d. Sub-family Gelliodin^.

None.

e. Sub-family Phlceodictyin^, Eidley and Dendy.
Massive Sponges with a thick rind and fistulous

appendages. Skeleton of the choanosome consisting of
spiculous fibres. Megascleres oxea. Microscleres (if
present) sigmata.

Genus Oceanapia, Norman.
With microscleres.

Oceanapia rohusta, B., LXII. (Eidley and Dendy,,
14, p. 36.)

Family II. Pcecilosclerid^, Topsent.
Skeleton more complicated. Megascleres typically
monactinal. Usually with microscleres, typically chelae.

a. Sub-family Esperbllin^, Eidley and Dendy.
Skeleton fibres not echinated. Megascleres of the
ectosome not differing essentially from those of the
choanosome.

Genus Stylotella, Lendenfeld.
Skeleton reticulate. Primary fibres multispiculous.
Megascleres chiefly styli. No microscleres.

Note. Topsent, {18, p. 135) established the genus
Stylifios for the undermentioned forms (except S.
iiiornata), but dropped it again {20, p. 6) on finding
that Stylotella, Lendenfeld, was identical with and
prior to it.

Stylotella columella, B., LXXVIII. (Topsent, 18,

p. 136.)
incognita, B., LXXXV.
inornata, B., LXXXIII.
pannosa, B., LXXXIX.
simplicissima, B., XC.
uniformis, B., LV.

REVISION "BRITISH SPONGIADiE.

245

Genus Desmacella, Schmidt.
Skeleton fibrous. Megascleres tylostyli or styli, or
both. Microscleres sigmata and (or) toxa, occasionally
trichodragmata.

Desmacella cavernula, B., LXXXII. (Topsent, 18,

p. 84).
:peaclii, B., LXIII. (Topsent, 18, p. 84.)
„ variantia, B., XXXIII and XLV.

Genus Biemma, Gray.
Sponges allied to Desinacella, but with the aspect and
structure of Halichondria. Megascleres : tylostyles.
Microscleres : sigmata.

Biemma corrugata, B., XLIII. (Topsent, 18, p. 81.)

inornata, B., XL VII. (Topsent, 18, p. 80.)

Genus Esperiopsis, Carter.

External form amorphous or symmetrical. Megascleres

monactinal. Microscleres isochelse, with or without

sigmata.

Esperiopsis alder i, B., LVI.
clarkei, B., LVI.
coUina, B., 4, XIV.
deformis, B., 4, XIV.
dubia, B., XC,
edwardi, B., LVIIL (Kidley and Bendy,

14, p. 78.)
foliata, B., LXXIIL (Carter, 1, p. 310.)
fitcoricm, Johnst., LVI.
funalis, B., 4, XV.
gracilis, B., LVIII.
hispida, B., 4, XII.
imitata, B., LXXVI.
mutida, B., LXXIV.
normani, B., LVI.
paupera, B., LV.

246 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Esperiopsis scitula, B., 4, lY and 4, IX.
,, tliompsoni, B., XLIV.

Genus EspereUa, Yosmaer.
External form amorphous or symmetrical. Megas-
cleres monactinal. Microscleres palmate anisochelse, to
which others may be added.

Esperella cegagropila, Johnst., LXIII and LXXXIII.
,, constricta, B., LXXI.

,, copiosa, B., LXXXII.

,, fallaciosa, B., 4, XYII.

florea, B., XXXYII. (Hanitsch, 8, p. 202.)
,, intermedia, B., 4, XYII.

lingua, B., XLYII and LXXYII. (Top-
sent, 18, p. 88.)
lohata, Mont., LYIII.
,, viacilenta, B., XXXIII.

,, Totalis, B., XC.

,, similaris, B., LXXXIX.

sordida, B., LXXYI. (Hanitsch, 9, p. 214.)
,, suhclavata, B., XXXYII.

Genus Hamacantha, Gray.
Megascleres usually styli. Microscleres typically dian-
cistra, with or without sigmata, toxa and trichodragmata.
Hamacantha falcula, B., LXXIY.

Genus Besmacidon, Bowerbank.
Megascleres diactinal. Microscleres isochelae and,
usually, sigmata.

Desmacidon cylindraceum, B., 4, YI.

,, fruticosum, Mont., LXI. (Kidley and

Dendy, 14, p. 104.)
,, occidtiim, B., LXXIX.

? ,, pauper culum, B., 4, X.

Genus Homoeodictya, Ehlers.
Usually lobate or palmate. Fibres rich in spongin.

247

Megascleres diactinal. Microscleres characteristic fim-
briated isochelse.

Homoeodictya jpalmata, Johnston, LIT. (Eidley and

Dendy, U, p. 108.)

h. Sub-family Dendoricin^, Topsent.
Skeleton fibres not echinated. The megascleres of the
ectosome are usually of a different type of those of the
choanosome, generally diactinal.

Genus Dendoi'ijx, Gray.

Skeleton reticulate. Megascleres of the ectosome

usually diactinal, mostly smooth, in a few cases spined on

the ends. Megascleres of the choanosome monactinal,

always spined. Microscleres : usually isochelse, rarely

anisochelae or no chelae at all. Sigmata may be present.

Note. As the genus Dendoryx, defined as above,

includes a great variety of forms, I think it useful to

arrange the species according to the character of the

ectosomal megascleres, and of the microscleres.

According to Vosmaer {23, p. 359), D. dickiei and D.

lurida are identical. But he apparently overlooked

what Bowerbank says in regard to the former species

(Vol. II, p. 254) : " The vast quanity and great size

of many of the anchor ate spicula is a very remarkable

feature in this sponge." The corresponding spicule

in B. lurida is considerably smaller. Still these

two species, as possessing hastate diactinals (and thus

forming Vosmaer's genus Hastatus), stand much

nearer to each other than they do to D. rugosa.

1. Ectosomal megascleres diactinal, smooth :
a. with isochelse and sigmata :
Dendoryx inaequalis, B., 4, XVI.

,, incrustans, Esper, XLIV. (Hanitsch, S,
p. 204.)

248 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

„ rohertsoni, B., 4, V.
h. with isochelse only :
Dendoryx dickiei, B. XLV.

lurida, B., LVIII and LXXXII.
„ rugosa, B., XCI.

c. with anisochelae and sigmata :
Bendoryx ingalli, B. , XL VI.

d. without microscleres :

Bendoryx dujardini, B., XXXVIII. (Topsent, 18,
p. 99).

2. Ectosomal megascleres monactinal, smooth :

a. with isochelse only :
Bendoryx batei, B., XL VI.

„ fimbriata, B., LVIII.
,, virgea, B., 4, V.

3. Ectosomal megascleres diactinal, terminally spined :

a. with anisochelae only:
Bendoryx expansa, B., LXXIV.

„ patter so7ii, B., XL VI. (Eidley and Dendy,
14, p. 117.)

b. with sigmata only :
Bendoryx pulchella, B., XL VI.

4. Ectosomal megascleres monactinal, terminally or

entirely spined :

a. with isochelse and sigmata :
Bendoryx tumulosa, B., XCII.

b. with sigmata only :
Bendoryx Candida, B., XLIV.

Genus loplioji, Gray.
Soft, crumbling sponges, of dark colour. Megascleres
of the ectosome diactinal, those of the choanosome spined
styli. Microsceleres anisochelse and bipocilli.

Iopho7i nigricans, B., XLV. (Topsent, 18, p. 98.)
„ implicatum, B., 4, XVI.

EEVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIAD^." 249

Note. Eidley and Dendy {U, p. 117) include Hali-
chondria ■ patter soni, B., under the present genus.
This must be an oversight, as that species possesses
no bipocilli. Its right place seems to be under
Bendoryx. Topsent {18, 34) places J. implicata in
his new genus Pocillon. I do not follow him, as
Bowerbank leaves it uncertain whether there are
really '' defensive spicules " in that sponge.
Genus Lissodendoryx, Topsent {18, p. 97.)
Sponges having the main skeleton composed of smooth
styli, but else with the characters of Dendoryx.
Lissodendoryx flahellifera, B., 4, VII.
Genus Tedania, Gray.
Megascleres of the ectosome diactinal, those of the
choanosome monactinal, both smooth. Microscleres
raphides.

Tedania simplicissima, B., LXXIII.
Genus Forcepia, Carter.
Megascleres of the ectosome diactinal, those of the
choanosome monactinal, both smooth. Characteristic
microsclere a labis, with or without isochelae or anisochelae.
Forcepia forcipis, B., XLIII.

Genus Yvesia, Topsent {18, p. 102).
Megascleres of the ectosome generally monactinal, but
often also diactinal, always spined, Megascleres of the
choanosome smooth, normally diactinal. Microscleres
isochelae and (or) sigmata, or absent altogether.
Yvesia armigera, B., 4, IV.
,, alhula, B., XLV.

c. Sub-family Ectyonin^, Eidley and Dendy.
Skeleton fibres echinated, generally by spined spicules.

Genus Myxilla, Schmidt.
Megascleres of the choanosome monactinal, spined,

250 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

forming a reticulate skeleton echinated by spined styli.
Megascleres of the ectosome smooth diactinals. Micros-
cleres isochelae, with or without sigmata and toxa.
Myxilla granulata, B., XLV.
,, irregularis, B., XLIV.

jecusculum, B., LXXXIII. (Carter, 1, p. 237.)
,, pansa, B., 4, I.

peachi, B., 4, XIII. (Topsent, 18, p. 109.)
,, pilata, B., 4, II.
,, pulchella, B., 4, II.

Genus Pocillon, Topsent {19, p. xxxiv).
Agreeing with Myxilla m structure, but having bipocilH
in addition. Differing from lophon only by the possession
of echinating spined styli.

Focillon hyndmani, B., XL VI. (Hanitsch, 9, p. 217.)
,, scandens, B., XLV.
,, spiiiulentuvi, B., XXIV.

Genus Lissomyxilla, n.g.
Skeleton fibres of the choanosome formed of smooth
monactinals, echinated by spined styli. Megascleres of
the ectosome smooth diactinals or monactinals. Micros-
cleres (isochelye, etc.,) may be present.

Note. I have ventured to make this new genus for a
form which I could bring under no existing genus.
It differs from Myxilla only by the smooth styli of
the choanosome, and stands to Myxilla in the same
relationship as Lissodendoryx, Topsent, to Deiidoryx,
Gray. Topsent {18, p. 108) speaks of the possibility,
of a genus of the above character having to be created
sometime. I have left the definition of the new
genus wider than was really necessitated by the only
known species of it, so that allied forms may be more
easily included under it. The present species has

REVISION "BRITISH SPONGIADiE.'' 2e51

monactinals in the ectosome, and possesses no

microscleres.

Lissomyxilla spinosa, B., LXXXIII.

Genus Plumohalichondria, Carter.
Main skeleton formed of plume-like columns, containing
smooth diactinal spicules, echinated by spined styli.
Dermal skeleton with smooth diactinal spicules and
spined styli. Microscleres isochelae.

Plumohalichondria fictitia, B., XXIII and LXXXII.
fraudator, B., LXXXIII.
kenti, B., LXXXIX.
Genus Stylostichon, Topsent {18, p. 111).
Main skeleton formed of plume-like columns, containing
spined styli, echinated by spined styli. Dermal skeleton
with smooth diactinal spicules. Microscleres isochelae.
Stylostichon amhiguum, B., XXV.

,, plumosu7n, Mont., XXIV. (Eidley and

Dendy, 14, p. 145.)
Genus Microciona, Bowerbank.
Main skeleton formed of short plume-like columns,
containg basally spined styli, echinated by entirely spined
styli. Dermal skeleton with smooth styli. Microscleres
may be present : isochelae, with or without toxa and
sigmata.

Note. M. Icevis differs from the three other species by
having smooth styli in the skeleton columns.
Microciona armata, B., XXIII.

,, atrasanguinea, B., XXIV. (Hanitsch, 8,

p. 207.)
fallax, B., XXIII.
IcBvis, B., XXIII.
Genus Hymeraphia, Bowerbank.
Sponges thin, encrusting. Main skeleton formed of
isolated monactinals, spined at least at their bases, arising

252 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

vertically from the basal membrane, with accessory
shorter, generally entirely spined monactinals. Megas-
cleres of the ectosome of varying character. No micros-
cleres (?)

Note. Topsent {18, p. 109) places H. radiata under
the genus Myxilla.
Hymeraphia clavata, B., XXVI.

,, coronula, B., LXXIX.

,, indistiiicta, B., LXXXVII.

,, paupertas, B., XXXVII.

radiata, B., XXVIII and XXIX. (Top-
sent, 18, p. 109).
„ simplex, B., LXXX,

„ veriicillata, B., XXVII. (Carter, 1, p.

321.)
Genus Baspaila, Nardo.
Sponges typically whip-like, with a dense central axis
of spiculo-fibre containing much spongin, from which
loose tufts of spicules radiate to the surface. Megascleres
usually monactinal. Echinating spined styli always
present. No microscleres.

Note. Topsent {30, p. 13) states that some species of
Baspailia possess asters, referring apparently to
Dictyocylindrus stuposus, B., D. fascicidaris, B.,
and similar forms. I prefer to include the same
under Axinella, as they do not possess echinating
spined styli. Spongia rigida, Montagu, described by
me (8, p. 213) under the name Baspailia rigida, M.,
would now also come under Axinella.
Baspailia aculeata, B., XXI.

,, hispida, Mont., XVII.
,, howsei, B., XIX.
■ ,, puviila, B., XIX and XXI.
,, radiosa, B., XX.

REVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIAD^." 258

Baspailia ramosa, Mont., XVI.

,, rectangula, B., LXXXIV.

ve7itilabric7n,B.,XVl. (Hanitsch, 8,p.212.)
,, virgultosa, B., XIX.

Genus Acarnus, Gray.
Megascleres of the ectosome diactinal (tylota) ; those
of the choanosome monactinal (smooth styh). Accessory
megascleres of the choanosome cladotyles, characteristic
of the genus. Microscleres isochelse and toxa.
Acarnus stelliferus, B., XXVII.

Genus Pytheas, Topsent {18, p. 110).
Megascleres of the ectosome usually spined styli, lying
tangentially. Skeleton of the choanosome formed of
bundles of smooth diactinals, echinated by spined styli.
Isochelae usually present.

Pytheas inflatiis, B., LXXIX.

Genus Spanioplon, Topsent {18, p. 116).
Chief megascleres of the choanosome smooth mon-
actinals, few in number as compared with the megascleres
of the ectosome, smooth diactinals. With accessory
small spined spicules (microxea, microstyles, or tylostyles).
Microscleres (isochelse and sigmata) rarely present.
Spanioplon armaturum, B., XXXIV.

Genus Clathria, 0. Schmidt.
Main skeleton formed of well-developed horny fibres
cored with smooth styH, echinated by spined styh. No
special dermal skeleton. Microscleres isochelae and (or)
toxa, sometimes absent.

Clathria heani, LVIII.

davigera, B., XXXVII,
,, laciniosa, B., LXXV.
Genus Clathrissa, Lendenfeld, emend. {11, p. 217).
Main skeleton formed of dense bundles of diactinals,
with very httle spongin, echinated by spined styli. With

254 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

or without dermal crust of oxea. Chelae may be present.
Note. The orginal diagnosis runs : " Desmacidonidae
with a skeleton composed of dense bundles of slender
oxea, with very litttle spongin ; echinated by spined
styli." I have altered the diagnosis slightly in order
to include the undermentioned species. Topsent
created a new genus (Leptosia) for Bowerbank's
Hymedesmia zetlandica, but I think we can include
that species under the present genus.
Clathrissa perarmata, B., XXXI.
,, trunca, B., 4, XI.

,, zetlandica, B., XXIX.

Genus OpMitaspo7igia, Bowerbank.
Skeleton formed of horny fibres, not cored by spicules,
but echinated by smooth styli. Microscleres toxa.
Oplilitaspongia papilla, B., LXX.

,, seriata, Grant, LXV.

Genus Diplodeiiiia, Bowerbank.
Skeleton formed of horny fibres containing smooth oxea
and echinated by smooth oxea. No microscleres.
Biplodemia vesicula, B., LXX.

Genus Plocamia, 0. Schmidt.
Characteristic megascleres dumb-bell shaped spicules,
spined. Chief megascleres styli or subtylostyli, often
spined at their bases, sometimes accompanied by shorter
and more completely spined spicules. Ectosome some-
times with diactinals. Microscleres : isochelae and,
usually, toxa.

Note. Topsent {20, p. 17) includes this genus under
his new sub-family Buharince. But as that sub-family
is at present not yet quite satisfactorily defined, we
may be allowed to leave Flocamia amongt the
Ectyonince. The type of Topsent's new sub-family
is Bubaris, Gray. But as the same is supposed to

EEVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIADiE." 255

include such greatly differing forms as Hymeraphia
vermiculata, B. and H. verticillata, B. (which I refer
to Axinella and Hymeraphia respectively), I have
not thought it advisable, to make use of that genus.
Plocamia coriacea, B., LXXVI. (Eidley and Dendy,
14, p. 158; Topsent, 18, p. 117.)

Family III. Axinellid^, Eidley and Dendy.
Skeleton typically consisting of ascending axes of fibres
from which arise subsidiary fibres radiating to the surface,
but may be reticulate. Megascleres chiefly monactinals
to which diactinals may be added. Microscleres rarely
present ; if present, raphides, microxea, cladostrongyla or
asters.

Genus Hymeniacidon, Bowerbank.
Sponge massive. Skeleton reticulate. Megascleres
monactinal. No microscleres.

Note. In regard to /iJ. gelatinosum see Halisarca.
Hymeniacidon aldousii, B., XCII.

„ aureum, Mont., XXXIV.

,, callosum, B., 4, IV.

,, carunculum, B., XXXII. (Kidley and

Dendy, 14, p. 167.)
,, consimile, B., XXXIII.

fallax, B., XXXIII.
? ,, gelatinosum, B., XXXVIII.

,, hillieri, B., 4, III.

,, invalidum, B., LXXXV.

? ,, involutum, B., 4, X.

,, mammeatum, B., XXXIII.

,, medium, B., LXXXV.

,, nodosum, B., 4, XII.

,, pacliydeimum, B., XXXIV.

„ perleve, Mont., XXXIV.

256 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hymeniacidon ;perte7iiie, B., 4, XIII.

plumigerum, B., LXXII.
radio sum, B., LXXII.
sanguineum, Grant, XXXII.
simplex, B., XL VII.
virgulatmn, B., 4, IV.
viridans, B., XXXIII.

Genus Phakellia, Bowerbank.
Sponge fan — or funnel — shaped. Skeleton somewhat
reticulate. Megascleres styli and often oxea, generally
slender and twisted. No microscleres.

Note. 0. Schmidt, and Eidley and Dendy regard Ph.
rohusta as identical with, or, at the most, only as a
variety of Ph. ventilahrum. I prefer to keep the two
forms separate.
Phakellia rohusta, B., XXI.

,, ventilahrum, Johnston, XXII. (Ridley and
Dendy, U, p. 170.)

Genus Tragosia, Gray.
Sponge fan — or funnel — shaped, or branching and
anastomosing. Skeleton pretty regularly reticulate.
Megascleres styli and often oxea, not twisted and stouter
than in Phakellia. No microscleres.
Tragosia harleei, B., LVII.

,, infundihuliformis, Johnst., XIV and LIV.

(Carter, 1, p. 240.)
,, polypoides, 0. Schmidt, LV.
Genus Ciocalypta, Bowerbank.
Sponge massive or ramose. Megascleres stylote and
sometimes oxeote. From a central skeleton are given off
pillars of spiculo-fibre at about right angles, spreading out
and supporting the dermal membrane, leaving large sub-
dermal spaces. No microscleres.

REVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIAD^." 257

Ciocahjpta penicillus, B., XIII and LXXXVI. (Kid-
ley and Dendy, U, p. 173.)
Genus Axinella, Schmidt.
Sponge generally ramose. Skeleton fibre plumose.
Megascleres stylote, sometimes oxeote. Sometimes
stellate microscleres.

Note. A. vermicidata, B., is possibly identical with
A. erecta, Carter. See Kidley and Dendy, M, p. 182.
Axinella fascicidaris, B., XVIII.
,, rugosa, B., XX and XXI.

sticposa, Mont., XIX. (Topsent, 18, p. 123.)
,, subdolci, B., XLIII.
,, vermicidata, B., XXVI.

2. Sub-order CLAVULINA, Vosmaer.

Sponges typically with cortex, radiating skeleton, tylo-
stylote megascleres and no spongin. Microscleres rarely

present, never chelae or sigmata.

Family I. Suberitid^, Vosmaer.
No microscleres, except occasionally centrotylote mic-
rostrongyles.

Genus Suberites, Nardo.
Massive or stipitate, without mammiform projections.
Usually with special dermal crust of radiating spicules.
Megascleres typically tylostyles. Microscleres : occasion-
ally centrotyJote microstrongyles.

Suberites carnosiis, Johnst., XXXVI. (Kidley and
Dendy, 14, p. 197.)
cricstida, B., XXXIV.
,, domiuicida, Olivi, XXXVI.
,, far inar ills, B., LXX.
,, fie us, Johnst., XXXVI.
,, foliatus, B., LXXI.
,, simplicissimus, B., LXXX,

258 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Suberites sulpJiureus, Bean, XXXVII.
,, tenebrosus, B., 4, XV.
,, temiiculus, B., 4, I.
,, virguUosus, Johnst., XXXV.
Genus Pohjviastia, Bowerbank.
With mammiform projections. Megascleres tylostyli
or styli. No microscleres.

Note. I include here P. (Te^/iea) spinularia.'B. Oscar
Schmidt referred this species to his BadieUa. How-
ever the figure given by Bowerbank shows no special
resemblance to the symmetrical structure of BadieUa
(nor of Tricliostemma and Halicnemia) . Still I have
some doubt in regard to the systematic position of
this species, as it contains oxea in addition to the
tylostyles, and as its mammiform projections are
very short.
Polymastia bulbosa, B., X.

,, conigera, B. LXXII.

,, maminillaris , B., XII. (Vosmaer, 21, p.

14; Hanitsch, 7, p. 166.)
,, ornata, B., IX.

,, radiosa, B., XI.

,, rohista, B., X. (Kidley and Dendy, 14,

p. 210.)
,, spinula, B., XI.

? ,, spiiiularia, B., XV.

Genus QiiasiUina, Norman.
" Sponge corticate, stipitate, with oval body, bearing a
single osculum at the summit, and short stalk. In the
cortex primary' skeleton fibres ascend in parallel lines
from the base, crossed at right angles by secondary ones.
Spicules, large and small styli." Kidley and Dendy, 14,
p. 225.

REVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIADiE." 259

Quasillina hrevis, B., XI. (Ridley and Dendy, 14,
p. 226; Vosmaer, 21, p. 20.)
Genus Halicnemia, Bowerbank.
Sponge symuietrical, flat discoid, with marginal fringe
of long spicules. Megascleres tylostyli. Microscleres (?) ;
spined centrotylotes.

Note. I am not sure whether the small spined centro-
tylote spicules which Bowerbank describes in H.
patera (but no figures) are to be regarded as micros-
cleres. Vosmaer fused this genus with Polymastia,
but, as I think, without sufficient reason. Nor can,
according to Hansen {10, p. 8), Halicnemia be fused
with Badiella, as Marenzeller had done.
Halicnemia patera, B., XV.

Genus Cliona, Grant.
Boring Suberitidae. Megascleres tylostyles. No mi-
croscleres.

Cliona ce/ai^f^,Grant, XXXVIII and LXIV. (Hanitsch,
8, p. 216.)

Family II. Tethyid^, Vosmaer.
The ectosome is usually a well developed cortex with
distinct fibrous laj^er. Megascleres styh or tylostyh,
radially arranged. Microscleres, when present, spherasters
or microrrhabds.

Note. I include under this family also the genus
Hijmedesmia, B., as represented by H. stellata, B.,
although this is a thin encrusting sponge without
cortex. An encrusting sponge very similar to H.
stellata, but possessing oxyasters instead of chiasters
was dredged last year in Liverpool Bay, for which I
propose the provisional name H. acato-stellata. Its
spiculation, but not its mode of growth, reminds one
strongly of Axinella stiiposa. Thus Hijmedesmia
ought perhaps be included under the Axinellidae.

260 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Genus Tethya, Lamarck.
Sponge of a more or less spherical form. Megascleres
styli. Microscleres spherasters.
Tethya lyncurmm, Lin., XV.

Genus Hymedesmia, Bowerbank.
Thin, encrusting. Megascleres tylostyles. INIicros-
cleres asters.

Hymedesmia stellata, B., XXVIII.

c. Order. MONOCEEATINA, Lendenfeld.

Family I. Spongid^, Schulze.

Leiosella pulchella, Sowerby, LXV. (Lendenfeld,

13, p. 211).
Aplysina zetlandica, B., LXX. (Lendenfeld, 12, p.

403.)

Family II. Bpongelid^, Vosmaer.
Spongelia fragilis, Mont., var. irregularis, LXIX and
XCI. (Lendenfeld, 12, p. 662.)

LITEKATUKE.

1. Carter, H. J. Descriptions and figures of Deep-

Sea Sponges and their spicules, from the Atlantic
Ocean, dredged up on board H. M.S. 'Porcupine'
chiefly in 1869. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876.

2. Dendy, a. a Monograph of the Victorian Sponges.

Part I. The Organisation and Classification of the
Calcarea Homocoela, with descriptions of the
Victoria Species. Tr. K. Soc. Victoria, III, part
I, 1891.

3. Synopsis of the Australian Calcarea

Heterocoela, with a proposed classification of the
group and descriptions of some new genera and
species. Proc. R. Society of Victoria (N.S.), V,
1893, pp. 69—116.

REVISION ''BRITISH SPONGIAD^." 261

4. Studies on the Comparative Anatomy of

Sponges. V. Observations on the Structure and
Classification of the Calcarea Heterocoela. Q. J.
Micr. Science (N.S.), No. 138, 1893, pp. 159—257'

5. Grentzenberg, Max. Die Spongienfauna der

Ostsee. Inaugural— Dissertation. Kiel, 1891.

6. H^CKEL, E. Die Kalkschwamme : eine Mono-

graphie. 3 Bde. Berlin, 1872. [Keferences apply
to Band II only.]

7. Hanitsch, K. Second Eeport on the Porifera of the

L.M.B.C. District. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc,

Vol. Ill, pp. 155—173.
8. Third Keport on the Porifera of the

L.M.B.C. District. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc,

Vol. IV, pp. 192—238.
9. Notes on some Sponges collected by

Professor Herdman off the West Coast of Ireland

from the 'Argo.' Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc,

Vol. V, pp. 213—222,

10. Hansen, G. Armauer. Spongiadae. In: The Nor-

wegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 1876 — 1878.
Christiania, 1885.

11. Lendenfeld, E. VON. Descriptive Catalogue of the

Sponges in the Australian Museum, Sydney. 1888.

12. A Monograph of the Horny Sponges.

1889.

13. Das System der Spongien. Abhandl. d.

Senckenb. naturf. Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M.,
1890.

14. KiDLEY, Stuart 0. and Dendy, Arthur. Keport on

the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. ' Challenger'
during the years 1873 — 76.

15. Schmidt, Oscar. Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna

des Atlantischen Gebietes. Leipzig, 1870.

262 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

16. ScHULZE, F. E. Untersuchungen liber den Bau und

die Entwicklung der Spongien. II. Die Gattung
Halisarca. Zeitschr. wiss. ZooL, Bd. XXVIII,
1877, pp. 1—48.

17. SoLLAS, W. J. Eeport on the Tetractinellida col-

lected by H.M.S. 'Challenger' during the years
1873—76.

18. ToPSENT, E. Contribution a I'etude des Spongiaires

de I'Atlantique Nord. Resultats des Campagnes
scientifiques, etc., fasc. 11.

19. Nouvelle serie de diagnoses d'Eponges de

Roscoff et des Banyuls. Arch. zool. exp. et. gen.
(3), T. I, 1893, pp. XXXIII— XL VIII.

20. Une Eeforme dans la classification des

HalicJiondrma. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, VII,
1894, pp. 5—27.

21. VosMAER, G. C. J. The Sponges of the ' "Willem

Barents' Expedition 1880 and 1881. Bijdr.
Dierkunde, Aflev. 2, 1885.

22. Spongien (Porifera). Bronn's Klassen

und Ordnungen des Thierreichs. 1887.

23. Weltner, W. Ueber die Autorenbezeichnung von

Spongilla erinaceus. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berhn,
1893, No. I.

24. ■_ — Spongillidenstudien. II. Ueber den

Bau der Gemmulse einheimischer Spongilliden.
Arch. f. Naturg. 1893, pp. 245—284.

v^^0'-

y

263

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. IX.]

EIGHTH ANNUAL KEPOKT of the LIVEEPOOL

MAEINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE and their

BIOLOGICAL STATION at POET EEIN.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.E.S.

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL;

CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MAPtlNE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,

AND DIRECTOR OF THE PORT ERIN STATION.

[Read 9th November, 1894.]

The work at Port Erin continues to flourish, and the
investigation of the Irish Sea generally is increasing in
scope. The laboratory has been well used during vacation
times ; there have been a considerable number of dredging
expeditions, and several new lines of investigation .have
been started which promise well. As there is much to
report upon, I shall pass at once to the usual statistical
statements without further introduction ; and for informa-
tion in regard to the foundation and equipment of the
Biological Station, and as to the aims and methods of the
Committee, reference must be made to former reports.*
As usual, I am indebted to several of my colleagues on
the Committee and to workers at the Station for kind
help which they have given me in the preparation of this
annual record.

Station Eecord.
The following naturalists have worked at the Sta^:ion
during the past year : —

DATE. NAME. WORK.

March. I. C. Thompson Copepoda.

— W. A. Herdman Timicata.

— C. H. Hnrst Collecting.

* Copies of the Sixth Report (56 pp. and 6 plates"), in stiff boards, and
containing an account of the opening of the Station at Port Erin in 1892 by
Governor Wal[)ole, can still be had, price one shilling each, on application to
the Hon. Treasurer.

264 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

— W. I. Beaumont

— F. W. Gamble

— E. T. Browne

— Alfred Leicester

— F. E. Weiss :

— T. Hick

April. F. E. Weiss

— E. T. Browne

— W. I. Beaumont

May. E. T. Browne ...

— H. C. Chadwick

— AV. A. Herdman

— L C. Thompson

June. T. S. Lea.

— Miss L. R. Thornely ...

— Miss R. Aleock .:.

July. L C. Thompson...

— A. 0. Walker

— W. A. Herdman

— W. E. Ritter, California
— A. Leicester

August. R. Hanitsch

— W. A. Herdman

— L C. Thompson

— Alf, Leicester

— T. S. Lea

— Arnold T. Watson

— P. M. C. Kermode

— G. W, Wood ..

— J. D. F. Gilchrist

— W. J. Halls

Septeinber. W. A. Herdman

— R. Hanitsch

— J. D. F. Gilchrist

— W. J. Halls

— L C. Thompson

— F. T. Paul

— G. B. Howes

— R. J. Harvey Gibson .

— Arnold T. Watson

Nemertida.

Turbellaria.

Medusse.

Mollusca.

Algffi.

Algse.

Algpe.

Medusffi.

Nemertida.

Meduspe.
Synapta, &c.
Tunicata.
Copepoda.

Photographing Algse.

Polyzoa.

Tunicata.

(/opepoda.

Amphipoda,

Tunicata.

Tunicata.

Mollusca.

Sponges.

Tunicata.

Copepoda.

Mollusca.

Photogi'aphing Algse.

Annelids.

General.

General.

Opisthobranchiata.

General.

General.

Sponges.

Opisthobranchiata.

General.

Copepoda.

General.

General.

Algse.

Annelids

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 265

Although this list is a somewhat shorter one than that
ill last year's record, still several of the workers stayed for
long periods, and so the amount of w^ork carried on in the
laboratory this year has probably been greater than in any
previous year. Some of this work will be referred to later
on in the report.

Besides these workers, there were many visitors both
to the Laboratory and also to the Aquarium, which seems
increasing in popularity. During the season several
demonstrations on the animals living in the tanks were
given by the Director, and in September a special meet-
ing of the Isle of Man Natural History Society was held
at the Biological Station, when the Director gave an
address on " The Exploration of Our Coasts."

The Aquarium.
A full account of the arrangement of the tanks and
pipes in the Aquarium-house w^as given in the last report.
Several minor additions and improvements have been
made during this year. High stands for small aquaria
and glass vessels have been erected in front of the
windows. The long table has been fitted with a leaden
covering, with upturned edges and w^aste pipe, so that
water spilled or leaking from aquaria may run off without
wetting the w^ood. New wall cases and shelving have
been added in the upper room for the reception of the
collection of Manks Marine Invertebrates (Echinoderms,
Zoophytes, Crustacea, and Mollusca) kindly presented by
Mr. G. W. Wood, and other similar dried or " spirit "
specimens collected in the neighbourhood. In this w^ay
the walls of the room are becoming covered with collec-
tions which form an interesting httle museum of local
marine zoology, and are a useful addition to the hving
animals in the tanks when explaining the results of our
dredging investigations to visitors.

266 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The water motor and pump are not as satisfactory as
could be wished, but with a few alterations, which are
now contemplated, and which can be easily carried out,
we have reason to believe that the apparatus will work
better. Even without the pump we have, however, the
sea-water brought fresh every tide into our building by
means of the pipe from the beach and our deep well,
so that it is no difficult matter to keep the tanks supplied.

The Aquarium was in excellent condition during August
and part of September, under the care of Dr. Hanitsch,
and was open daily to visitors. The greatest number of
visitors in one day was twenty-nine. With a permanent
Curator, who will have fixed hours for going round with
visitors and demonstrating the contents of the tanks, this
department of the Biological Station will probably undergo
considerable development, may form a not inconsiderable
source of revenue to the institution, and will prove an
additional resource and attraction to the visitors to Port
Erin.

Amongst the more interestino^ or rarer animals which
lived in the Aquarium during the summer were : — Synapta
inhcerens, Porania pulvilliLS, Asterina gihhosa, Brissopsis
lyrifera, Fanthalis oerstedi, Galocaris macandece (several
individuals of this deep-sea prawn lived for some weeks ;
they were partly covered with fine colonies of the rare
Polyzoon Triticella hoechii), Ebalia tuherosa, Sarcodictyon
catenata (both red and yellow varieties), Alcyonium digi-
tatum, Bcalpellum vidgare.

One specimen of Aurelia aurita lived in a tank for
over five weeks, but diminished steadily in size during the
time. At the end it was about half of its original diameter,
but still quite active and apparently healthy. The tank
given up to Shrimps, Prawns, and Mysids proved a success,
and was a great source of interest to visitors on account

. MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 267

of the lively scenes that took place when the animals were
fed. There were always a number of the ordinary shore
animals, usually some beautiful vessels of brilliant ane-
mones from the Calf Sound, sometimes jars of Copepoda
and other surface organisms, while Hermit crabs, the sea-
mouse, a few flat fish, brittle stars, and sea-urchins were
always interesting to watch, and could readily be made to
lend themselves to purposes of instruction.

Besides its distinct use to the general public, our
Aquarium has another function. Several of the naturalists
at work this year have made more or less use of it, and
it has been felt to be a distinct aid in making several
interesting original observations, such as those on Fan-
thalis described further on. A. number of animals
spawned during spring or summer in the tanks, and an
Actinia mesemhryanthemum produced in March about 50
young anemones, which scattered themselves over the
tank and throve well.

Temperature of the Sea.

As we have had no permanent resident Curator during
the year, the sea temperatures have not been taken with
regularity, but several of the naturalists working, who
have been interested in the matter, and notably Mr.
E. T. Browne in the earlier part of the summer, and
Dr. Hanitsch, who acted as temporary Curator during
the later part of the season, have kept daily records during
the period of their stay. These are entered in the
diary at the Station, and they show that, as in the case
of last year's series, but not quite so markedly, the
temperatures of the sea- water in gradually rising as the
spring and summer advance lag slightly behind the in-
increasing temperatures of the air. This summer the
highest temperature (62° F., on August 21st) was ten

268 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

degrees lower than the highest of last year (72" F., on
August 15th), but the latter is probably to be regarded as
an exceptional occurrence, in an exceptionally hot sum-
mer. It is interesting to notice that in a few of the
observations taken by Mr. Browne in April, the water
out in the Bay, at a depth of 3 fathoms, was about 5° F.
below the surface temperature at the same time (after-
noon) .

Nothing has yet been done in the direction of fish
hatching and lobster culture, for both of which important ,
industries Port Erin is so eminently suitable. There
are unfortunate parliamentary restrictions which at pre-
sent prevent the Lancashire Sea -Fisheries Committee
from spending money in this direction, upon what, from
their point of view, is foreign soil. The Manks Legis-
lature is, however, now stirring in the matter of their
coast fisheries. A bill has been promoted, has passed
through the House of Keys, and was lately promul-
gated, conferring powers, to make fishery bye-laws and
other necessary regulations, upon a committee. It remains
to be seen whether this committee will content itself with
''restrictive" legislation, or will supplement that by the
at least equally important and necessary "productive"
work which leads to the encouragement and advance of
fish culture and the stocking of beds and banks. Such
direct action in aid of the fishing industries cannot be
much longer delayed, and I am now of opinion that our
Station at Port Erin should, during the coming season,
be utilised for experimental work on fish hatching. Even
if we cannot obtain any assistance from the Lancashire
Committee, and if the Insular Government find they are
unable to aid in fish production, still our L. M. B.
Committee might establish one or two hatching boxes in
spring, test the quality of the water by an actual experi-

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 209

nient in hatching, and show what can be done even on a
very small scale and with very limited resources.

Dredging Expeditions.

During the year 1894 the following dredging expeditions
in steamers have been arranged, partly with the help of
the small Committee of the British Association alluded to
ui former reports. This B. A. Committee reported to
the Oxford meeting of the Association, and was then
re-appointed for another year, with the addition of Pro-
fessor Weiss to cover the Marine Flora, and of Mr.
Clement Keid to aid in working out the Geology of the
floor of the sea : —

1. March 20-25th. At Easter the Committee spent some
days in shore-collecting at the southern end of the Isle of
Man, and hired the steam trawler "■ Lady Loch " for
two days' dredging. On the first day the floor of the sea
to the north of Port Erin from Fleshwick to Contrary
Head at Peel was worked at twelve stations within four
miles of the coast, and at depths from 10 to 20 fathoms.
On the second day nine stations off the west of the Calf
Island at depths from 20 to 25 fathoms were dredged.

March 24th. 1. West of Fleshwick Ba.y, a quarter mile
off shore, 13 fathoms ; bottom fine sand and broken
shells, with* Gliona celata, Gemellaria loricata, Cauda
reptans, Ophiura ciliaris, Galathea intermedia, Portunus
arcuatus, Aporrhais pes-pelicani, Trochiis magus, Ascidia
virginea.

2. West of Fleshwick, further north, half a mile off

* The few species picked out for mention in each haul are not to be
regarded as the rarest forms oliserved. In some cases tliey are the com-
monest. They are the forms wliich at the time seemed to us the mo.st
conspicuous and characteristic of the haul — the most noteworthy inhabitants
of the ground.

270 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

shore, ] 5 fathoms ; bottom small gravel and shells, with
Cycloporus papulosa, Hyas coarctatics, Stenorhynckus
tenuirostris, Venus fascia to , Lissocardium norvegicum.

3. West of Flesh wick, fm'ther north, half a mile off
shore, 15 fathoms ; bottom large shells, a little gravel,
with Fecten tigrinus, Venus casina, many common crabs.

4. One mile north of Fleshwick, half a mile off shore,
14 fathoms ; bottom much fine gravel, with Pecten maxi-
viiis, Trochus magus, Antedon rosacea.

5. Off the Cronk, a mile off shore, 14 fathoms ; bottom
small gravel and some Melohesia, with Tellina crassa
(alive ) , Thracia prcetenuis.

6. One mile fm^ther north, a mile off shore, 10 fathoms;
bottom Nulhpores {Melohesia and Lithothamnion) , with
compomid ascidians.

7. West from South Barrule, a mile off shore, 12
fathoms ; bottom Nullipores, with Ajitedon rosacea.

8. Off Niarbyl Point a mile out (several hauls), 12
fathoms ; rough hard ground, with Antedon rosacea ^
Echinocardiuni flavesce7is.

9. Off Glen Meay, 4 miles out, 20 fathoms; bottom
" reamy " (sand and mud), with OpliioplioUs aculeata,
Porania pulvillus.

10. Off Glen Meay, half a mile further north, 21
fathoms, with many Pecten opercularis, Cucumaria hynd-
mani, Ehalia tuherosa, Cellaria fistulosa, Scalpellum
vulgare.

11. West of Contrary Head, 4 miles off, 18 fathoms;
bottom Melobesia and stones, with Eugyra glutinans.

12. West of Contrary Head, IJ miles off, 13 fathoms ;
bottom muddy sand with some stones and many ophiu-
roids, with Cliona celata (massive form), Astarte sulcata,
Pecten maximus.

II. March 25th. 1. Off Aldrick (south of Port Erin), a

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 271

mile out, 18 fathoms ; bottom dead shells, shell sand, and
echinoderm spines, with Spatangus purpureus, Echino-
cijamus pusillus, Porania pudvillus, Henricia sanguino-
lenta, Murex erinaceus, Xantho taherculatus.

2. Off Kitteiiand, Ih miles out, 18 fathoms; bottom
, dead shells, with Ascidia mentula, Cynthia morns.

3. North-west of Calf Sound, 2 to 3 miles off, 19
fathoms; bottom sand and shells, with Palmipes placenta,
Luidea ciliaris, Stichaster roseus, TJujone fiisns and T.
raphanus, Cellar ia fistidosa, Ascidia pleheia, Polijcarpa
coniata.

4. North-w^est of Calf Island, 3 miles off, 20 fathoms ;
bottom sand and shell fragments, with Pectuncidus glij-
cimeris, Modiola modiolus, Pecten maximus.

5. North-west of Burrow Kock, 3 to 4 miles off, 22
fathoms ; bottom shells, with Pectuncidus glycimeris,
Lissocardium norvegicum, Pecten maximus.

6. North-west of Chicken Eock, 5 miles off, 25 fathoms;
bottom dead shells and some sand, with Sarcodictyou
catenata, Ghoetopterus sp., Ebcdia tuberosa, Ascidia
pleheia.

7. One-and-a-half miles off Bradda Head, 18 fathoms;
bottom large shells and broken fragments, with Asterias
ruhens (very large*), Porania pidvillus, Ciona intestinalis.

8. Two to three miles N.W. of Bradda Head, 21
fathoms ; bottom muddy sand, with many ophiuroids,
Cucumaria hyndmani.

9. Four miles N.W. of Bradda Head, 23-25 fathoms
(several hauls) ; bottom sandy mud, many ophiuroids.

* The specimens we dredge are very mueli larger than those we find on
the rocks of the neighbouring shore. Are there two varieties in the species,
a smaller shore and a larger deep-water form, or do the individuals move
outwards from the shore as they grow older ?

272 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

III. May 27th. The Committee hired the steam trawler
" Lady Loch," and dredged the following localities : —

1. South-east of Calf Sound, a mile from Kitterland,
20 fathoms; bottom subangular gravel (? glacial material),
many ophiuroids and Biiccinum undatum, a few large
shells, Mijtilus edidis, and Venus casina.

2. South-east of Calf Sound, half a mile farther out, 19
fathoms ; some coarse sand and broken shells, with the
subangular gravel (stones much incrusted), Spatangus
'purpureus, many encrusting polyzoa, Venus, Trochus,
Pecten, Serpula, Echinus, and Lithothamnion fragments.

3. South-east of Calf Sound, further on, 2 miles from
Kitterland, 20 fathoms ; bottom white shelly (calcareous)
sand, mainly organic, lamellibranch and gastropod shells,
echinoderm spines and plates, Cellaria fistidosa and
CeUe2)ora 2^u?nicosa, Pectuncidus gJijcimeris, Zoophytes.

4. South-east of Spanish Head, ^h miles off, 20 fathoms ;
bottom sand and broken shells ; a few small stones —
Triassic sandstone, slate, and pebble of felsite. Annelids,
Phyllopliorus drummondi.

5. South-east of Spanish Head, 3 miles off, 22 fathoms ;
bottom more shelly (fragments large), and a few small
pieces of slaty rocks.

6. Off the Chasms, half a mile out, 17 fathoms ; bottom
muddy sand with much Litliothamnion and Melohesia, a
few shells and small stones, small sub-angular fragments
of slate, grit, Carboniferous limestone (with Productus) ,
and pebbles of coarse sandstone.

7. Off the Chasms, a mile out, 19 fathoms ; bottom mud
and small gravel (subangular grit and granite), EcJiino-
cardiuin cordatum and Echinus remains, and some shells.

8. Off the Chasms, 2 miles out, 21 fiithoms ; mixed
bottom, sandy mud, small subangular stones and shell
fragments; with Pagurus prideauxii and Adamsiapalliata,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 273

9. South-east of the Old Mines, near Perwick Bay,
quarter mile to a mile off shore, 15 to 18 fathoms (two
hauls) ; bottom Nullipore and gravel (angular grit, slate,
vein-quartz) ; a few shell fragments witli Ehalia tuberosa,
Hyas coarctatus.

10. Off mouth of Perwick Bay, half a mile off, 12
fathoms ; bottom small gravel.

IV. July 8th. The Committee had the use of the
Lancashire Sea Fisheries steamer " John Fell," and
dredged at the following localities : —

1. West of Dalby, 5 miles out, 30 fathoms ; bottom
sandy mud, with Antennularia ramosa, Ophiura ciliaris
and 0. albicla, Pecten opercularis and P. pusio, TurriteUa
terehra, Scalpelluvi vulgare, Hyas coarctatus, Eupagurus
tJiompsojii, Eudorella nana, Gammaropsis (? n. sp.j, both
the latter new to Britain, Ascidia virginea, and Eugyra
glutinans.

2. Six-and-a-half miles west of Contrary Head (Peel)
38 fathoms ; bottom fine mud, with Brissopsis lijrifera,
Lipohranchius Jeffrey sii, Eudorella nana.

3. Seven-and-a-half miles west of Niarbyl Point, 45
fathoms ; bottom fine mud, with Calocaris macandrece,
Gonoplax rhonihoides , Harpinia IcBvis (new to Britain),
Vanthalis oerstedi, and fragments of a small Lumhri-
CO nereis.

4. Five-and-a-half miles west of Glen Meay, 34 fathoms ;
bottom mud, many TurriteUa terehra with Sagartia
lierdmani.

5. Four-and-a-half miles west of the Cronk, 22 fathoms;
bottom broken shells and small stones, with many ophiu-
roids, Stichaster roseus, Ehalia tuherosa, Eurynome aspera,
Atelecyclus septemdentatus , many encrusting polyzoa
(twelve species identified), including Barentsia nodosa,
hydroids (fifteen species identified), including Dicoryne

274 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

cojiferta, new to the district : also the cumacean Campy-
laspis macrophthalma, new to Britain.

V. August 19th. The Committee hired the steam
trawler " Lady Loch," and dredged at the following
localities : —

1. North of Calf, close in, 14 fathoms, gravel, with
Claveliyia lepadiformis, Asterias glacialis, many ophiu-
roids.

2. One-and-a-half miles north of Kitterland, 19 fathoms ;
stones and mud, with Antennularia antennina and A.
rmyiosa, Sarcodictyon catenata, Ghcetopterus sp., Stichaster
roseus, Porania pulvillus, Ehalia tuberosa, Xantlw tuhercu-
latus,Ascidia mentula, A.pleheia, Corella parallelogram7na ,
Perophora listeri, ForheseUa tessellata, and Cynthia morns.

3. Two miles west of Bradda, 23 fathoms ; Munida
hainffica, Ascidia mentula, Cynthia morus.

4. Mouth of Port Erin Bay (with small trawl), much
seaweed, with Ascidia alhida {scahra), several common
species, such as Pagurus hernhardus and shrimps, some
young plaice and lemon sole.

VI. August 25th. In hired steam trawler " Alhatross."

1. Two miles north of the Calf, 22 fathoms ; sand and
Pectunculus shells and Zoophytes, with Alcyonium digi-
tatum, Sarcodictyon catejiata (yellow variety), Campanu-
laria verticiUata , Chcdtopteriis sp.

2. Seven miles off outer end of Calf Id., 30 fathoms ;
dead Pectens and a few stones (up to 3 lbs.), in a little
mud, with Zoophytes, Cellar ia fistulosa, Echinocardium
flavescens, Echinocyamus pusillus, Lyonsia norvegica.

3. Eight to nine miles west of Port Erin, 35 fathoms ;
bottom "reamy," with Spatangus purpureus, Phascolo-
soma vulgare.

4. A mile further out, 48 fathoms ; mud, (containing
some stones and dead shells), with Calocaris macandrece,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL S'J'ATION AT PORT ERIN. 275

with Triticella hoeckii, Pantlialis oerstedi, and Brissopsis
lyrifera.

5. Twelve miles off, 51 fathoms ; same mud and fauna,

6. Four miles west of Chicken Eock, 88 fathoms ;
" reamy " and shells, Eiomenis Jeffrey sii, Thy one fiisiis,
Xantho tuherculatiis, Lima eUijytica, Pecten pusio.

7. Three miles west of Chicken Kock, 29 fathoms; large
dead shells, Crania anomala, Trochiis miUegranus, Gorbida
gibba, Dentalium entale.

8. One-and-a-half miles west of Chicken Kock, 26
fathoms; shells, sand, and gravel (general colour yellowish
brown), several hauls, much material, Solastei' endeca,
many ophiuroids, Ebalia tuberosa, Galathea, Aphrodite
acideata, Dentalium entale, Anomia ephippium, Pectun-
culiis glyci?neris, Venus casina, and V. gallina, Asta7'te
sulcata, Murex erinaceus, Polycarpa coniata, Ascidia
mentula, and A. plebeia, Gorella parallelogramma.

9. One mile off Calf, 25 fathoms; large stones, with fine
colonies of Sertularia abietina, Cynthia viorics, Saxicava
rugosa burrowing in the limestone.

10. Mouth of Port Erin Bay (small trawl) ; algae, with
common species of Stenorhynchus, Pagiiriis, Pandalus,
Crangon, Hydractinia, Natica, Lacuna.

VII. September 30th. In hired steam trawler "Lady
Loch."

1. Five hauls were taken from 7 J to 11 miles N.W.
Bradda Head, 47 to 60 fathoms ; mud, with Turritella
shells, Brissopsis lyrifera, Panthalis oerstedi, Calocaris
macandecB, and Triticella boechii. Several of the Calo-
caris were females with eggs on the abdominal appendages.

2. From 8 in to 5 miles west of Dalby and Niarbyl,
about 20 fathoms; Sarcodictyon catenata, Porania pul-
V ill us, Palmipes placenta (a 6 rayed specimen), Aglaophenia
tubulifera, Adamsia palliata, Scalpellum vulgare, Ebalia

276 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tuberosa, Lyonsia norvegica, Lima loscomhii, Dentalium
entale.

3. Off Fleshwick and round Bradda Head, half a mile
off shore (with small trawl), 18 fathoms ; algae, with
common species of Echinus, Asterias, Solaster, Stenor-
liynchus, Inachus, and Hyas.

It may be of some use to place on record the course of
procedure at each dredging station on these expeditions.
The plan for the day is arranged with the captain of the
steamer, and when the first locality is reached the spot is
determined on the chart, and the depth verified by casting
the lead. Then the dredge (measuring 2 feet 6 inches by
1 foot, and weighing from 30 to 40 lbs.) is sent down with
a tow-net tied on the line about two fathoms from the
dredge. Very often a smaller dredge with a bag of
cheese-cloth is sent over on the other side of the ship.
One or more surface tow-nets are also put out. The
tow-nets, both surface and deep, are looked after by Mr.
I. C. Thompson, who, after hauling them, first turns out
their contents into a clear glass jar of sea-water, and then,
after noting the general character of the catch and any
specially conspicuous forms, strains off the water through
a small bag made of very fine miller's silk, and transfers
the "plankton" left adhering to the silk into a tube
containing a special preservative fluid formed of spirit,
glycerine, and water.

When the dredge is brought up it is emptied on deck,
and after a note of the general character of the deposit
and assemblage of animals has been taken, any specially
large or rare specimens are picked out and transferred to
buckets or jars of sea- water, or to store-bottles of spirit.
Then the heap is spread out so as to form a layer not
more than one or two inches in depth, and one or two

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN 277

members of the Committee (Professor Herdman and
another) now settle down beside it to pass the entire
mass in review inch by inch, working it across a small
space of bare deck and tm^ning over every shell, stone and
specimen with an iron spoon, so as to ensure that nothing
escapes observation and due record in the note-book. In
the meantime the contents of the bottom tow-net have
been dealt with by Mr. Thompson, and the apparatus has
been lowered for a second, haul, or the vessel is steaming
on to a new locality. Then Professor Herdman selects a
fair sample of the deposit for preservation (for the Geo-
logical Survey) in a small canvas bag (10 by 5 inches),
care being taken to include some of the characteristic
bottom animals— shells, ophiuroids, polyzoa, &c. After
this sample has been removed, and any special animals
required have been picked out and put into store-bottles,
the whole of the remainder of the haul is passed gradually
through our set of three sieves (meshes f inch, ^ inch,
and I inch respectively), which work up and down in a
tall iron cylinder filled with sea-water. The sieves are
disconnected and examined at intervals, and in this way
many of the smaller animals of all groups are detected
and picked out. Finally, the water in which the sieves
have been plunging is all strained by Mr. Thompson
through his fine silk net, and in this way many of the
rarer bottom Copepoda are obtained, while the finer sandy
and muddy deposits retained by the finest sieve or in the
bottom of the cylinder are packed in canvas bags by Mr.
Alfred Leicester for further examination at home. These
contain, of course, many minute Mollusca, Ostracoda, and
Foraminifera. By the time all these processes have been
completed the dredge has usually been hauled again, and
a fresh heap is lying on the deck awaiting investigation.
On a successful trip the members of the party, on an

278 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

average four to six in number, are kept constantly occu-
pied, each man at his own work, from the commencement
of the first haul till the steamer is turned homewards, and
after that the packing and labelling of specimens fill up
the time until land is reached.

Additions to the Fauna.

As most of the expeditions took place round the Isle of
Man, the material was generally brought back to the Port
Erin Biological Station, and sorted out into groups in the ,
laboratory there, and then sent to the specialists. Taking
the groups in zoological order, the most notable additions
as the result of this year's work have been —

Sponges. — Dr. K. Hanitsch reports that the only actual
additions to our sponge fauna made during the last few
months are (1) Leiosella {Spoiigionella) pulchella, Sowerby,
which was dredged on May 14th, 1894, at 14 miles N. by
W. from the Liverpool N.W. Lightship. This species
was previously known from the coast of Durham, the
Skerries, Shetland, the west coast of Ireland, the east
coast of Greenland, and the North Pacific. (2) Myxilla
irregularis, B., found at Port Erin and Fleshwick, at low
tide, in August and September, 1894. This species has
previously been recorded only from the Diamond ground
off Hastings. We have also found at Port St. Mary a
very fine specimen of Leiicandra gossei, consisting of at
least 16 "persons," while Haeckel describes the species
as having 2 to 5, rarely 4 to 8 persons.

We are indebted for a list of the Hydroid Zoophytes
and PoLYZOA which we have collected to Miss L. K.
Thornely, who has proved that the La/oea pigvicea of Alder
possesses an operculum, and therefore belongs to the
genus Galycella, and also has gonothecae, which were
previously unknown. The total number of species of

MABINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 279

hydroids in our area is now ninety, and one of the dredg-
ing expeditions has given us interesting additions to
our fauna in Dicorijne conferta, which was growing on an
Aporrhais shell, and was only known previously from
Cullercoats, Orkney, and Shetland; and Sijncorijne exiinia,
with numerous sacks or " galls " containing young Pycno-
gonids. Of polyzoa 123 species and 15 varieties have
now been recorded. The most recent finds are Crisia
ramosa, which was recently described by Harmer from
Plymouth, and which we find also at Port Erin, and
Microporella impressa, var. a., found by Miss Thornely at
Port Erin in July.

Mr. E. T. Browne has, during some visits to Port Erin,
paid special attention to the Medusa, and has drawn up
a list of about twenty species, one of which, at least,
Ampliicodon fritillaria , has not previously been recorded
for British seas. The most interesting capture which he has
made consists of several specimens of a beautiful Siphono-
phore, which appears to be a species of Halistemma, cer-
tainly new to the district and probably to the British fauna.
Professor M'Intosh recorded a Halistemma in 1891 from
St. Andrew's Bay, but our Port Erin species is not the
same. Mr. Browne describes the colony as being about
25 mm. in length when expanded; it has a pneumato-
phore, about 6 large nectocalyces, about 4 polyps, with
hydrophyllia, and long tentacles armed with clusters of
nematocysts. The polypes and pneumatophore are of a
deep reddish colour. The colonies were found in April,
1894.

The yellow variety (?) of Sarcodictyon {Clavidaria)
catenata, of which we dredged several colonies on August
25th, off the north-west of the Calf Is., in 22 fathoms, is
an interesting addition to our fauna. It has only been
found before in Loch Eyne and at two other spots on the

280 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

west coast of Scotland. Some sections which I have
made recently of these specimens show that the colonies
were then (August) probably ready for reproduction, as
the polypes contain mature ova. This is probably the
Sarcodictijon agglomeratum of Forbes and Goodsir ; a note
on the subject will shortly be laid before the Biological
Society.

Amongst Worms new to the record are the Turbellaria
Fecampia (the pear-shaped white cocoons of this form are
not uncommon on stones in pools at Port Erin), and
Stylocoplana maculata (identified by Mr. Gamble), and
the annelid Amhlyosyllis (Gattiola) spectahilis (Johnston)
collected at Port Erin by Mr. Beaumont.

Professor G. S. Brady has kindly examined a number
of gatherings of Ostracoda, from dredged material, taken
from 10 to over 40 fathoms, and reports the following
species : —

Fontocypris ti'igonella, G. 0. Sars; P. mytiloides, Nor-
man; P. serrulata, G. 0. S.; Bairdia inflata, Norman;
Cy there jonesii, Baird; C. tuherculata, G. 0. Sars; C.
tenera, G. S. B.; C. fimnarchica, G. 0. S. ; C. confusa,
B. and N. ; G. concinna, Jones; C. dunelmensis, Norman ;
G. antiquata, Baird; G. emaciata, G. S. Brady; G. con-
vexa, Baird ; G. villosa, G. 0. S. ; Eucy there argus,
G. 0. S, Krithe hartonensis, Jones; Loxoconcha impressa,
Baird; L. guttata, Norman; L. tamarindus, Jones; L.
piisilla, G. S. B. ; L. midtifora, Norman; Gytherura
cornuta, G. S. Brady; 0. angidata, G. S. B.; G. cellidosa,
Norman; G. striata, G. 0. Sars; G. sella, G. 0. Sars;
Fseiidocy there caudata, G. 0. Sars; Gytheropteron latis-
simum, Norman; G. pyramidale, G. S. B.; G. alatum,
G. 0. Sars; Sclerochilus contortus, Norman; Faradoxo-
stoma norjjiani, G. S. B. ; P. ensiforme, G. S. B.; P.
variabile, Baird ; P. hihernica, G. S. B. ; Fhilomedes inter-

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 281

puncta, Baird ; Cytheridea papulosa, Bosqaet ; C.p)iinctil-
lata, G. S. B.; Bytlwcytliere acuta, Norman; B. co)istricta,
G. O. S.; B. turglda, G. 0. Sars; MacJueruia tenuissima,
ISTorman.

The common Loxoconcha impressais extremely abundant
sometimes on weed brought into the laboratory at Port
Erin from the shore pools. About the Cytheropteron
pyramidale noted above, Prof. Brady writes as follows : —
''I find that it must be referred to C. pyramidale, a
species of which there has been hitherto no undoubted
British record. It comes very near to G. latissimum
which, on our east coast, is a common species, but is
not found on the west. In a gathering from 14 miles
N. by W. of the Liverpool Lighcship, C. pyramidale is
quite the prevailing form. This is very interestmg. I do
not think I have seen it in any of the Isle of Man
gatherings."

In regard to the Copepoda Mr. I. C. Thompson has
drawn up a general report upon the additions to our
knowledge of the group (see p. 283) ; while Mr. Andrew
Scott, "Fisheries" Assistant at University College, has
supplied the following notes upon some new species of
Ecti?iosoma and other Copepoda, at which he has been
specially working : —

'' Longipedia minor T. & A. Scott. — A few specimens
of this species were collected by hand-net in the rock-
pools at Hilbre Island in March. It is easily distinguished
from L coronata (Claus) by its much smaller size.

" Ectijiosoma normani, n. sp. (T. & A. S.). — Several
specimens of this Ectinosoma were obtained in material
from Barrow Channel, collected by Professor Herdman in
May, and it was also found by Mr. Thompson at Port
Erin. When fresh this species has a brilliant red spot on
the lower angles of the cephalothorax, and in this respect
it agrees with E. erythrops, Brady.

282 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

" Ectmoso77ia gracile, n. sp. (T. & A. S.). — One or two
specimens of this species were obtained among dredged
material collected at Port Erin by Professor Herdman,
Easter, 1894.

" Ectinosoiua _29z/^wrt?;6;?t, n. sp. (T. & A. S.). — This
species was obtained from the same material as the last,
and is the smallest Ectinosoma known to us ; it measures
only yV of an inch (-33 mm.)

''Ectinosoma herdmani, n. sp. (T. & A. S.). — One
specimen of this was found by Mr. Thompson at Port
Erin.

'' Brady a minor, n. sp. (T. & A. S.).* — A few specimens
of this new Bradya were obtained in rock-pools at Hilbre
Island, along with Longipedia minor.

" Dactylopus rostratus, T. Scott. — A single specimen
was obtained among some dredged material collected at
Port Erin by Professor Herdman, at Easter, 1894.

'' Pseudanthessius sauvagei, Canu. — A few specimens
were obtamed by washing a number of Spatangus pur-
pureus, which were trawled in the central area, 21 miles
W.N.W. from Morecambe Bay Lightship, on April 3rd.
This rare species was only added to the British fauna last
year, when it was found in the Firth of Forth, and the
present is the second time it has been observed in the
British area."

Lichomolgus {Doridicola) agilis (Leydig), was found in
the bottom tow-net, Morecambe Bay, May, 1894. Dio-
saccus propinquus (T. & A. S.), Ameira exigua, T. Scott,
A. longiremis, T. Scott, Laophonte inopinata, T. Scott,
Pseiidotvestwoodia pygma^a, T. & A. S., and possibly a
new Laophonte, and one or two other doubtful species

* The above Edinosomas and Bradya are figured and described in a revision
of the British species of Copepoda belonging to the two genera Ectinosoma
and Bradya, by T. and A. Scott, which is to be published at an early date.

MABINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 283

were all obtained from washings from sponges collected
by Dr. Hanitsch at Port Erin in August, 1894.

Mr. Thompson reports as follows : —

" In addition to those mentioned by Mr. Scott, seven
species of Copepoda, new to the district, have been re-
corded during the past year, viz., Cyclops magnoctaviis,
Cyclops eicarti, Centropages typicus, Ameira longicaiidata,
Acontiophorus elongatiis, Cancer ilia tubidata, and also
one species new to science, viz., Pseiidocyclopia stephoides,
n. sp. This crustacean has just been described, and its
description and figure will be shortly published in the
' Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society.' It
combines some of the characters of the genus StepJios
with those of Pseiidocyclopia, the latter predominating
sufficiently to determine its position in that genus.

" Surface tow-nets have been continually employed
during the several marine expeditions undertaken by the
Committee, also tow-nets attached to the rope a few
fathoms above the dredge. The latter device has proved
a success, collecting some good species of Copepoda, as
well as Cumacea and Amphipoda, which are seldom or
never obtained on the surface. Amongst the Copepoda
thus obtained were several specimens of Pseiidocalaniis
armatus, found along with a shoal of Pseudocalanus elon-
gatiis. A widely extending shoal of Anomalocera pater-
sonii was observed off the Isle of Man in May, the only
occasion on which we have taken this species during the
year. On several occasions during the past summer we
have taken Centropages typicus in fair quantity, a species
which has never occurred before in our district, although
carefully looked for, and not a rare species elsewhere.
On several occasions, notably in the early part of June,
the surface organisms have been singularly scarce.

" Special care has been taken to wash and sieve through

284 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

fine silk as much as possible of the material brought up
by the dredge during marine expeditions, and it is by this
means that several of the above-mentioned Copepoda new
to the district have been obtained, as well as the new
species Pseudocijdopici stephoides. Large quantities of
ophiuroids, chiefly Ophiocoma nigra and Ophiothrix
fragilis, were amongst the dredged material, and it is pro-
bably from one or other of these that the two specimens
of Cancerilla tuhulata, Dalyell, a male and female, were
taken, as the species is parasitic on ophiuroids. The first
record of this rare copepod occurs in Dalyell' s " Powers
of the Creator," 1851, and it has since been taken by
Mr. Gamble at Plymouth, and off the French coast, but
not before in our district. Cyclops magnoctavus, Cragin,
was found along with quantities of Temorella affinis and
TacJiidius hrevicornis in tow-nettings taken by Mr. Ascroft
in low-water marine pools at Lytham : these being
brackish species, it is probable that a considerable
amount of fresh-water finds its way into the Lytham
pools. Cyclops eivarti, Brady, although first taken in the
Forth estuary, was suspected by Brady to have a fresh-
water origin. Ours are evidently strictly marine, two
specimens, both males, having been dredged at 20 fathoms
by Mr. Thompson at Port Erin."

Mr. A. 0. Walker reports as follows upon the Higher
Crustacea : — " Collections have been examined from the
following places, viz. —

1. Off Port Erin at various points, dredged in (usually)
10 to 50 fathoms by Professor Herdman and Mr. I. C.
Thompson, in March, July, August, and September, 1894.

2. Off the Little Orme, North Wales, 5 to 10 fathoms
(dredged by A. 0. Walker).

3. In the Menai Straits, near the Suspension Bridge
(both above and below), on April 2nd and May 31st, 1894
(dredged by A. 0. Walker).

MAKIKE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT I^IRIN. 285

The additions made to the Hst pubhshed in last year's
report are marked with an asterisk.

PoDOPHTHALMATA. — Gouojjlax rJwmhoicles, Linn., one
specimen on July 7th, 1894, on mud, 45 fathoms; 7 miles
"W. of Niarbyl, Isle of Man.

"^Pisa hiaculeata, Mont., off Port Erin, Easter, 1894.

Palcemonetes varians, Leach, in a small pool by the
Afonganol, Colwyn Bay, in company with Neomysis vul-
garis. The pool had probably been filled by a combina-
tion of flood in the httle river and a high tide, but seemed
to have been long cut off. The pool was full of Buppia
maritima. The Palmnonetes were 40 mm. long, and
females had ova in the pouches ; the Neomysis, on the
other hand, were small, females with ova being only 14
mm. long.

CuMACEA. — * Nannastacus unguiculatus, Bate, one
specimen from Menai Straits.

*Cam.pylaspis macrophthalma, G. 0. Sars, one female
from 4^ miles west of the Cronk, July 8th, 1894, 22
fathoms. This is a Mediterranean species, new^ to Britain.

*Petalosarsia decUvis, Sars, 8 miles W. of Flesh wick
Bay, 33 fathoms; from bottom towMiet at 14 miles N.W.
of Liverpool N.W. Lightship (A. Scott). This species,
first recognised in our district by Mr. Scott, is only known
elsewhere in British seas from the Firth of Forth and the
Moray Firth. It is therefore an addition to the west
coast fauna.

*Cimia pulchella, Sars, dredged off Little Orme, in Sept.

IsopoDA and Amphipoda. — Cymodoce truncata, Leach,
off Port Erin.

^Eudorella nana (Sars), in mud, at 30 and at 38
fathoms, West of Dalby and Peel, on July 8th, 1894 (new
to Britain). This agrees with Sars' description, but a
re-examination of specimens reported as E. truncatula,

286 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

from Puffin Id., shows that the teeth on the lower anterior
margin of the cephalothorax differ from both species, so
that this may be a vaiiable character. If so, E. nana can
hardly be separated from E. truncatida, Bate.

*Nannon2jx spinimanus, n. sp., Menai Straits, differs
from the only other known species in the following points :
Anterior coxal plates about the same depth as the body ;
eyes very large, dark brown ; propodos of first gnathopod
with five or six strong denticles on the hind margin ; third
joint of last pereiopods but little expanded behind; maxil-
lipedes also diff'erent.

*Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Eobertson ; Port Erin
15 to 20 fathoms, March 24th, 1894 ; Menai Straits.

Urothoe hrevicornis, Bate ; off Kitterland, 20 fms., male.

Phoxocephalus fultoni, Scott ; Port Erin, 15 to 20
fathoms ; Menai Straits.

*Harpinia Icevis, Sars, two specimens in mud, from 45
fathoms ; 7^- miles west of Niarbyl, on July 8th (new to
Britain).

*Gammaropsis (? n. sp.), in sandy mud, from 30
fathoms, W. of Dalby, on July 8th. This is probably a
new species near G. melanops (Sars), but differing in the
form of the propodos of the first gnathopods and in the
secondary appendage of the upper antennae, which is
three jointed, the last joint being minute.

Leucothoe lilljehorgii, Boeck ; Port Erin, 15 to 20 fms.

*IpJiimedia minuta, Sars ; Colwyn Bay, Port Erin.

Mwra hatei, Norman ; Port Erin.

Leptocheirus pectinatus , Norman ; Port Erin, Menai Str.

Autonoe longipes, Lilljeborg ; Menai Bridge.

Janassa capillata, Kathke ; Port Erin.

Colomastix pusilla, Grube ; Menai Straits.

Corophium honellii, M. Edw. ; Little Orme, Port Erin.

There still remains a quantity of material to be ex-
mined,"

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET ERIN. 287

Mr. Alfred Leicester, of Southport, who has taken part
in most of the expeditions, and has collected and identified
the Mollusca, reports that the year's work has added fifty-
one fresh records to the hsts for the southern part of the
Isle of Man, and that of these the following nine are new
to our district of the Irish ^e?i: — Carclium oninimum,
Phil., Psammohia vespertlna, Chem., Scrobicularia nitida,
Mull., Chito)i marginatus, Penn., Propilicliuvi ancijloides,
Forh., Bissoa inconspicua, Aid., Gcecum trachea, Mont.,
Aclis guIsoncB, Ch., and Philine angidata, Jeff.

Finally two additions have been made to our hst of
local fishes, viz., Zeugopteriis unimaculatus, four specimens
trawled 10—12 miles west from Morecambe Bay Lightship
in May, depth 23 fathoms ; and Gohius pictus, Malm,
caught by Mr. Walker in shore pools at Colwyn Bay.

The Submarine Deposits.
Turning now to the submarine deposits, the determina-
tion and distribution of which the Committee feel to be a
very important part of their work, it is still too soon to
attempt anything Hke a detailed account of the floor of the
Irish Sea, but still sufficient ' observations have perhaps
been made to warrant the following prehminary account.
The accompanying chart (Plate I.) shows the zones of
depths in the district, 0—10 fathoms, 10—20 fathoms,
20—50 fathoms, and upwards of 50 fathoms, being
separated from one another. At those places where the
Committee have obtained samples of the bottom, conven-
tional symbols are placed on the map* indicating, Q stones,
A shells, □ mud, \^\ sand, x nulhpore deposits {Melobesia
and Lithothamnion), and g shell concretions. The
chief conclusions we have arrived at so far are : —

* One mark frequently stands for a number of different dredgmgs in the
same neiglibourhood.

288 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

1. The most extensive shallow-water deposit is sand.
In most localities along the coast of Lancashire, Cheshire,
and North Wales, from the sea-shore out to the 10-fathom
contour, the bottom is formed of more or less pure quartz
sand. Occasionally in spots there are local patches of
stones, of shells, or of mud ; but these can generally be
accounted for by tidal or estuarine currents, by the entrance
of fresh -water streams carrying down alluvmm, or by the
presence of littoral or sub-littoral boulder clay. These
spots are all, however, of small area, and the great extent
of the bottom down to 10 fathoms is sand.

2. Further out, however, between 10 and 20 fathoms,
the sand becomes greatly mixed with mud, and much
diversified by large tracts of shelly deposits or by patches
of gravel, and the fauna on the bottom also becomes much
more abundant. In some spots, at about 20 fathoms, it
is made up over considerable areas almost entirely of
ophiuroids {Ophiocoma nigra and Opliiothrix fragilis),
which fill the dredge haul after haul. At two localities
off the Isle of Man, viz., along the east coast from Clay
Head to St. Ann's Head, and off the west coast between
Contrary Head and Niarbyl, at depths between 10 and 20
fathoms, are great nullipore deposits formed of Melohesia
and Lithothamnion, which have a most characteristic
appearance, smell, and fauna.

This area of the sea-bottom, from 10 to 20 fathoms,
extends across from the north of Lancashire to the Isle of
Man, so that opposite Barrow, for example, there is a
wide extent of about 50 miles in length of sea-floor at
depths of not more than 15 or 16 fathoms. The Isle of
Man is connected with England by this plateau, and is
separated from Ireland by deep water.

3. Depths of over 20 fathoms are only found to the
west, north, and south of the Isle of Man ; and depths of

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET EKIN. 289

from 20 to 50 fathoms give us the most varied bottom
deposits and the richest fauna. As a rale, the sand is
more or less mixed with mud, and as the bottom goes
deeper the amount of mud gets greater. When there is a
considerable admixture of mud with coarse sand, that
forms what is known to the trawlers as a " reamy " bottom,
and that is the ground upon which the sole and some
other fish are generally found spawning.

Shells and other hard parts of animals play an important
part in the deposits at depths of about 20 fathoms and
upwards. In places the dredge comes up filled with
Pecten shells, dead and alive, chiefly P. operciilaris and
P. maximus. At other places the deposit is practically
composed of the shells of Pectunculus glijcimeris. These
and other shell beds form a rich collecting ground to the
naturalist, as they support an abundant and varied fauna.
Zoophytes and polyzoa are attached to the shells, and
these serve as shelter for nudibranchs and other small
mollusca, worms, and ascidians. On the whole the hete-
rogeneous deposits support a richer fauna than do the
homogeneous deposits, such as sand or mud, and it is
chiefly in the zone of depth we are now considering that
the heterogeneous deposits occur.

4. The depths over 50 fathoms contain a pure dark
bluish grey mud, which is very tenacious, and sets when
dried into a firm clay. This is abominable stuff to dredge
in and to work with on deck. It chngs to everything that
touches it; it is almost impossible to see what is in it, and
to get the animals out of it uninjured ; it is too solid for
the sieves, and the hose can be played upon masses of it
almost indefinitely without dissolving it. The fauna of
this zone is, in our district, quite pecuHar and character-
istic. In its shallower parts, about 50 fathoms, it contains
great numbers of hving and dead Tarritella terehra, upon

290 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

many of whicli are attached one, two, or three specimens
of the httle red anemone, Sagartia herdmani, Haddon.
In its deeper parts, up to 80 fathoms, are fomid Galocaris
macandrecB, Hyalincecia tuhicola, a small Lumhriconereis,
Panthalis oerstedi, Lipobranchius Jeffrey sii, Brissojjsis
lyrifera, Amphiura chiajii, and Isocardia cor. Nmnbers
of large sausage-like muddy tubes, formed of stratified
layers of interlacing threads of mucus in which the mud
particles are closely entangled, are brought up in the
dredge. These we have now proved to be the tubes of
Pcmthalis oerstedi, and the living annelid has several
times been found in the tubes, but most of those we
dredge up are empty, and the tubes are certainly far more
numerous than the worms. Possibly the explanation is
that the Panthalis forms a tube as it lies in the mud, and
then when it moves away leaves its tube behind it (one
can scarcely imagine the animal dragging such a tube
through this tenacious deposit), and after a time forms
another in a new situation.*

These are the leading conclusions we have come to so
far in regard to the distribution of sub-marine deposits in
our area. Two further questions now present themselves ;
first, the biological one — the effect upon the fauna ; and
secondly, the geological one — the origin of the deposits.
In regard to the importance of the nature of the bottom
to the animals living upon it there can be no doubt.
Probably the nature of the deposit is the most important
of the various factors that determine the distribution of

* This suggested explanation was written in June, and was read in August
before Section D of the Brit. Assoc, at Oxford. The work of Mr. Watson, at
Port Erin at the end of August has pretty well established its correctness, as
he watched a Panthalis, in a tank, desert its old tube and form a new one
from mucus threads and mud particles (see p. 297). It must be remembered
also that some of the empty tubes doubtless belong to dead worms.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET ERIN. 291

animals over the sea-bottom within one zoological area.
It is certainly more important than mere depth; a muddy
bottom will support a similar fauna at 10 fathoms in one
place and at 50 fathoms in another. Probably the most
important influence in the environment of a lower animal
is its food, and once beyond the narrow sub-littoral zone
in which algae flourish — and to which, of course, certain
phytivorous animals must be restricted — it is probably
chiefly the nature of the bottom which determines the
food.* Many animals feed upon the deposit, others
browse upon the polyzoa and zoophytes which can only
attach themselves and grow where there are sufficiently
large objects, such as shell valves, from which they can
get the necessary stability; while others, again, feed upon
their neighbours, which subsist on the deposit or are
attracted by the zoophytes, &c. ; for example, soles are
frequently caught upon ground (known to fishermen as
" sole ground ") where Flustra foliacea lives in abundance,
and the probable connection is that the fish are dependent
upon the numerous amphipoda and other small aninaals
which frequent the tufts of Flustra. The same locality
may vary so much from time to time in the temperature,
the salinity, and the transparency of the water, that it is
probable that none of these factors — so long as the varia-
tions do not exceed certain limits — have so much influence
upon the fauna as the nature of the deposit has. It is
therefore quite to be expected that the fauna should vary
from place to place with the nature of the bottom, and
that is what we have observed frequently in our work-
round the Isle of Man. In practically the same water,

* The only food supply quite independent of the bottom is dead phinkton,
from the water above, which may reach the bottom uneaten ; and possibly a
small amount of decayed vegetation and other organic matter brought down
by rivers from the land, and some of which may reacli the sea-bottom.

292 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

identical in temperature, salinity, and transparency, at the
same depth, with, so far as one can see, all the other
surrounding conditions the same, the fauna varies from
place to place with changes in the bottom — mud, sand,
nullipores, and shell beds, all have their characteristic
assemblages of animals.

As to the further, and very important, question of the
origin of the deposits, that is to a great extent a purely
geological inquiry, and one which cannot, until we have
accumulated a much larger series of observations, be fully
discussed ; but there are a few^ matters which may be briefly
pointed out as giving some idea of the range and bearing
of the question.

1. It is necessary to make a most careful examination
of the deposits. For example, all nmds are not the same
in origin. A deposit of mud may be due to the presence
of an eddy or a sheltered corner in which the finer particles
suspended in the water are able to sink, or it may be due
to the wearing away of a limestone beach, or to quantities
of alluvium brought down by a stream from the land, or
to the presence of a submerged bed of boulder clay, or,
finally, in some places, to the sewage and refuse from
coast towns.

2. I have kept in view the possibility of some correlation
between the geological formations along the beach and
the sub-marine deposits lying off the shore. There is no
doubt that the nature of the rock forming the shore has a
great influence upon the marine fauna, and has sometimes
sojne effect upon the neighbouring deposits. For example,
the contrast between the deposits lying off the two pro-
minent headlands, the Great Orme, in North Wales, and
Bradda Head, in the Isle of Man, is well marked. The
Great Orme is composed of mountain limestone, and the
result of its weathering and erosion is that large blocks

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET EEIN. 293

are found lying scattered outside its base on the fine sand ;
but there is no deposit of smaller stones, gravel, and
resulting sand farther out, probably because in the wear-
ing of the rock and large detached blocks by the sea a
greai deal is removed in solution and the rest in suspension
as very fine mud — this we have found to be the case round
Puffin Island, which is also mountain hmestone. Bradda
Head, on the other hand, is a schistose metamorphic
Silurian rock, which breaks up into large fragments, and
these into smaller, and so forms deposits of dark slatey
more or less angular gravel, and then very coarse sand,
extending for some way out from the foot of the cliff.

The influence of the shore rocks upon the httoral fauna
is an important subject upon which we have accumulated
some observations ; but the matter requires further work
and detailed discussion, and must be left over for a future
report.

3. Probably the great bulk of the silicious sand which
forms so large a part of the floor of our sea is derived proxi-
mately— whatever may have been its ultimate source* —
from the great deposits of drift which were formed in the
neighbourhood during the Glacial period, and large tracts
of which may since have been broken up by the sea.

4. As examples of a few pecuHar and specially note-
worthy deposits which are not simply "terrigenous" in
their origin, the following may be mentioned : —

South-east of the Calf Sound, about two miles out, at a
depth of 20 fathoms, there is a white shelly sand which
seems to be almost wholly composed of animal remains.
There are broken fragments of the lamellibranchs Fecten,
Anomia, Pectunculus, Mactra, Venus, and Mijtilus, of the
gastropods CyprcEa, Buccinum, Emarginula^ Purpura, and

* Probably to a gi-eat extent, Triassic sandstones.

294 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

TrocJius, of various calcareous polyzoa, such as Cellaria
fistidosa, Gellepora j^^f^fnicosa, and lepralids, of Balanus
and Serpula, and of various echinoderni plates and spines,
and the whole shells of Echinocy amies pusillus. The
deposit, when it comes up in the dredge, is of a gleaming-
whiteness, and has a very characteristic appearance. Such
a deposit as this would form a rock almost wholly made
up of fossils, and might compare w^ell with some Tertiary
fossiliferous deposits, such as the Coralline Crag.

A little further north, along the east coast of the Isle of
Man, at about a corresponding depth and distance from
land, we meet with a purely vegetal deposit formed of the
nullipores Lithothamnion and Melohesia. On the other
side of the island, again, between Port Erin and the Calf,
at a depth of 18 fathoms, there is a tract of sea-bottom
which, when brought up on deck, looks, at the first glance,
like a peculiarly fibrous sand, but a closer examination
shows that it is entirely composed of the comminuted
plates, and especially the spines of echinids, chiefly
Spatangics. I do not remember to have met with a
reference to material such as this either amongst recent
or fossil deposits.

The remarkable deposit of cemented shells, which was
described in last year's report, from a locality half-way
between the Calf and Holyhead, is also found off King
William's Bank, between Ramsey and St. Bees. Plate
11. represents a piece of this material.

The variety that is noticed in sub-marine deposits round
the Isle of Man, from depths of 15 to 35 fathoms, as
brought up in the dredge, is very striking. It is remark-
able how differing proportions in the mixtures of sand,
gravel, and shells give rise to very different colours and
general appearance iu the mass. As seen, when tumbled
out of the dredge on to the deck, some deposits are white,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 295

some yellow, some grey, some reddish, of various tints
from pink to ruddy brown, and others darker, of all
shades of brown and dark grey. It is curious how, even
in a composite deposit made up of many different con-
stituents, there is usually a prevailing tint ; for example,
the bottom at one spot, although composed of mud, sand,
nullipores, shells and stones, is distinctly of a rich ruddy
brown tint. The importance of this presence of prevailing
colours in the various sub-marine deposits is obvious in
its bearing upon the colours and habits of animals.

Sample bags of all the more important sub-marine
deposits we have come upon have been sent, at Sir
Archibald Geikie's request, to the Museum of the Geo-
logical Survey in Jermyn Street. They are being examined
there by Mr. Clement Eeid, F.G.S., who writes the follow^-
ing preliminary note in regard to them : —

" On comparing these samples with British deposits of
Tertiary date, one finds a marked difference in lithological
character. Dredgings from the Irish Sea, and also from
the North Sea, are characterised by a much coarser and
more gravelly texture than one would expect at such
depths — coarser, in fact, than one finds in the Pliocene
deposits yielding a similar fauna, indicating similar or
even smaller depths. A glance at these dredgings shows
the reason for this, for they are largely composed of
unworn or little worn fragments of rock, often entirely
incrusted by organic growth. The stones evidently have
not been transported far by water, or they would be
well rounded, like the pebbles found in our Eocene beds.
The incrusting organisms show also that the fragments
have lain undisturbed on the sea-bed, yet they have often
been derived from far distant sources. Though no Glacial
striae were observed, and no undoubted sub-fossil Arctic
shells have yet been found at these localities, yet there

296 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

seems little doubt that the bulk of the material on the
sea-bottom over this area lias been derived from the
breaking up of pre-existing Glacial deposits. This may
occur at a depth of several fathoms through the gradual
v^ashing away of the muddy and sandy matrix of a boulder
clay or Glacial gravel. Coarse gravel is thus caused to
accumulate at a spot where the currents may be too
feeble to transport anything but sand.

" This sub-marine origin of angular gravel deposits
should not be forgotten, for it affects the lithological
character of the sea-bottom over most of the area which
was formerly glaciated, even as far south as Cornwall.
On the other hand, it does not affect, except to a small
extent, the sea-bed beyond the former limit of the ice, and
it does not affect pre-Glacial deposits. Thus we must
always expect to find at similar depths the same fauna
associated with deposits of finer texture as soon as we
leave the glaciated area, or when we go back into Ter-
tiary times.

"It is also worth noting that the occurrence of a stony
bottom at 20 or 30 fathoms — where normally there would
be no deposit coarser than sand — will probably lead to a
disproportionate increase of all incrusting organisms, and
of all organisms needing a solid base. This has certainly
taken place, as anyone studying our shoal-water Tertiary
deposits will have observed. They contain few stones,
and though each stone or dead shell may be covered with
incrusting organisms, yet the relative proportion of these
to the free forms is far smaller than seems commonly to
be the case in the seas that now wash our shores. The
sole exception to this rule among the British Tertiary
strata is found in the Coralline Crag, in which the con-
temporaneous consolidation of the limestone was sufficient
to provide the necessary solid base for the incrusting and
fixed organisms so abundant in that deposit."

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 297

In conclusion, it is clear that this investigation of our
modern sub-marine deposits, their distribution, nature,
origin, and associated fauna, has geological appKcations,
and that our results may be of some importance, e.g., to
palaeontologists, in aiding them to determine the conditions
under which the fauna of a particular horizon probably
existed in the past ; but, from our point of view, the matter
is a purely Biological one. We consider it of primary
importance, in studying the distribution of the marine
animals in our district, to investigate as minutely as
possible their environment, and that not merely because
it gives us some of the factors and possibly the explana-
tion of the distribution, but also on account of the light it
may throw upon the habits, variations, and other important
characteristics of the species.

Other Faunistic Work.

In addition to the larger dredging expeditions (see p. 269),
a good deal of work has been carried on during the year
from small boats in Port Erin Bay, and by shore-collect-
ing at Port Erin, Port St. Mary, Perwick, Fleshwick, and
the Calf Sound.

One interesting piece of work carried out in the Aquar-
ium, was Mr. Arnold T. Watson's observations on the
tube building of Panthalis oerstedi, a Polynoid worm.
As is stated above (p.290), in the deep water off Port Erin
we dredge in the mud large thick- walled tubes, which are
sometimes associated with Panthalis, and wiiich we sup-
posed to be formed by that annehd. However, some
doubt had been expressed on the matter, and a leading
authority on the AnneHda gave it as his opinion that the
connection between Panthalis and the tubes had never
been clearly established. Consequently, I suggested to
Mr. Watson that he should come to Port Erin, obtain

298 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

living specimens of the worm, and watch its habits in the
Aquarium. Mr. Watson came on August 24th, and the
following day we were fortunately able to take a steamer
to the ground, and amongst the tubes brought up in the
dredge, from over 50 fathoms, one contained a fine living
Panthalis, which was successfully brought on shore and
transferred to a small tank provided with a supply of the
fine mud in which the animal lives. The worm was then
kept under the closest observation by Mr. "Watson during
the whole day for the next week, and his enthusiasm and
patient care have been rewarded by the collection of a
number of drawings and notes and some photographs of
the appearance and movements of the living animal.
During that time the Panthalis deserted its old tube and
formed a netv one in the mud, fortunately using the glass
for part of one side, so that the process of scooping out,
the mud and of spinning the network of mucus threads
and the various movements of the animal were readily
enough seen — if one did not mind the inconvenience of
lying for hours in a cramped position on the damp con-
crete floor of the Aquarium-room. This satisfactorily
settled the Panthalis question, and established the cor-
rectness of our previous views as to the connection
between the worm and the empty tubes brought up in the
dredge.

Kev. T. S. Lea, M.A., on two visits to the Station,
spent some time in taking photographs of characteristic
specimens of the Marine Algge in situ at low tide, and in
making microphotographs in the laboratory. He also
photographed some of our collecting grounds and pools,
and some selected pieces of rock showing assemblages of
animals and plants in their natural environment.

We have again been able to send specimens of the
large red mite Bdella hasteri to Mr. Michael to aid in his

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 299

work on the Acarina. We have found the home of this
species to be deep in the cracks and fissures of the chffs
round the Biological Station. From these holes the mites
occasionally emerge in numbers, and are then found over
the shore and on our concrete steps.

Mr. Chadwick made a special study of the plankton of
Port Erin Bay during part of May, and collected a large
amount of material, which is not yet fully examined. He
found, amongst other things, various stages in the life
history of Amphicocloii fritillaria, post larval stages of
Pohjnoe, Terehella, and Pectinaria, and also the Hali-
stemma-like Siphonophore, which had been found by Mr.
E. T. Browne in April.

Professor Weiss was at work during the spring at Port
Erin, on Marine Botany. In part he was investigating
the effect of different coloured lights on various living
sea-weeds. He did not arrive at any definite result, but
intends to pursue the matter further. He also spent
some time in examining living Diatoms, with a view to
clearing up some imperfectly known particulars in their
life history. This work is also not yet completed.

Miss L. K. Thornely and Miss K. Alcock worked
together at the Station for some time in June. Miss
Thornely was occupied with the collection and deter-
mination of Polyzoa, and Miss Alcock was preserving
material for investigations on the microchemistry of the
tests of Tunicata.

In September we obtained some specimens of Calocaris
with ova on the abdomen. The ova are of a pale red
colour, and of relatively large size, measuring about 1'5 to
2 mm. in diameter in a specimen about 5 cm. long. There
are from 45 to 60 ova on each individual. It is interesting
to compare these measurements with those of the common
shrimp, where an individual 7 cm. long may have about

800 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

5000 ova, measuring each about 0'7 mm. in diameter. So
that in the Calocaris the ova are about three times as large,
but not nearly so numerous, as in the case of its shallow
water relation.

The ''Drift Bottles."

In connection with the investigation of the surface life,
in discussing the appearance and disappearance of swarms
of certain Copepods and Medusae, and in considering the
possible influence of the movements of food matters upon
the migrations of fishes, it has occurred to several of us at
diflerent times during the last few years, that it would be
worth while to try to ascertain the set of the chief
currents, tidal* or otherwise, such as the movement of
surface waters caused by prevalent winds. The Prince
of Monaco started a few years ago the system of distri-
buting over the North Atlantic large numbers of small
floating copper vessels, 'with the object of finding out
where they drifted to. This plan we have adopted, with
slight modifications. In September I selected a small,
strong, buoyant bottle, measuring 7'5 cm. by 1"8 cm.,
which seemed well suited for the purpose, and which costs
only 7s. per gross. I drew up a notice, as follows, to go
in the bottles, and had a large number printed and num-
bered consecutively : —

* The tidal currents of the district are ah-eady to some extent known, and
are marked in the charts and given in books of sailing directions, as Admiral
Beechey's " Tidal Streams of the Irish Sea " but we desire to ascertain the
resultant currents from all influences which would affect the drift of small
floating bodies.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 301

Any one who finds this is earnestly requested
to write the place, and date when found, in the
space (on the other side) for the purpose, place
the paper in an envelope, and post it to
Professor Herdman,

University College,

Liverpool.
Postage need not be prepaid.

No

[Turn over.
[other side.]
Please write distinctly, and give full particulars.
Locality, where found

Date, when found

Name and address of sender.

A paper was then placed in each bottle, so folded that
the number could be readily seen through the glass, the
cork was well pressed down, and dipped in melted parafSn.
Nearly two hundred of these bottles have, since September
30th, been dropped into the sea in various parts of our
area, a record being kept of the locality and time when
each was set free. Several dozen were let off from the
Isle of Man steamer in crossing to Douglas and back, at
intervals of quarter of an hour, and from our trawler when
dredging between Port Erin and Ireland. Several dozen
have been let off' from Mr. Alfred Holt's steamers in
going round to Holyhead and in coming down from
Greenock. The fishery steamer "John Fell" has dis-
tributed a number along the coast in the northern part of
the district, and others have been set free at stated

302 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

intervals during the rise and fall of the tide from the
Morecambe Bay Light Vessel, and from the Liverpool
North-west Light Vessel. Altogether, over 80 per cent.,
or nearly one in three of the bottles distributed have been
subsequently picked up on the shore and returned to me.
They come from various parts of the coast of the Irish
Sea — Scotland, England, Wales, Isle of Man, and Ireland.
Some of the bottles have gone quite a short distance,
having evidently been taken straight ashore by the rising
tide. Others have been carried an unexpected length,
e.g., one (No. 35), set free near the Crosby Light Vessel,
off Liverpool, at 12-30 p.m., on October 1st, was picked
up at Saltcoats in Ayrshire, on November 7th, having
travelled a distance of at least 180 miles* in 37 days ;
another (H. 20) was set free near the Skerries, Anglesey, on
October 6th, and was picked up one mile N. of Ardrossan,
on November 7th, having travelled 150 miles in 31 days ;
and bottle No. 1, set free at the Liverpool Bar, on Sep-
tember 30th, was picked up at Shiskin, Arran, about 165
miles off, on November 12th. On the other hand, a bottle
(J. F. 34), set free on November 7th, at the Eibble
Estuary, was picked up on November 12th at St. Anne's,
having gone only 4 miles.

It would be premature as yet — until many more dozens or
hundreds have been distributed and returned — to draw any
conclusions. It is only by the evidence of large numbers
that the vitiating effect of exceptional circumstances, such
as an unusual gale, can be eliminated. Prevailing winds,
on the other hand, such as would usually affect the drift
of surface organisms are amongst the normally acting
causes which we are trying to ascertain. I may state,
however, that so far nearly 50 per cent, of the bottles

* More probably, very imicli furtlier, as during that time it would
certainly be carried backwards and forwards by the tide.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT EEIN. 303

found had been carried to Ireland, and they are chiefly
ones that had been set free in the southern part of the
district (between Liverpool and Holyhead) and off the
Isle of Man. The bottles set free along the Lancashire
Coast and in Morecambe Bay seem chiefly to have been
carried to the south and west, e.g., to about Mostyn, in
North Wales, and Douglas, Isle of Man. It is only a few
exceptional ones so far that have been carried out of our
area through the North Channel.

Plate I. shows by the dark dashes the lines along which
the drift bottles have been set free, and the arrow heads
give some idea of the direction which some of the bottles
have apparently taken.

Publications.

Sufficient material has now been accumulated to form
a new volume of the "Fauna of Liverpool Bay." Con-
sequently, Volume IV. will be issued early in 1895, and
will contain, in addition to the reports and papers which
were mentioned last year as printed off, the Supplemen-
tary Eeport on the Hydroid Zoophytes, by Miss L. R.
Thornely ; a list of the Nemertida found at Port Erin, by
Messrs. Beaumont and Vanstone ; a revision of the
Nomenclature and Classification of British Sponges, by
Dr. Hanitsch ; a Eeport on the Fishes of the District, by
Professor Herdman ; a paper on Synapta, hj Mi. Chad-
wick, and one on the Tube-building Habits of Panthalis,
by Mr. Watson ; a report on the L. M. B. C. Medusae, by
Mr. Edw. T. Browne ; and a Supplementary Report on
Copepoda, by Mr. I. C. Thompson.

It has been suggested that a general index should now
be drawn up to the species recorded in the volumes on
the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay. There can be
no doubt that such an index would be useful, and wiU

304 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

eventually be necessary, but as the work of identifying
species is still in active progress, and fresh records are
being made annually, it is perhaps a little premature to
undertake such a piece of work now. Probably an appro-
priate time for the compilation of such an index would be
at the conclusion of the labours of our British Association
Committee, which will probably submit its final report on
the occasion of the visit of the British Association to
Liverpool in the autumn of 1896.

The surplus copies of the five Annual Keports upon the
Marine Biological Station formerly on Puffin Island (1888
to 1892, the complete set) have been collated and bound
up to form an 8vo. volume of about 180 pages, illustrated
with cuts and plates, and containing the original litho-
graphed covers. There are 20 copies of this vol. which
are now offered by the Committee at 3s. each nett (post
free) ; apply to Mr. I. C. Thompson, 4, Lord Street, or to
Prof. Herdman, University College.

Future Work.

During the coming year the Committee propose, in the
course of their dredging, trawling, and tow-netting inves-
tigations, to pay special attention to the nature of the sea-
bottom and to the assemblages of animals and plants
found on particular deposits. They hope, with the
co-operation of Mr. Clement Keid, and of any local
Geologists who will help them, to work up more
thoroughly the Geology of the sea-bottom, and so attempt
the solution of that interesting problem, the date and
circumstances of formation of the Irish Sea and of the
separation of the Isle of Man from England. They pro-
pose also to continue for at least a year the observations
on currents by means of " drift bottles," and would be
glad of any assistance in this from shipowners and captains,

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT POET ERIN. 305

especially in distributing bottles along lines crossing the
northern and southern entrances to the Irish Sea, such as
from Port Patrick to Belfast, or from Belfast to White-
haven, and from Holyhead to Dublin, or thereabouts.

A further subject upon which the Committee are very
desirous of doing some work is sea-fish hatching and fish
culture. That, however, is a somewhat expensive matter,
requiring special arrangements and apparatus. If the
various County Councils and Fishery Boards having
jurisdiction over the territorial waters of the Irish Sea,
could see their way to unite in promoting a Fish Hatchery
at Port Erin, it would be a benefit to the whole sea-
district. This northern area of the Irish Sea, in the
centre of which the Isle of Man lies, is a natural fishery
district, with its own spawning grounds, " nurseries,"
feeding grounds, and important fishing industries. The
same bye-laws ought to apply throughout the area, and
there ought to be a central fish hatching and rearing
establishment in some convenient spot where the water
is the purest obtainable and as free as possible from all
suspended matters. Such a hatchery would not be for
the benefit of Lancashire alone, nor of Cheshire, nor of
the Isle of Man, but would benefit the fish population of
the entire area, and the fisheries in general. TheL. M. B. C,
although very willing to advise, to co-operate, and to super-
vise if desired, cannot be expected unaided to carry out
such an extensive scheme ; but even if they receive no
outside assistance, they are determined to start the matter
by conducting some experiments in hatching during the
coming spawning season, so as to demonstrate the suit-
ability or otherwise of Port Erin for this purpose. In this
connection the Hon. Treasurer begs to call attention to
the fact that his small balance in hand will very soon be
exhausted in making the necessary preparations for these

306 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

experiments, and that he would be very glad to receive
subscriptions for this or any other of the special purposes
mentioned above.

The usual statement of the Hon. Treasurer, and the
the hst of subscriptions and donations for 1894 is appended
to this Keport.

X.

4ir' %*

^B

All abnormal specimen of Po7'ania 2)ulvillus, where one of the rays shows a
tendency to branch dichotomonsly. A, B, 6', D are normal rays, while
the fifth ray has divided into x and y, the latter of which has split and
partially nnited at least twice. Tlie specimen is in the Zoological
Museum of University College, Liverpool. (For the use of this block
we are indebted to the courtesy of Messrs. Macniillan & Co.)

307

Appendix.

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

SubscriiDtions.

Alcock, Miss, Cambridge ...
Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-st.
Beaumont, W. L, Cambridge
Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-street...
Boulnois, H. P,, 7, Devonshire-road, Prince's

Park ...

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool
Browne, Edward T,, B.A., 14, Uxbridge

road, Shepherd's Bush, London
Caine, Nath., 1.0, Orange-court, Castle-street
Caton, Dr., 31, Rodney-street
Clague, Dr., Castletown, Isle of Man
Clague, Thomas, Bellevue Hotel, Port Erin
Comber, Thomas, J. P., Leighton, Parkgate
CreHm, John C, J. P., Ballachurry, Andreas,

Isle of Man
Dawkins, Professor W. Boyd, Owens College,

Manchester
Denny, Prof, Firth College, Sheffield
Derby, Earl of, Knowsley- ...
Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree...
Gamble, Col. David, C.B., Windlehurst

St. Helens ...
Gamble, F. W,, Owens College, Manchester

Gaskell, Frank, Woolton Wood,

Gaskell, Holbrook, J.P., Woolton Wood,
Gell, James S., High Bailiff of Castletown...

d.

0

0

0

0

Donations.
£ s. d.

1 0

1 0

— 110

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1 0

I

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

10

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

308 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Gibbons, Fredk,, 19, Ranelagh-street
Gibson, Prof. K. J. H., 41, Sydenham-avenue
Gifford, J., Whitehouse terrace, IMinburgh

Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street

Greening, Linnaeus, 5, Wilson Patten-street,

Warrington
Hall, Walter J., Lindum House, Nantwich

Halls, W . J , 35, Lord-street

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union Bank
Herdman, Prof., University College, L'pool.
Hick, Herbert E., M.R.C.S., Southport

House, Bradford 0 10 6 —

Hick, Thomas, B.A., Brighton-grove, Bus-
holme, Manchester ... ... . , . 0 10 6 —

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon-buildings Tithe-

barn-strcet
Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road
Holt, George, J. P. Sudley, Mossley Hill
Howes, Prof. G. B., Royal College of

Science, South Kensington, London... 110
Hoyle, W. E., iMuseum, Owens College,

Manchester ... ... ... ... 1 1 0

Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquar-
ian Society
Jones, C. W., J. P., Field House, Wavertree
Kermode, P. M. C, Hill-side, Ramsey
Lea, Rev. T. Simcox, 3, Wellington-fields
Leicester, Alfred, 30, Weld-rd., Birkdale...
Lomas, J., Amery-grove, Birkenhead

Macfie, Robert, Airds

Meyer, Dr. Kuno, University College, L'pool
Meade-King, H. W., J. P., Sandfield Park
Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldh all-street

Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street

Miall, Prof, Yorkshire College, Leeds
Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warrington ...

1 1

0

2 2

0

1 0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

0

5

0

1

1

0

0

10

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 309

Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall 5 0 0 —

Newton, John, M.R.C.S., 44, Rodney-street 0 10 6 —

Odgers, Rev. J. E., Woodstock Rd., Oxford 110 —

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings ... 2 2 0 —

Rathbone, S. G., Croxteth-drive, 8efton-park 2 2 0 —

Rath bone, Mrs. Theo., Back wood, Neston 110 —

Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston ... 1 1 0 —

Rathbone, W., M.P., Greenbank, Allerton 2 2 0 —

Reading, N. C, Wake Green-road, Moseley 0 10 (3 —

Roberts, Isaac, F.R.S., Tunbridge-wells ... 1 1 0 —

Shaw, Prof. H. S. Hele, 26, Waverley-road 110 —

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester ... 1 1 0 —

Simpson, J. Hope, Annandale, Aigburth-

drive 2 2 0 —

Smith, A. T., junr., 24, King-street ... 1 1 0 —

Stevenson, W. A., Ballakreighan, Castletown,

Isle of Man 110 —

Talbot, Rev. T. U., 4, Osborne terrace, Dou-
glas, Isle of Man
Thompson, Isaac C, 19, Waverley-road
Thornely, James, BaycliiF, VVoolton
Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton ...
Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road
Tomlin, B., 59, Liverpool-road, Chester ...
Walker, Alfred 0., Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn Bay 3
Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes-park 1 1
Walters, Rev. Frank, B.A., King William

College, Isle of Man
Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Sheffield
Weiss, Prof. F. E., Owen's College, Man-
chester
Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall
Wiglesworth, Dr., Rainhill... ..,

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

5

0

3

3

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

I

1

0

5

0

0

I

1

0

101 15 0 110

J»i^* t^ CO a ^^ !—• ^

^ ^ 1-r! Si S- ^^ ^ ■

::

^ : ^

- :;

^ ^

?

Print

Posta
Sund
Salar
Pa,la.i

=! O .

ri;

ice due Tr
uses of Dr
of Port El

oj-a :

35

-h •-;

5. cp o

O . 0

p :

asurei
dging
n Bio

O:

r^

w

lis

S-- ""

i'g

o

o

S-IS

O ;

^

^i-

CO

g5 ;

s ^

P o

P • ~

M 55p

^

■^ ti

^i

^ ^

p

o'^

ppu

J

ti

a':

p

c-t-

P

O ;

P-.

p :

^

>

si

O

s

'r^

^ •

P

a-:

i^

o •

J2.

^

^ :

p

^

bi

Oi

to

to

!_,

1— ' CO rf^

05

CO O Ul

05 to

oo

^^^Oi

l_l

,_1

,_1

1— ' I—"

CO

Ci CO to

Oi o

CO

O O h-i ►f-

to

to O H-"

Oi

Oi

t^^

CD O 00 to

w

■J^

3

X

X

V V,

^

1

1
1

>

Pi

3

?
f

^

2 w

51 ^

72

2

00

CO

ti^

1

p-

t— 1

O

1"
0

0

1

0 ^

^

^

5

p

CD

tS CO ^

0'

1

P_^

l-H

^

3

ii

J

g

Q

^

p
<-

m

<!

i

Zu

^

CD

?

S

S

CD

2.

^

^

?

s

p

O^

B

-

3

0

:i
P_

1

2

o*

S

D

^

t>

>

^

w

g-

^

»

p

2"

tr"

o

*|'

0

p

lo

►^

i

cc

1

rt-

w'

^

5^4

CD

t^

^

t=J

§

O

^.

O

:|

p

C^

t^

a

0'

o

P

0

S

w

02

CD

g

i

0

P

w

•

^5

?+^

I—"

l_l

CO

o

^T

CO

1 <^
C3i

to

0

h- '

Or

rf^

0

0

h

t_l

I— 1

^

I—"

^_,

^

in

•"■

O

^

CO

CO

*i-

0

■-I

to

0

:^

o

o

o

to

0

y-L

to

OJ

>-J

0

0

&,

^

■ MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 311

L.M.B.C. NOTICES.

The public are admitted by ticket to inspect the
Aquarium from 12 to 1 and from 6 to 6-30 p.m. daily,
when the Curator will be, as far as possible, in attendance
to give information. Tickets of admission, price sixpence
each, to be obtained at the Biological Station or at the
Bellevue Hotel. The various tanks are intended to be
illustrative of the marine life of the Isle of Man. It is
intended also that short lectures on the subject should be
given from time to time by Prof. Herdman, F.E.S., the
Hon. Director of the Station, or by other members of
the Committee.

Applications to be allowed to work at the Biological
Station, or for specimens (living or preserved) for
Museums, Laboratory work, and Aquaria, should be
addressed to Professor Herdman, F.K.S., University
College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and donations should be sent to Mr. I.
C. Thompson, F.L.S., 19, Waverley Koad, Liverpool.

The L.M.B. Committee are publishing their Keports
upon the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay in a series of
8vo. volumes at intervals of about three years. Of these
there have appeared : —

Vol. I. (372 pp., 12 plates), 1886, price 8/6.

Vol. II. (240 pp., 12 plates), 1889, price 7/6.

Vol. III. (400 pp., 24 plates), 1892, price 10/6.
Copies of these may be ordered from the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee, University College, Liver-
pool, or from the Hon. Sec, 4, Lord Street, Liverpool.

Isaac C. Thompson,

Hon. Sec. and Treas.

312 tbansactions llveepool biological society.

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate I. — Chart of the Irish Sea showing the zones of
depth (contours 10, 20, and 50 fathoms), the nature of the
bottom (see p. 287), and the hnes of distribution (thick
dotting) of the drift bottles.

Plate II. — Calcareous "concretion," containing shells,
sand grains, &c., cemented with carbonate of lime and a
little carbonate of iron (see last report, p. 31). From a
photograph by Kev. T. S. Lea.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IX., PI. I.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol. IX., PI. II.

y,'t,ffa9;

*^A

314 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. Andrew Scott, " Fisheries " Assistant at University
College, has worked tlirough a large amount of material
collected at low water and on various marine expeditions,
with excellent results, the majority of those here mentioned
having been found by him. To his kindness and skill in
delineation I am also indebted for the drawings from
which the plates accompanying this paper are engraved.

.Description of Species.

COPEPODA.
Family Pseudocyclopiid^.

Pseudo cyclopia steplioides, n. sp. (Pis. VI and VII,
figs. 1 to 14).

Length, exclusive of caudal setae, 1'2 mm. Cephalo-
thorax robust, four-jointed, the first segment being two-
thirds the combined length of the other three. Abdomen
five-jointed in the male (fig. 14), four-jointed in the female
(fig. 13) ; the lower portion of the first joint in the male
abdomen (fig. 14) is covered with fine very short hairs or
spines ; the first joint in the female abdomen is about
equal in length to that of the combined succeeding three -
joints. Eo strum short.

Anterior antennae (fig. 2) of moderate length, twenty
jointed. Basal joint large, almost equal in length to the
succeeding six joints, and bearing three plumose setae and
one shorter seta ; the seventh, ninth, thirteenth, and
twentieth joints have long sensory filaments ; the nine-
teenth joint has one plumose seta ; each joint bears one
or more ordinary setae. The proportional lengths of the
joints are about as follows : —

24 533456 3 43 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Primary branch of posterior antennae (fig. 3) two-jointed,
in this respect and no other differing -from the generic

ADDITIONS TO L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 315

character of Pseudocyclopia, Scott, in which the primary
branch is described as being three-jointed. The basal joint
has two marginal setae, the terminal joint having a number
of apical setae. Secondary branch large, five-jointed, the
first, second, and apical joints being about twice as long
as broad, the third and fourth about half as long as broad.

Mandibles (fig. 4) large, consisting of a broad biting
part furnished with two plumose spines, and a two-
branched palp, one of the branches being two, the other
four-jointed.

Anterior foot-jaw (fig. 5) four-jointed, with several
marginal processes, bearing long setae, some finely plumose,
the third joint having two powerful serrated claw-like
spines ; the fourth joint very small, and terminated with
two long setae. The posterior foot-jaw (fig. 6) is seven-
jointed, the basal joint large, about twice as long as broad,
bearing several marginal spines, the upper distal angle
protruding upwards, and terminated by three long setae,
the lower one plumose. The second joint is about equal
in length to the first, and little more than half its width ;
the inner margin clothed with short setae, and having
three long plumose setae ; the five terminal joints are
small, their combined length being rather less than the
first or second joints, and all thickly clothed with long
setae.

The swimming feet are very similar to those of P.
crassicornis , Scott. The outer branch of the first pair
(fig. 7) is three-jointed, each joint being provided with a
stout dagger-like spine at the outer distal angle ; the inner
branch is one-jointed, and rather longer than the first
joint of the outer branch. The outer branch of the second
pair (fig. 8) is also three-jointed ; each of the first and
second joints bear one, and the last joint four, stout
serrated spines of variable length, the terminal one being

316 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

serrated only on the inner side ; the inner branch is
two-jointed, about half the length of the outer branch, its
inner joint being about half as long as the outer one. The
densely plumose setae in the second, third, and fourth
swimming feet are all jointed at about one-third of their
length. The third (fig. 9) and fourth pairs (fig. 10) have
both branches three-jointed. The outer branch in both
pairs is very similar to that of the second pair. The inner
branch of the fourth pair (fig. 10) has a strong hairy
spine at the distal angle of the first and second joints in
place of jointed seta in the fourth pair. Each of the fifth
pair in the female (fig. 12) is one-branched, two-jointed,
the first joint short, about as long as broad, with a spinous
prolongation in the centre on the inner side. A similar
projection, as well as a smaller one occur on each mner
side of the segment from which the fifth feet spring.
The second joint of the fifth pair is produced into three
plumose spines (without articulation), the inner terminal
one being longer than the two outer lateral ones. Each
of the fifth pair of feet in the male (fig. 11) is one-branched
and four-jointed, and together form a powerful clasping
organ. The right foot is long and slender, the terminal
joint being about the combined length of the other three ;
its centre portion almost forms a semi-circle, the continu-
ation being a long sharp spine. The left foot is shorter ;
there are several setee and a short blunt spine on the third
joint ; the fourth, which is small, terminating in a curved
claw-like prolongation, with a sharp spine near the apex.

The caudal stylets (fig. 13) in the female are about as
long as broad, those of the male (fig. 14) being rather
longer; each bears three long and one short plumose setae.

Three specimens only, two males and one female, were
found in washings from dredged material taken outside
Port Erin, in 15 fathoms, in March, 1894.

ADDITIONS TO L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 317

It was by no means easy to decide into which genus to
place this well-marked species, as it has strong points of
resemblance in common with the three genera, Pseudo-
calanus, Stephos, and Pseudocyclopia. With Pseudocyclo-
pia it agrees in all points excepting in the nmnber of joints
in the anterior antennae, and the primary branch of the
posterior antennae, and, as in general appearance and in
the first four pairs of swimming feet, it strongly resembles
Pseudocyclopia, I have decided provisionally to place it
in that genus. Its fifth pair of feet, however, are more
like those of Stephos.

In the Twelfth Annual Eeport of the Fishery Board
for Scotland, Mr. Thomas Scott has added a new species
belonging to this genus, recently found by him in the
Forth area.

As the genus Pseudocyclopia forms a sort of missing
link between the families Calanidae and Misophriidae,
Scott has wisely constituted a new family, the Pseudocy-
clopiidae, for its reception. The species of Pseudocy-
clopia, described by Scott having respectively sixteen
and seventeen joints in the anterior antennae, he has
made that number a family character. The species here
described has, however, twenty joints in the anterior
antennae, and as it otherwise agrees in all respects with
the family characters of Pseudocyclopiidae, I w^ould suggest
that the words " sixteen to seventeen jointed " be altered
to '' sixteen to twenty jointed " as a character of this new
family.

Family Cyclopid^.

Cyclops magnoctavus, Cragin.

One or two specimens of this brackish species were
found along with quantities of Temorella affinis and
Tachidius hrevicornis in tow-net gatherings sent to nie

L

318 TEANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

by Mr. Ascroft, taken by him in low water marine pools
at Lytham. It is evident that a considerable amount of
fresh-water finds its way into the Lytham pools.

Cyclops ewarti, Brady.

This species, first taken in the Forth estuary, was
suspected by Brady to have a fresh-water origin. Ours
are evidently strictly marine, two specimens, both males,
having been dredged at 20 fathoms off Port Erin.

Family Haepacticid^.

Longipedia minor, T. & A. Scott.

A few specimens of this species were collected by hand-
net in the rock-pools at Hilbre Islands in March, by
Mr. A. Scott. It is easily distinguished from L. coronata,
Glaus, by its much smaller size.

Ganuella perplexa, T. & A. Scott.

Frequently found in dredged material taken about Port
Erin. It has probably been overlooked from its general
resemblance to Longipedia coronata, the points of differ-
ence being enumerated by Scott.

Ectinosoma. normaiii, T. & A. Scott.

Several specimens were obtained by Mr. A. Scott in
material from Barrow Channel, collected in May by
Professor Herdman, and I have also dredged it off Port
Erin. When fresh this species has a brilliant red spot
on the lower angles of the cephalothorax, and in this
respect it agrees with E. erythrops, Brady.

Ectinosoma elongata, A. & T. Scott.

One specimen was found in material from pools at
Hilbre Island.

Ectinosoma gracile, T. & A. Scott.

One or two specimens of this species were obtained
among dredged material collected at Port Erin by
Professor Herdman. -

ADDITIONS TO L.M.B.C. COPEPODA. 319

Ectinosoma pygviceum, T. & A. Scott.

This species was obtained from the same material as
the last, and is the smallest known Ectinosoma : it
measures only ^^th. of an inch ('33 mm.).

Ectinosoma herdmani, T. & A. Scott.

One specimen was found in dredged material taken off
Port Erin.

Bradija minor, T. & A. Scott.*

A few species of this new Bradya were obtained in
rock-pools at Hilbre Island, along with Longipedia minor,

Ameira longicaudata, Scott.

One specimen was found in material dredged at 15
fathoms between Port Erin and Peel.

Dactijlopiis rostratus, T. Scott.

A single specimen was obtained among some dredged
material collected at Port Erin by Professor Herdman, at
Easter, 1894.

Diosaccus propinquits, T. & A. Scott, Ameira exigiia,
T. Scott, A. longiremis, T. Scott, Laoplionte inopinata,
T. Scott, PseudoivestiDoodia pijgmced, T. & A. S., and
possibly a new Laoplionte, and one or two other doubtful
species were obtained from washings from sponges col-
lected by Dr. Hanitsch at Port Erin in August, 1894.

Family Heesiliid^.

Cancerilla tuhulata, Dalyell.

The first record of this rare Copepod occurs in Dalyell' s
"Powers of the Creator," 1851, and it has since been
taken by Mr. Gamble at Plymouth, but not before in our
district. I found it lately on examining the results of

* The above sjiecies of Ectinosoma and Bradija are figured and described
in a revision of the British species of Copepoda belonging to the two genera
Ectinosoma and Bradija, T. & A. Scott, which is to be published at an early
date.

320 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a recent expedition from Port Erin. Large quantities of
opliiuroids, chiefly OpJiiocorna nigra and Ophiotlirix
fragilis, were amongst the dredged material, and it is
probably from one or other of these that the two speci-
mens of Cancerilla tuhidata, Dalyell, male and female,
were taken, as the species is parasitic on ophiuroids. It
has recently been fully described and figured in " Les
Copepodes du Boulonnais," by Dr. Eugene Canu.

Family Sapphirinid^.

Pseudanthessius saiwagei, Canu.

A few specimens were obtained by washing a number
of Spatangus purpureus, which were trawled in the
central area, 21 miles W.N.W. from Morecambe Bay
Lightship, on April 3rd. This rare species was only
added to the British fauna last year, when it was found
in the Firth of Forth, and the present is the second time
it has been observed in the British area.

Lickoinolgus (Doridicola) agilis, Leydig, was found in
the bottom tow-net, Morecambe Bay, May. 1894.

Family Artotrogid^.

AcontiopJiorus eloiigatus, Scott.

One specimen was found among the strained washings
of Pecten maxiimis, dredged at 15 fathoms, off Port Erin,

Family Caligid^.

Lepeoptheirus pectoralis.

Several specimens, male and female, were found on the
flounder, taken off Morecambe, and also from Arnoglossus
megastoma, at Professor Herdman's Fisheries Laboratory.

TVaTM. Vpool Bwl. Soc.

Vol. IX., Plate VI.

'■^xx^ All m /

Hg.*.

/If TM|

Rg.6.

A. Scott, del ad nat.

PsEUDOCTCLOPiA Stephoides, n. sp.

Fig.7.

I!

Trmm^rpmABmL

;\vi ,.^1^

M. ;^\TO

.^-^

^^ix^ifj^

7 .f^\\

E*9'

^'ta-ia.

*■«■» <&ir <«^ ,;

i V^i^

fy/ *»<x.

' -A

-KeJO-

ih ^

jn

»Mf

^2^^1PCCTC««A

ml^.

322

[WOEK FROM PORT ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION.]

Note upon the yellow variety of Sarcoclictyon catenata,
Forbes, with remarks upon the Genus and its species.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.E.S.,

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

[Read December 14tli, 1894.]

Plate VITL

In 1883, I published a somewhat detailed account* of the
structure of the ordinary form of Sarcoclictyon catenata,
Forbes, from the examination of specimens dredged at
Lamlash and in Loch Fyne, on the West Coast of Scot-
land, in 1880 and following summers. Some of my
colonies from Loch Fyne were of a pale yellow colour,
and an investigation of these showed that they only
differed from the red colonies in having the numerous
calcareous spicules of the mesogloea perfectly colourless
in place of being of a dull red tint. Hence, I came to the
conclusion that here, just as in Alcyonium digitatum,
where several distinct colours of colony are found, the red
and the pale yellow colonies were merely cases of colour
variation, and that all the specimens that I had examined
were to be referred to the one species, Sarcodictyon
catenata. Moreover, I made the suggestion that probably
Forbes' second species, S. agglomerata, which was saidf
to differ from S. catenata in being of an " ochraceous
yellow " colour, and in having the polypes placed in little
groups ol from three to five instead of in single file,
would prove to be the same species, since (1) several of
my red colonies had the polypes in groups, and (2) the
yellow colonies bridged the gap as regards colour.

* Proc. R. Physical Soc. Edinburgh, vol. viii., p. 31.
t Trans. Roy. Soc, Edinburgh, vol. xx., p. 307, 1851.

NOTE ON SAKCODICTYON. 323

Three years later, in 1886, I added* some further
details in regard to Sarcodictyon catenata in the living-
condition from colonies dredged off Port Erin, in the Isle
of Man, and which I had been able to keep alive for some
time. In that paper I figm^ed the polypes in the fully
expanded condition, showing that the polype may extend
to three times its usual height {i.e., to 5 or 6 mm.), the
translucent white upper expanded part of the body being
about twice the length of the lower opaque red-coloured
part. The figures (loc. cit. pi. iii.) showed a colony of
thirteen polypes fully expanded, natural size, and one
expanded polype, magnified, like the one now reproduced
here (PI. VIIL, fig. 3).

Since that date we have frequently, during the
L.M. B.C. expeditions, dredged colonies of the red
Sarcodictyon catenata off the south and west of the Isle
of Man, at depths of from 10 to 40 fathoms, and generally
attached to shells or to stones. Last summer (1894) in a
haul of the dredge taken at 2 miles off the north side of
the Calf Island on August 25th, depth 22 fathoms, bottom
sand and shells, I was fortunate enough to obtain several
colonies of yellowish tints, which I think are quite
sufficient to show conclusively that Forbes' Sarcodictyon
agglomerata is the same species as S. catenata. I had
previously shown that there were red colonies in the
agglomerated condition, and yellow colonies with the
polypes in single file. Now I have yellow colonies of
several tints in the agglomerated state, and one of these,
in its " ochraceous yellow " colour and in the grouping of
polypes in threes and fives, exactly corresponds with
Forbes' original description (see PI. VIIL, fig. 1).

On cutting sections of some of these yellow colonies I
find that they have not all colourless spicules only, as I

* Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol, i. p. 120.

324 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

found was the case with the Loch Fyne specimens in 1883,
but that there are two distinct tints of yeUow colony, one
paler and greyer (PL VIII., fig. 2) in which the spicules
are all colourless and the yellowish tint is merely due to
the superficial tissues (chiefly the ectoderm) of the polypes
and stolon, and the other of a much richer yellow (PI.
VIII. , fig. 1), with sometimes a tinge of orange, and in
these most of the spicules are very distinctly of a yellow
colour, even when seen singly in thin sections (PI. VIIL,
figs. 6, 7, 8), and when in mass along with the soft
tissues they make up the rich yellow seen on the outside
of the colony. The spicules which are yellow in these
cases are exactly the ones which are red in the red
colonies, viz., those of the stolon and of the lower thick
opaque part of the body- wall, leaving those of the upper
translucent part of the body-wall and of the tentacles
colourless (see PI. VIIL, fig. 7). I succeeded in keeping
yellow colonies, of both tints, alive and fully expanded in
the aquarium at Port Erin for some time last summer.
The upper parts of the body wall and the tentacles are
exactly like those of the red form (see PI. VIIL, figs. 4, 5).
Consequently, there are altogether three colour varieties
of Sarcodictyon which I know of : —

1. The red form, with red spicules in the stolon and

lower part of the polype ;

2. The bright yellow form, with yellow spicules in

the stolon and lower part of the polype ;

3. The pale yellow form, with colourless spicules

throughout the colony.

All of these usually have the polypes in single file, but
any of them may exceptionally have the polypes grouped
in little clumps (as in PI. VIIL, fig. 1). Consequently,
the characters distinguishing Sarcodictyon agglomerata

NOTE ON SARCODICTYON. 325

fall to the ground, and that name must be regarded as a
synonym of S. catenata, Forbes.

In all the other details of structure as seen in working
through thin sections I find that the yellow colonies agree
with the ordinary red ones — the only difference is in the
colour of the spicules. I have been fortunate in coming
upon ova in the yellow colonies recently examined — I
had failed to find any trace of reproductive organs in the
specimens examined in 1883. The ova are of rather large
size, 0"09 mm. in diameter, and have a very distinct
germinal vesicle and spot. They are enclosed in cellular
follicles, about 0*12 mm. in diameter, which hang by long
narrow pedicles from the edge of the mesenteries — project-
ing into the inter-mesenteric cavities in groups of two
three and four together (PL VIII. , fig. 10). I have seen
no trace of spermatozoa, so it is very possible that the
colonies are unisexual and that I have only examined
female colonies.

In conclusion, I desire to make a few remarks in regard
to the genus. Prof. Hickson has recently published a
paper* on the genera of the Alcyonaria Stolonifera in
which he deals critically with the various genera which
have been placed in the family Clavulariidse, and in the
course of his analysis of this group he refers {loc. cit. p. 332)
briefly to Sarcodictijou and comes to the conclusion that
it must be merged in the genus Glavularia. There is no
doubt that the three genera Sarcodictyon, Bhizoxenia and
Glavularia are, if distinct, very closely related groups,
and our British species Sarcodictyon catenata has by some
writers been placed in Bhizoxenia and by others in Glavu-
laria. It cannot, however, be referred to Bhizoxenia as
that genus was characterised by Ehrenberg, its founder, and

* Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud., vol. XIIL, pt. IX., p. 325, Oct. 1894.

326 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

since that by Milne-Edwards and Haime, as having the
polypes non-retractile, while S. caienata has eminently
retractile polypes.

There remains then the question, ought our species to
be included in Clavidaria ? If it cannot be separated
from the species of that genus, Clavidaria as a name has
priority, having been established by Quoy and Gaimard in
1834 while Sarcodictyon catenata was not discovered by
Forbes till 1845 and w^as not described till 1847. I am of
opinion, however, that the constitution of the polype wall
out of two very distinct parts, a lower thicker opaque
coloured part into which the upper thinner translucent
colourless part can be retracted, is so different from the
condition seen in the species of Glavularia (see Hickson's
beautiful plates, which show, in all the species figured,
the body- wall extending in an unmodified state up to the
bases of the tentacles) that it gives us sufficient grounds
for the separation of B. catenata generically. And although
the character of the body-wall above referred to was not
included in the original description of Sarcodictyon, still
the species S. catenata, Forbes, was the type of that
genus and consequently Sarcodictyon is the name that
ought to be retained as the generic title.

As to the further question whether there are any other
species of Sarcodictyon, that is a very doubtful matter.
Hickson mentions two species in all, — the well-known
S. catenata, and another '' S. colinahum'' which I have
never heard of. He gives as the locality Scotland, and
as authority " Forbes (?)," but I cannot find the name in
Forbes' works, and am inclined to think there must be
some mistake about it.* Hickson does not include in his
list of the species he desires to add to Clavidaria, Sarco-

* Since the above was printed I have heard from Prof. Hiekson that he
possibly mistook a note book entry of aS'. ayglomerata for "/S'. colinabum,"

Trans. L'pool BioL So

Vol. IX., PI. Vlll.

- 'Jnes

FUj.9.

SARCODICTYON

I
II

J^IITE IjT "frr ^Ov 0 It.' "^^1 "^W.

I'^riz:^ znrLitS it^r^^djeii rll(^^i^rliHli^^<^^tlaiIk>CTllI^TTI^-^:al^^ M^iff;:
3i mi&sL, Gsa^, SEii Si od&ea^Sair^ IS^wmoEf] ^zinski^ ^T

iris:- ^ L-iiinL-x IE lEisnii

?RFrr«v

Q n: Jt

e TT ~}J^. 1 <TTnr "i : r-n _ ^tt i ^t.i~J!Cf»T^.

^is:.. . ^iz^ (SEE m icTzscaiiaiu seisior zJrrrrrgr ^ T^til^^v

E^- ^- A T^smiiaul 5t - ^ i Talk t^siLcw 2*^7?*^ ^ ^^^

NOTE ON SARCODICTYON. 327

dictijon agglomerata, Forbes, and S. rugosum, Pourtales.
I have already expressed my opinion above that the former
of these must be merged in S. catenata, and I feel that we
require further detailed information about Pourtales' West
Indian form before being able to decide either that it is
distinct from S. catenata or that it really belongs to the
genus Sarcodictijon. 'FinaAly, Bhizoxenia Jiliformis, Sars,
B. alba, Grieg, and B. albicolor, Norman, probably fall
into our genus, but whether they are all distinct from
Sarcodictyon catenata I cannot say.

Explanation of Plate VIII.

Fig. 1. Colony of bright yellow form of Sarcodictyon

catenata, (this is the S. agglomerata of Forbes),

nat. size, painted from life.
Fig. 2. Colony of pale yellow form, nat. size.
Fig. 3. Expanded polype of ordinary red form, enlarged.
Fig. 4. Expanded polype of yellow form, enlarged.
Fig. 5. Anterior end of another expanded yellow polype.
Fig. 6. Series of spicules from the body- wall of a yellow

form(X 200).
Fig. 7. Part of a horizontal section through a yellow

colony, showing two polypes cut in section, with

yellow spicules in the outer body- wall and in the

stolon, and colourless spicules in the invaginated

part of the polype ( X 50) .
Fig. 8. Part of a section of a yellow polype showing zone

of spicules ( X 50) .
Fig. 9. A vertical section of a pale yellow polype (X 50).
Fig. 10. Part of a transverse section of a yellow polype

showing the ova in their capsules attached by

pedicles to a mesentery, (X 200).

330 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

On the 25th of August he kindly took me on the s.s.
''Albatross " to the ground on which Panthalis had pre-
viously been found, and we were fortunate in securing
two promising mud masses, which, with a supply of mud
from the same spot, I took to the aquarium at Port Erin.
About noon on the following day these masses were placed
close against the glass sides, in different parts of a small
portable tank, and deposited in the aquarium building.
The water was changed by syphoning, twice daily, to
correspond with the tides (this was a needless precaution,,
but I wanted to avoid any chance of failure), but no mud
was in the first instance supplied, as I wished to make the
worms, if present, shew the position of the openings of
their tubes, so that I might re-arrange them if unfavourably
placed for observation ; or take means of guiding them,
if needful, in the direction of the glass. At 10.30 p.m.
one of the tubes displayed an opening at each end, but no
animal was yet visible. At 7 o'clock next morning,
however, at the opening away from the light, the tip of
the head, and two long palps were visible, but the animal
was exceedingly sensitive to vibration, and on my approach
immediately retreated. Having ascertained my "bearings "
I, about noon, covered the floor of the tank, round the
tube, with some of the fine mud brought for that purpose,
but restricting the depth to half an inch, in order that any
movement of the animal might be traced. The tank was
carefully watched, but no change took place during that
day ; on examining it next morning, however, there were
signs which led us to think that the worm had, during
the night, travelled five or six inches on the surface of the
mud, and returned to its starting point, whence it had
burrowed along the front of the tank, forming a channel
the whole length between the glass and the underside of
the old tube. The latter action was all that one could

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 331

desire, and was in fact the exact state of affairs I was
aiming to produce, but had not hoped to attain so easily.
This habit of annehds in captivity burrowing or building
against the glass, has often been helpful to me. It affords
excellent opportunities for studying the form and habits of
the animals under natural conditions, the interior of the
channel being exposed to view. By carefully changing
the water (by syphoning) the worm was soon made to
feel at home, and except for the occasional vibrations to
which it was always most sensitive, seemed to be unaware
of the shallowness of the water to which it had been
transferred. At first Panthalis was somewhat cautious
about exposing itself in the clear channel, and the only
parts visible were the head, and two long palps ; between
which, two red spots were seen, and on either side the
cirri of the first pair of parapodia. These were seen
peeping out into the new channel, the remainder of the
body of the worm being hidden in the old tube, or under
the mud which had been placed on the floor of the tank.

Gradually the animal gained confidence, and during
the day an inch of its length was exposed to view, and by
night almost the full length of its body was reposing
quietly in the new channel, the posterior extremity only
remaining buried in the old tube. Upon examination by
lamp-light, I found that the glass, just at the commence-
ment of the clear burrow, was for a very short distance
covered w4th mucus-like threads forming a " cobweb."
The animal itself was at first very sensitive to the artificial
light, but subsequently bore it better, though it evidently
felt the heat, as it contracted the portion of the body on
which the light w^as concentrated. As seen in its burrow,
the animal possessed 60 pairs of parapodia, and was about
3^- inches long, (the tube in which it was captured being
about half an inch longer). The width, across the

332 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

animars back, to the extremities of the parapodia, was
about yV ; the two sides being approximately parallel,
excepting just at the two extremities, where the outline of
the body tapered off markedly.

In a dorsal view were seen the two greyish-flesh
coloured palps, extending about ^% of an inch in front of
the prostomium ; on either side of the palps, the cirri of
the first pair of feet were visible (appearing like antennae),
and apparently between the palps, two eyes, with reddish
stalks (between which is a minute tentacle) occasionally
peeped out from beneath the first pair of elytra. Except-
ing at the two extremities, where the elytra of the sides
meet and overlap, rather more than the central third of
the back was uncovered, the anterior part of its length
being of a pearly white, with a central pink stripe.
Further on it was flesh-coloured, due to the internal organs
being partially visible through the semi-transparent, finely
striated integument. The dorsal blood-vessel was most
striking. For the greater length of the body it undulated
just beneath the skin, and a beautiful red, bead like effect
was produced. About one third the width of the back,
on either side, is covered by the pearly- white, semi-trans-
parent elytra, the first few pairs of which are flat, and
the remainder campanulate. During life, these do not
rest upon the body, but in front are tilted-up, so as to
meet at an angle above the prostomium, the last few pairs
of elytra also assuming a similar position. Possibly this
rule naay apply to the intermediate elytra, but I had no
opportunity of ascertaining this.

A constant rising and falling of the elytra, as though
to facilitate the passage of water for purpose of respiration,
was observable, and the positions of the parapodia were
dimly indicated through them. Laterally, the anterior
portion of the animal was most interesting, as in addition

TUBE OF PANTHALIS.

333

to the organs mentioned as visible in a dorsal view, the
second pair of parapodia, to which are attached special
and important fmictions, came into sight. These Hmbs
carry the first pair of elytra, and possess parts, equivalent
to those in succeeding parapodia, modified and adapted
to their work, which, as will be explained, is chiefly that
of forming the tube inhabited by the worm. Their ventral
cirri are much longer, and apparently stronger, than those
which follow ; their tips are semi-transparent, but for
the greater part of their length they are of an opaque
whitish colour (other ventral cirri are in parts of a
reddish tint) and being situate near the opening of the
mouth, have the appearance of buccal tentacles, or bristles,
which are usually directed forwards and downwards, the
tips almost meeting. The parts which correspond with
the ventral and dorsal lobes of other parapodia, are
modified in shape, and opaque white at their extremities ;
but these limbs are twisted downwards on their axes, so
that the portions which correspond to the dorsal lobes in
other parapodia, instead of being above, are in advance
of the ventral lobes. They are striking objects even to
the naked eye. The setae also differ, in that they are
chiefly long and straight or regularly curved, and although
some of them may be described as weak bristles, these
are spear-like in form, and devoid of the short terminal
"whip" or hair, which is characteristic of Panthalis.
The long curved setae, which issue from the cleft between
the lobes of the parapodia, are directed across the mouth
of the worm, and their object is probably to draw the
threads across, in the weaving process shortly to be des-
cribed. In this view, too, the outline of the front portion
of the body is noteworthy. At a distance of about — of
an inch from the extreme front, the dorsal integument,
which is here less covered by elytra than further on

334 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

was swollen up, giving the appearance of a shallow blister
about ^ an inch long ; while ventrally commencing at a
somewhat corresponding point the integument rose
abruptly, forming a sac over the blood vessel and pro-
ducing the effect of a broad longitudinal keel. This
portion of the body is capable of very considerable
expansion, the advantage of which will shortly appear.
In ventral view and outline, the sides of the body, inclu-
ding the parapodia, are approximately parallel, the anterior
extremity being bounded by a semi-circle, and the posterior
by a curve more or less acute according to the elevation
or depression of the elytra. Forward, for about -fV of an
inch, stretched the two palps, on either side of which the
cirri of the first pair of parapodia (as antennae) were
sometimes visible ; and between the palps, rising from the
under-side of the eyestalks, two small tentacles ; while,
with a lens, the tip of the small median prostomial tentacle
could also be seen. About y^ of an inch from the extreme
anterior boundary of the prostomium, are situate the two
buccal bristles or tentacles, one on either side of the
mouth, which appears as a short longitudinal line extend-
ing forwards between these tentacles. This line indicates
the depression, into which the integument folds in graceful
curves from every direction, when the proboscis is retrac-
ted. Just in front of the buccal tentacles, occupying the
space between these and the bases of the palps, come
the ventral and dorsal lobes, of the second pair of para-
podia, or as I propose calling them the ''weaving feet."
Centrally situate, at a distance of about jfv of an inch
behind the bases of the buccal tentacles, the dark red
ventral blood vessel was a most conspicuous feature. Its
front boundary was square and broad, about yV of an inch
wide, but the vessel was rapidly reduced in size, and after
a course of say half an inch, ran as a moderately fine red

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 335

line to the posterior extremity. After death the course
of this vessel is marked by a longitudinal ventral ridge
which has been referred to by a previous writer as the
covering of the nerve cord. The ventral surface of the
animal was opalescent, with a golden shade towards the
sides, caused probably by the spinning glands and setae of
the parapodia. The posterior extremity of the body was
broadly forked, owing to the last pairs of parapodia being
usually directed backwards.

As specimens in alcohol are in every way much con-
tracted and altered, this description of the large Panthalis
under observation will probably be of interest, the dimen-
tions given being a rough guide to the relative positions
of the organs, though other specimens which I have
examined vary very considerably both in size and colour.

The third day after being deposited in the tank, the
animal was evidently quite settled, and it proceeded to
complete the burrow against the glass, with the object of
making an o^Dening at the left hand extremity of the old
tube. Early in the morning of that day I found Panthalis
had forced about f of an inch of its body through the mud
at this point, and was "prospecting;" on my approach
this was quickly withdrawn ; but the animal remained in
the burrow the greater part of the day, thus affording
ample opportunity for observation of which I availed
myself by making careful sketches both with and without
the microscope. The most noteworthy occurrence of the
day was an example given by the animal of its power to
very largely expand the forepart of its body, which it
utilised for enlarging the diameter of its burrow. By
this means it lifted the old heavy tube fully 5- of an inch,
and almost rolled it way from the glass. By night, a
clear passage and opening into the water had been made.
The following morning I again found Panthalis, lying

336 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

on its back, with about i an inch of the forepart of its
body projecting from the opening most recently made.
During the night it had searched round the mouth of
the old tube for a distance of about an inch, and had
lined the new mouth of the burrow with " cobwebs."
In the course of the following twelve hours it partially
buried this cobweb with mud which it had drawn in at
the opening, and it was evidently commencing a solid
tube. It also now shewed great activity by burrowing
under, and violently upheaving the mud at the opposite
end of the burrow, with the object of making a second
opening in that direction, which it ultimately accom-
plished. I therefore watched it until 11 p.m. and made
a careful sketch of the floor of the tank, in order to
observe any change which might take place during the
night. Just before leaving, I found that a considerable
amount of '' cobwebbing " had been done during the
evening, and I saw the animal, for the first time, reverse
its position in the burrow, by doubling upon itself ventrally.
On returning to the aquarium at 7 o'clock next morning,
I found Panthalis, as usual, with its head just at the new
mouth of the burrow, to which, it had, during the night,
added a piece of tubing between the glass of the tank, and
the opening of the old tube ; the material for which had
been obtained by digging a hole about ^ inch diameter
and 5" of an inch deep, in the mud close by. As no food
had yet been supplied, I now attempted to feed Panthalis
by offering it a small red marine worm ; but this caused
alarm, and as the worm intended for food commenced to
burrow into, and I feared would destroy the new piece of
tube, I at once removed it. Panthalis had, the while,
retreated into its burrow, but in course of about ten
minutes returned ; forced its head slowly and carefully
through the mouth of the new tube, and proceeded to

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 337

repair the damage, lying on its back, and thus affording
me a splendid view of its operation through the open top
of the tank. Thus seen, the mouth of the new tube had
the appearance of a minute crater about j an inch external
diameter with walls barely yV' thick at the edge. With
its head very slightly projecting through the opening, and
the two long palps bent over the edge ventrally, Panthalis
began moving the second pair of parapodia in a manner
quite different from the ordinary rowing or walking action
of such limbs ; the motion, instead of being longitudinally,
was transversely to the body, i.e., the extremities of the
right and left pairs of parapodia w^ere brought together so
as almost to meet in the central line of the underside of
the body.

At intervals of two or three seconds, the animal, for
several minutes at a time, continued thus to bring together
and to separate these limbs ; the tips of the buccal tenta-
cles or bristles, too, at short intervals were brought together
and applied first to one point and then to another of the
tube, as though grasping and removing something from
place to place ; and although no threads could with
certainty be seen (though I thought I saw the haziness of
a cobweb) I had not the slightest doubt that Panthalis
was thus weaving its tube ; combing and weaving the
threads by means of the setae contained in these parapodia,
and arranging them with the buccal tentacles, an opinion
which I have since confirmed with another specimen,
when I saw the threads actually carried, as described
above. The process was repeated at different levels in
the tube which would account for the layers originally
noticed in the tube structures. Now and again the elytra
took part in the formation of the tube, and by rising and
falling were used to expand its mouth, whilst occasionally
the edge was drawn in upon the animal and then forced

338 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

out again, possibly either with the object of shaking the
fine grains of mud amongst the threads, or of causing the
latter to become entangled. Kather long rests were made
between each spell of weaving, possibly to afford time for
further secretion of the threads. The action of the
" weaving feet," as described above, would result in an
arrangement of the threads approximately parallel with
each other, in a direction transverse to that of the length
of the tube, and upon examining, with the microscope,
part of the cobweb formed against the glass in the burrow,
it was found that this was actually the case. I ought,
however, to add that in subsequent instances this regu-
larity of direction was not always observable ; the cobweb
being of a dense description similar to that formed by
some spiders.

The worm continued its weaving operations at intervals
during the morning until about noon, and then retired
into its burrow. It being impossible for me to remain
longer at Port Erin, I decided to convey Panthalis in its
tank to Sheffield, and there continue my observations.
This, with some difficulty was accomplished, and I was
fortunately able to keep the animal alive until the 17th of
September, a period of 23 days from the date of its capture.

Shortly after arrival in Sheffield the worm settled down
in its new quarters, and after clearing the openings of its
tube seemed habitually to lie with its head at one or other
of these points, the two long palps extended, or resting on
the mud externally. In this position it is most probably
watching for prey. On one occasion, when the palps had
remained thus outstretched for many hours, I feared the
animal was dead, and, in order to test it, gently raised one
of them with a quill, whereupon Fanthalis attacked the
quill savagely with its Proboscis.

During its life at Sheffield Panthalis afforded me an

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 339

opportunity of watching its method of niinghng the fine
mud with the cobwebs, one of the points needful to com-
plete the process. This was done l)y the same limbs as
those used in weaving, the mud being swept into the
mouth of the tube by striking backwards, the edge of the
tube was also at the same time pulled in uj)on the animal
and forced out again as previously described. The dorsal
cirri of the 3rd pair of parapodia also appear occasionally
to assist by drawing fine mud into the tube. It being
evident on the 17th September, that Pantlialis was ailing,
I decided to remove it from its tube and examine it under
the microscope w^hile still alive, as I had yet to ascertain
the source of the mucus like threads, and how they
were conveyed to the " weaving feet," Thanks to Miss
Buchanan's admirable paper on Eupolijodontes cornishii in
the Quart. Journal of Microscopical Science of January,
1894, in which she briefly describes the members of the
sub-family Acoetidse, e.nd gives the bibliography on the
subject, I was already aware of the existence of Eisig's
''spinning glands" in the parapodia of Polijodontes, and
consequently prepared to expect something similar in
Fanthalis.

This particular living specimen afforded no evidence on
that point, but by observation of others, and also by
dissection of dead specimens, I am convinced that these
glands, which exist in all the parapodia of PantJiaUs,
except the anterior eight pairs, are the source of the
mucus-like threads. The glands correspond very closely
wdth those of Folyodontes maxillosus described and figured
by Eisig (Monographie der Capitelliden), and their large,
bronze-like coils, seen on opening the body of the animal
either from above, or by transverse section, are most
striking objects. In the latter view the chsetal sac when
opened, reminds one of a lock of hair, the long, exceed-

340 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ingly fine capillary chsetse, lying compactly side by side,
readily separable with a dissecting needle. The extensions
from these coils can easily be traced to the cleft between
the upper and lower lobes of the parapodia, from which
points I have, more than once, seen the white, tube-
forming threads to issue. "Whether these threads are
themselves prolongations of Chsetse, or are fabricated by
gland secretions, forced through the chsetse, which are
shewn as tubes by Eisig, is a point to which I hope to
give further attention.

It may be noted that the dorsal lobes of the parapodia
endowed with spinning-glands, are much wider than those
of the preceding limbs.

On the remaining point, viz., how the threads are
passed forward to the " weaving feet," I fortunately gained
a clue from this living specimen. Kinberg in his des-
cription of Pcmthalis oerstedi (" Fregatten Eugenics
Eesa " Zool. Annulater) specifies the setas as of three
kinds " subulato- serrulate, bipennato-penicillate, and
aristate," and states that the first-named occupy the
lowest position as regards the parapodium ; the aristate
setae, the medium, and the bipennato-penicillate the
superior or dorsal ; the action of the medium and superior
setae is described as perpendicular, and that of the inferior
setae, as horizontal. These setae, as well as the animal
itself, are figured in the work above referred to, but those
observed in my specimens appear to be a combination of
the setae given both for Panthalis and Eupovipe gruhei,
and correspond most closely with the latter. (Possibly
Kinberg got his figures mixed.) None of these figures,
however, give quite the correct impression of the " bipen-
nato-penicillate " setae of Kinberg. When in action, it is
really that of a minute brush, in which the bristles have
flexible attachments round the tip of a long central shaft,

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 341

somewhat like the ribs of an umbrella which has been
turned inside out. Often these ribs are partially closed
up, and shew no movement, but I have several times seen
them when at work opening and closing, probably by the
pull of the threads and the resistance of the water. It
should be noticed that the " brush-like " setae are attached
only to the ^2^T2^-)^odim possessing '' spinning -glands'' and
their use is at once obvious. All the set^ in Panthalis
proceed from the ventral lobes of the parapodia ; the
position of these brush-like bristles, as described by Kin-
berg is uppermost ; they are capable of very considerable
extension and also of being retracted almost entirely
within the body of the animal; the threads from the
'' spinning gland " issue from the cleft between the upper
and lower lobes of the parapodia, i.e., /?^s^ against these
setae, and they are caught-up and carried outwards and
forward by the action of these brushes assisted, to some
extent, in the latter movement by other setae. I have
seen this actually take place, and on examination of dead
specimens the observation is confirmed, the brush-like
setae being frequently found directed forward with masses
of threads entangled in them.

The parapodia possessing "spinning glands" are en-
dowed with all three kinds of setae mentioned by Kinberg ;
but the six pairs between the last '' spinning gland " and
the ''weaving feet" have two kinds only, the brush-like
setae being replaced by a second set of serrulate setae
similar to those figured by Kinberg for Eupompe.

The foregoing, I think, describes fully the formation of a
single thin tube ; but it will be remembered that the
tube inhabited by Panthalis is quarter of an inch thick,
composed of many apparently parallel layers, formed one
inside the other, and I therefore still had some difficulty
in understanding how this strong, heavy structure could

342 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

be produced. An examination of the hardened and
embedded sections of tubes first made, and of fresh
sections of tubes in their natural condition ; and an exter-
nal examination of the tubes themselves under running
water (bearing in mind the bursting action possessed
and exercised by the forepart of the animal's body) afford,
I think, a simple explanation.

The sections shew that the layers, although apparently
parallel, do not run horizontally the full length of the
tube, but all curve outwards, and it is due to this fact,,
that Panthalis is able to construct a tube of so great
thickness. The process, most probably, is as follows : —
A moderately thin tube is first formed, consisting of cob-
webs and mud. In consequence of the layers being added
internally, the tube would soon become inconveniently
small, and the animal thereupon bursts the anterior portion
(as I saw it burst its original burrow) by expansion of the
forepart of its body, thus throwing the mouth of the tube
hacktvards. It then proceeds alternately with the addition
of more internal layers and the bursting process, by which
means the free ends of the internal tubes are successively
thrown outward and the layers are made to take the
outward curve above referred to, the final effect being that
of a series of hollow truncated cones, one inside another.

That this is the case is proved both by the fresh section
in which the layers can be separated, and by an external
examination of the tube masses under running water. By
tlie latter means the different tubes can be partially folded
back, but as the split side is always made good in the
formation of the new inner tube to which it is attached,
these tubes can only be folded back for a portion of the
circumference. The long straggling mucus threads which
always accompany the tubes are probably formed by the
animal when exploring its surroundings.

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 343

In this paper I do not profess to have gone mmutely
into details of the anatomy of Panthalis, but in the course
of my observations, one or two points of interest have come
before me, and a brief reference to them may be usefuL

The sight of the animal is evidently very good, and a
remark as to the structure of the organs of sight will be
interesting. The eyestalks, as also the cephalic mass to
which they are attached, are brownish-red in colour, and
have at their tips a rounded papillated appearance. Each
eyestalk is faced with a clear lens, the curve of which is
occasionally somewhat acute, though this seems to vary,
and possibly the animal may have some means of adapting
it to circumstances.

The structure and action of the Proboscis also deserve
a passing note. As is usual in annelids, this organ is very
often protruded in the act of dying, and thus affords an
opportunity for observation of its action. In Kinberg's
figures of Panthalis and Eupompe the proboscis is shown
protruded, but the peculiar structure of this organ is
hardly noticeable. My specimens agree more closely with
his figure of Eupompe than with that of Panthalis. As
described by Claparede (Les Annelides Chetopodes du Golfe
de Naples, 1868) the proboscis is divided into two parts,
a longer inferior portion consisting of a cylinder of
somewhat ordinary form, and a short superior portion,
which carries the jaw^s and is fringed with papillae, the
central ones of which, both dorsally and ventrally, are
considerably elongated. The dorsal one being about f% of
an inch long (in my large specimen) forms a tentacle.
The action of the organ is a double one, and as follows : —
the lower part only of the proboscis is first protruded,
either for the purpose of burrowing in the mud (as I have
seen it used) or in search of food. In the latter case, the
central dorsal tentacle attached to the margin of the

344 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

proboscis simultaneously appears resting in a fold on the
upper surface of this lower part. This tentacle doubtless
ascertains whether food is within striking distance in which
event the second portion of the proboscis is brought into
action, seizing its prey by means of the four savage-looking
fangs, assisted by the smaller teeth with which the animal
is endowed.

The campanulate structure of the elytra is interesting,
and raises questions in my mind as to how far these are
organs of respiration specially adapted to expose as large,
a surface as possible to the action of the water, in view of
the confinement in which Pantlialis usually lives.

From specimens which I have had under observation
during several months I should gather that, although
Pantlialis does occasionally desert its tube and make new
ones, as suggested by Prof. Herdman, (see British Asso-
ciation Eeport, Oxford, 1894) this is not a very frequent
occurrence, and that when once the worm is ivell-settled its
general habit is to rest with its head at the mouth of its
tube watching for its victims, an opinion apparently
supported by the facts that two tubes dredged in September
last, have each one end hard and leathery, as though it
had been long buried and hardened by absorption of
excreta or other matter, and that the complete formation
of such tubes seems to be a work of time. The animal
appears always to leave its tube when about to die, which
will account for many empty ones being brought up in
the dredge.

As to its mode of locomotion, Panthalis usually walks
or creeps upon the mud. I have only once seen it swim,
which it did in a clumsy way, by moving its elytra and
body on an occasion when the water had become foul and
unbearable.

Throughout this paper, I have, for the sake of con-

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 345

venience, referred to the threads secreted by Panthalis as
" mucns-like " but I don't intend thereby to express an
opinion as to the nature of the material of which they are
composed. They are secreted by Eisig's spinning glands
and appear to be very similar to those formed by Polyodontes
maxillosus, which Eisig describes as "chitinous." They
are very slightly, if at all, soluble in boiling caustic potash.

As explained at the outset, my chief object in these
observations was to ascertain whether Panthalis made
the tube which it inhabits and if so how ? and I think I
have satisfactorily answered both questions.

The tubes of the Acoetidse, from the absence of any
membranous lining, and their general construction, would
appear to be unique amongst annelids. In this connexion
see Quatrefages' reference to Acoetes pleei, (Histoire
Naturelle des Amieles, I, p. 216), Eisig's account of Polyo-
dontes maxillosus, and Ehler's description of EicarcJie
tuhifex (Florida Anneliden, pp. 54-6). No minute
description has previously been given, but from the
similarity of their organs, it seems probable that the tubes
of all these worms will more or less closely resemble
each other.

In closing this paper I would take the opportunity of
expressing my great appreciation of, and gratitude for the
advantages afforded me at the Port Erin Biological Station,
to which the success of my experiments has been largely
due. Absolute stillness was a most important factor, and
I am greatly indebted to Prof. Her dm an, both for the steps
which he took to ensure this, and also for very much
valuable advice and assistance. To him this paper is
really due, as excepting for his kindness in making special
journeys with me on August 25th, and September 30th,
1894, to the ground where Panthalis is to be found, these
observations would have been impossible.

346 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate IX.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of wall of tube of P(X?i^/^a/i5.
Sketch (slightly enlarged) made from portion of
tube sectionised under water to shew the series of
layers thrown outwards. The darkest part {b) is
the inside of the tube.

Fig. 2. Sketch of Panthalis in its burrow, shewing it in
a very frequent position, viz., twisted so as to
expose the front ventral, and posterior dorsal parts.
The palps extend in front ; the buccal tentacles
almost meet in the form of a Y, and the ventral
bloodvessel, with its broad front, runs horizontally
towards the rear. The cobweb first formed, is
indicated to the right of the burrow, and at the
opposite end is seen the remnant of the cobweb,
by means of which (mingled with mud) the new
tube was made. The opening of the new tube is
shewn as a little mound (a) at the left of the
picture. The old tube forms the mass above the
burrow.

Fig. 3. Enlarged sketch. Ventral view of anterior por-
tion of Fanthalis shewing the two long palps {a)
(ends broken off) ; cirri of first pair of parapodia
{h) ; eyes and eye-stalks (c) ; between which is
seen the tip of the median small tentacle {d), and
in front the small paired tentacles. The " weaving-
feet " (e), with bristles, and ventral cirri or buccal
tentacles, directed across the mouth, followed by
other parapodia. The ventral bloodvessel (/)
with its broad square termination.

Trans. L'pool Bio!. Soc.

Vo!. IX.. Pi. !X.

-- ^^^1

h'

Fig. 1

Hg. 2.

Fig. 3.

A. W. & A. T. W.. de!

PANTHALIS OEBSTB]Dl

Trans. L'poo! Biol, Soc.

Vol. IX., PI. X.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 4.

---- (^

PANTHALIS OERSTED!.

TUBE OF PANTHALIS. 347

^Plate X.

Fig. 1. Sketch from micro-photograph of a " spinning-
foot " shewing all three kinds of setae, and two
*' mucus " threads {m) entangled in the brushes.

Fig. 2. Sketch from micro-photograph of a "weaving-
foot " shewing its peculiar, very finely serrated
setae, v. Ventral Lobe. d. Dorsal Lobe.

Fig. 3. Diagram. Ventral view of lateral portion of
Pantlialis, shewing arrangement of setae in a
" spinning-foot." To the left are shewn all three
kinds. The ventral and dorsal setae have been
removed from the second foot ; the dorsal " brush-
like " setse only are shewn in the third foot; and
the position and form of the ''spinning-gland"
{e) with threads issuing and carried away by the
" brush-like " setae {d), are seen in the 4th.

Fig. 4. Sketch from micro-photograph of " spinning-
gland " dissected out and partly uncoiled. Shewing
the strong ventral {a), and weaker dorsal {h)
acicules; also the stout median setae (c), and the
delicate brush-like setae {d). The latter will be
seen to emerge close to the mouth of the '' spin-
ning-gland " {e), which has, however, got pulled
slightly out of position in dissection.
Fig. 5. Sketch from micro-photograph of front part of
above more highly magnified. Li it the '' brush-
like " setae (cZ) can be distinctly traced passing by
the mouth of the " spinning-gland " {e).
Fig. 6. Proboscis (lateral view) shewing the palps, which
are usually straight, but have curled up in dying.
The two portions, viz., the trunk (a) of Proboscis,
and the jaws {h), with long median tentacles (c),
the large fangs {d) and smaller teeth. (Much
enlarged.)

348

NOTES on some points in the STKUCTUEE of the
CEKATA of Bendronotus arborescens.

By Joseph A. Clubb, B.Sc. (Vict.).

VICTORIA UNIVERSITY SCHOLAR IN ZOOLOGY ;
ASSISTANT-CURATOR OF THE DERBY MUSEUM, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates XII. and XIII.

[Read April 5th, 1895.]

The present paper is the outcome of part of the work
carried on in the Zoological Laboratory of University
College, Liverpool, mider the direction of Prof. Herdman,
while in residence for the period covered by the Victoria
University Scholarship awarded me in Jmie, 1894.

I. The Livee and the Ceeata.

In the Second Report on the Nudibranchiata of the
L. M. B. C. District,* drawn up by Prof. Herdman and
myself, attention was directed to the pubhshed descriptions
by Alder and Hancock! and Dr. Eudolph Berght of the
structure of the cerata of Dendronotus arborescens. These
distinguished zoologists described and figured the liver of
Dendronotus as giving off branched prolongations which
run upwards into the dorsal tentacles (rhinophores), and
other dorsal processes (cerata). Alder and Hancock
figure these hepatic caeca as conspicuous prolongations
from each side of the liver, while Bergh represents them
as being of large size in the terminal twigs of the cerata,

* Trans. Biol. Soc, Vol. III., p. 225.

tRay Society, "British Nudibranchiata," Part II., fam. 3, PI. II.
J"Bydragen tot de Dierkunde," Natura artis magistra, Afl. XIII.
VIII., p. 25, Amsterdam, 1886.

CERATA OF DENDRONOTUS. 349

but does not figure the basal portions. As the result of
our investigations, both by dissections and by means of
thin serial sections we ventured to express our disbelief
in the existence of these hepatic caeca in the cerata ; we
described and figured what we considered to be the
correct structure of the cerata, and showed that although
the liver is prolonged into short processes which run in
the direction of some of the cerata, there is no hepatic
tissue to be found in the cerata themselves.* Last year
Dr. Paul Pelseneer, in his " Recherches sur divers
Opisthobranches,"! in a paragraph on the digestive system
of Dendronotus briefly refers to our conclusions with
regard to the structure of the cerata. He says " D'apres
Herdman, le foie ne ramiferait pas dans les deux premieres
pairs d'appendices dorsaux ; les individus etudies m'ont
presente ces appendices pareils aux autres ; le foie est
done repandu dans toutes les saillies dorsales et dans le
corps, ou il occape la meme position que dans Tritonia."

It appears from this that Pelseneer has somewhat mis-
understood the results we then arrived at, for we not only
stated that the liver did not ramify into the first two
pairs of cerata, but also that it did not ramify into any.
Prof. Herdman at once suggested, as part of my work
while holding the University Scholarship, that I should
carefully revise all our previous investigations, examine
afresh our old preparations, and make what new ones I
should find necessary in order to settle definitely this
vexed question of the hepatic processes and dorsal cerata
of Dendronotus.

This I proceeded to do. I went carefully over the whole

*Zoc. cit., p. 230.

tExtrait du tome LIII. des 3Iemoires couronnes et Mcmoires clcs savantes
etranger, L'Academie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de
Belgique, 1894.

•^Sa© iTRiOsSA-vcimcisrs iLiiifiEiEiBo>oiL iBiisiDCKSiciyL SQxcmnrr,

totf my sem^ igf rS5ctbkg[iD;&, iccoiisiistiiirni^^ cotf vW a ^oonicifto® series
^ lirai^^^'fea'se sectiksias ^ctf ttlhte tsmitinne amiiiifflttall (cm.it fccufli einni to
rgiiS., AziS azpramgeJ. -ssniailly (((OCfflittjiflifflfliffi^ msm^ WO) «ffir 7^
sacaaansl, ipi) a ssiiies 'df Q'.' / ''' '" ^^ ©mt stecfeims, (S^)
vioaciiK sectooms «M ^osriuta is: ...^ ...... tiiie Ihrfj, «ciDilfc m.

^e^mrj ^irBCtaaa. I iTmTTnintf=^VtfirTO-ipii]npial itihe figmirtes pnaMisliKed
in iL^S9., "wiktih libe piiintaciilbur •s&cttaiGntts fiKam wihodhi tkey wei©
.SrawiL, amiS Tmita^e ifeesh Jii-ssBCiliksffiis cof tfcibe :aifn)innni;iB]l.. Tine
T^solt (Sf i?Fiy 'wraik m Tt^Tif; ■^iQRe^JEQ'iSini was tb© v«£3niiV uni ^evtsiy
TpairliiiiELlair tlihe ^coD^hisicxQS (Bcarae ifc© ini <SMsr ^mrnmipw papier
'wiiii Ttfigamfl ^d ttibe iBEscaiha.. I tfclhteiii seit nmjsdlff to ©{Mii-si.<i.«er
in ^^'s^ihsit Fn'f'ilhf^ ^^inaciljacDiis I iccmM iParfxDsoS im (onitear to
Dbckain afflitiGital <ewi^fiQD&, aznS it DsoEiinned to inme ttinatit ai
SEEcifis 'Of -BecEians CEiit Ibcfliseenitiaily^ in 21 plainte as nkefflzij^
TpniraiM -iLB j)E^Mle wifla ilibe (an^pnimg snudbiDe, -WiDiniM Ibe (d£
gissct ssnoea. I (CooaM itiben jpasB fe'Dnm ssolikam to seationi,
l7ra,fTTTig fbe iw-er fi-om Ib^oiiV' iipTrpjrSs t© itfcs inasfilt d'Oatffiffll
liHcminaiikmB., fctaiEtj vCiii^lrTug Irmn^VvSrsellj tSuiDan^ ttSae
^jafiSB (isff HSd© (Beraita ttlhoaiisdh^^ ;; amid fey ttJSiniffl MKEfflms
jftyft-.nrTTrmp -fisSiCdibriiihe irfattiicHiis (GkF liibe Im^sr to ttSae teBeK dE
ihs iSSTBASu.. J. alyt.nTTirvftr) ©[jMOe HirrirTmg J " :' m

WJTbi^ Iskma., sinS as ^ie iMstQlogiESBll ii_ - :_ . .... . ._ ^. . . ;. ai

'WBi'fi uDdt SeBQEiibefl iprewikximlj I wiM Iber^ (SsfieanObe ttfcnaiL
intiB ][jk>'fh3/rsmurt(tL£ is allll<©w©i to tesjfflflnS inm ^ litfcfc

CEIiemaLtecg's fcamnniilai)^ miiidk iby ^ itsidaitioary ]iiEi(©\ir«

iii£ ijihe ihaznS lis mDaa/Sfi ib?!) wikniidl iroaniiDffl ima ttHa® vtSBsdL Tflais

(csm. T-etrad. Ewen ^roitSii ilibe mMmm (Miksato f^xedies ®ff

aiivjBy tivh^ (Bscffita fccMm ilib© toSy^ ttihis naagjtBuiQfi is msoaa]!]]^
SHtBoesfifioL Ite sjpBdiaiiMaDS aa© taEow©i to sifcaimii iim itMs

acccfffevg io KLZS.. TEbe^ aire iBbena liasaaosfaiTsS to gnaafcdlty

rTimA-^V (TW USSTmGmYTIIS.

;ffl:

w L itlcn&aL. (teforlraasffl, .^aiiiieftiiefl iiL iptrnrtfrrr

iinr irf di& :inTrpFyTnT ;bill gognffiTrm inmtiKfc Leaym^ r^iet
(jEsrcn^ mTvmwL Tyt^ssnug: tfeee treat aartf >iiitif iiiiE jm I t^- (tE cmsekisk
art&r.. A iUiL&A of tdi& sFR^tJmrff AiwetE nut diaar rfi^SaoE
nutr liesL (inlr niiE& liorizniiladl diee tncmriQr eant (jf diee

ta!agMl;.tii!ar(igafl^.di&jEn3jyn^

Iijfe of tfiff Qiws:;. wFn'rFr wee liaaE l%[irmf*^ iTrrmin>f tnwaa^fe

di& trcstr mdr of (imzrctiE. I!Iits& E anidil MLotv" dimiT^

innmafiiiftB&r Iiefowr dite tfn^ jiaiir of asstta. Hinr L ftnnnf
a» E iH&reuimE drnnj^^ t&ee aeaitTTTTTff aanf ■jmafrnrily" Ecnae tD:>

)Tft2ECfi _ iitir ^aDTniftTir : wFriinr ai . :ii^

lE :B;T7rrrri1V Ij^tl^ tfee ferf of tfi^ taigr of tfee
^tmiiiflifiL was c^ftiihsL L difiar tfirRstrf m^aiiKiiiim: tax
dbf ^evSmiEiiaar -JtiiarartiE. Lp; juiiil m-ftRff 'if

ditt liy^ai oaz Lt jTULLLC wtni^iV L tsri: jtt annitiiaaaEij^

liDdiow" ifcHr,. LHliE ae II :«fwnTT?R%F drnrnmfr dtte saniiiLift.
grranntirjr nHinir: tii ct Finjjh^r fewei,. L tassuHjE diEE fbrmTrtTmr
(jt trwTT liflSirrEL i^icfemTii^ E ^mn. die- aenrctt miKfff

(BL ^.1 i - - mr L.r^ TliiffiRi - jarQmia^wtagg dynfently^

t&? b^^ef all diit ^eiDXtil gaar af: lUiiTviiir. Fui: E auTV" tmi£
liiHi diest IfESasiL iniiffissF .tircintirv^ lisEttppeaa: Iielbi3^ did
(THTTtmj miKK ; diii: iirgtic: inmiE ^ifii :}Tiif . irwa ssitimiff Ijctd^iiiI
diu omt t%Ticffi£ ( i£[^ D ,. ^wnf tfe Ft^ liamf ^aife (Jiifc. fiiar:

350 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of my series of sections, consisting of (1) a complete series
of transverse sections of the entire animal cut from end to
end, and arranged serially (containing some 600 or 700
sections), (2) a seiies of longitudinally cut sections, (3)
various sections of cerata isolated from the body, cut in
every direction. I minutely compared the figures published
in 1889, with the particular sections from which they were
drawn, and made fresh dissections of the animal. The
result of my work in this direction was to verify in every
particular the conclusions come to in our former paper
with regard to the cerata. I then set myself to consider
in what further directions I could proceed in order to
obtain additional evidence, and it occurred to me that a
series of sections cut horizontally, in a plane as nearly
parallel as possible with the creeping surface, would be of
great service. I could then pass from section to section,
tracing the liver from below upwards to its most dorsal
terminations, finally cutting transversely through the
bases of the cerata themselves ; and by this means
determine exactly the relations of the liver to the bases of
the cerata. I obtained some living Bendronotus, from
Hilbre Island, and as the histological methods employed
were not described previously I will here describe them.
The Dendronotus is allowed to expand in a little
sea-water, and then deluged with sulpho-picric acid
(Kleinenberg's formula), which by a rotatory movement
of the hand is made to whirl round in the vessel. This
treatment has the effect of fixing nudibranchs before they
can retract. Even with the more delicate species of
EolidoB, which, with almost all other methods, break
away the cerata from the body, this method is usually
successful. The specimens are allowed to stand in this
fluid, changed once or twice, for two or three hours
according to size. They are then transferred to gradually

CERATA OF DENDRONOTUS. 351

increasiDg per centages of alcohol rising up to about 75%.
Afterwards stained "in toto " in picrocarmine, treated
with acidulated alcohol, dehydrated, embedded in paraffin
in the usual way, and cut with the Cambridge "Rocking"
microtome.

In order to make the sections of a manageable size, I
cut off the anterior and posterior moities, leaving the
central portion bearing the first and second pairs of cerata
only. A study of the sections showed me that they had
not been cut quite horizontal, the anterior end of the
section being relatively higher than the posterior. I
traced, first of all, the anterior prolongations from the main
lobe of the liver, w^hich w^e had figured* running towards
the first pair of cerata. These I could follow through
several sections, lying alongside the stomach, to a point
immediately below the first pair of cerata. But I found
as T advanced through the sections and gradually rose to
a higher level, that the liver processes disappeared, and
disappeared before the stomach ; which showed that they
terminated actually before the level of the top of the
stomach was reached. I then directed my attention to
the second pair of cerata. I picked up the main mass of
the liver at a point which I estimated to be immediately
below them, and as I advanced through the sections,
gradually rising to a higher level, I traced the formation
of two lateral portions distinct from the central mass
(PL XII., fig. 1, I'). These lateral portions were evidently
the lateral caeca, previously figured! as running up towards
the bases of the second pair of cerata. But I now find
that these lateral masses actually disappear before the
central mass ; the right hand side one, two sections beyond
the one figured (fig. 1), and the left hand side one, four

*Loc. cit., ?1. XII., fig. 1.
tioc. aY., PL XII., fig. 1.

354 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

It has been suggested that our Hilbre Island specimens
are of a variety differing in the structure of the cerata from
the specimens examined by others. I have endeavoured
to obtain specimens of Dendronotus from other locahties
but without success. For myself, I do not think it likely.
However, I shall be very happy to exchange some of our
Hilbre Island specimens for some of these supposed
" ceratal hepatic caecal " bearing forms, if by so doing
Drs. Bergh and Pelseneer can be convinced of the correct-
ness of my conclusions, at least with regard to the Hilbre
Island Dendronotus.

II. The Innervation of the Cerata.

In the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, a
joint paper* was published by Prof. Herdman and myself,
in which we showed from the examination of a series of
types of Nudibranchs, that instead of the cerata being
always innervated by the pleural ganglia, as Pelseneer
had previously supposed,! or always supplied by pedal
nerves, there are in fact various arrangements of the
nerve supply. We found from our investigations that
"the dorsal lateral processes of the body wall, which we
call cerata, may be supplied entirely by the pleural
ganglia {e.g., Polycera and Ancula), or chiefly by the
pleural with a small supply from the pedal, by means of a
pleuro-pedal anastomosis {Dendronotus), or entirely by the
pedal ganglia {Tergijyes), or chiefly by the pedal ganglia
with a small independent accessory supply from the
pleural (as in Facelina).'' If then the cerata are to be
regarded as homologous structures throughout the series
of nudibranchiata, the nerve supply cannot be taken as a

***0n the Innervation of the Cerata of some Nudibranchiata," Vol.
XXXIV., p. 541.

t *' Bulletin Scient." t. XXIII., p. 439, Aug. 18th, 1891.

CEEATA OF DENDKONOTUS. 355

sure indication of homology, and we put forward the
suggestion that possibly the innervation has undergone
modification so that, while these ceratal outgrowths may
be truly epipodial, commencing as pedal structures,
supplied with nerves from the pedal ganglia, they may
have secondarily acquired in the different types mentioned,
as the result of changes in form, position and relation to
other organs, the various conditions of innervation which
we described. This, however, was merely a suggestion,
and requires further elucidation by the examination of the
nerve supply in other species, which as soon as I can
obtain the necessary material I hope to undertake.

The immediate object of this communication is with
regard to the nerve supply to the cerata of Dendronotus
arborescens. Since the previous paper in the Q. J. M. S.,
Prof. Pelseneer in his " Kecherches sur divers Opistho-
branchs "* refers to the conclusions we arrived at in
regard to this point. In Dendronotus we described and
figured! an anastomosis of a branch from the pedal nerve
with the pleural element of at least a part of the epipodial
nerve. We found from the examination of a complete
series of sections of an entire Bendronotiis arranged
serially, that a nerve, arising from the pleural ganglia
(epipodial nerve), runs backwards for a short distance and
then divides into a dorsal branch (dorsal epipodial nerve),
and a ventral branch (lateral epipodial nerve) ; also that a
nerve arising from the dorsal aspect of the pedal ganglion
(dorsal pedal nerve) runs backward a short distance, and
then divides into two. The upper branch anastomoses
with the lateral epipodial nerve just after it has given rise

* Extrait du tome LIII. des Memoires courvnnes et Metnoires des savantes
etranger. L'Academie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux arts de
Belgique, 1894.

■\Loc. cit., PL XXXIV., fig. 27.

356 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to the dorsal epipodial nerve, so that the resulting nerve,
we pointed out, possesses both pedal and pleural elements.
Pelseneer v^hile admitting the junction of the two nerves,
denies that the fibres pass from one to the other. In
a brief account of the nervous system of Phyllirhoe
hucephalum he describes and figures a branch from " le
nerf palleal " (epipodial nerve), which comes in contact
with a dorsal pedal nerve, and forms with it a plexus,
but with only a simple juxtaposition and without any
interchange of fibres. In a footnote* he says ''La meme
chose s'observe dans I'autres Tritoniens ; par example
Dendronotus, ou Herdman et Clubb I'ont signalee, con-
cluant de ce fait que des fibres pedieiises passent dans le
nerf innervant les papilles dorsales. Or je me suis assure
que chez Dendronotiis, comme chez PJiyllirhoe, il y a
simple juxtaposition locale des deux nerfs." He again
refers to it in similar language in a subsequent paragraph
dealing generally with the innervation of the dorsal
appendages.

It is obvious in a point like this in which the course of
the individual fibres of the nerve is concerned, that the
microscopic examination of thin serial sections with high
powers of the microscope is absolutely necessary, and that
it is impossible to determine it satisfactorily by means of
promiscuous sections or dissection only. It is somewhat
difficult to obtain sections in a perfect condition of
the region where this plexus is placed, owing to the
proximity of the odontophore, the radula of which is apt
to tear and destroy the sections, unless the animal has
been killed without undue contraction so that the odonto-
phore lies in its more normal position, in front of the
plexus. I have been fortunate enough, however, to
obtain a series in which it is possible to trace the course

* Loc. cit., p. 42.

CEEA.TA OF DENDRONOTUS. 357

of the nerves and their origiji from the different ganglia.
With the higher powers of the microscope it is also
possible to make out the nerve fibres themselves, cut
transversely, in each of the sections. I have thus been
enabled to determine to my complete satisfaction that
there is a junction of nerves and not merely a running
alongside or juxtaposition without the fibres of the pedal
branch mingling with those of the pleural branch. In
order to demonstrate this I give drawings made with a
Zeiss objective D from the various sections concerned in
this anastomosis of the two nerves. In PL XV., figs. 2,
3, and 4 are made from three consecutive sections, and
show the origin of the branch from the dorsal pedal nerve.
Fig. 3 is made from the section through the point of
origin ; fig. 2 just anterior to it ; and fig. 4 just posterior
to it. In these sections the transversely cut fibres with
the nerve sheath or perineurium can be distinctly seen.

Fig. 2 shows two nerves (a and h), lying in the coelomic
cavity {coe), with part of the wall of the oesophagus (ce).
The nerve marked a is the epipodial nerve originating
from the pleural ganglia ; the nerve marked h is the dorsal
pedal nerve arising from the dorsal aspect of the pedal
ganglia. For the sake of distinctness other structures in
the neighbourhood are left out.

Fig. 3, taken from the next section succeeding fig. 2,
shows a constriction appearing in h, with the perineurium
or investing sheath extending inwards from the con-
striction, suggesting the beginning of the branch nerve c
which in the succeeding section, shown in fig. 4, is seen
separated by a complete sheath. Here although the
nerve h and its branch c are not actually apart, still the
fibres are, and the succeeding four sections show this
branch gradually getting more distant from h, and rising
towards a.

358 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In fig. 5, taken from the fourth section in the series
after fig. 4, the branch c is seen some distance from h
although not completely separated, there being a remnant
of connective tissue present. But it is much nearer the
nerve a and also connected with it by connective tissue.

Fig. 6, taken from the next section, shows the pedal
branch c absolutely separated from h, and in close
connection with a, although still surrounded by its ow^n
sheath. But the nerve a is here seen to be giving rise
to a branch d. The next section (fig. 7) shows this-
branch divided off by a complete sheath, so that here
there are sections across three nerves {a, d and c) which
are in organic connection, but the fibres of each are
completely separated by clear and distinct sheaths. They
remain in much the same relation to each other through
the following three sections. But in the next section
(fig. 8) a and c come into closer relation, there is a
common investing sheath, while the portion of the peri-
neurium between the two has become thinner and less
pronounced; and in the next section (fig. 9) it breaks
down altogether and the two nerves unite, the fibres of
the branch c becoming common, and enclosed in the
same sheath as a. There are seen now but two nerves,
the upper {d), a branch from a, and the lower, formed of
the remainder of a plus the fibres of the nerve c, which
is a branch from the dorsal pedal nerve h. The nerve a
arises from the pleural ganglion and therefore contains
pleural elements, while c is a branch of the pedal nerve h,
which arises from the pedal ganglia, and contains pedal
elements, and therefore the resulting nerve {a-\-c) contains
both pleural and pedal elements.

The crucial point is evidently at the junction of a and
c, as these are the two nerves which Pelseneer admits
come into contact with each other, but the fibres of

CERATA OF DENDRONOTUS. 359

which he says do not pass into the same sheath. I have,
therefore, exarained with particular care the sections
concerned in this junction, and carefully noted any acces-
sory evidence with regard to the surroundings, shape,
conformation and other particulars seen in both sections
(figs. 8 and 9), and which help in any way to define exactly
the relations of the two nerves. There is a piece of con-
nective tissue, marked with an asterisk, in fig. 8 just
above the thin, but still distinct partition separating the
two nerves {a and c) at this point. In fig. 9 this piece
of connective tissue, of exactly the same shape and
relative position is present, and so marks exactly the point
where in the previous section the partition existed, but
which has here completely disappeared. There is no
doubt that the branch nerve id), arising as it does from
a, looks, when viewed by dissection only, like the con-
tinuation of a, and that the nerve a-\-c. also when so
viewed looks like the continuation of c, and it is not
surprising that the mistake has been made of supposing
the junction merely a juxtaposition and not a union of
nerves. But when subjected by means of thin serial
sections to the higher powers of the microscope, it
obviates any chance of making errors of observation of
this character, and such a study of my sections convinces
me that the fibres of the branch c pass into, and are
enclosed in the same sheath as a, and therefore that the
lateral epipodial nerve contains both pleural and pedal
elements, as originally stated by Prof. Herdman and
myself.

Explanation of Plates.
Eeference letters : — PI. XIY., a, auricle ; c' , first pair of
cerata ; c", second pair of cerata ; ex, coelome ; cs,

360 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ceratal sinus; cllv, dorso-lateral vein; I, liver; V, lateral
lobes of liver ; Is, blood lacunge in mesoderm ; m, muscle
bands ; 7nt, muscular tissue ; jpc, pericardial cavity ; r,
rectum ; v, ventricle.

PI. XV. a, nerve arising from the pleural ganglia
(epipodial nerve) ; h, nerve arising from the dorsal surface
of the pedal ganglia (the dorsal pedal nerve) ; c, branch
nerve arising from the dorso-pedal nerve ; d, branch
nerve arising from the epipodial nerve ; a + c, the nerve
formed by the union of the epipodial with the branch c;
from the dorsal pedal nerve ; coe, coelome ; ce, oesophagus ;
p.g., pedal ganglion; pl.g., pleural ganglion; p.n., pedal
nerve.

Plate XIV.

Fig. 1. Horizontal section through the portion of the
body of Dendronotus arborescens which bears
the first and second pairs of cerata, and passing
through the upper part of the visceral mass.
The anterior end of the section is relatively
higher than the posterior so that the anterior
pair of cerata are seen almost separated off from
the body, but the posterior pair are not yet
distinguishable, the section passing below them.

Fig. 2. Taken from a section fifteen in number higher in
the series than fig. 1. The bases of the anterior
cerata are shown, cut through transversely and
completely separated from the body ; and the
posterior pair are seen as distinct prominences
at the sides.

Fig. 3. Taken from a section thirty higher in the series
than fig. 2. The upper parts of the first pair of
cerata are seen, cut transversely ; and the second
pair are cut through their bases and almost
completely separated from the body.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IX., PI. XIV.

DBNDRONOTUS.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IX., PI, XV.

daysal- pe^^ n^rve^

FIG. 3

FIG. 5

FIG. 6

Ft G. 7

F/G.9

DBNDBONOTUS.

CEBATA OF DENDRONOTUS. 361

Plate XV.

Fig. 1. Diagrammatic scheme of the anterior part of the
dorsal and lateral epipodial nerves of Dendronotus
arhorescens, showing in lateral view their origin
from the ganglia, their branches, and the anas-
tomosis between a and c.

Fig. 2. Drawn from a T.S. section (the 283rd in the serial
series) through the body of Dendronotus just
anterior to the point of origin of the branch from
the dorsal pedal nerve (in the plane marked by
the dotted line 2 in the diagrammatic scheme,
fig. 1). The relative position of the nerve
a (epipodial nerve) arising from the pleural
ganglion, of the nerve h (dorsal pedal nerve)
arising from the pedal ganglion and of the
oesophagus oe is seen.

Fig. 3. Drawn from the next section behind fig. 2 (in the
plane of the dotted line 3 in fig. 1). Here the
branch c. is beginning, and the perineurium is
seen partly cutting it off from h (dorsal pedal
nerve) .

Fig. 4. Drawn from the next section posterior to fig. 3 (in
the plane of the dotted line 4 in fig. 1). The
branch c is now completely invested in its distinct
sheath, and its fibres are completely separated
from those of h (dorsal pedal nerve).

Fig. 5. Drawn from the fourth section posterior to fig. 4
(in the plane of the dotted line 5 in fig. 1). The
branch c is now seen some distance from the
pedal nerve h, and close to the epipodial nerve a.

Fig. 6. Drawn from the succeeding section to fig. 5 (in the
plane of the dotted hne 6 in fig. 1) . The epipodial
nerve a is here seen to have a distinct constriction,
with a part d being separated off.

362 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 7. Drawn from the next section to fig. 6 (in the
plane of the dotted Hne 7 in fig. 1). Shows the
portion d, completely separated by a distinct
sheath, so that there is a group of three nerves,
cut transversely, united by connective tissue, viz.^
a epipopdial nerve proper, c the branch from the
pedal nerve, and d the branch from a.

Fig. 8. Drawn from the fourth section behind fig. 7 (in
the plane of the dotted line 8 in fig. 1). Shows
the three nerves a, d, and c still surrounded by
distinct sheaths, but the sheath between a and
c is not so well marked as in previous sections.

Fig. 9. Drawn from the succeeding section to fig. 8 (in
the plane of the dotted line 9 in fig. 1) Shows
that the partition separating a and c has broken
down and the fibres of the two nerves are
invested in the same sheath.

A'

363 L. f

[work FHOM the rORT ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION.]

NOTES on SOME SPECIMENS of Synapta
inhcerens from POET EEIN.

By Herbert C. Chadwick.
With Plates XVI. and XVII.

[Read January lltli, 1895.]

During a visit to the Port Erin Biological Station in
September, 1893, Prof. Herdman drew my attention to a
number of living specimens of Synapta inhcerens, which
he had fomid in the muddy gravel at about half-tide mark
immediately below the station. As the species had not
been identified, I gladly assented to the suggestion that I
should examine and report upon the specimens. A
further supply was obtained, and after being kept in clear
sea-water for some days, in order that the contents of
their intestines might be voided, they were fixed in an
extended condition by the addition of sulphuric ether to
the sea-water in a tube, and finally preserved in 70 %
alcohol. Since the time above mentioned I have carefully
examined the specimens ; and I would like at this point
to acknowledge my indebtedness to my friend Dr. C. H.
Hurst of Owens College, for placing at my disposal some
large specimens of the closely allied species Synapta
digitata, from Naples, by the dissection of which I have
been able to supplement the results obtained from dissec-
tion of the smaller and less easily examined British
specimens. My thanks are also due to my friend Mr. F.
W. Gamble, M.Sc, of Owens College, for valuable assist-
ance with the literature.

Specimens for sectioning were prepared by decalcifica-

364 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tion in a 10 % solution of nitric acid, and staining in a
rather weak solution of borax carmine, the specimens
remaining in the solution for from two to three days.

I think it advisable to preface my description of the
specimens from Port Erin by stating the characters of the
genus, and those by which the three British species are
distinguished by Prof. Bell in his " Catalogue of British
Echinoderms in the British Museum," published in 1892.
Genus Stjnapta : Tentacles ten to twenty-five ; deposits
anchors, anchor plates, and fine granules ; hermaphrodite.

Synapta inhcerens. Twelve tentacles, each with six or
seven digitate processes on either side ;* a single madre-
poric canal ; one to three Polian vesicles ; edge of fluke
of anchor serrated ; several of the anchor plates with
serrated holes ; miliary granules not largely developed.

Synapta buski. Eleven tentacles, with three true
digits and two or three transverse ridges which look like
digits ; a single madreporic canal ; one Polian vesicle.
Anchor plates with seven dentate holes, and long narrow
handle.

Synapta digitata. Twelve tentacles, each with four or
five digitate processes on either side ; a single madreporic
canal and Polian vesicle. Fluke of anchor smooth or
slightly serrated ; the holes of the anchor-plates smooth
or with fainter serrations than in S. inhcerens ; miliary
granules numerous and in places crowded.

Several inconsistencies between these definitions and
the figures which adorn the plates of the Catalogue impair
the usefulness of both. S. inhcerens is said to have
'' several " of the anchor plates with serrated holes ; while
each of the five plates figured have serrated holes. S.

* Prof. Theel, in Lis Report on the Holotlmroidea of the "Challenger"
Expedition gives the number of digitate processes on the tentacles of S. inhce-
rens as from twelve to fifteen.

NOTES ON SYNAPTA. 365

hiishi is described as having anchor-plates with " seven
dentate holes and long narrow handle." The three figures
represent plates with five or six large holes and a number
of smaller ones, all of which have perfectly plain margins,
the handle of the anchor being short and stout.

S. cligitata is said to have tentacles "with four or five
digitate processes on either side," while the figure on
Plate yil. of the Catalogue represents a circlet of tenta-
cles with tw^o digitate processes only on either side. This
figure is a fairly accurate representation of the tentacles
of a Sijnapta from Millport, given to me by Mr. P. Cameron
of Manchester, and of the tentacles of the large specimens
labelled S. dlgitata from Naples, which were entrusted
to me by Dr. Hurst. Of the three forms just enumerated
S. digitata appears to me to be distinct, but I am strongly
inclined to think that were specimens from a sufficient
number of locaHties available for examination the other
two would be found to be inseparable.

I have referred the specimens from Port Erin to Sijn-
apta inhcEvens. It is true that the number of digitate
processes on the sides of the tentacles never exceeds four,
and is very commonly three (PL XVII. , fig. 1). The
flukes of the anchors are, however, in nearly all cases
distinctly serrated, and not more than ten per cent, of the
anchor plates have holes with plain margins (PI. XVIL,
fig. 6), the denticles being w^ell marked, though not so
numerous as those of the plates figured by Prof. Bell.
The so-called miliary granules, though numerous, are not
so thickly scattered as are those of the large specimens of
S. digitata from Naples. There is but one Polian vesicle,
which attains a very considerable length (PI. XVI., fig.
1, p.v.) The lateral borders of the twelve tentacles are
crowded with calcareous spicules of minute size and
simple form, most of them being dumb-bell shaped. As

366 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the peristomial disk is approached, the shape gradually
changes until it becomes distinctly lenticular.

Upon the oral face of each tentacle are seated in two
irregular rows from two to eight peculiar bodies which
have been described as tentacular pedicels (PL XVII., fig.
1, t.p.) In shape they resemble a wine glass without the
stem (fig. 3, a), and so suggestive of a sucker is their
appearance when seen in situ, that the older zoologists
may well be excused for comparing them with the tube-
feet of Asterids and Echinoids. In minute structure,
however, they are entirely different. Each consists of an
outer envelope composed of ordinary ectoderm cells (fig.
3, h), enclosing a cup-shaped mass of cells, also ectodermal,
but of a more specialised kind. They are much longer
than ordinary ectoderm cells, especially those which lie
at the bottom of the cup, and the nucleus is basal. It is
highly probable that the free ends of these cells bear long
cilia, but I have not satisfied myself upon this point.
Occupying the same position on the tentacles of S. cligi-
tata are a number of bodies (sixteen to twenty-four), first
described by Quatrefages as suckers, and since, by Hamann
as sense organs, which are obviously similar in structure
to those just described (PI. XVII. , fig. 2). There are,
however, certain important points of difference. The
mass of specialised cells does not project above the surface
of the tentacle, and the cavity which they surround in
B. inJuerens is here occupied by a solid core of elongated
cells, the basal ends of which pass into a bundle of nerve
fibres which can be traced into continuity with the ten-
tacular nerve. Hamann states that the free ends of these
cells are ciliated. I have examined my sections of >S'.
inhcErens with a view of discovering a nervous connection
if such existed, between the organs I have described and
the tentacular nerves, but without success.

NOTES ON SYNAPTA. 367

The body walls conform to the typical structure (PL
XVI., figs. 1 and 2). Beneath the ectoderm {ect) is a
thick layer of connective tissue ictl). Then comes the
layer of circular muscular fibres {cm) lined by the ciliated
epithelium of the body cavity.

The bodies to which I have twice referred under the
name of miUary granules are ectodermal structures which
project wart-like above the general surface of the body
(PI. XVI., figs. 1 and 2, mt). In the substance of each
is lodged a relatively large ganglion-like mass of nerve
tissue (PI. XVIL, fig. 7). From the latter a large number
of fibrillar processes radiate, some if not all of which
become continuous with the filiform basal ends of the
ectoderm cells, the "sense cells" of Hamann and other
writers. Many of the ganglion-like masses are continuous
with bundles of nerve fibres which most probably arise
from the radial nerves. Another point of interest is the
presence in the connective tissue layer of what for want
of a better name, I have called giant cells, in allusion to
their large size. Occasionally the}^ occur in groups of two
or three, but as a rule singly (PI. XVIL, fig. 8). The
protoplasm is finely granular, and the majority of the
cells are multinuclear, the larger ones invariably so. They
seem to occur only in the most superficial portion of the
connective tissue layer, just beneath the ectoderm.

The nervous system consists of a circum-oral ring
(PI. XVL, fig. 1, conr) from which five radial nerves {rn)
proceed along the radii of the body. A well marked sheet
of nerve fibres is given off from the. circum-oral ring to
the oral face of each of the tentacles {t)il). Seen in trans-
verse section this presents a crescentic figure, lying just
beneath the ectoderm cells (PI. XVIL, fig. 5). The cir-
cumoral ring almost completely encloses a tubular space
(^5). This, like the nerve ring gives off branches which

368 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

lie beneath and are partly bounded by the radial nerves.
The circular water vessel (civv) gives off branches (tivv)
to each of the tentacles, entrance to the tentacle being
made on the inner side of the calcareous ring {cr). Othei-
appendages of the circular water vessel are the madreporic
tube, or water tube, (w) and the single Polian vesicle {pv).
The former, a simple tube lined by (probably ciliated) epithe-
lium, is seated on the upper surface of the water vessel, and
its free end opens into the body cavity ; the latter is also
tubular, and of great length, but its free end is imper-
forate. It depends from the lower face of the water vessel.
The intestine {i) though much sacculated and occasionally
bent upon itself, runs a practically straight course from
mouth to anus, being suspended from the dorsal interra-
dius by the mesentery {i)i). It is accompanied in its
course by the typical dorsal and ventral vessels {dv and vv).
The genital organ consists of two bundles of caecal tubes
(g) which lie one on either side of the mesenterial fold
which suspends the intestine. The main tube of the left
bundle joins that of the right by penetrating the mesentery.
A single duct is thus formed which, passing forw^ards in
close proximity to the water-tube opens by a single pore
between two, and just outside of, the ring of tentacles
(ga). Attached to the fold of mesentery by which the
intestine is suspended, just at the point where it joins
the body wall, there occur a great number of funnel-shaped
bodies with strongly everted margins, and lined by ciliated
epithelium (PL XVL, fig. 1, cf). These are the " ciliated
funnels" of Semper. Each funnel is attached by its
pointed apex to the mesentery ; and in addition to those
borne by the intestinal mesentery, another series, appear-
ing to the naked eye as an irregular but quite continuous
line, occupies the middle of the interradius next on the

NOTES ON SYNAPTA. 369

left of the dorsal one. A few also occur scattered over
the walls of the coelom. Their function is at present
unknown.

Explanation of Plates XVI. and XVII.

List of reference letters.

c/ Ciliated funnels; cy?i, circular muscles; conr circum
oral nerve ring ; ctl connective tissue layer of body wall ;
cwv circum-oral water vessel ; cr calcareous ring ; dv
dorsal vessel ; e ectoderm ; g gonad ; ga genital aperture ;
^ intestine ; Imh longitudinal muscle bands ; m mesentery;
mlt muscular layer of tentacles ; mt miliary granules ;
;pv Polian vesicle ; rn radial nerve ; t tentacles ; tp ten-
tacular pedicels ; tnl tentacular nerve ; ts tubular space
underlying nerve ; vv ventral vessel ; lo water-tube.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 1. Diagram of the anatomy of Synapta inluerens,
constructed from dissections and serial sections.

Fig. 2. Diagram of a transverse section of Synapta
inhcerens.

Plate XVII.

Fig. 1. A tentacle of Synapta inhcerens showing the so-
called tentacular pedicels in situ.

Fig. 2. Outline figure of a tentacle of Synap)ta digitata,
showing the bodies described by Hamann as
sense organs.

Fig. 3. {a) A tentacular pedicel viewed in situ; (b)
vertical section of the same.

Fig. 4. Diagram of a longitudinal sectioji of a tentacle of
Synapta inhcerens.

370 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 5. Transverse section of a tentacle of Synapta

inlicerens, taken at the level of the dotted line*

in fig. 4.
Fig. 6. Plates and anchors of Synapta inlicerens ; (a) is an

abnormal form of anchor ; {b) smaller calcareous

plates.
Fig. 7. Vertical sections of three miliary granules of

Synapta inlicerens,, showing the ganglion-like

nerve endings.
Fig. 8. Section of ectoderm and connective tissue layer

of the body wall, showing giant cells in the latter.

Trans. L pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IX.. PI.

c.o.nr

Fig. 1.

g.a. t7i\ ^^^^

Imh.

cm

cm.

Fig. 2.

c.fn.

rrir—

H.C.C., del.

Vol, IX., PI. XVI).

fOOO^^ <>f cin inch.

V

H.C.C., del.

SYNAPTA.

5S

r^asKH^ ::ir;sHstiiiL

TEE

iBftftt^friar X aLzwrugi:

JIE_ •oiiMJiiiWi!— tgnr :3^ T?V-

jII£r-iLSiDj!TT. WUKL. iJH<Al Jr^;*^^ fgT

>i: a:

js

•^^^^-'i'P^ JSEr

"-^^TT T^TTT OJlIfeZ:

aitii jw

"IIErr -^gn~

-li

3C :iiie

3^

J^

^nrriTTfTJ^'-

:jEts^.iii=r^

' ^^^ Zi'X jr">ll^f^ It

2^ _ ^nx:

I:^ Z^r^T^iHL

m
nn

itlEb

Ti^nnL

- OL

nn.-

I

371

[work FllOM THE POUT ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION.]

KEPOKT on the MEDUSA of the L.M.B.C.
DISTEICT.

By Edward T. Browne, B.A.

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LONDON',

[Read March 8th, 1895.]

It is nearly nine years since the first . report on the
Medusae of the L.M.B.C. district was pubhshed by Mr.
J. A. Clubb (7). It contains a hst of medusae collected
by Prof. Herdman off the south end of the Isle of Man
in 1885, and by Byerley (6) and other naturalists who
have worked in Liverpool Bay. Most of these species I
have recently taken at Port Erin, some others, which I
have not met v/ith and w^hich are mentioned in the first
report, are again recorded in this report so as to make the
present list as complete as possible.

My own records are chiefly based upon work done at
the Port Erin Biological Station between April 28th and
June 7th, 1893, and also between March 22nd and May
14th, 1894. I have confined my attention to the small
Hydromedusae and have not specially searched for the
other groups. Mr. W. I. Beaumont (5) in 1893 published
an account of the Lucernarians of Port Erin. I owe to
Mr. Beaumont my sincere thanks for the great aid which
he has so often generously given in helping me to collect
specimens of the Hydromedusae. I have not met with
any new species, but have added a few interesting ones
to the list of Manx medusae and also show that some,
described as species, are stages in development of other
species already recorded.

374 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

glass-stoppered bottles and perfectly pure spirit for storing
specimens in.

Finally I thank Prof. Herdman and the Committee for
the use of the Port Erin Biolooical Station.

HYDROMEDUS/E.

Order ANTHOMEDUS^.

Family Codonid^.

Codonium ^pulchellum, (Forbes i5).
Sarsia pulchella, Forbes {9) .
Syncoryne ptdchella, Allman {4).
This species was fairly abundant dinging May and the
early part of June, 1893, in Port Erin Bay. The bulb at
the base of the tentacles varies in colour in different
individuals. It is usually of a brownish colour, but in
some specimens either orange, crimson, or greenish. The
" Scheitel-Auf satz " — (the prolongation of the manubrium
into the substance of the umbrella, forming a kind of
apical knob to the manubrium) is present in all specimens ;
but the " Stielcanal " (which runs from the apical knob
to the ex-umbrella, is not a true canal or tube, but the
remains of the original canal connecting the young medusa
with its hydroid) in some specimens is very narrow and
difficult to see. In a few specimens it is entirely absent.
Hseckel divides the genus Sarsia of Forbes into two genera,
Codonium and Sarsia. The species of the former genus
are characterized by the possession of a " Scheitel-Aufsatz "
and a " Stielcanal." The genus Sarsia of Forbes still
requires careful revision.

Codonium pidcheUiim swims actively about an aquarium,
and usually has its manubrium and tentacles expanded.
It resembles Sarsia tubulosa, Sars, rather than S. pul-
chella in its habits. The manubrium and tentacles, when

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 375

fully expanded, are about twice the length of the umbrella.
The umbrella of the smallest specimen taken measured
4 mm. in length and 3 mm. in width : the largest
specimen 9 mm. long and 6 mm. wide. Other specimens
measured — 6 mm. long and 6 mm. wide ; 6 mm. long and
7 mm. wide ; 8 mm. long and 8 mm. wide.

Sarsia pidchella may be an early stage of S. tuhulosa.

Distribution. — Shetland, St. Andrews, Plymouth, Firth
of Clyde.

Sarsia tuhulosa, Sars, (9).

Byeiiey (6) records this species. — " Caught in the
Mersey, rare, Mr. Price." Haddon (14) records S.
tuhulosa in Dublin Bay.

I have taken in Port Erin Bay several specimens of
young Sarsia, but have not been able to determine for
certain the species.

Dipurena halterata, (Forbes 15).
Slahheria halterata, Forbes (.9).

Two ^^ecimens taken in August, 1892. One measured
25- mm. in length and 2 mm. in width. Manubrium
extended to 8 mm. Tentacles 2 mm. long. No repro-
ductive organs present. The medusa may easily be
distinguished by the large knob, containing nematocysts,
at the free end of each of the four tentacles.

Distribution. — Jersey, Mount's Bay (Cornwall), Ply-
mouth.

Steenstrupia ruhra, Forbes (9).

Steenstrupia galanthus, Hseckel {15).
Steenstrupia flaveola, Forbes {9).
Forbes describes and figures the above species, the
former taken off the Shetlands, the latter at Penzance.
They mainly differ in colour. Hseckel regards them as

376 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the same species. I took two specimens off Port Erin in
August, 1892. The contents of the tow-nets were unfor-
tunately preserved at sea, so that the colour of the medusa
was destroyed. In shape and size they resemble the
figures given by Forbes of Steenstrupia. Haeckel regards
Steenstrupia galanthus as the medusa of the hydroid
Gorijmorpha nutans, of AUman and Hincks, but not of
Sars. The various species of Corijmorpha and their
medusae require careful revision.

Euphysa aurata, Forbes (9).

A single specimen of this medusa was taken on May
5th, 10th, and 20th ; and five specimens on June 5th,"
1893.

The umbrella of the largest specimen measured 4^
mm. in length and S^ mm. in width ; the smallest 3 J mm.
long and 2 mm. wide. One specimen taken on June 5th
with ring-canal coloured in several places with a crimson
pigment. The three bulbs, without tentacles, had their
centres coloured with a brilliant crimson pigment, but
the basal bulb of the large tentacle was very faintly
coloured with crimson.

One specimen, taken on March 22nd, 1894, the first
day of tow-netting, measured 35- mm. in length and
2 mm. in width. None seen until April 18th when three
were captured, the largest 6 mm. in length and 4J mm.
in width. After this date a few were regularly taken in
the tow-net.

The umbrella is always longer than wide, and laterally
very thick ; the latter a characteristic feature by which
this species may be readily distinguished from other
uni-tentacular medusse. The ex-umbrella has a few
scattered nematocysts.

Forbes (9) in his description of this species writes : —
*' The orifice (of the umbrella cavity) is rather contracted

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 377

and square. At each of the four angles is a large
diamond-shaped ocellus, the upper half of which is
bright golden yellow, and the lower half vivid scarlet or
crimson. From each of the ocelli springs a short, reflexed,
cylindrical, yellow tentacle, which I have never seen to
extend itself. From one of the ocelli, below the short
tentacle, arises a long and thick one, highly extensile, and
of a golden colour, usually presenting a club-like shape."

This statement does not give a quite correct description
of the species. I have examined the tentacle-bulbs of
about two dozen specimens and failed to find an ocellus
definite in shape and colour. The tentacle-bulbs are
similar in shape, but one has a large tentacle and the
other three are without tentacles. Forbes describes and
figures each tentacle-bulb with a minute, reflexed, yellow
tentacle, and one bulb having an additional large tentacle.
The " minute tentacle " is the lower part of the tentacle-
bulb, which slightly curls over the margin of the umbrella
to which it is fixed.

The colour of the tentacle-bulbs varies considerably in
different specimens. A few had no colour whatever in
the bulbs and only the large tentacle faintly coloured
with yellow. One specimen had the three bulbs, without
tentacles, quite colourless, but the tentacle-bulb of the
large tentacle of a yellowish colour. Most specimens,
however, have yellow or orange pigments in the lower
part of the bulbs, the part which corresponds to " minute
yellow tentacles" of Forbes. In the most brilliantly
coloured specimens the interior of the tentacle-bulbs has
a crimson pigment, the part which corresponds to the
crimson ocellus of Forbes. In one specimen the crimson
colour extended a little way along the ring-canal on each
side of the bulbs, and in two other specimens, brilliantly
coloured, the whole ring canal was crimson. Crawford

378 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(8) has aJso observed a crimson ring-canal in specimens
taken at St. Andrews.

Alder, {3) describes and figures the medusa of Cory-
morplia nana, Alder, {= Halatractus nanus, Allman 4),
which he bred from the hydroid. Haeckel {15) considers,
from Alder's description of this medusa and from the
description of Ettpliysa aurata by Forbes, that the
medusa of Coryniorplia nana and E. aurata are identical
and gives in his "System der Medusen " Halatractus
nanus as the hydroid of the medusa Euphysa aurata. I
believe Alder is the only person who has ever taken
Corymorplia nana ; and Haeckel apparently has not met
with Euphysa aurata. The figure given by Alder of the
medusa of Gorymorpha nana has not the specific charac-
ters of E. aurata. The umbrella of Corymorplia is about
as long as wide, and thin ; the umbrella cavity is conse-
quently very large. The umbrella of Euphysa is always
longer than broad, and laterally very thick ; also about one
third of the aboral end is formed of solid tissue ; the
umbrella cavity is small compared with the external size
of the umbrella. The manubrium of Corymorpha is long
and extends beyond the velum, but the manubrium of
Euphysa is about tw^o-thirds the length of the umbrella-
cavity and has never been seen to extend beyond the
velum. Euphysa aurata may be easily recognised by
the shape and great thickness of the umbrella. I think
that the medusap of Gorymorpha nana and Euphysa
aurata do not belong to the same species, and that the
hydroid form, if one exists, of Euphysa has yet to be
discovered.

Haeckel (15) describes and figures in his monograph
another species of Euphysa — E. niediterranea — which he
obtained at Villafranca. The umbrella is longer than
wide (3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide), and thick. Three tenta-

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 379

cle-bulbs, without tentacles, golden yellow, with purphsh
red ocelli. The other tentacle-bulb, golden yellow, bearing
a large golden red tentacle, without a purplish red ocellus.
King-canal purplish red. When I compared a living
specimen of E. aurata, which possessed a crimson ring-
canal and tentacle-bulbs coloured with orange and crimson,
with the coloured figures given by Haeckel in his mono-
graph, I failed to find sufficient differences to separate
E. aurata from E. mediterranea.

Hseckel makes the chief specific difference the absence
of the purplish red ocellus in the tentacle-bulb of the large
tentacle. In E. aurata there is no proof that tiie part of
the bulb coloured crimson is really an ocellus. In some
specimens the colour is absent, but present in others in
different shades of crimson. One specimen, taken in
1893, had the three bulbs, without tentacles, conspicuously
coloured with crimson, but the bulb at the base of the
large tentacle had only a faint tinge of a crimson colour,
scarcely visible with the microscope. I have noticed in
other species of medusas a great variation in colour.
Amphicodon fritillaria has usually dark brown or reddish
brown tentacle-bulbs, and all the canals colourless ; but
in a few specimens the tentacle-bulbs are of a brilliant
red colour and also the radial canals.

Distribution. — Shetland, St. Andrews.

Amphicodoji fritillaria , (Steenstrup Id).
C or i/ne fritillaria, Steenstrup (31).
Steenstrupia glohosa, Sars {20).
Amphicodon glohosus, Hseckel {15).
Diplonema islandica, Green {IS),
Steenstrupia oivenii, Green {13).
Hybocodou prolifer, Agassiz {2) Haeckel {15).
Ampliicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel {15).

380 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Steenstrup {21) during April and May, 1840, off Keike-
wig, Iceland, obtained specimens of a free-swimming
medusa which he described as follows : — Umbrella bell-
shaped, little longer than broad. Manubrium about f the
length of the umbrella cavity. Margin of the umbrella
obliquely cut off, so that one side of the umbrella is
longer than the other. Four radial canals. Four tentacle-
bulbs; three of which are without tentacles, and the other,
larger, with two tentacles situated on the longest side of
the umbrella. A medusa-bud is also present on the large
tentacle-bulb. The ex-umbrella has five longitudinal rows
of nematocysts, one following the course of each of the
three radial canals running to the non-tentacular bulbs,
and two near the canal which joins the large tentacle-bulb
carrying the two tentacles.

Steenstrup also found in the same locality specimens of
a small solitary hydroid, attached to the empty shells of
Balanns, etc. The hydroid is about 5- inch long, with 5
or 6 tentacles in a single verticil upon the head. Below
the head four bell-shaped, quadrangular, medusoe hang
down, at right angles to one another. The medusa has
the margin of the umbrella obliquely cut off. Four ten-
tacle-bulbs, without tentacles. The bulb on the longest
side of the umbrella is the largest. Steenstrup regarded
the large medusoe with two tentacles as the adult stage
of the young medusae attached to the hydroid, and gave
the same name — viz., Goryne fritillaria to both of them.

Sars {20) found three specimens of a medusa, which he
named Steeiistrupia glohosa, in May, 1836, at Floroen in
Sondfjord. They resemble Goryne fritillaria in shape of
the umbrella, but liave three tentacles on the large bulb
on the longest side of umbrella. In May, 1838, Sars
again found three more specimens ; one with three
tentacles and the others with only one tentacle. Sars

L.M.B.C. MEDUSiE. 381

believed that these medusoe were probably the same as
those taken by Steenstrup. The chief difference consists
in the number of tentacles. Haeckel (15) considers that
they are distinct species and places them in his genus —
AmpJiicodon, which consists of three species — A.fritillaria,
A. globosus, A. amphipleurus.

At Port Erin in 1898, on the first day of tow-netting,
(x^pril 29th), I obtained specimens of Amphicodon. They
w^ere fairly plentiful during the first few days of May and
disappeared about the 10th. Altogether I collected about
50 specimens. The umbrella is about 2 to 3 mm. in
length and not quite so broad. The opening of the
umbrella cavity is small as the velum is fairly wide, and
the large tentacle-bulb projects a little across the opening.
There are three non-tentacular bulbs and one large
bulb on the longest side of the umbrella which may ca^ry
one, two, or three tentacles, usually two are present.
From the large tentacle-bulb medusse are budded off, and
often two, three or more buds are present in various
stages of development. I saw one young medusa break
away from its parent, which it resembled in every detail
except size. The former was about 1 mm. in length
and the latter was nearly 8 mm. Both carried two
tentacles on the large bulb. The majority of specimens
were without medusa-buds and had ova or spermatozoa
upon the manubrium. The sexes are separate. At the
end of March, 1894, I again visited Port Erin for the
purpose of collecting more specimens. The first specimen
was taken on March 29th, and during the whole of April
Amphicodon was very abundant in the Bay.

All the specimens have the five longitudinal rows of
nematocysts as described by Steenstrup. The colour
of the tentacle-bulbs shows a considerable amount of
variation. In the young specimens yellowish brown is

382 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the prevailing colour and in the adults a dark reddish
brown. A few adult specimens were taken with brilliant
crimson tentacle-bulbs and with the ring and radial canals
also full of a crimson pigment, not in circulation, but as
small particles in the endoderm cells. These brilliantly
coloured specimens are an exception and duller colours
usually prevail. Another medusa — Euphysa aurata —
shows a similar brilliancy of colour in a few specimens
only.

The most interesting feature connected with this

medusa is the carrying of young hydroids in the umbrella

cavity. So far as I know this has not been recorded

before in any other medusa. I first observed this in the

specimens taken in 1893 which led me to obtain more

specimens in 1894 so that I might investigate the

development of the ovum. This I have nearly completed

by means of series of sections and the results will be

published soon. When the medusa first appeared at the

end of March the asexual method of budding medusae

from the base of the large tentacle alone existed, which

must add considerably to the original number of medusae

which leave the hydroid. Each medusa buds off at least

four other medusae, all of which become sexual later on,

and some of the young medusae have also medusa-buds.

About the middle of April the reproductive cells began to

appear on the manubrium, at first as a slight swelling of a

transparent gelatinous appearance, faintly tinged with a

yellowish-brown colour. When squeezed, the mass breaks

up into small round cells (germinal cells), each with a

nucleus. As these cells increase in size a large oval mass

is formed upon the manubrium. It appears from sections

that one of the original germinal cells becomes the ovum

which increases in size at the expense of the other germinal

cells which are absorbed. The ovum remains attached to

L.M.B.C. MEDUSAE. 383

the manubrium until the hydra-stage is reached. The
tentacles of the posterior verticil first make their appear-
ance about 11 to 17 in number, and when they become
about 2 mm. long, a second verticil of 8 tentacles appears.
The body of the young hydra behind the posterior tentacles
becomes covered with a thin perisarc. Sometimes the
young hydra breaks away from manubrium before the
appearance of the second row of tentacles and remains
free in the umbrella cavity. The young hydra with the
two verticils of tentacles is about 2 mm. long, and the
tentacles of the posterior verticil are a little longer than
the body. Often in the same specimen there is an ovum
on the manubrium and two or three hydrae showing
various stages of development. In a few specimens the
asexual budding is taking place at the same time as the
sexual reproduction on the manubrium. Sometimes the
young medusa on the tentacle-bulb shows also the repro-
ductive cells on the manubrium. Several of the young
hydroids fixed themselves on the bottom of a glass
aquarium, and grew to about 10 mm. in length. A great
change took place in the body, which became stem-like and
the coenosarc showed longitudinal striae of an orange-
red colour. The eight oral tentacles increased slightly
in length and the whole head became larger. These
hydroids have every appearance of a young Corymorpha.
I can see no reason for specifically separating the free-
swimming medusae taken by Steenstrup off Iceland and
by Sars off Norway from the Port Erin specimens. It is
clear from the development of the hydroid of the Manx
medusae that the hydroid is not the same as Steenstrup
dredged off Iceland. It will be best to leave the Iceland
hydroid under the name of Diplura frit ill aria Allmsiu (4),
and regard Steenstrup 's free-swimming medusae with two
tentacles, and those taken by Sars with one and three
tentacles as Ampliicodon fritillaria.

384 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L. Agassiz {2) found in Massachusetts Bay a corymor-
pha-like hydroid budding off uni-tentacular medusae, to
which he gave the name Hyhocodo7i prolifer. As Alhnan
(4) gives a description of the hydroid and medusa there is
no need to repeat all the details. The hydroid is about 2
inches long, about ygth of an inch in diameter below the
head, and thinner near the base. Perisarc smooth except
near the head where there are a few annular constrictions.
Coenosarc of the stem w4th longitudinal orange-red striae.
Hydranth with two verticils of tentacles, about sixteen
tentacles in each. The hydroid lives in rock-pools on
out-lying rocks away from the shore, about the Laminarian
Zone, usually three or four are together.

Between the two verticils of the tentacles the inedusa-
buds are situated just as in Corymorpha nutans. Medusae
are budded off from January to April. Agassiz apparently
has not seen any specimens of the adult medusae but
only those either upon the hydroid or just liberated, and
his description is confined to the earliest stage of the
medusa. The umbrella of the young medusa has the
margin obliquely cut off so that one side of the umbrella
is longer than the other. On the longest side of the
umbrella is situated a large tentacle-bulb carrying a soli-
tary tentacle, and also medusa-buds. There are three
other non-tentacular bulbs without tentacles in the usual
places upon the margin of the umbrella. The ex-umbrella
has five longitudinal rows of nematocysts which extend
from the margin to within a short distance of the apex of
the umbrella. One row is above each of the radial canals
running to the tentacle-bulbs not bearing tentacles, and
the other two rows are near the canal running to the
large tentacle-bulb. The rows of nematocysts are con-
spicuous early in the year by their orange-red colour, but
become inconspicuous about April.

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 385

The young medusa Hyhocodon prolifey has all the charac-
teristic features of the medusa, Amphicoclon fritillaria.
The shape of the umbrella, the five rows of nematocysts,
and the budding of medusa from the base of the large
tentacle are common to both. The young hydroids
which I reared at Port Erin have every appearance of
becoming similar to the hydroid taken by Agassiz.
They agree in colour, in the longitudinal striae of the
stem formed by the coenosarc, and the tentacles of the
posterior verticil are about the same in number. The
anterior verticil has only eight tentacles, but others may
appear as the head grows larger. The discovery of the
adult hydroid with medusae on the Manx coast will settle
the identity at once.

Bohm (Jena zeitschr. f. Naturw., Vol, XII, 1878)
captured a specimen of a medusa off Heligoland which
he believed to be identical with the American Hybocodon
prolifer. The medusa has two tentacles on the large
tentacle-bulb on the longest side of the umbrella and
many medusa-buds, and also the five rows of nematocysts
on the umbrella. Hseckel however, places Hybocodon
prolifer oi Bohm a? a synonym oi Ampliicodon fritillaria.

In the last Annual Keport (1894) of the L.M.B.C, it
is stated on my authority that Ampliicodon fritillaria is
an addition to the fauna of the British seas, but I have
recently read a paper by Mr. J. K. Green (13) on the
medusse on the coast of Dublin in which he clearly
describes specimens of Ampliicodon fritillaria found on
that coast about 1856. He describes them as two new
species — Diplonema islandica and Steenstrupia- otoenii.

Diplonema islandica, has two tentacles on the large
bulb on the longest side of the umbrella. Tentacle-bulbs
of a brilliant crimson colour. A medusa-bud on the large
tentacle-bulb, and in one specimen a medusa-bud on one

386 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of the tentacles, some distance from the base. Green
has read Steenstrup's description of Coryne fritillaria
and states that there is a strong resemblance between the
two species, but does not think that they are the same.
Hseckel however believes that D. islandica is the same
species as A. fritillaria. Steelistrupia oivenii is very
much like D. islandica in shape. It differs from it in
possessing only one tentacle on the tentacle-bulb. A
Stielcanal is also present, running from the top of manu-
brium to the ex-umbrella. Three medusa-buds at the base
of the large tentacle. Hseckel believes that this species
is probably the same as Hyhocodon prolifer, Agassiz. It
is interesting to notice that these specimens were taken
on the coast of Ireland nearly opposite the Isle of Man.
Haeckel describes another species of Ampliicodon — A.
amphipleurus, which he found on the coast of Normandy,
at Granville. It has three tentacles on the large tentacle
bulb on the longest side of the umbrella, and the usual
five rows of nematocysts on the ex-umbrella. It differs
only from the other species of Aniphicodon in possessing a
larger number of medusa-buds on the large tentacle-bulb,
and in having a stiel-canal. The radial-canals, ring-canal
manubrium, tentacle-bulbs and tentacles of a crimson
colour. All the medusae of Amphicodon fritillaria must
have a Stielcanal on leaving the hydroid, but it usually
disappears later in life. I saw one adult specimen at Port
Erin with a Stielcanal. In some species of medusae the
Stielcanal remains throughout life ; in others it disappears,
but occasionally may be present in adult specimens.

Family Tiarid^.

Tiara pileata, (Forskal 15).

Oceania episcopalis, Forbes {9).
The medusa was first taken by Forskal in 1775. Since

L.M.B.C. MEDUS.^. 387

then it has been described under many names and by
many natm^alists.

One specimen taken at Port Erin, Aug. 1892. Fairly
abundant during May and June, 1893. Many specimens
were often left on the sandy beach by the tide. During
April, 1894, I obtained several young stages in the bay.
One specimen taken on April 18th, umbrella 7 mm. long,
and 4 mm. wide. At the aboral end of the umbrella there
is a large globular mass of tissue, which looks like a knob
on the top of the umbrella. Four broad radial canals,
manubrium about one-third the length of the umbrella
cavity, mouth wide with four large lips. On the margin
of the umbrella four perradial tentacles, of which two,
opposite ones, are larger and longer than the others. The
basal bulbs of these tentacles are large and long, each
vdth a reddish ocellus. There are also four interradial
tentacle-bulbs, with ocelli but without tentacles. A
specimen taken on April 10th, with a short conical knob
at the aboral end of the umbrella. On the margin of the
umbrella there are four long perradial tentacles, four large
interradial tentacle-bulbs without tentacles, and eight
small adradial tentacle-bulbs, xlnother specimen taken
on April 10th, umbrella 4 mm. long and 2J mm. wide,
four perradial tentacles, 20 mm. long when fully expanded,
four short interradial tentacles, and eight adradial tenta-
cular-bulbs without tentacles. These three specimens
show clearly the increase of the tentacle-bulbs and
tentacles. In some specimens the number of tentacles
exceeds eighteen. Gosse records a specimen with twelve
tentacles and three tentacle-bulbs between each, the
central one being the largest. I have seen a specimen
with eighteen tentacles, and a tentacle-bulb between every
two of them. Probably the maximum number is about
48 tentacles.

388 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Allman (Monogr. Gym. Hydr., p. 33, woodcut 8), figures
a young stage of Tiara under the name of Oceania coron-
ata. This is probably a young T. pileata. It has four
long, perradial tentacles ; four short interradial tentacles ;
and eight adradial tentacle-bulbs. It is exactly like a
specimen taken at Port Erin on April 10th. Hneckel,
however, places this specimen under the name of Tiara
octona.

Distribution. — Mediterranean. Norway, Heligoland,
Shetland, St. Andrews.

Turris neglecta, Lesson (9).

Byerley {6) records this species. — " Taken rarely in the
Mersey, by Mr. Price."

I have not yet seen this species at Port Erin. It
appears to be a fairly common medusa and no doubt will
be recorded before long on the Manx coast.

Distribution. — St. Andrews, Southampton, Portland,
Ilfracombe, Tenby, Liverpool.

Family Margelid^.

Dysmorphosa carnea, (M. Sars 15).

Podocoryne carnea, Hincks (16), Allman {4).

One specimen taken on March 30th, 1894, with four
long perradial and four short interradial tentacles.

Distribution. — Naples, Norway, St. Andrews, Firth of
Forth, Plymouth, Falmouth.

Dysmorphosa minima, Hgeckel {15).

This medusa was first discovered by Hseckel in 1865
off Heligoland, and has not been recorded since. The
length of the umbrella is 0*8 mm. and the width 0*6 mm.
Four simple oral tentacles terminating with a cluster of
nematocysts. Medusa-buds upon the manubrium. Eight

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 389

tentacles upon the margin of the umbrella, 4 single
perradial and 4 single interradial. Blackish tentacle-bulbs.
Hffickel's figure of Dijsmorphosa minima shows a con-
striction across the umbrella cavity. I do not think this
is a permanent constriction, but produced probably by
injury or death. In all medusae which have a permanent
constriction across the umbrella, the constriction is either
level with the top of the umbrella cavity or above it, so as
not to interfere with the size of cavity and the contractions
of umbrella. I have seen medusae under the influence of
cocaine die with a constriction across the middle of the
umbrella cavity. In the museum of the Marine Biological
Association at Plymouth I saw specimens of Dysmorphosa
minima, but labelled Bysmorphosa carnea. Nine of the
Plymouth specimens correspond to Haeckel's description
and five others only differ in the number of tentacles.
These show an increase in the perradial groups and ha\e
the tentacles arranged thus : —

Perradial 2211
Interradial 1111

2121
1111

1112
1111

2222
1111

The perradial groups with two tentacles have one
tentacle longer than the other, the smaller one is evidently
growing. I took a single specimen at Port Erin, 1894,
of a medusa which is exactly like the specimens of
Dysmorphosa minima at Plymouth. It has four simple
oral tentacles ; eight single marginal tentacles ; and four
medusa-buds upon the manubrium.

It is quite possible that Dysmorphosa minima is an
early stage of Lizzia hlondina. The Plymouth specimens
clearly show an increase of tentacles in the perradial
groups.

Dysmorphosa minima may easily be distinguished from
Dysmorphosa carnea by the stomach being attached to a
short peduncle, and also by the presence of medusa-buds
upon the manubrium.

390 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

/ Cytceandra areolata, (Alder 15).
Hydractinia areolata, Alder (5).
Podocoryne areolata, Hincks {16), Allman {4).

I place temporarily under the name of Cytceandra
areolata, until further evidence can be obtained, a number
of medusae taken at Plymouth and Port Erin. They all
belong to the same species and show different stages of
development. The youngest stage is somewhat like
Cytceandra areolata. The uncertainty mainly arises on
account of the great rareness of the hydroid stage and the
plentifulness of the medusae in Port Erin Bay, Alder first
described the hydroid stage under the name of Hydrac-
tinia areolata. He obtained his specimens on a dead
shell of Natica alderi, brought in by a fishing boat at
Cullercoats, and Norman sent him another specimen from
Shetland. Alder has seen the young medusae leave the
colony. The medusa has a moderately deep, subgiobose
umbrella, with nematocysts scattered upon the outside ;
four radial canals ; four short perradial and four shorter
interradial tentacles, and eight adradial bulbs on the
margin of the umbrella ; four clusters of nematocysts
near the mouth.

Alder is the only person who has seen the young medusa,
and since his observations no one has recorded this
species. Hincks states that Hodge has taken the hydroid
with medusae at Seaham. Allman, however, omits this
reference in his monograph, and I cannot find any state-
ment referring to this species in Hodge's papers.

Hincks removed Hydractinia areolata to the genus
Podocoryne, where it still remains. There are three
species of Podocoryne recorded for Great Britain — P.
earned, P.prohoscidea and P. areolata. Podocoryne carnea
is the commonest ; P. prohoscidea was taken by Hincks
at Ufracombe, but has not been since recorded.

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 391

I had at Plymouth a colony of P. carnea in a bottle.
It budded off many medusae which were not like the figure
of the medusa of Podocoryne areolata given by Alder, nor
like the medusae which I have taken at Port Erin. The
Port Erin specimens approach nearer to Alder's figure of
P. areolata than to any other known medusa. I prefer
to leave them for the present under this name rather than
to make a new species.

The earliest stage of the series I captured in Port Erin
Bay on March 31st, 1894. The umbrella about as long
as broad, IJ mm. in diameter ; the ex-umbrella covered
with nematocysts. There are sixteen tentacles — 4 perra-
dial, 4 interradial and 8 adradial. The perradial tentacles
are longer than the interradial, and the latter are longer
than the adradial. The large bulbs at the base of the
tentacles, contain a reddish-yellow pigment. In addition
to the tentacles there is one small bulb placed between
tw^o tentacles, which is evidently the commencement
of another tentacle. Near the mouth there are four
simple oral tentacles, each terminating in a cluster of
nematocysts.

This naturally appears to be a later stage of Alder's
medusa of P. areolata. The main difference consists in
the presence of adradial tentacles in the place of the bulbs.
It is, however, usual for tentacles first to appear as small
bulbs upon the margin of the umbrella. The next stage
was taken at Plymouth, September 30th, 1893. The
umbrella nearly as long as broad, about 1 mm. in diameter,
the ex-umbrella covered with nematocysts. On the
margin of the umbrella there are 16 large tentacles— 4
perradial, 4 interradial and 8 adradial. The tentacle-bulbs
at the base of the tentacles of a dark brown colour. In
addition to the large tentacles there are four small, slender
tentacles, with colourless tentacle-bulbs. These are

392 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

evidently in a state of development. Four simple oral
tentacles with clusters of nematocysts.

A specimen taken at Port Erin, April 18th, 1894.
Umbrella about 3 mm. in diameter. Sixteen large ten-
tacles and six small ones. The oral tentacles are once
dichotomously divided, each branch terminating in a
cluster of nematocysts. It has been observed in several
species of medusae which have branched oral tentacles in
the adult stages that they start life with simple, unbranched
tentacles. In Margelis the number of branches increases
with age.

Two specimens taken at Port Erin, June 5th, 1893,
about 2 mm. in diameter. Sixteen large tentacles, with
reddish brown tentacle-bulbs, and ten small tentacles,
with faintly coloured brownish tentacle-bulbs. Eour oral
tentacles, once dichotomously divided, with terminal
clusters of nematocysts.

A specimen taken at Plymouth, September 25th, 1893.
Umbrella about 1 mm. in diameter. Sixteen large
tentacles with dark brown tentacle-bulbs, and ten small
tentacles. Four unbranched oral tentacles.

Three specimens taken at Port Erin, April 27th, 1894.
Umbrella about 4 mm. in diameter, with 25, 28, and
30 uniform tentacles. Tentacle-bulbs dark red and very
conspicuous. Four oral tentacles once dichotomously
divided. Other specimens taken on May 5th and 9th
somewhat similar to the above.

The youngest medusa of this series starts with sixteen
tentacles and a small bulb. The other specimens show a
gradual increase of 20, 22, 25, 26, 28 and 30 tentacles, the
maximum number is probably 32. The young tentacles
at first have colourless bulbs, but colour appears as they
increase in size. In some of the largest specimens all
the tentacles are alike in colour and size. The oral

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 393

tentacles at first are uiibranched and become branched
later in life. The umbrella in all specimens is about as
long as broad, in the older specimens the aboral end has
a thick mass of tissue. The ex-umbrella is covered with
nematocysts. This medusa may easily be identified, as
it is the only British medusa with oral tentacles which
has sixteen or more tentacles fairly evenly distributed on
the margin of the umbrella. The other medusae with
oral tentacles have either less than sixteen tentacles, or a
large number which are grouped into either four or eight
bundles.

Lizzia hlondina, Forbes {9).

Forbes first described this species from specimens taken
in the Somid of Brassay, Shetland, 1845.

I took some specimens in Port Erin Bay at the
beginning of May, 1894.

It is difficult at first to distinguish this species from
the early stages of MargeUium octopunctatmn.

The umbrella is somewhat like MargeUium octopuncta-
tum in shape but smaller in size, usually about Ih mm.
long and 1^ mm. wide. On the margin of the umbrella,
in the adult stage, there are three tentacles on each of
the four perradial bulbs and only one tentacle on each of
the interradial bulbs. The single interradial tentacle is one
of the characteristic features of this species. In Mar gel-
limn octopunctatum usually two or three tentacles are
present on the interradial bulb. Lizzia hlondina has
never more than one interradial tentacle on each bulb.

The tentacle-bulbs have a light yellowish colour, but
the tentacles are colourless.

There are four simple oral tentacles, each terminating
in a single cluster of nematocysts. These never have
two terminal clusters as in MargeUium octopunctatum.

II

I

5<i M,

-^ AH. »i

.«^ *■ M.,

mmmVi

h*it il
lo IW Ibini te
<ml taDUd
4m:]iI« oaljr Utf

|4tMitt <d ibe
# Afv ihnM Icoudei

^. ueotocfe ihcttH
V- !ivliiilbt % diom^

3( mill. 10 duni

r.B.c. MPrs^E.

397

n. in dial

ocellus a

ave eio-ht

imes dicb(

illustrate

larginal tei

.. The yo

owo tentacle

either simpl

■ter, with eight tentacles
the base of each tentacle,
erminal branches, each
)mously divided.
vy well the increase in
icles and of the branches
^- medusa usually leaves
in each group, and the
(unbranched) or with a

[ captured to specimens, which are

stage of a fdrgeUs. The mnbrella

imeter. Theimbrella cavity is almost

le thickness < the umbrella. Three

<, unequal in iz(% in each of the four

L'imen has one ral tentacle unbranched,

ce with one br ich. I tliink these are

ni^ stao^es of Jurnclis ramo^((, witli an

1 of the umbrelL

Bougainvillea Utdnnica, Forbes, is the

the medusa whh is hherated from the

invillia rai}iosa,\'\u\ Beneden. Wright

ceeded in rearing ledusnc from the hydroid

ractijUs rciniosd Ilo/ir/difivillrd rdniosd,

The young measai first had four simple

and eight margiiLl tentacles, two in each

ach and tentacle-blhs of an orange colour.

IS at the base of eai tentacle. Wright was

iiis specimens alive nd saw further develop-

oral tentacles becaio first once, and after-

' dichotomously divicd. Additional tentacles

ped in the marginr groups. The greatest

orved was six, and eai one had a black oceHus

At the same time he generative products

394 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Margellium begins to appear early in the spring, usually
abundant in April, and becomes scarce during May.
Lizzia begins to appear about May. Forbes states that
it is of solitary habit.

I have taken specimens with two tentacles in each of
the j)erradial groups. Medusa-buds are usually .present
on manubrium, at first yellowish in colour.

It is possible that Dysmorphosa iJiinima is the earliest
stage of this medusa.

Distribution. — -Shetland, St. Andrews, Cornwall.

Margelis principis, Steenstrup {15).

This medusa is not nearly so abundant as Margelis
ramosa. It may be easily recognised and distinguished
from M. ramosa by the very large crescent or U-shaped
tentacle-bulbs. It also has about twice as many marginal
tentacles in each group and about three times as many
branches on the oral tentacles. Steenstrup first described
this medusa from specimens obtained off the Faroe Islands
and Iceland. Haeckel describes and figures the original
specimens taken by Steenstrup which are in the museum
at Copenhagen.

In 1893 I met with a single specimen of this species. It
was taken in Flesh wick Bay, near Port Erin, on May 21st.

The Manx specimen agrees with HEeckel's description
except in some minor details. Hoeckel figures the tentacle-
bulbs with a dark horizontal line at the top and under it
an ornamental wavy line. The Manx specimen has in
place of the wavy line a series of longitudinal lines, one
opposite each tentacle. At the base of each tentacle there
is a black ocellus. About 25 tentacles in each group and
about 25 terminal branches to each oral tentacle. Um-
brella 4 mm. in length and width. On May 5th, 1894,
I met with another specimen in Port Erin Bay. The

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 395

umbrella 4 mm. in diameter. About 15 tentacles in each
group, the outside ones being very small and evidently
growing.

The compound tentacle-bulbs are curved, but not so
much as in the adult. The upper portion of the bulb
contains a dark brown pigment and from this mass
longitudinal bands extend towards each tentacle. A black
ocellus at the base of each tentacle. The oral tentacles
with about 16 branches. Generative products not present.
This is evidently a young specimen. It may be difficult
to distinguish the early stages of M. principis from those
of M. ramosa. There is a specimen of M. principis in the
museum of the Mar. Biol. Assoc, at Plymouth. Romanes
{18) has taken specimens in Cromarty Firth (= Bou-
gainvillea allma)ii et fruticosa, Romanes).

Margelis hritannica, (Forbes 9).

Bougainvillea hritannica, Forbes (9).
Margelis ramosa, Hseckel {15).

Forbes first discovered and described this medusa in
1841, from specimens taken off Bute. Since then it has
been recorded from many places along our coasts. Clubb
{7) found specimens in Port Erin Bay during August, 1885.

The umbrella is about as long as wide, 4 to 6 mm.
Four perradial groups of tentacles with 8 to 16 tentacles
in each group. The tentacles are united at the base and
form a compound tentacle-bulb. Near the base of each
tentacle there is a conspicuous ocellus. The oral tentacles
are usually three times dichotomously divided, and each
of the eight terminal branches ends in a cluster of
nematocysts.

During May, 1893, I collected many specimens in Port
Erin Bay. The compound tentacle-bulbs are yellowish,
and the tentacles, when expanded, about twice the diameter

398 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

began to develop on the stomach and also to extend for a
short distance along the radial canals. Wright obtained
young medusae from his colonies in the spring and
autumn.

Distribution. — Belgium, Heligoland, Shetland, Cro-
marty Firth, St. Andrews, Firth of Forth, Plymouth,
Bute, Ballycastle Bay, Dalkey, Kingstown.

Margellium octopimctatum, (Sars 15).

Cytceis octopunctata , Sars {19).

Lizzia octopunctata, Forbes (9).

Bathkea octopunctata , Hseckel {15).
Sars first discovered this medusa on the Norwegian
coast, and described the species with three tentacles in
each of the perradial and interradial groups, and with
medusa-buds upon the manubrium. The young medusse
on leaving their parent have 3 tentacles in each perradial
group and four single interradial tentacles.

Forbes first added the species to the list of British
Medusse and captured the specimens off the Shetland
Isles. He observed that all his specimens had three
tentacles in each perradial group and either two or three
tentacles in the interradial groups. Forbes considered
his specimens to belong to the same species as those
described by Sars. Haeckel has divided the specimens
taken by Sars and Forbes into two different genera, on
account of some of Forbes' s specimens having only two
tentacles in each interradial group. Medusae with an equal
number of tentacles in the perradial and interradial groups
belong to the genus Bathkea and under B. octopunctata
Hseckel places Cytceis octopunctata, Sars. Medusae with
more perradial than interradial tentacles belong to the
genus Margellium, and as some of Forbes's specimens
have only two tentacles in the interradial groups Haeckel

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 399

has removed Lizzia octopunctata, Forbes, to the genus
Margellium.

During May, 1893, I found in Port Erin Bay medusae
which belong undoubtedly to the same species as those
described by Forbes as Lizzia octopunctata. Some of the
specimens correspond exactly with the descriptions given
by Sars and Forbes, and others are without doubt other
stages, showing earlier and later forms, of the same
species. The oral tentacles of all the specimens taken
have four clusters of nematocysts. Each oral tentacle
bifurcates near its extremity and each branch terminates
with a cluster of nematocysts. The two other clusters
are on a short branch, one on each side of the main stem
of the tentacle.

The umbrella of the smaller specimens is from 1 to 2
mm. in diameter, and of the larger specimens about 3 to 3^
mm. in length and slightly less in width. The colour
of the tentacle-bulbs varies, being either yellowish brown,
dark brown, or black. The great difference in the speci-
mens is in the number of tentacles in each group, and it
is upon the number of tentacles that Haeckel mainly bases
his classification. Twenty specimens are sufficient to
show the change of number of the tentacles in each
group, and in the following list I have arranged 20 speci-
mens so as to show the increase in the number of tentacles
in each group. This increase is not a variation, but
simply shows stages in development.

Numher of tentacles in
Number of specimens. each group.

1. Perradial — 3333 Margellium stage (Haeckel).

Interradial — 2222 Lizzia stage (Forbes).

4. Perradial— 3333
Interradial— 3332

3333
3233

3333
3233

3333
3233

*© TXi:XSilC!nR>^PS IlTK»K*Oa. BlK«.<5t^lCAL S^XTBTT.

1:

iBriBetmakil— o^i
t^ BiaetaiakI— MM

4. Bontai&l— ^41:3

1. Bsnaiisil — ^^^

13^

^^^^ 3^S

S*2s siTAires I2ak3: i^se woa^ ESJs^hiisa leay^ ils piutent
w- lad iSDd 3 f^sxaiJkl ^^atcftdb^ Tbissta^I

ii-l _.^ .1 _- ^ : -^^Ml. hsk §mm^ A& nest slak^ witli ^ inter-

ik?^^ m eadii ^raiaq^ ipaS: li&e jpanribikLl t^ita^^es merease
Tzsissiiil fiiE^ ^ i^idbsij. ikIsb^ is ttiie sDaxisniuriL. Agassir

.assoibgs an Aaneckan sfNeoes LisziM §fwmM, iMiswT^uuu^.-^.
prmtbumy, ISssn^k^K ik^E^ hss Sv\e p^r^dl^ and tkiee

rtioc. ^^sm^ These toitai^f&s
jELTDi- " _ zdec Ai £z^ ife^j-e is in eacli

■peeiairal :~" _ ^r^^ptjm^^ tesaiaiciie- and on es.:::

^^<sim : ^. Xtext, Idle mediaaL toitaclr :i

l^!&: iiwiL^B!ak.riii.i^r £275i4aip apV9@ais. ^iiHom^ bv a pair. <Hie ost
fia^ ^i-ti^ '-it EL. Ai T>"i^ ^^Tt-rg^ ifese mgdnsa bas 3 tenlaclES
m aM 'ms: ^ytayps- f is&al^ ine twd ismainiii^ teotadss <^
^&& ^^^rs&liBl ^sssQ^ a^f;€ar IEd osii^ldte idae sel cf §ve.
A^c^^iz i^^: iesBtiises Itiue denEis^DBf^nsi; dt the <xal t^^h-

ihaB aie forar si-
. in a cfaist<f:

- z:ar theexift^-::"

ii. fhiici«°r of n@niaiji>-^ -
ne on eaA side of the
ik ^littffcgy uudv«aj( heiweoi
H- '^- - i&mr 1tyiwiaritF%. and finaDf, a duster

c ^ liies at Idie end cf l^ie

JElLl

IL3IL2^X. \»^niil'4>;s^

JfiT

T!5it 2^1123: Wwrr^ mrssms^isr -wnh- ^ yr-nanaa arii: i miK!:-
- iTfflnsatL ^(KHaE -^;tflaiu. ~iTac:^ii£e iiaal Tg^TTracf^f^ jsss-rt Hsw^fs:

jimwifivin, jiir jae^ TE^ffisrnL. at j^s^ ~tTffnr s^arr ijmm Ttn-na-

~TPi

iiiESSW

3^jDmBgE.

^^ TiiTTiH^ IC zT^r^fatttg 5 sT-gsimsis jmr^ -nrfre^ Jimii TuT^t^
-ifft^f I tMT^f]^ lii: ^fTSiTn ^mnn-. J3? TF42«rntt- JET jKSSosiiBBszznBK je
ax -iLiZL^ saiss if Z ^ ' ~:. imf :fi& TiTnrFP"

: :: ": " \^ Z.;. _ - -t:i ": ~ list sc

:m=e T»p~r«,rrpftl "irFTTTa.:">t==h. stir Tmor ^fesEe het imjie y^rra.rTm:
i^i~~ ^ ~ ----- .--— -n-T___.__^ _z]saaii_:fce

IzL 3-^. ^^kL iL^fe. Z nssspei n-riTrr -Sh ^^acsaai^
T-r""-.! -;: — onuses, ftiw^ jgc in^ ^SKIsr Hsaaagyg- ie: jL "^-

400 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bathkea stage (Hseckel).
Lizzia stage (Forbes).

4333

4333

3434

3444

3333

3333

3333

3333

5444

4354

4554

3333

3333

3333

3. Perradial— 3333
Interradial— 3333

5. Perradial— 3334

Interradial— 3333
2. Perradial — 4444

Interradial — 3333

4. Perradial— 5443
Interradial — 3333

1. Perradial — 5555 ? Margellmm gratmn,
Interradial— 3333 Hc^ckel.

Sars states that the young medusa leaves its parent
with 1 interradial and 3 perradial tentacles. This stage I
did not meet with, but found the next stage with 2 inter-
radial tentacles. The interradial tentacles never exceed
three in each group, but the perradial tentacles increase
until five is reached, which is the maximum. Agassiz (i)
describes an American species Lizzia grata, {Margellium
gratum, H?eckel), which has five perradial and three
interradial tentacles in each group. These tentacles
develop in the following order. At first there is in each
perradial group one long median tentacle, and on each
side of it a small tentacle. Next, the median tentacle of
the interradial group appears, followed by a pair, one on
each side of it. At this stage the medusa has 3 tentacles
in all the groups. Finally the two remaining tentacles of
the perradial groups appear to complete the set of five.
Agassiz also describes the development of the oral ten-
tacles. In the young medusa there are four simple,
unbranched, oral tentacles terminating in a cluster of
nematocysts. Each tentacle branches near the extremity
and each branch terminates with a cluster of nematocysts.
Next the lateral clusters appear, one on each side of the
original tentacle. Then arises a cluster midway between
the bases of the four tentacles, and finally, a cluster
between the branches at the end of the tentacle.

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 401

The Port Erin specimens with 5 perradial and 8 inter-
radial tentacles in each group, are very much like the
American species except that the oral tentacles have fewer
groups of nematocysts. The other groups of nematocysts
may have yet to appear, if so, there will be no reason for
separating the English and American species. It is best
however, for the present, to keep them apart until more
is known about the English species. On my arrival at
the Plymouth Laboratory in September, 1893, I found
that Mr. Garstang had also been collecting specimens of
LizzicL octopunctata , Forbes, during March and April in
the Sound. He believes that Bathkea octojjunctata and
Margellmm octopunctatum are the same species, and has
recently published his notes [11) which show the develop-
ment of the marginal tentacles. In the museum of the
Marine Biological Association at Plymouth there are
two dozen specimens of Margellmm octopunctatum col-
lected by Mr. Garstang, all the specimens, except two,
have 3 tentacles in all the groups. The two exceptions
have their tentacles arranged thus :

Perradial 3333 3222.

Interradial 2323 3111.
As none of Garstang' s specimens have more than three
tentacles in each group, he regards M. octopunctatum as
an early stage of Bathkea octopunctata, and the former
name is done away with. But the specimens taken at
Port Erin show that a further increase does take place in
the perradial tentacles, and that there are more perradial
tentacles than interradial, which is the characteristic
feature of the genus Margellmm. Therefore I retain the
name of the genus Margellium.

On Feb. 24th, 1894, I received from Mr. Garstang
seven specimens, alive, of the early stages of Margellium

404 TEANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in Port Erin Bay in August, 1885. This species has been
recorded in nearly every Hst of British medusae. Up to
this time I have not met with a single living specimen of
this common medusa. Every specimen taken, which
has any resemblance to description and figure of this
species, possesses marginal vesicles between the tentacles.
Hseckel has placed T. hemispha erica, Miiller, among the
Thaumantidse, a family which is characterised by the
absence of marginal vesicles between the tentacles.

I may here say that specimens preserved in spirit are
not to be relied upon for the absence of marginal vesicles.
The otolith usually disappears and the vesicle shrivels up.

Forbes obtained specimens of T. punctata off the Isle
of Man in June, 1839. Hseckel considers this species to
be a form of T. hemisphaerica.

Laoclice cruciata, L. Agassiz {15).

Thaiiinantias pilosella, Forbes {9).

Garner [10) found this species abundantly in Douglas
Bay.

Laoclice cruciata is recorded by me in the Seventh
Annual Report (1893) of the L.M.B.C. amongst the species
taken at Port Erin. I regret to say this is an error on
my part, as the specimens have since been identified as
Mitrocomella polydiadema.

This species is widely distributed, Naples and other
places in the Mediterranean, Holland, Shetland, St.
Andrews, Plymouth, Falmouth.

Laoclice calcarata, L. Agassiz {2).
Lafoea calcarata, (A. Agassiz 1).

On May 5th, 1894, I took in Port Erin Bay a single
specimen of a medusa which I believe to be an early stage
of Laodice calcarata, an American medusa which so far

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 405

as I know has not been recorded for Europe. A. Agassiz
gives an excellent description of the life-history of this
species and also a description of its hydroid.

Umbrella flatly-arched, about twice as broad as long,
stomach flat ; mouth with crenate lips. Four radial canals.
The gonads extend nearly along the whole length of the
canals, starting from stomach and reaching nearly to the
margin, forming in the adult specimens a folded band.
On the margin of the umbrella 100 to 200 tentacles.
Between these tentacles there are short filiform cirri, and
also club-shaped cirri. No marginal vesicles. In the
basal bulb of the large tentacles there is a black ocellus.
The largest specimens are about an inch in diameter.
Umbrella and tentacles colourless. Ovaries yellowish.
The Port Erin specimen is only 5 mm. in diameter, with
about 30 tentacles, and cirri of both shapes. It corresponds
to the description given by Agassiz. It is certainly not
Laodice cruciata.

Agassiz obtained his specimens in Buzzard Bay, North
America, 1861.

Melicertidium octocostatum, (Sars 15).

Stomoh'achium octocostatum, Forbes (9).

Two specimens taken at Port Erin on May 27th, and
one on June 2nd, 1893. Forbes describes the tentacles as
being uniform, but Ehrenberg and Eomanes (19) have
seen a small tentacle between two large ones. The Port
Erin specimens have also one small tentacle, sometimes
two, between every pair of large tentacles.

This species may easily be identified by the eight radial
canals.

Distribution. — Norway, Cromarty Firth, Ireland (N.
\V. Coast), Bute, Arran, St. Andrews.

406 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family Eucopid^.

Clytia johnstoni, Alder {16).

Several colonies of the hydroid stage were dredged off
Port Erin on March 24th, 1894. They were placed in a
vessel of sea-water, and for many days medusae w^ere
budded off in large numbers. The young medusa corres-
ponds exactly to the description and figure given by
Hincks. I tried to rear the medusae, but failed to get
them to live beyond a few days. I also obtained a few
specimens with the tow-net in the bay at the end of
March. One specimen taken on March 25th had a single
adradial tentacle-bulb, and the interradial tentacle- bulbs
showed signs of budding out tentacles.

Eiicope octona, (Forbes 15).

Thaumantias octona, Forbes {9).

Clubb {7) records this species as fairly common off Port
Erin, August, 1885.

Distribution. — St. Andrews, Cornwall, Oban, Arran,
Tarbert (Loch Fyne).

Ohelia lucifera, (Forbes 15).

Thau7nantias lucifera, Forbes [9).

I have taken specimens in Port Erin Bay during August,
1892 ; May, 1893 ; and April, 1894. Professor Herdman
obtained specimens off Port Erin in August, 1885.

Distribution. — Heligoland, Shetland, St. Andrews, Dart-
mouth, Plymouth, Lizard Point, Hebrides.

Tiaropsis muUicirrata, (Sars 15).

Thaumantias melanops, Forbes {9).

Three specimens taken in Port Erin Bay on May 6th,
1893. The largest 7 mm. in diameter, with about 180
tentacles. 8 marginal vesicles, with a black ocellus at the
base of each.

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 407

At the end of March, 1894, I took with the tow-net
some early stages. One specimen taken on March 30th.
Umbrella bell-shaped, about f mm. long. 24 tentacles —
6 in each segment. 8 adradial marginal vesicles, each
containing 3 otoliths. Tentacle-bulbs of a brownish
colour. Another specimen taken on March 31st about 30
tentacles present. A black ocellus at the base of each
marginal vesicle. A specimen taken on April 18th with
80 tentacles.

Distribution. — Norway, Heligoland, Shetland, St.
Andrews, Cromarty Firth.

Epenthesis cijmhaloidea, (Slabber 15).
Thaumantias thompsoni, Forbes {9).

Clubb {7) records that this species was obtained in
fairly large numbers, during August, 1885, off Port Erin.

Distribution. — France, Holland, Cornwall, Roundstone
(Ireland) .

Miti'ocomella polydiadema, (Romanes 15).
Tiaropsis polydiademata, Romanes {18).

Romanes first gave a correct description of this medusa
from specimens taken in Cromarty Firth in 1875 ; and it
has not been since recorded. Romanes describes the
species as follows : — The umbrella resembles a deeply
shaped bowl. Manubrium so small as to be almost
invisible. Tentacles 45 in number and arranged in two
series, in one of which the tentacles are long and in the
other short. Four radial canals. Sixteen marginal
vesicles, 4 in each quadrant, and each contains about 30
otoliths. The medusa is brilliantly luminous when stim-
ulated, the light being confined to a narrow and continuous
line round the margin of the umbrella. The manubrium,
radial canals, ovaries and tentacles of a rich rose colour.
Umbrella about 1 inch in diameter.

408 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOCtICAL SOCIETY.

During May, 1893, I captured many specimens in Port
Erin Bay. On May 30th many dozens were left by the
tide upon the sandy beach, and amongst the weeds in the
rock pools. The largest specimens were about 30 mm. in
diameter.

At the end of April, 1894, 1 obtained specimens of some
early stages. The smallest measured 4 mm. long and 4^
mm. wide. Umbrella bell-shaped. Sixteen large tentacles,
4 in each quadrant, and between every two of them either
3 or 4 smaller tentacles. Sixteen marginal vesicles, some
with otoliths arranged in two rows, others with scattered
otoliths. The gonads just commencing to develop along
the radial canals. When the gonads are ripe, the genital
band is folded.

Another specimen 12 mm. wide and 8 mm. long.
Umbrella globular. Manubrium very short ; mouth with
four lips. The genital band folded along the radial canals.
Sixteen marginal vesicles, each with 15 — 20 otoliths
arranged in two rows, the largest being in the centre.
About 35 large tentacles and from 3 to 6 smaller tentacles
between every two large ones. The large tentacles when
fully expanded are about twice the length of the umbrella.
Mouth and tentacle-bulbs of a purplish colour. Genital
bands yellowish brown, sometimes purple.

This medusa may be distinguished by the presence of
16 marginal vesicles, which are usually hidden by the
small tentacles.

Phialidium variahile, Hseckel (16).

At the beginning of May, 1894, 1 captured two specimens
of a medusa which 1 believe to be Phialidium variahile.
The first taken on May 5th. Umbrella bell-shaped, 10
mm. long and 13 mm. wide. 29 tentacles, eight in three
of the quadrants and five in the other. Two or three mar-

I

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. ' 409

ginal vesicles between every two tentacles, with a single
otolith in each. Stomach very short, and mouth with
four lips. Eeproductive organs occupying the lower half
of the four radial canals, and slightly folded into a longi-
tudinal wavy line. Tentacle-bulbs and reproductive
organs yellowish brown.

The second specimen taken on May 9th. Umbrella 11
mm. long and 21 mm. wide. 38 tentacles, ten in three
of the quadrants, and eight in the other. Two or three
marginal vesicles between every two tentacles with a
single otolith in each. Reproductive organs occupying
the lower half of the radial canals. Tentacle-bulbs and
reproductive organs yellowish brown.

On May 19th, 1893, I took a medusa in Port Erin Bay
which I also believe to be Fliialidium variahile. Um-
brella about 9 mm. long and 12 mm. wide. 32 tentacles,
nine in two of the quadrants, and seven in the other two,
a single marginal vesicle between every two tentacles,
with a single otolith in each. Eeproductive organs
occupying the lower half of the four radial canals, long
and oval in shape, and of pale greenish colour. Tentacle-
bulbs yellowish. This medusa corresponds with Forbes' s
description and figure of Thaumantias inconspicua which
appears to be a somewhat earlier stage, about 18 mm. in
width, 16 — 20 tentacles and between each pair " a rudi-
mentary marginal tubercle" (marginal vesicle). Ovaries
long and linear, and of a faint lilac or greenish hue,
occupying more than half the length of each radial canal.
Tentacle-bulbs yellowish. Haeckel, however, regards
Thaumantias inconspicua, Forbes, as a stage of Thauman-
tias hemisphcerica, Eschscholtz (= T. hemisphcerica,
Forbes). Hseckel has placed T. hemisphcerica amongst
the Thaumantidce a family distinguished by the absence
of marginal vesicles. M'Intosh {17) appears to regard

-OO THiy^CTTOX^ UTEKPOOL BKOXNHCAI. 90CIKTT.

T, uMPWfMMr^ Fcii>cs. &s :& Twetx of Phialidimm mttm-
Wf. miadi was abcLDa&zii iii St, Andieirs in Jnne. 1889.
Xi3De esoe^^ked a qiSAzter of an inch in dbmeter, and all

I

wrScii 'K'is i: '^zod by Mr. L C . llKanpson, <^ Penmaenmft wr.
iXL Jidr. ISS^ IT«»fa»l oGoadeis J. eomcaui to be identical
•wi^ Fiimiidimm iwiia^^w-

6xsL described this TT>tf^iig«- izom ^i. \
r. l^ia In ld93 I loc* an adoh spe
Ftvmgqsth- It is a tare mfdnsa and has :.
ifiOQE&ed fronn other localities.

mi»:ri:i i- ii-ii- __ - _ :_

IkTc IC Xlfc r&Z-Su. SJiZLii^- fiuilZl^ II-

Oi, liiKr ^-^x-^^-^^ of nmi^eiia tl

:!al, about 7 mm.

im is Terr long.
The gonads
3f peduncle.

rlT ItHlg

"'' ex-

Abmt 30 bolbe aiie ako e-.
eacii vitli a pair of eirrL
eacii with 2 — ^5 :

Ei.

An cadf sla^ of tiik medn^

hst^ yeaaaaal teniades, ^Ewr intenadi^^
diali«fii&. A foir of etrri at the base c^

-_l^a IS

Peat Erin
r. Four
:dit adrar-

i

Smfh^muL mirahiiis^ (Wn^sdat Lyj,

Fk^ takm bj Stuetibc x in Ih^ near QaeeDB-

^2SBaiLi£aL aaacsn -ifc

.ȣ[:

a=

yTT«i. vat

— HL ZC"^

iw stcni^.

_ -.IIlt=SIS3

>^3iazmi0i

^t^ji'^ireUi^ iiifmnujt.^zs.

410 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

T. ijiconspicua, Forbes, as a variety of Fhialidium varia-
hile, which was abundant at St. Andrews in June, 1889.
None exceeded a quarter of an inch in diameter, and all
were immature.

Clubb {7) records Thaumantias convexa, Forbes {9)
which was found by Mr. I. C. Thompson, off Penmaenmawr,
in July, 1885. Hseckel considers T. convexa to be identical
with Fhialidium variabile.

Eutima insignis, (Keferstein 15).

Keferstein first described this medusa from St. Vaast,
Normandy, 1862. In 1893 I took an adult specimen at
Plymouth. It is a rare medusa and has not been
recorded from other localities.

In the adult the umbrella is hemispherical, about 7 mm.
wide and 3^ mm. high. The manubrium is very long,
about 9 mm. Mouth with four large lips. The gonads
are on the radial canals, along the lower half of peduncle.
On the margin of umbrella there are four very long
perradial tentacles, about 20 mm. long when fully ex-
panded. At the base of each tentacle there is a pair of
cirri. About 30 bulbs are also evenly distributed upon the
margin, each with a pair of cirri. Eight adradial mar-
ginal vesicles, each with 2 — 5 otoliths. The medusa is
perfectly colourless.

An early stage of this medusa was taken in Port Erin
Bay, 1893. Umbrella about IJ mm. in diameter. Four
large perradial tentacles, four interradial and eight adra-
dial bulbs. A pair of cirri at the base of each tentacle and
bulb.

Saphenia mirahilis, (Wright 15).

First taken by Strethill Wright in 1858 near Queens-
ferry, Firth of Forth.

L.M.B.C. MEDUSA. 411

The umbrella of an adult specimen is about one inch
in diameter. Two large, colourless tentacles on the
margin of the umbrella, when fully expanded about 2 J
inches long, and also about 100 small bulbs each with
two minute cirri, armed with nematocysts. Eight mar-
ginal vesicles, each with four otoliths. The stomach is
on a peduncle about Ij inches long. Four radial canals.
At Port Erin in 1893, I captured 3 specimens of the early
stages. One specimen about 1 mm. in diameter. Two
long opposite perradial tentacles. Two perradial, four
interradial, and four adradial bulbs, all with a pair of
cirri. The two other specimens slightly larger, with a
few more bulbs.

Distribution. — Queensferry, Plj^mouth.

SCYPHOMEDUS/E.

Order STAUEOMEDUS^.
Family Tesserid^.

Depastrum cyatliiforme, (Sars 19).

Beaumont {5) found this species at Port Erin, in 1892,
and at Poyllvaaish, in 1893. It is fairly abundant in both
localities, attached to the under surface of stones near
the Laminarian zone.

Beaumont believes that CardueUa cyathiformis, Allman,
Bepastrum cyatliiforme, Gosse, and Lucernaria cyathi-
formis, Sars are one and the same species.

Hseckel places Garduella cyathiformis in another genus,
as a synonym of Depastrella allnvani, Hseckel.

Family Lucernarid^.

Haliclystiis auricula (Eathke).

A specimen taken by M. Chopin, in 1891, near Port
St. Mary. Mr. Beaumont has seen this specimen and

414 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

11. Garstang, W., 1894; Journal Mar. Biol. Association,

Plymouth. Vol. III., p. 213.

12. Gosse, P. H., 1853; ''Devonshire Coast."

13. Green, J. E., 1857 ; Nat. Hist. Eev. Vol. IV., p. 242.

14. Haddon, A. C, 1885; Fauna of Dublin Bay. Proc.

Koy. Irish Acad., Ser. 2. Vol. IV., p. 523.

15. Hseckel, E., 1879; " System der Medusen."

16. Hincks, T., 1868; '' British Hydroid Zoophytes."

17. M'Intosh, W. C, 1890; Notes from St. Andrews

Laboratory. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol-
v., p. 296.

18. Komanes, G. J., 1876; Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.

Vol. XIL, p. 524. Vol. XIIL, p. 190, pi. XV— XVI.

19. Sars, M., 1846; Fauna Littoral. Norveg., Tom. I.

20. Sars, 1877; Fauna Littoral. Norveg., Tom. III.

21. Steenstrup, 1845; "Alternations of Generations,"

Kay Soc.

22. Wright, T. S., 1858; Proc. Koy. Physical Soc, Edin.

Vol. L, p. 447.

415

[work from the port ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION.]

EEVISION of the AMPHIPODA of the L.M.B.C.

DISTEICT.

By Alfred O. Walker, F.L.S.

With Plates XVIII. and XIX.

[Read April 5th, 1895.]

The completion of that portion of Prof. G. 0. Sars*
invaluable work on the Crustacea of Norway which
deals with the Amphipoda, has enabled me to name our
collection in accordance w^ith it, and at the same time to
correct a good many errors that had occurred in our
former lists. As Prof. Sars' work is likely to be the
standard for many years I have throughout adopted his
nomenclature for species described by him and would
refer any student of this class to it for descriptions. In
the case of species not described by him I have given
references to the best descriptions with which I am
acquainted. If I have occasionally ventured to differ as
to the validity of species with Prof. Sars I do so with the
full conviction that his knowledge of the Amphipoda is so
vastly greater than mine that in all probability he will prove
to be right. Many of these differences of opinion depend
upon the solution of the very difficult question whether
the Amphipoda, or some species of them, can become
sexually mature before they are full-grown. My own
opinion is that they can, and in support of this view I
have given various instances below of small females with
ova. If this be proved (and it can only be done by rearing
them through successive stages in aquaria — a difficult and
generally impossible process) it will enormously increase

416 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the difficulty of defining species, but it ought to be
attempted at the Port Erin Biological Station. It might
probably be tried with success on Bathyporeia pilosa,
Lindstrom, (the form called B. pelagica, Bate, by Sars),
which is common in the harbour and appears to remain
in shallow water. If young specimens were kept in small
aquaria with sand at the bottom it would be seen what
changes they undergo. Very small females with ova were
dredged by Mr. I. C. Thompson, in June, in the harbour
and, if again taken, would form good subjects for the
experiment.

With regard to the new species described, the first,
Nannonyx spinimanus, is not only very distinct from the
only other species {N. goesii) but might be thought to
require a new genus. It agrees, however, so well with
the rather peculiar external characteristics of Nannonyx —
a genus so distinct that the points on which my species
differs might well be omitted and yet leave the definition
quite satisfactory — that I have preferred to include it, at
the same time pointing out the differences. On the other
hand AmpthilocJms melanops and PJiotis pollex are so
near to other species that were geographical sub-species
permissible, I should have preferred to rank them as such.

I have given the lengths of the largest specimen of each
species in my possession for comparison with those of
other localities — the length including the uropods but not
the antennae. These measurements must, however, be
taken for what they are worth as it is impossible to be
certain that the specimens have reached their full size.

The specimens in the list have all been taken by dredg-
ing except where otherwise stated. The initials to some
of the species mean that the specimen was collected by
the gentlemen indicated, as follows :

W. A. H., Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.K.S.

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 417

I. C. T., Mr. Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S.

F. A., The late Frank Archer, Esq.

The spechnens from Galley Head, which is in the Irish
Channel but not in the L.M.B.C. district, were taken by
Mr. K. L. Ascroft in trawl refuse or in a tow-net attached
to the trawl beam.

Of the species recorded the following are new to science,
viz., Nannonijx spinimanus, AmpJdlochus melanops, Plio-
tis poUex, and Podocerus herdmani (P. odontonijx, Sars).
The following are, or were when I first published them,
new to the British Fauna : Orchomenella ciliata, Nan-
nonyx goesii, Harpinia IcBvis, H. crewulata, Metopa
hruzelii, M. pusilla, Paratijlus falcatus, P. iincinatus,
Gammaropsis nana, Ischyrocerus minutus, and Siplion-
oecetes colletti ; the last, however, has probably been
recorded as S. typicus, Kroyer which Sars considers to
be distinct.

It must be understood that the present list supersedes
all previous records of Amphipoda in the L.M.B.C. Keports
both as to species and localities.

In the notes on the species I make use of the following
abbreviations : —

ace. app. = Accessory appendage of upper antennae ;
a?i^.^=^ upper or first antennae; a^^^.^ = lower or second
antennae ; carp. = carpus, wrist, fourth joint ; dact. = dacty-
lus, finger, sixth and last joint; ^/?. = flagellum of ant.;
G^i.^=^ first gnathopods, first pair of feet; G?i'.2 = second
gnathopods, second pair of feet; iUc^Z. = Mandible ; Max.^
= first maxillae ; Max.^ = second maxillae ; Mxps. = maxil-
lipedes ; ped. = peduncle ; per. = peraeon, mesosome ;
_prj9.^~'^=-- first to fifth peraeopods, third to seventh pairs of
feet; _p/. =pleon, metasome ; ^ro^.=propodos, hand, fifth
joint ; post. = posterior ; seg. = segment ; t. = telson ; ■up.^~'^
= first to third pair of uropods.

418 transactions liverpool biological society.

Hyperiid^.

Hyperia gaiha (Montagu).

Females common in the bell of BJiizostoma pulmo
throughout the district : males rather scarce. Mr. E.
Newstead who collected some large ovigerous females
from lobster pots at Bull Bay, Anglesea, says that the
large eyes were very luminous. Length 10 mm.

Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate, 1868) = ff. hvyeri, Boval-
Hus, 1885.

One young male in a tow-net attached to a buoy at
Puffin Island. An examination of the remains of the
specimens labelled as above in Sp. Bate's Collection, at
Plymouth, has satisfied me of the identity of the above
two species which were separated by Bovallius.* Bate's
name of course should have priority. Length 3 mm.
[Parathemisto ohlivia (Kroyer).

A few taken in a tow-net attached to a trawl beam by
Mr. K. L. Ascroft, off Galley Head, Co. Cork. Length
5 mm.]

Orchestiid^.

Talitrus locusta (Pallas).

Abundant under drift-weed about high water mark, at
Colwyn Bay. Length 18 mm.

Orchestia littorea (Mont.)^=0. gammareUus? (Pallas).

Under stones above high water mark. Tal y Cafn,
Conway River; Burton Eock, Dee; Flesh wick Bay and
Port Erin, Isle of Man ; at the latter place it is very
abundant and sometimes invades the laboratory in great
numbers. One specimen taken at dead low water at
Colwyn Bay. Length 18 mm.

Hyale nilssonil (Eathke).

Among stones and alga? on shore at Hilbre Island,

•Monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea, pt. II., p. 115.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 419

Puffin Island, Porthwen Bay, Angiesea, and Port St.
Mary. One young 10 to 17 m. N.W. of Mersey Bar 10 to
14 fath. 27/9/90 (I. C. T.). Length 5 mm.

Lysianassid^.

Lysianax longicornis (Lucas) =jL. ceratinus* Walker.

Little Orme ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits ; 5 to 12
fath. I have never taken a male with fully developed
lower antennae. An old female taken off the Little Orme
had these organs rudimentary and the eyes imperfectly
developed. Colour dull yellow, eyes large, dark. Length
9 mm.

Socarnes erythropktJiahnus, Bobertson.f

Port Erin 15 to 20 fath., 24/3/94; Menai Bridges 5 to
7 f. Common April and May, 1894. Length 4J mm.

Perrierella audouiniana (Bate) = Lysianax auclouiniana,
Bate.

22 m. S.E. Isle of Man, 21/5/88, 30 fath. on sponge;
on Pecten maximus, 1/4/93 (I. C. T.) ; Menai Bridges,
2/4/94, 5 to 12 f. rocky ground ; off Fleshwick Bay, 8/7/94,
broken shells and gravel, Pectens, &c., 22 f. Having
succeeded in cleaning the type specimen, in Bate's
Collection at the British Museum, I have no hesitation
in saying that it is this species. I Length 2\ mm.

Gallisoma crenata, Bate.

7 m. W. of Bradda Head, 31 f., 25/4/95. One female.
[One male Avith adult antennae, length 4 mm., from trawl
off Galley Head, Co. Cork, 24/10/94 (E. L. A.)] . Length
4 mm.

Hippomedon denticidatus (Bate).

* Fauna of Liverpool Bay, Vol. II. Third Report on Higher Crustacea.

t Second List of Amphipoda and Isopoda of the Firtli of Clyde, &c.
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc, Glasgow, Vol. III., p. 200, 1892; also Bonnier,
Bull. Sci. de France, Vol. XXIV., p. 183, PI. VI.

+ Bonnier, I.e., p. 181, PI. V,

420 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Port Erin, electric light, 20/5/88. One young. [Galley
Head, one adult male. Length 14 mm.]

Orchomenella ciliata, Sars = Trypliosa ciliata, Sars.

Between Isle of Man and Liverpool, 30 fath. ; Puffin
Island, 15 f. ; Colwyn Bay, 2J f-, 1/2/90; off Port Erin,
15 to 20 f., 24/3/94. [Galley Head, one male. Length
Sj mm. J

Nannomjx goesii (Boeck) = Orchomene goesii, Boeck.

Puffin Island, low water spring tide, 8/8/88. Length
2 J mm.

N. spinimanus, n.sp.* (PI. XVIII. , figs. 1 — 11).

Menai Bridges, 2/4/94 and 31/5/94, rocky bottom,
5 to 8 f.

This species falls into the genus Nannomjx, G. 0. Sars,
except as to the maxillae, maxillipedes, gnathopoda and
pereiopoda. In these there are more or less important
differences but not sufficient in my opinion to constitute
a new genus.

Body short and thick. Head as long as first segment
of per. lateral angles produced and rounded. Anterior
coxal plates about as deep as the body, angles rounded.
Third pi. seg. with hind margin straight, serrate, hinder
angle rather acute with the point blunt ; fourth seg. with
a prominent rounded hump, fifth very short.

Ant.^ with first joint of ped. longer than the two next, fl.
seven-jointed, the first as long as the remaining six,
second short and wide, ace. app. four-jointed the first
longer than the remaining three and as long as first joint
of fl. which is very hairy.

Ant.^ slender, fl. in both sexes five-jointed and shorter
than ped.

* Walker, A. 0., Rep. on Marine Zool. of Irish Sea, Brit. Ass., 1894,
p. 327.

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 421

Mandibles long ; cutting edge longer than in N. goesii,
yellow and strongly refractive.

Max.^ with outer lobe much longer and broader than
inner which has two setce at the tip.

Max.^ with the inner lobe twice as wide as the outer.

Mxp. with the base moderate sized, not setose ; the
masticatory lobe large and armed with strong triangular
tooth-like spines at the tip and nearly half way down the
inner side, reaching to the middle of the second joint of
the palp ; basal lobe narrow and only half as long as the
masticatory ; palp with third joint longer than first or
second, last joint of the usual claw form. Eyes very large,
oval, dark brown.

Gn.i Strong, first joint nearly as long as last three ;
carp, more than half the length of prop. ; prop, in male
tapering to base of dact., armed with five or six short
stout spines along the hinder margin ; the female has the
margins almost parallel, the postero-distal extremity
rounded and provided with three spines placed close
together, not setose ; dact. rather short with three spinules
close together in the middle of the hind margin.

Gn.2 Prop, subchelate, rather shorter and nearly as
wide as carp.

Prp. First and second with first joint about the same
width as third (merus) which is longer than fourth, and
about the same length as fifth ; the last three prp. increase
in length successively but slightly ; first joints dilated,
hind margins entire ; the third joint in third and fourth
prp. is wider and more produced posteriorly than in the
fifth ; dact. of moderate size.

Up. First and second with rami shorter than ped.
spinous ; third with inner ramus much shorter than
outer, styliform ; in the male the outer is rather shorter
than the ped. and furnished at the tip with a tuft of long

422 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

plumose setae ; in the female the outer is about half as
long as the ped. very stout and with two short spines
near the base of the nail, the inner ovate with two or
three minute spinules at the tip and one spine lower down.

Telson erect, convex, as broad as long, distally rounded
with two spines on the outer margin, and a setule behind
each. Colour brown. Length 4 J mm. Easily distin-
guished from N. goesii by the longer, more rectangular,
glabrous and spinous prop, of first gnathopoda and by the
smaller coxal plates of the per. Four specimens were
taken in the deep holes near the Menai Bridges on a very
rocky bottom.

TrypJiosa nana (Kroyer) =- T. Jwrringii, in third Eeport
on Higher Crust.

Puffin Island, 10 to 15 f., 24/3/88; Menai Bridges,
31/5/94. Length 4 mm.

Tryphosa hdrringii, Boeck.

Bull Bay, Anglesea, '' from ambulacral grooves of
common Starfish" (F. A.).
[Tryphosites longipes (Bate).

Galley Head, two males. Length 14 mm.]

Hoplonyx similis, Sars.

Laxey Bay, 8 fathoms, 24/9/92, one sp. The red eyes
lost their colour in a mixture of meth. spirit, glycerine,
and water in a few days, becoming very pale yellow.
Length 10 mm.

[Lepidepecrenm carinatum, Bate.

Galley Head, two males, 7 mm.]

Euonyx chelatns, Norman.

Puffin Island, off the lighthouse ; between Holyhead
and Isle of IVIan, 50 f. on Echinus sphcEra "lOjlim ; 10 to
17 m. N.W. of IMersey Bar on Echinus 27/9/90; Length
8 mm.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 423

PONTOPOREIID^.

Batliyporeia norvegica, Sars.

Llanfairfecban, dug out of sand between tide marks
1/9/83 ; Port Erin, electric light ; Colwyn Bay ; off Gar-
wick Head, Isle of Man 24/9/92. Length 8^ mm. A
small one from the same locality measuring 4J mm. had
the characteristic acute and up-turned post, angle of the
third pleon seg.

Bathyporeia pelagica, Bate = B.pilosa, Lind., inRep. III.

Port Erin Harbour, abundant ; Colwyn Bay ; Llanfair-
fecban; Menai Straits. Length of ovigerous females from
2 mm. to 42" mm. Males with fully developed antennae
from 3 mm. to 4 J mm. from the same locality.

This is the commonest form of what with all deference
to Prof. Sars' superior knowledge I cannot but consider
with Mr. Stebbing to be but one species, viz., B. pilosa,
Lindstrom. The differences that Sars indicates between
B. pelagica, B. robertsonii, B. gracilis and B. pilosa
depending mainly on the colour of the eyes and the
presence or absence of the small spines on the first urus-
segment appear to me insufficient for specific distinction.
I have known the red eyes of B. pelagica turn white in
some specimens (and not in others) after two days in weak
spirit and glycerine while in other specimens they become
dark. The eyes of the specimen marked B. pelagica in the
Sp. Bate Collection in the British Museum are large and
dark — this is an adult male. In the same collection are
eleven specimens in one tube marked B. pilosa (Lind.)
some of which have, and others have not the spines on
the first urus-segment. One large female has a rudimen-
tary tooth on the lower margin of the third pleon segment.
B. pelagica {pi pilosa) becomes sexually mature at a very
early period, specimens only two mm. long containing one
to three ova having been dredged by I. C. Thompson on
June 19, 1892.

424 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hailstorms arenarms (Slabber).

Llanfairfechan, shore ; Colwyn Bay, shore 31/7/90.
Length 8 mm.

Urothoe hrevicornis, Bate.

Llanfairfechan, shore, Sept., 1883. Dug out of sand
between tide marks. Length 6 mm.

Urothoe elegans, Bate= TJ. marinus, Kep. III., p. 205.

Puffin Island (I. C. T.) ; Menai Straits between Beau-
maris and Garth 5 to 10 f., 16/5/91 and 17/9/94; Little
Orme 4 to 7 fathoms, 14/9/94 ; length 3|- mm. The above^
two species are very difficult to separate and it is possible
that the latter is only the young of the former. Mr.
Stebbing has treated the genus exhaustively in Trans.
Zool. Soc. (London), Vol. XIIL, part 1, 1891, Pis. I— lY.

UrotJioe marinus, Bate.

2 miles S.E. of Kitterland 17 f., 27/5/94.

Several specimens including adult male and female :
these have been examined by Mr. Stebbing who considers
them to be this species. Length 5 mm.

Phoxocephalid^ .
Phoxocephalus fidtoni, T. Scott, (see Eighth Ann. Eep.
of "Fishery Board, Scot., 1890, p. 327, Pis. XII., and
XIIL, for female and young male; and Kobertson,
D., second list of Amphipoda, &c., of Firth of Clyde,
for adult male) = P. chelatus Delia Valle, Gammarini
of the Gulf of Naples.
Port Erin, electric light, 1888 and dredged 15 to 20 f.,
24/3/94 ; Menai Bridges 5 to 12 f., 30/5/94 ; length 2^ mm.
I have also taken it off Jersey and Guernsey. The large
eyes would seem to place this species in Paraphoxus, Sars,
but the gnathopoda are distinctly unequal.
Paraphoxus ocidatus, Sars.
7 miles W. of Bradda Head 31 f., 25/4/95, one specimen,

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 425

Harpinia neglecta, Sars = il. i^lumosa (Kr.), in Kep. III.

Between Isle of Man and Mersey Bar, 10 to 20 f.,
3/9/87 ; Colwyn Bay, 2^ f. ; Menai Straits, 16/5/91 ; 5 m.
W. of Dalby, Isle of Man, 30 f. sandy mud, 8/7/94.
Length 3|- mm.

None of the specimens had the pleon hairy as described
by Sars, and as the character of the post antennal angle
is very difficult to see I have great hesitation in deter-
mining whether they should be referred to this species or
to H. plumosa (Kroyer). As, however, the latter appears
not to have been met with south of the Arctic circle it is
safer to call them H. neglecta.

Harpinia crenulata, Boeck.

7 m. N.W. of Bradda Head, Port Erin, 39 f., 29/1/93.
Three adults and one young. Length 2J mm.

Harpinia Icevis, Sars.

7 m. W. of Niarbyl, Isle of Man, 45 f., mud, 8/7/94.
Length 2 J mm.

AMPELISCIDiE.

Ampelisca typica, Bate=^. tenuicornis, Rep. III., 207.

Port Erin, electric hght, 21/4/89. Length 9 J mm.

Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeborg.

Port Erin ; 5 m. W. of Dalby, 30 f., sandy mud, and 6
m. W. of Contrary Head, 38 f., mud. Isle of Man, 8/7/94.
Length 9 mm.

Ampelisca hrevicornis (Costa) ;=^. IcEvigata, Lilljeborg.

Between Isle of Man and Orme's Head, 20 to 30 f.,
28/8/86; Colwyn Bay, 3 f., 24/5/87; Bull Bay; Port
Erin — electric light ; off Southport, 10 to 20 f., June '91.
Eyes crimson with a scarlet line behind them and five
black stellate spots behind that. Low^er part of head
having a scarlet cloud extending to the first epimere.
Remainder of body transparent white with scattered black
stellate spots. Length 13 ram.

426 TEANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ampelisca sjpinipes, Boeck — A . tenuicornis, Rep. III. , 207.

Throughout the L.M.B.C. district in 20 to 50 fath.
Length 17 mm. This is the commonest species in the dis-
trict, the preceding one being the next commonest. I have
httle doubt that the species figured as ^4. gaiinardii (Kr.) in
the British Sess.-eyed Crust, is this species and not as Sars
supposes, A. typica (Bate). I have examined Bate's speci-
men, in the British Museum, and find both it and the figure
to confirm this view. The relative proportions of the upper
and lower antennae which are correctly drawn, are alone
sufficient to show that it cannot be A. hjpica.

Ampelisca macrocephala, Lilljeborg.

Port Erin, Aug., 1893 (W. A. H.). Length 10 mm.
Resembles A. brevicornis in the form of the hind margin
of the third pleon segment, but may be distinguished most
readily by the greater length of the upper antennae, and
by a long spine near the tip of the outer ramus of the
second uropods.

Haploops tuhicola, Lillje.

One specimen between Isle of Man and Orme's Head,
20 to 30 f., 28/8/86. Length 8 mm.

Amphilochid^.

Amphilochus manudens, Bate.

Little Orme, Aug. and Sept., '89; Gt. Orme, 8 f.,
1/4/90 ; Puffin Island ; Menai Bridge, 5 to 12 f., April and
May, '94; 2 m. S.E. of Kitterland, Isle of Man, 17 f.,
27/5/94. Colour generally brownish, sometimes almost
black ; one specimen from Gt. Orme bright scarlet. Eyes
red, rather small. Length Ih; mm.

Amphilochus melanops, n.sp.* (PI. XVIII. , fig. 12; PI.
XIX., figs. 13—15).

Little Orme, 5 to 7 f. ; Menai Straits near Beaumaris,
5 to 10 f., 17/9/94.

* Walker, Rep. on Mar. Zool. of Irish Sea, Brit. Assn., 1893, p. 535.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 427

Head mucli curved, about as long as the two first per.
segs., lateral angle rounded. Eye round with large dark
brown centre. First coxal plate small oval, second
rounded at lower margin, which is minutely crenate ;
third less deeply crenate ; fourth and fifth entire or
smooth ; per. segs. increasing successively in length, the
last equal to the first pi. seg. PL segs. all somewhat
produced but rounded at the post, angle. Ant.^ in female
shorter than ant.^, fl. 7 — 8 jointed as long as ped. ; ant.^
with last joint of ped. longer than preceding, a small tooth
on the lower margin of the distal end of second and third
joints; fl. slender 7 — 8 jointed shorter than ped.

Gn.^ much smaller than gn.'^, first joint as long as the
next four combined, merus and carp, having the ends
truncate and setose the carp, prolonged to half the length
of the post, margin of the prop., anterior margin of prop,
slightly convex and not produced into a tooth. Dact.
serrate on the proximal two-thirds of its length the
serration- ending in a secondary tooth.

Gn.* of the same general form as gn.^ but the carpal
process reaches almost to the post, angle of the palm ;
the anterior margin of the prop, is slightly concave.

Prps. There is nothing distinctive about these.

Up. First " aeque-attinent," {i.e., reaching as far back)
as the third, extremity of longest ramus of up.^ not quite
reaching to the end of ped. of up. 2. It is rare to find a
specimen which has not lost its third uropods.

Telson concave forming a triangle of which the sides
are little longer than the base reaching about one-third of
the length of the ped. of up.^

This species is undoubtedly very near both to A.
marionis, Stebbing ("Challenger" Amphipoda, 1888), and
to A. hrunneus, Delia Valle (Gammarini, Fauna des
Golfes V. Neapel, 1894). From the former it differs in its

428 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

conspicuously large and dark eyes and in the less convex
palm and greater relative length of the prop, of the
gnathopods. From the latter the principal difference is
in the much shorter telson. The eyes also differentiate
it at once from A. tenuwianus, Boeck, and from A.
7nanudens, (Bate), with which I have found it associated.
From this species it is also distinguished by the rounded
lateral angle of the head, and by (as also from A. oculatus,
Hansen) the absence of the distal tooth on the anterior
margin of the prop, of the gnathopods. Males of this
species are scarce. Colour brown. Length 2J mm.

Amphiloclioides odontonyx (Boeck).

8 m. W. of Flesh wick Bay, 33 f., 5/6/92. Length 2 mm.

Gitana sarsii, Boeck.

Little Orme; Menai Straits, 5 to 10 f., 17/9/94; 8 m.
W. of Fleshwick Bay, 33 f. Length 2^ mm.

Cyproidia hrevirostris, T. and A. Scott (Ann. and Mag.
N. H., 1893, Vol. XII., p. 244, PI. XIIL).

8 m. W. of Fleshwick Bay, 33 f. Length 2 mm. Very
near C. damnoniensis (Stebbing) from which its most
obvious difference is the concave lower margin of the first
joint of the last peraeopods. In G. damnoniensis the
lower margin is convex.

SxENOTHOIDiE.

StenotJioe marina (Bate).

Common from the mouth of the Dee to Menai Straits,
2 to 15 f. ; off Fleetwood and Blackcombe. Two speci-
mens 6 m. S.E. Calf of Man, 34 f., 25/4/95. Colour white
or stained with red especially about the head. Length 4 mm.

Stenotlioe monoculoides (Montagu).

Abundant in tidal pools Port Erin, Fleshwick Bay, and
Port St. Mary, Isle of Man ; Menai Straits, April and May,
'94, 7 to 12 fath., rocky ground, common. Length 3 J mm.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 429

This species seems to prefer rocky ground while *S^. marina
is found on sand, I have not met with it E. of Menai
Straits.

Metopa alder i (Bate).

Menai Bridge, April and May, '94, 7 to 12 f. ; Turbot
Hole, Puffin Island. Colour white with red blotches on
second, third, and fourth epimeres and first joint of cor-
responding legs, also on the urus. Length 4J mm.

Metopa borealis, Sars.

Little Orme, 5 to 10 f., common ; Menai Straits ; Puffin
Island, 14 f. Colour uniform white or grey. Length
2 mm.

Metopa pusilla, Sars.

Khos Bay just below tide mark, 13/5/93 ; Menai Bridge,
7 to 12 f., 2/4/94. White, tinged with red on the back
and limbs. Length 2 mm.

Metopa rubro-vittata, Sars.

Little Orme, 4 to 7 f. ; Colwyn Bay, 2J f. ; Menai
Bridge. One specimen was beautifully and uniformly
speckled with bright red. This species is best distinguished
by the spine on the posterior margin of the propodos of
the first gnathopods. Length 2^ mm.

Metopa hruzelii (Goes).

Colwyn Bay and Little Orme, common ; off Port Erin,
24 f., 5/6/92; Port Erin harbour, Nov. '92 (I. C. T.).
Colour white with large blotches of brilliant red on front
segments and epimeres. Length 2 J mm.

Cressa dicbia (Bate).

Great and Little Ormes ; Colwyn Bay ; Menai Straits ;
10 to 17 m. N.W. of Mersey Bar; 2 m. S.E. of Kitter-
land. Isle of Man, 27/5/94, 17 fath. Colour pale yellow
clouded with red on fifth, sixth, and seventh segments of
peraeon. Length 2 mm.

430 teansactions liveepool biological society.

Lbucothoid^.

Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard) .

B.E. coast of Isle of Man, in branchial sac of Ascidia
venosa and A. mentula; off Port Erin, washed out of
Pectens (I. C. T.) ; Towyn, Anglesea, 5 f. Length 12 mm.
Generally speaking only one or two individuals are found
in each Ascidian.

Leucotlioe lilljehorgii, Boeck = ?L. imparicornis, Nor.

Off Port Erin, ''Lady Loch," 24/3/94, "washed out of
dredged material from several hauls" (I .0. T.). Length
2J mm. Of the above two species the latter (indicated by
the up-turned hinder angle of the third pleon segment and
other characters) had the upper and lower antennae of the
same length, while in the former the upper were much
longer than the lower, showing how fallacious characters
derived from the relative length of these organs are. My
specimen was doubtless immature.

^DICERID^.

Monocnlodes carinatus, Bate.

Port Erin, outside harbour, 21/8/92 (I. C. T.) [Galley
Head, 24/10/94] 7. m. W. of Bradda Head, 31 f., 25/4/95.
Length 3 mm.

Perioculodes longimanns (Bate).

Port Erin Harbour ; Colwyn Bay ; Menai Straits.
Shore to 39 fathoms, sandy ground. Eyes generally red
but sometimes dark. An abundant species where it occurs.
Length 4 mm.

Pontocrates arenarms (Bate) = P. norvegicus in Rep. II.

Ehos and Colwyn Bays ; Menai Straits ; Port Erin
Harbour, common; Garwick Head; in stomach oiAgonus,
Morecambe Bay; a female 6 mm. long, 1 m. S.E. of
Kitterland 20 f., average length of females with ova from
Port Erin Harbour 3 to 4 mm. Colour white.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 431

Sijnchelidium haplocheles (Grube, not G. 0. Sars) = 5'.
hrevicarpum, Sars.

Little Orme ; Port Erin and Kamsey Harbours at
electric light; off Port Erin, ''John Fell," 8/7/94. 22 f.
Length 3 mm. The dark markings on the body segments
is the most easily seen distinction between this species
and the precedmg.

Paramphithoid^ .

ParampJiitJwe hicuspis (Kroyer).

Dee to Menai Straits, shore to 17 f . ; between Holyhead
and Isle of Man 40 to 60 f., 20/7/89 ; Towyn, Anglesea ;
10 to 17 m. N. W. of Mersey Bar, 27/9/90. Length 12 mm.

A common species on the N. coast of Wales but not
met with hitherto on the Isle of Man coast. It is variable
in colour, generally closely freckled with brown but some-
times almost pure white. I cannot regard P. monocuspis,
Sars, as anything but the young of this species, as I
have constantly taken them together and always observed
that only the largest specimens have a dorsal tooth on the
first pleon segment and this varies in length in proportion
to the size of the specimen.

Paramphitlioe assimiUs, Sars. {Pleustes glaher, Kep.
IV., p. 241.)

Puffin Island, shore ; Great and Little Orme's Heads ;
10 to 17 m. N.W. off Mersey Bar; Calf Sound; Menai
Straits 10 to 12 f., 2/4/94; off Blackcombe. Colour green-
ish white sparingly mottled with brown. Length 5J mm.

Stenopleustes nodifer, Sars.

Little Orme and Khos Bay, 4 to 7 f., April and July,
1893 ; 7 miles W. of Bradda Head, 31 f., 25/4/95.

The " nodiform projections" in the specimens taken
were reduced to a mere emargination of the hind margin
of the two anterior segments of the pleon. The limbs

432 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and greater part of the body are speckled with dark red
of which colour there is a dark cloud on the fourth, fifth
and sixth peraeon segments. The immense reniform eyes
are very characteristic. Length 3 mm.

Epimerid^.

[Epimeria cornigera (Fabricius).

Galley Head, 24/10/94. Length 10 mm.]

Iphimediid^.

Iphimedia ohesa, Eathke.

Throughout the district 2 to 15 f. Length of large
female taken about 17 miles N.W. of Mersey Bar,
27/9/90) ; 11 mm.

IpJmnedia miniita, Sars.

Colwyn Bay, 22/1/92, &c. ; Little Orme, 14/9/94 ; Menai
Straits, 17/9/94, 10 to 12 f., abundant; Port Erin, 15 to
20 f., 24/3/94. Generally lighter coloured than I. ohesa,
sometimes almost colourless (Menai Straits). Length
5 mm.

Laphystiid^.

Laphy stilts sturionis, Kroyer.

One specimen from underneath the pectoral fin of a
Cod from Liverpool Bay (Lancashire Fisheries Labora-
tories, November, 1893). Length 8 mm.

Syrrhoidze.
Syrrhoe fimhriatics, Stebbing and Eobertson (Trans.
Zool. Soc, London. Vol. XIIL, part 1, 1891, p. 31,
PL V).
Two miles S.E. of Kitterland, Isle of Man, 17 fathoms
27/5/94 (I. C. T.) ; 7 miles W. of Bradda Head, 31 f.,
25/4/95 ; four specimens. Length of female with ova
H mm.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. OIPHirODA. 433

EUSIRID^.

Eusirus longipes, Boeck.

Off Port Erin, August, 1893 (W. A. H.) . Length 5^ mm.

Calliopiid^.

Apherusa hispinosa (Bate).

In tidal pools and shallow water throughout the district
generally abundant. Very variable in colour — sometimes
black. Length 6 mm. A small female with ova meas-
ured only Sj mm.

Apherusa jurinii (M. Edwards) = Calliopius norveglcus,
(Kathke).

Common in tidal pools throughout the district. Colour
whitish mottled with red. Length 8 mm.

Calliopius leviusculus (Kroyer).

Another common shore species. Generally greenish
white and without markings but sometimes mottled with
red. It is a question w4iether G. rathkei (Zaddach) is
not the young of this species. A large female with ova
from Colwyn Bay measures 13 mm., another only 6^ mm. ;
no doubt Sars would call this G. rathkei, which form was
common at Puffin Island in tidal pools September 9, 1888.
It differed from the commonest form of G. leviusculus in
being spotted with red.

ATYLID.E.

Paratijlus sioavwierdamii (M. Edwards).

Abundant throughout the district, shore to 20 fathoms.
Adult males and females reach 9| mm. in length but
males with the ciliated antennae characteristic of sexual
perfection and females with ova, both only 4 mm. long,
were taken in tidal pools at Colwyn Bay and in 4 to 7 f .
off the Little Orme in July, 1893. One of the small
females had young ones escaping from the incubatory
pouches,

434 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Paratylus falca tus (Metzger) .

Little Orme ; Colwyn Bay. White with a red spot on
the back of each segment except the fourth pleon. Length
5 mm.

Para%te^?icmai7^5(Sars,OversigtafNorg.Crust.,p.l02).

Eed Wharf Bay, Anglesea, 20 f., 8/6/89. This species
which has been accidentally united by Sars in his Norwe-
gian Amphipoda with the preceding, differs from it only
in not having the pleon segments furnished with dorsal
teeth. The species figured in the above work is this form
and not Metzger's. The difference does not appear to be
one of age or sex. Length about 5 mm.

Paratylus vedlomensis (Bate).

Puffin Island — low water ; Port Erin Harbour, electric
light, &c. ; 8 miles W. of Fleshwick Bay, 38 fathoms ; 3
miles W. of Calf of Man, 19 f. (Galley Head). Length
8 mm.

Dexainine spinosa (Montagu).

Common throughout the district ; shore to 10 fathoms.
Length 15 mm.

Dexamine tliea, Boeck.

Port Erin Harbour, 4/6/92, several. Length 4 J mm.

Tritceta gihbosa (Bate).

Colwyn Bay ; Anglesea Coast ; PufBn Island and Port
Erin encysted in the outer integument of Ascidians ; 16
miles N. of Holyhead 40 to 50 fathoms ; Menai Bridge
very abundant ; adult males at electric light, Port Erin,
21/4/89. Length 5 mm. It is remarkable that the emar-
gination of the ant. margin of prop, of the first gnath. in
the adult males of this species which caused Nebeski to
make a distinct species of it (T. dolichonyx) should have
escaped the notice of so many carcinologists, including
even so careful and accurate an observer as Prof. G. 0.
Sars. Canon A. M. Norman informs me that such males

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 435

occur " among his Shetland specimens examined by
Spence Bate when engaged on his work."

Guernea coalita (Norman, Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 4,
Vol. II., 1868).

Off Great Orme's Head, 1/4/90 ; 25 miles S.E. of Calf,
6/6/92; Off Port Erin 15 to 20 f., 24/3/94; 2 miles S.E.
of Kitterland, 17 f., 27/5/94. Length If mm.

Gammaeid^.*

Melphidippella macera (Norman).

8 miles W. of Flesh wick Bay, 33 f., 5/6/92 ; 7 miles W.
of Bradda Head, 31 f., 25/4/95. Length 5 mm.

Amathillahomari{FsihTicms)=AmatJiinasabmi(Le?ich).

The yomig of this species is one of the commonest
Amphipoda on our coasts, in tidal pools during spring and
early summer. I cannot doubt that A. angiUosa (Kathke)
is this young form. The large females measuring 26 mm.
in length come to the shore in early spring to deposit their
young and may then be taken among Algae. The young
at first have no dorsal carina which is only developed by
degrees ; in their earliest stage these are Grayia imhricata
(Bate). The largest I have of the young form is 9 mm.
long, nor have I have ever seen one between these sizes.

Gamviarus marinus, Leach.

Puf&n Island ; Hilbre Swash ; Colwyn Bay ; Port Erin
Harbour. Length 16 mm.

Gammarus locusta (Linne).

Common everywhere on the shore under stones between
tide marks. Length 25 mm.

Gammarus i^ulex (De Geer).

In brooks and s^Drings up to 700 feet above the sea.
Length 16 mm.

* For the Ganimaridae see a valuable paper by Canon A. M. Norman in
Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. 4 (1889),

436 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Melita jxdmata (Montagu).

Colwyn Bay ; Puffin Island ; Port Erin ; shore to 30 f .
Length, excL of third uropods, 9 mm.
Melita ohtusata (Mont.).

Throughout the district : sometimes on Echinoderms,
shore to 30 f. Length, excl. third uropods, 9 mm.

Mcera otlionis (M. Edw.)=il/. longimana [second Eep.
L.M.B.C] (Bate and West., male) M. othonis (Bate
and West., female).
Bull Bay, Anglesea, 20 f., 8/6/89; off Port Erin and
Fleshwick Bay, 15 to 24 f. Colourless or light brown.
Length, excl. of third uropods, 12 mm.
McBva semi-serrata, Bate.

OffPort Erin, 15 to 25 f., 5/6/92; 24/3/94. Light brown.
Length 5 mm.

The fact of the above two species being found together
and their resemblance in many points, coupled with the
smaller size of M. semi-serrata, would seen to point to
this species being the young of M. otlionis. In my
specimens of the latter the loioer margin only of the third
pleon segment is serrated, while in M. semi-serrata it is
the hind margin which is so. But Bate and Westwood
in their figure and description of M. otlionis (female) show
both margins serrate. This seems to indicate an inter-
mediate age when the one form is passing into the other.
Mcera batei, Norman (Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 4,
Vol. II., PI. XXII.).

M. viultidentata (Bate and West., Vol. II., p. 515,

male).

Gaminarus temiivianus (Bate and West., Vol. I.,

p. 384, female; Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.,

p. 214).

Puffin Island, 15 f., April, '81 ; on Spatangus, 3 m. off

Dulas Bay, 14 f., 8/6/89; Menai Straits, 10 to 15 f.,

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 437

17/9/94; off Port Erin, 15 to 20 f., 24/3/94; 10 to 17 m.
N.W. of Mersey Bar. Length 6 mm.

I have examined the specimen marked Gaminarus
tenuimanus, in the Sp. Bate Collection at the British
Musemn, and am satisfied it is this species. The des-
cription and drawing of the second gnathopod in the Brit.
Sess. Eyed Crust, are very faulty ; the description in the
catalogue is much more accurate.

Megaluropus agilis, Norman (Ann. and Mag. N. H.,
Ser. 6 (1889), Vol. III., p. 446, PL XVIII.).

Common on the N. coast of Wales and the Isle of Man,
2 to 10 fath. Colouring when alive very beautiful. It
has a bright crimson blotch on the head above the eye ;
telson and base of third uropods yellow — the latter with
three or four opaque white spots on the outer edge of the
outer ramus. Length 4 mm.

Cheirocratus swidevaUi (Rathke).

Not uncommon on the N. coast of Wales and the Isle
of Man, from 2 to 30 fath. Margins of the first joint of
all the legs and both ant. scarlet ; segments and epimeres
spotted with the same colour. Length 8 mm.

Cheirocratus assmiilis (Lilljeborg).

Port Erin Harbour, 28/1/93 ; 7 m. W. of Bradda Head,
31 f., 25/4/95. Colourless, by which, when fresh, the
female may most readily be distinguished from the pre-
ceding species. See also Norman in Ann. and Mag.
N. H., Ser. 6 (1889), Vol. IV., p. 131, PL XL and XII.
Lenoth 7 mm.

Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate.

Bull Bay, Anglesea, 8/6/89, 17 f. ; Port Erin, 22/8/93
(W. A. H.). Length 4 J mm.

Lilljeborgia kinahani (Bate).

3 m. AV. of Calf of Man, 29/1/93 ; Menai Straits off
Rhianfa, 30/5/94, 7 f. Length 3^ mm.

488 teansactions liverpool biological society.

Photid^.
Aora gracilis (Bate).

North coast of Wales, 2 to 15 fath., rather common;
PortErm; [Lambaylsle,28/10/94,K.L.A.] . LengthSmm.
Autonoe longipes (Lilljeborg).

Anglesea coast, " Spmdrift," 8/6/89, one male; Laxey
Bay, 4 to 12 fath., 24/9/92; 5 m. W. of Dalby, 30 f.,
8/7/94; Calf Somid, 30/8/94; Menai Straits. Length 3 mm.
LeptocJieirus pilosiis, Zaddach.

Protomedeia pectinata, Norman (Final Eep. of

Shetland Dredging, 1868).
Frotomedeia pilosa (Zadd.) and P. liirsutiinana
Bate ? Grube, Beitr. z. Kenntniss der Istris-
chen Amphipodenfamia.
LeptocJieirus pilosiis (Zadd.) Delia Yalle, Fauna
des Golfes v. Neapel — Gammarini.
Menai Bridge, April and May, '94; washed out of
dredged stuff, off Port Erin, many young, 24/3/94 (I.C.T.) ;
2 m. S. E. of Kitterland, 17 f., 27/5/94. Colour deep
yellow with transverse brown lines on all the segments.
Length of female with ova 2 J mm.
LeptocJieirus Jiirsutimaniis (Bate).
Protomedia Jiirsutimana, Bate.
LeptocJieirus pilosiis (Sars, not Zaddach).
One specimen 2 m. S. E. of Kitterland, 17 f., 27/5/94.
Colour very pale yellow without markings. Length 5 J mm.
I regret that I am unable to agree with Prof. Sars in
assigning the species described by him, and which he
rightly identifies with P. Jiirsutimana, Bate, to L. ptilosus,
Zaddach. The latter author in describing his species
entirely overlooked the secondary appendage, which,
however, Fr. Miiller subsequently stated to be one-jointed.
This Zaddach could hardly have done had it been the
long six-jointed appendage of Sars' species. In L.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 439

pectinatus (Norman) wliich I consider identical with L.
pilosus (Zadd.) this appendage is two-jointed and very
small and the minute second joint might easily be over-
looked by Muller, as indeed might the whole appendage
by Zaddach. Again, the form of the propodos of the first
gnathopods, described by Zaddach as somewhat swollen
and broader towards the extremity, does not agree with
Sars' figm^e ; and the dactylus of the second gnathopods
which is described by Zaddach as straight and feeble
(''... migue recto debilique terminatm' ") and which in
L. pectinatus is a very characteristic thin narrow lamina
terminated by a small tuft of setae, is quite normal in L.
hirsutimanus. Finally, Zaddach could hardly have failed
to call attention to the powerful second uropods described
by Norman (Shetland Dredging Eep.) under P. hirsiUi-
mana had they existed in his species.

Gammaropsis erythrophthalma (Lillje.).

Turbot Hole, Puffin Island, 15 f. ; Angiesea coast, 20 f.,
8/6/89; 16 m. of N. of Holyhead, 45 to 50 f. ; between
Mersey Bar and Isle of Man, 20 to 30 f., 28/8/86 ; 8 m. W.
of Fleshwick Bay, 30 to 33 f . [off Blackcombe ; Lambay
Isle] . Length 7^ mm.

Gammaropsis nana, Sars.

My specimen differs sHghtly from Sars' description, the
secondary app. of upper ant. being three-jointed (the last
very small) and the dactylus of first gnathopods finely
serrate on the proximal half. The eyes are oval — not
round. Otherwise they agree. 5 miles W. of Dalby,
Isle of Man, 30 f., sandy mud, 8/7/94; 8 miles off Flesh-
wick Bay, 30 to 33 f., 5/6/92. Length of female with
ova 25- mm.

MegampJiopus cornutus, Norman.

Podoceropsis inter media, Stebbing.
Protomedeia longimana, Boeck.

440 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Off Garwick Head, 24/9/92 ; Little Ornie, 28/7/93 ; 8
miles off Fleshwick Bay, 30 to 33 f., 5/6/92; Menai
Straits off Beaumaris 10 to 15 f., 17/9/94. None of the
specimens taken so far show the prolongation of the first
epimere of the perseon described by Norman and from
which, this species takes its name. Apparently it only
acquires its full development in northern seas. Colour
transparent whitish sparingly freckled with dull red.
Length 4 mm.

Microprotopiis maculatus, Norman.

Colwyn Bay and Little Onne ; Puffin Island, 15 fathoms ;
Menai Straits ; Port Erin Harbour — abundant ; tow-net
25 miles S. E. of Calf of Man 6/6/92. Colour brown.
Length 3 J mm.

Pliotis longicauclata (Bate).

Puffin Island, 15 fathoms. 8 m. W. of Port Erin, 38
£, mud and 6 m. S.E. of Calf, 34 f., sand, shells, and
gravel, 25/4/95. Length 6 mm.

Photispollex, n. sp. (PL XIX., figs. 16—19).

= P. reinhardi, Bep. I., p. 216. Very near P. temci-
cornis, Sars, from which it differs only in the second
gnathopod of the male. In this the second joint is nearly
half as long as the first and equal to the third. The prop,
has the post, margin prolonged into a tooth or thumb
having its base much nearer the carp, than in P. reinhardi
(whence the specific name) the point of which exactly
meets that of the dactylus. The palm, which is longer
than the post, margin, is concave but expands distally
into two tubercles so that this portion of the propodos is
wider than the middle. The female is like that of P.
tenuicornis. Length 2 mm. Colwyn Bay, shore to 2 J
f. ; Little Orme ; Menai Straits, 5 to 10 f., 24/5/90.

Podoceropsis excavata (Bate) = NcBuia rimipalmata,
Kep. I., p. 217.

REVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 441

Ehos Bay ; Puffin Island ; Keel Wharf Bay, 20 f . , 8/6/89 ;
Port Erin, outside harbour; off Southport. Length 8 mm.

PODOCEEID^.

Ampliithoe ruhricata (Montagu) = A.jyodoceroides, Kath.

= A. littorina, Bate.

North Coasts of Wales to Holyhead and Isle of Man,
generally under stones between tide marks. Length
13 mm.

Pleonexes gammaroides (Bate) ~ Sitnamphithoe gam-
mar oides.

Moelfre Bay, Anglesea in rock pools among Laminaria
August, 1889 (F. Archer). Length 8 mm.

Ischyrocerus minutus, Lilljeborg - Podocerus isopus,
Walker, Kep. III. and IV.

Abundant in tidal pools in April, Khos and Colwyn
Bays ; Great Orme ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits.
Colour whitish with broad transverse bands of reddish
brown in the females, and numerous small spots of the
same colour in the male. Length of adult male 5 mm.
This species w^as erroneously miited by Boeck wdth
P. anguipes (Kroyer) which caused me to make a new
species of it. Adult males are rare, and ovigerous females
vary greatly in size. Dredging just below low water
mark in Ehos Bay among stones on May 13, 1893 I took
more individuals of this species than of all the other {22)
species taken together ; some of the ovigerous females
measured 3|- mm. and others only 2 J mm.

Podocerus falcatiis (Montagu) (PI. XIX., fig. 20).

Ehos and Colwyn Bays ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits ;
Port Erin Harbour ; between Holyhead and Isle of Man,
50 f., 20/7/89, a very large male 10 mm. long — the prop,
of second gnathopod being 4 mm. long — taken in a tow-net
on the bottom. Colour yellow with brown transverse

442 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bars and spots which keep their colour in spirit. I have
occasionally seen the markings reddish. Length of a
large male from Port Erin Harbour 7 mm.

Podoceriis piisillus, Sars, = P. viimitiis, Sars.

Off Port Erin 6/6/92, 1 male and 2 or 3 females with
ova. Length 3 J mm.

Podocerus herdmani, Walker (Sixth Ann. Kep. L.M.B.
Com., 1893, p. 37, fig. 13. Brit. Ass. Kep. 1893,
p. 539). P. odontonyx, Sars, 1894.

Off Port Erin from Pecten, &c. ; 8 miles W. of Flesh-
wick Bay, 33 f. ; 4 miles N. W. of Bradda Head, 21 f.,'
29/1/93 ; Colwyn Bay, tidal pool, 29/1/93. Length 3^ mm.
There is no doubt that the above species are identical
as suggested by Prof. Sars, and as P. herdmani was
published first, the name P. odontonyx must lapse.

It is difficult to say whether the two last species (P.
picsillics and P. herdmani) are really distinct from P. fal-
catus. If it be admitted that Amphipoda may become
sexually mature before they have attained their final
moult I think these species can hardly be maintained.
As regards P. pusillus, Sars bases his separation of it
from P. falcatus on (1) the structure of the post, gnatho-
pods (2) its inferior size and (3) (Oversigt af Norges
Crust., p. 112) its occurrence in deep water, while P. fal-
catus is a littoral or sub-littoral form. As to (1) one
need only compare Sars' figures of the 2 species (and
the accuracy of his drawings is remarkable) to see how
slight these differences are ; as to (2) the variation in size
of apparently adult individuals is so great that this cannot
be properly used as a specific character ; while as to (3)
I have mentioned above the occurrence of a very large
male of P. falcatus at a greater depth than we have
taken P. pusillus.

The adult male of P. herdmani again closely resembles

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 443

the immature male of P. falcatus (see Sars, PL 212 p.^
male ^). The specimen from tidal pool, Colvvyn Bay,
5 mm. long has all the appearance of a young male of
P. falcatus but the lower antennae have the last joint of
the peduncle and the first of the flagellum densely clothed
with the plumose setas characteristic of the adult male.
The tooth at the base of the palm of the second gnatho-
pod is more pointed, and that on the dactylus scarcely so
large as in the typical form but hardly two specimens
are exactly alike in these points, especially the latter. As
to the females of all three species, I confess that I am
unable to see any difference between them except in size.

Podocerus variegatus (Leach) (PI. XIX., fig. 21).

17 miles X. W. of Mersey Bar, 27/9/90; Menai Straits
7 f., 30/5/94. Whitish variegated with red. Length 7 mm.
There has been much controversy about this species.
Boeck (Crust. Amph. bor. and arct.) describes Janassa
capillata (Rathke) under the name of J. variegata, Leach,
while Nebeski (Beitr z. Kenntniss der Amph. der Adria)
unites it with P. falcatus to the female of which it bears
a considerable resemblance in the form of the second
gnathopod. It may, however, be at once recognised by
the more robust antennae and the difference in the flagel-
lum of the upper. In P. variegatus the flagellum is four-
jointed, the first joint being nearly twice as long as the
remaining three which are subequal. There is a distinct
secondary appendage which is about Jth the length of the
first joint. In P. falcatus the flagellum is seven-jointed,
the first joint rather shorter than the three following;
the secondary appendage about jth the length of the
first joint. In P. variegatus the second gnathopods do
not differ materially in the two sexes except in size, those
of the male proportionally much the larger.

From Janassa capillata (Eathke) this species may be at

444 TKANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

once distinguished by having two secondary teeth below
the curved terminal nail of the third uropods, in which
respect it resembles P. falcatus, and by the distinct,
though small, secondary appendage of the upper antennae,
this in Janassa being so absolutely rudimentary that it is
only visible as a minute tubercle under a very high power —
say J in. obj. All the limbs are proportionally shorter
and stronger than in P. falcatus and the second joint of
the palp of the maxillipedes is viore than half the length
of the first joint, while in P. falcatus it is less than half '
the length.

Podocerus ocius, Bate (female) — Delia Valle, Fauna des
Golfes V. Neapel-^Gammarini.

From sponge debris. Port Erin. Bate's figure appear
to have been taken from a female specimen ; the male is
figured by Delia Valle. It has two pointed teeth or
processes at the base of the palm in the second gnathopods
the proximal one being the longer. The outer ramus of
the third uropods has a curved but blunt nail and no
secondary teeth. Colour brown. Length of adult male
2 J mm.

Podocerus cumhrensis, Stebbing and Eobertson (Trans.
Zool. Soc, Vol. XIII., p. 38, PI. VL).

Rhos and Colwyn Bays ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits.
Colour brown. Length 3 mm. Not uncommon in the
above localities. It has a strong superficial resemblance
to Microprotopics maculatus, with which I have generally
found it associated, and may easily be overlooked as being
the latter species.

Janassa cajnUata (Rathke).

Puffin Island ; Port Erin, breakwater, 2/8/94, common;
5 m. W. of Dalby, 30 f., 8/7/94. This species may be
distinguished at a glance by the extreme hairiness of the
antennoB ; the flagellum of the upper is three-jointed, the

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 445

first joint three times as long as the remaining two. The
first joint of the second gnathopods and two first pairs of
peraeopods are conspicuously yellow. Colour grey with
transverse bars of brown. Length 6 mm.

ErichtJwjiius abditus (Templeton).

Point of Ayr; Puffin Island, 14 f. ; Little Orme; Menai
Straits ; 16 m. N. of Holyhead, 50 f. ; Port Erin Harbour,
Length 8 mm.

Erichthouius cUfformis, M. Edwards.

Port Erin — electric hght ; Laxey Bay, 4 to 12 f.,
24/9/92, very abundant in tubes on Zostera. Length 6 mm.

COEOPHIID^.

Siphoimcetes coUetti, Boeck.

Off Garwick Head, 4 to 12 f., 24/9/92; Port Erin Har-
bour; Little Orme. Length 3 mm.
Corophium grossipes (Linn).

Mud banks in the estuary of the Dee ; tidal ditch in
Rhos Bay ; Menai Straits. Occurs in immense numbers
wherever there are mud banks left bare by the tide.
There are hundreds of acres of such banks in the Dee
closely perforated by its burro w^s. It forms an important
part of the food supply of the various wading birds, and
of fish. Length 7 mm.

Corophium crassicorne, Bruzelius.

C. spinicorne — Bate, Brit. Mus. Cat., female.

G. honeUii, M. Edw. — Bate and West., Brit. Sess.

Crust., female.
C. crassicorne, Bruz. — Delia Valle, Gam. des

Golfes V. Neapel, female.
C. crassicorne, Bruz. — Bate and West., Brit. Sess.
Crust., male.
Little Orme, 5 to 10 f., 5/10/93. The immature male
hsis a row of spines on the penult, joint of the lower ant,

446 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

as in the female, but this joint terminates in a tooth-like
process as in the adult male. Length 8 mm.
Corophium honellii, Milne Edwards.

G. crassicorne, Bruz., var., Hoek Tijdschrift Neder-
land. Dierkund Yereen. 4^^Deel, 1879, PI.
VIII., figs. 9 and 10.
Little Orme ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits ; Port Erin ;
off Clay Head, 18 f .

Corophium crassicorne of Hoek, I.e. PI. VIII. , figs. 4
and 5 seems to agree with G. acherusicum (Costa) as des-
cribed by Delia Valle. Costa's description is too vague
for identification. Length 3^ mm.
Unciola crenatijxilmata (Bate).

Porthwen and Dulas Bays, 17 f., 8/6/89 ; off Llanfaelog,
Anglesea, 24/5/90 ; Penrhos Bay.

For description and synonyms see "Bonnier, Les Amph.
du Boulonnais." Bull. Scient. de la France, &c., 1889, Pis.
XII. and XIII. This species is closely allied to U. leucopis
(Kroyer) from which it differs in the colour of its eyes
which are dark and very distinct, in the absence of the
nodules on the sides of the pleon, and (according to Sars)
of the transverse ridges of the peraBon. This last feature
is not mentioned by Kroyer or Boeck and may possibly
have been produced (as it frequently is) by contraction
after death. Length 5 mm.

U. planipes, Nor. = U. leucopis (Kr. ) Bate & West . , II. , 517.
Ked Wharf Bay, 20 f., 8/6/89; Dulas Bay; Little
Orme, 28/7/93; off Southporfc, 10 to 20 f., June, '91 (I.C.T.)
Length 5j mm.

Colomastix pusilla, Grube, see Bonnier, I.e. Vol.
XXIV., p. 197, PL VIII.
Cratippus tenuipes, Bate.

Exunguia stylipes, Norman (Ann. and Mag. N. H.,
Ser. 4, Vol. III., PI. XXII., figs. 7 and 12).

EEVISION OF L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA. 447

Menai Bridge among sponges, 10 f., April and May,
1894. Sponge debris, Port Erin, 1894. Length 3 mm.

Chelueid^.

Chehira terebrans, Philippi.

In posts of the old shipping stage, Penmaen, Colwyn
Bay, with Limnoria lignorum (Eathke). Length 6 mm.

DULICHIID^.

Dulichia porrecta (Bate).

Ehos and Colwyn Bays shore to 7 f., common; Menai
Bridge, 10 f. ; April and May, '94, common; from Pecten,
7 m. W. of Bradda Head, 38 f., 25/4/95. A large female
with ova had the peduncles of the upper ant., the lower
margins of the epimeres, and the peraeopods (except the
last which are variegated with white) dark red. Eggs
whi^e. Younger specimens are only speckled with red,
as are generally the males which are comparatively scarce.
Length 5 mm.

Caprellid^.

Phtisica marina, Slabber =Pro^o ventricosa (Miiller).

Little Orme ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits ; Port Erin
Harbour. Length 7^ mm.

Protella phasma (Montagu).

Little Orme ; Puffin Island ; Menai Straits ; Port Erin.
Length 16 mm.

Pariambus typicus (Ki6yeT)=PodaIirius typicus.

Throughout Liverpool Bay ; Port Erin Harbour. On
Asterias rubens. Length 5 mm.

Gaprella linearis (Linne).

Abundant among Algae throughout the district. Length
15 mm.

Gaprella acajitliifera, Leach.

448 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Moelfre Bay, Anglesea, tidal pools, Aug., '89 (F.A.);
Holyhead harbour, 12/9/89 ; Port Erin Harbour. Length
11 mm.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate XVIII.

Figs. 1 — 11. Nannonyx spinimanus, n.sp.
Fig. 1. Head.
Fis. 2. First Maxilla.

'to'

Fig. 3. Second Maxilla.

'!d

Fig. 4. Mandible.

&

Fig. 5. Maxillipedes.

Fig. 6. First gnathopod of male.

Fig. 6a. (on PL XIX.) Dactyliis enlarged.

Fig. 7. First gnathopod of female.

Fig. 8. Fourth pleon segment with hind margin of third.

Fig. 9. Telson.

Fig. 10. Side view of telson and third uropods of male.

Fig. 11. Second and third uropods of female.

Fig. 12. Amphilochtis uielanojjs, n.sp., Head.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 13. Ampliilochus melanops, n.sp., first gnathopod.
Fig. 14. ,, second gnathopod.

Fig. 15. ,, Telson and uropods.

Fig. 16. PJiotis poUex, n.sp., first gnathopod.
Fig. 17. ,, second gnathopod.

Fig. 18. ,, third pleon segment.

Fig. 19. ,, Telson and third uropods.

Fig. 20. Podoccrus falcatus (Mont.), flagellam of upper

antenna.
Fig. 21. Podocerus variegatus, Leach, ilagellum of upper

antenna.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IX.. PI. XVIIL

L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol. IX., PI. XiX.

L.M.B.C. AMPHIPODA

449

KEPOKT on NEMEETINE8 observed at POET
EEIN in 1894 and 1895.

By W. I. Beaumont, B.A.

EMMANUEL COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.

The observations on which the present Eeport is based
were for the most part made during a stay of six weeks at
Port Erin in June and the earKer half of July, 1895. A
certain amount of attention had been previously devoted
to the group during portions of March and April, 1894.
My thanks are especially due to Prof. Herdman for
placing at my disposal the resources of the Biological
Station and for his ever ready help and encouragement,
and to Mr. T. H. Eiches of Caius College, Cambridge, for
very useful assistance and advice.

In Mr. Vanstone's List (6) published early in last year
thirteen species of Neiiiertines were definitely reported as
occurring in the neighbourhood of Port Erin. With the
possible exception of the form therein recorded as Cari-
nella annulata, all of these have been observed by myself ,
while eight additional species appear in the present
Eeport, viz.: Amphiporm pulcher, A. dissimulans, Tetras-
temmct flciviclum, Prosorhochmiis claparedii, Micrura pur-
purea, M. fasciolata, M. Candida, Gerehratidus fusciis.
The known Nemertine fauna of the district therefore
numbers twenty-one, perhaps twenty-two, species ; the
uncertainty depending on the identity of the species
appearing in the earlier Eeport as Carlnella annulata,
Montagu. On the assumption which I beheve to be

450 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

correct, that the name is there used with the connotation
it bears in M'Intosh's Monograph, it is possible that the
Nemertine so referred to is identical with that recorded
in the present Eeport as Carinella aragoi, Jonbin.

None of the parasitic species has yet been obtained in
the district ; no particular search was made for them by
myself beyond examining a few specimens of Galathea.
Malacohdella will probably be found ; T had not, however,
an opportunity of obtaining that curious Nemertine, as
no living specimens of Gyprina islandica were dredged
during my visit.

Two cases of abnormality in the number of marginal
stylet sacs in the proboscis may be conveniently mentioned
here. A specimen of Tetrastemma cancUclum (of the deeper
water variety with white patch on head and dorsal white
line) was observed having three marginal sacs, while a
brownish yellow example of Tetrastemma clorsale had four
marginal stylet sacs, two on each side.

Before proceeding to deal with certain of the species in
detail it may be useful to give a complete list of the
Nemertines hitherto observed in the district.

Carinella aragoi, Joubin.
? C. annulata (Montagu).
Cephalothrix hioculata, Oersted.
Amphiporus lactifloreits (Joh.).
A. dissimulans, Eiches.
A.pidcher (Johnston).
Tetrastemma flavidum, Ehrenb.
T. dor sale (Abildgaard) .
T. nigrum, Kiches.
T. immutahile, Eiches.
T. candidum (0. F. Miiller).
T. vermiciilatuni (Quatrf.).

T. melanocephalum (Johnston).
T. robertiancB, M'Intosh.
ProsorJiochmus claparedii, Kef.
Nemertes neesii, Oersted.
Linens ohscurus (Desor).
Linens longissimus, Sowerby.
Micrura purpurea, J. Miiller.
M. fasciolata (Ehrenb erg).
M. Candida, Biii-ger.
Gerehratulus fuscus (M'Int.) .
? G. angulatus (0. F. Miiller).

REPORT ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 451

Order I.— PKOTONEMEKTINI, Biirger.

Family Carinellid^.

Carinella aragoi, Jonbin.

G. annulata (pars), M'Intosh, Hubrecht.
G. M'i)itosJiii, Burger, Kiches.
This species has been dredged not infrequently this
year in about 15 to 18 fathoms on the shelly ground to
the north of the Halfway Eock, though it does not appear
to be abundant. The ground colour in the half dozen
examples taken during my visit varied from dark chesnut
to chocolate. They were quite small, measuring only
from 2 to 7 cm. in length, but an exceptionally large
specimen over 20 cm. long in the preserved state was
shown to me by Mr. J. C. Sumner who had obtained it in
the same locality previous to my arrival. The Port Erin
form is exactly similar in external characters to examples
of this species seen by myself on the S.W. coast of
Ireland and at Plymouth. It is readily distinguished from
Garinella annulata, Joubin, Biirger, by the very charac-
teristic pale curved ciliated gi'ooves on the dorsal surface
of the '' neck," by the absence of a longitudinal white line
on the ventral surface of the body, and by the shape of
the head which is far less wide than in G. annidata; there
is considerably more white on the snout too in G. aragoi
and the proboscis pore is more anterior in position.

?G. anmdata (Montagu).

Mention has already been made of the possibility of the
species recorded as G. annulata in Mr. Yanstone's Report
being identical with the last species. No example of the
Garinella annulata of Joubin and Biirger has been met
with by myself at Port Erin ; there is, however, no reason
why it should not occur in the district,

452 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order II.— MESONEMEETINI, Burger.
Family Cephalothricid^.

CephalotJirix bioculata, Oersted.

Besides being commonly found on the shore under
stones and among weeds, this species was occasionally
dredged near Port Erin in about 15 fathoms.

Order III.— METANEMEETINI, Burger.
Family Amphiporid^.

Amphiporiis pidcher (Johnston), M'Intosh.

This well marked species was found to be fairly abundant
on the shelly ground off Port Erin in 15 to 20 fathoms ;
it has also been dredged in the neighbourhood of Spanish
Head on several occasions.

The average length was 3 cm., the largest specimen
measuring 5 cm. All were of a uniform deep salmon
colour ; no example with conspicuous gonads like the one
figured by M'Intosh being met with. They were fre-
quently observed with the head telescoped into the anterior
part of the body as described by M'Intosh, and the larger
ones swam vigorously when irritated. Amphiporus
^z^Zc/ier is readily distinguished from A. dissimulans and
A. lactifloreus not only by the possession of a reserve
central stylet and by the different position of the side-
organs but also by external characters : the broad oar-like
shape of the posterior half of the body, the large distinct
eyes not arranged in definite groups like those of A.
lactifloreus, and especially the secondary grooves running
forward from the anterior cephalic furrows ; the course of
the latter on the ventral surface is more transverse than
in the other two species referred to, so that they meet in
the middle line some distance behind the mouth-opening;

EEPORT ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 453

the secondary grooves are deep and well marked, far more
so than is indicated in M'Intosh's figure (PL XIV., fig. 11),
they are not confined to the ventral surface but extend
some distance on to the lateral portions of the dorsal
surface as well.

The figure and description of the cephalic furrows given
by Joubin {5, p. 129) may refer to AmpJiiporiis dissimu-
lans ; they certainly do not represent A. pulcher.
Amphipoj'us lactifloreus (Johnston).
Shore, common (see Vanstone).
Amphiporus dissimulans, Kiches.

Numerous specimens of an Amphiporus closely re-
sembling A. lactifloreus, yet readily distinguishable from
that species on careful examination, were dredged in the
same localities a.sA7npJiiporuspidcher. No mature example
was taken ; the length of the majority was only from 6 to 9
mm. while a few reached 2 to 3 cm. After the examination
of adult specimens of A. dissimulans at Plymouth I have
no hesitation in referring the Port Erin form to this
species.

The larger specimens were brownish-yellow to dull
orange in colour, depending largely on the colour of the
alimentary tract and also on the presence of minute
granules of yellowish brown pigment in the integument.
The smaller ones were of a fairly deep salmon colour due
entirely to the gut, no superficial pigment being as yet
apparent. The brain was plainly visible as a translucent
body of a pale yellowish tint.

The body was round and somewhat slender, and attained
its maximum thickness a little in front of the middle
point, diminution of size being very gradual in either
direction.

In the structure of the stylet apparatus and in the
position of the side-organs which open some distance in

454 TEANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

front of the brain this Nemertine agreed with Amphiporus
lactifioreus, but on a careful comparison of the two, certain
definite points of difference were invariably found. There
was a marked difference in the shape of the head, which
in A. lactifioreus is a rather long oval with the greatest
width just behind the lateral notches where the anterior
furrow passes from the dorsal to the ventral surface ; in
A. dissimulans the head is more lozenge shaped, there
being a distinct angle at the widest part which is just i)i
front of the lateral notches of the anterior grooves ; thence
the width decreases very distinctly as far as the lateral
notches formed by the posterior furrows, so that there is
a very distinct "neck." Another point of difference
concerns the arrangement of the eyes, which is very
characteristic in A. lactifioreus, where they are invariably
broken up into two distinct groups on each side, the
posterior group usually situated over the brain and
separated by a considerable interval from the anterior
series; while in A. dissimulans the eyes are arranged in
a continuous series on each side of the head, a few usually
extending inward towards the middle line in the region of
the anterior cephalic furrow. The smaller specimens at
Port Erin measuring 6 to 9 mm. in length usually had 8
to 10 eyes on each side ; one 6 mm. long was noted having
as many as 14 eyes on each side, but this number was
generally found only in specimens of 2 to 3 cm. The
most posterior eye of the series was generally situated a
little in front of the brain, in no case were eyes observed
actually over the brain.

The figure given by Joubin to represent the head of
Amphiporus pulcher id, p. 129) gives a fairly good idea of
the arrangement of the cephalic furrows in A. dissimulans ;
the anterior furrows usually bend more forward on the
ventral surface so as to run closer to and more nearly

REPORT ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 455

parallel with the margin of the head than is there indicated,
and I have never been able to make out a branch groove
uniting the anterior and posterior furrows ; at the angle
where the anterior groove bends forward, there is certainly
a branch given off, as in A. ^j^t/cAer and other Enoplous
Nemertines, but it is quite short and ends abruptly.

In A. lactifloreus the arrangement is very similar; the
grooves being perhaps less conspicuous, and the anterior
grooves bending somewhat less forward on the ventral
surface so that the mouth-opening, which is in the usual
position close behind the tip of the snout, is a little in
front of the furrows and not intersected by them. Joubin's
figure on p. 132 {5) does not appear to me to be at all an
accurate representation of the head of this species.

Whether the above characters are sufficient to entitle
Amphiporus dissimitlans* to specific rank, or whether it
should be regarded merely as a variety of A. lactifloreus,
it is at any rate a well marked variety which appears to be
as strictly confined to the infra-laminarian zone as A.
lactifloreus to the littoral.

It remains to be mentioned that the small Port Erin
specimens differ somewhat from the adults seen at
Plymouth in respect to two features. In the former the
brain is not pink (this may be a juvenile character) and
secondly the head is less pointed and more distinctly
notched in front than is the case in the Plymouth form.

Family Tetrastemmid^.

Tetrastemma flavidum, Ehrenberg.

This species appears to be well distributed in the

* It is almost needless to point out that Joubin is in error in assimilating
this species with A. pulclier. The two are very distinct, yet the possibility
of his having confused them is strongly suggested by the figure and accom-
panying description (J, p. 129) referred to above.

456 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

neighbourhood of Port Erin but to be nowhere very
abundant. It has been obtained from the shore at Port
Erin and Perwick where it inhabits the smaller weeds on
reefs and in rockpools, and has also been dredged on
shelly ground in about 15 fathoms. All the specimens
taken were small, varying in length from 6 to 12 mm.
No mature individuals were met with, one immature
female being the only specimen in which genital organs
were observed.

In addition to the other well marked characters of this ,
species, the relative shortness of the proboscis may be
noted. This organ extends back barely half the length of
the body from the anterior end.

The colour of the Port Erin examples varied from
peach-colour to fairly bright orange red, and being due
almost entirely to the alimentary tract was much more
marked in the posterior half of the body. The fluid in the
proboscis-sheath had in some cases a pale yellow tint, as
had also the blood vessels in some specimens, more
especially in the posterior region of the body.
Tetrastemma dor sale (Abildgaard).

Two well marked colour varieties were found, apparently
restricted to different habitats.

The common dark brown type marbled with irregular
patches of reddish brown — narrow but of dark colour
where they cross the pale median dorsal band, widening
out but becoming paler on the sides of the body — is com-
monly found on the shore and in the Laminarian zone,
but does not appear to extend into the deeper water
outside. At all events on the shelly ground in 15 — 20
fathoms a much paler form of a brownish yellow colour
was exclusively found. In the absence of much superficial
pigment, the colour in these was due largely to the
alimentary tract. Some examples had hardly a trace of

REPOET ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 457

the reddish brown pigment so abundant in the shore form,
while others had obscure patches similar in disposition to
those present in the latter bat much paler in colour.
Minute flakes of opaque yellowish white were scattered
all over the surface of the body as in the shore form, and
in many cases a concentration of these along the mid-
dorsal line produced a pale longitudinal streak. The
white flakes in this species are more superficial than the
reddish brown pigment. The latter is in the form of
much branched pigment cells whose processes run for the
the most part in the direction of the long axis of the body.

Tetrastemma nigrum, Kiches.

A few examples of this species were met with both in
189-4 and 1895. They were found in weeds from Port
Erin shore and from the Clets in the Calf Sound, and
were from 5 to 15 mm. in length.

Joubin, who does not appear to have met with this
form, expresses doubt as to its being specifically distinct
from Tetrastemma dorsale. In shape, in the character of
its stylet apparatus and other anatomical details, it does
certainly agree with the latter, but so long as colour is
relied en for the discrimination of the species of Tetras-
temma, it must be regarded as a well marked species,
much more so for example than are T. canclidum and its
allies.

In Tetrastemma nigrum the warm buff ground colour
is in most cases almost entirely concealed by black, or
almost black, reticular pigment, which is totally different
in character from anything seen in T. dorsale ; while on
the other hand the branched reddish brown pigment and
opaque white flakes so characteristic of the latter are
entirely absent in T. nigrum,.

Though Tetrastemma nigrum varies considerably, the
variation met with merely concerns the extent to which

458 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the surface of the body is covered with black pigment,
and in no way tends to bridge the gap between the type
and T. dorsale. In a few individuals the ground colour
is nowhere visible except along a narrow irregular strip of
the ventral surface, usually, however, there is a longitudinal
median dorsal band free from black pigment, varying
much in width in different individuals and frequently
interrupted by one or more bridges of pigment ; while one
or two examples have been met with in which the black
pigment was confined to a series of isolated more or less ,
rounded patches, the aggregate area of which was less
than that of the intervening pale surface.

Tetrastemma iiiwiutabile, Riches.

Two Nemertines agreeing in shape and colour with the
description given by Riches were found in 1894 in material
from the Clets, and a couple more turned up in shore
material from Perwick in 1895. They were from 3 to 6
mm. long.

No intermediate varieties connecting this form with
Tetj'cistemina dorsale were met with. The median dorsal
band consists of branched reddish brown pigment cells
the processes of which tend to run longitudinally, and
also of round granules of darker brown colour, a few of
which are scattered over the rest of the dorsal surface.
In none were genital organs observed.

Tetrastemma candidum (0. F. Miiller).

This species was found in considerable abundance
inhabiting the weeds between tide-marks at Port Erin,
Perwick and Port St. Mary. Very few specimens exceeded
1 cm. in length ; the majority were considerably less, yet
many even of the smaller ones had well developed genital
organs, one male not more than 4 mm. long having 6 pairs
of testes containing ripe spermatozoa.

These littoral forms, though varying a good deal in colour

REPOllT ON L.M.B.C. NEMEllTINES. 459

and other details, agreed for the most part in having the
head more rounded in onthne than is tlie case in Tet-
rastemma melanocephaluvi and in this respect differed
shghtly from the deeper water form described below. In
colour the majority were of various shades of yellow —
from pale straw to deep apricot-yellow — flesh-coloured,
yellowish brown and dull orange varieties were also
observed while a few w^ere of a greenish-yellow, the pre-
vailing yellow tint being modified by the green colour of
the alimentary tract, but no specimen was met with at
ail resembling the bright green type figured by M'Intosh.

No example of this shore form exhibited any trace of
opaque white either on the head or in the form of a
median dorsal line. Only two individuals were found
showing a tendency by the development of browm pigment
on the head to connect this species with the two following
ones. Both were mature females agreeing in other
respects with the more typical specimens of T. candidum
from the same source. In one, about 1 cm. long, there
was a band of brown pigment between the anterior and
posterior eyes on each side but not quite reaching the
latter ; in the other an obscure brown patch extended
across the head immediately behind the anterior pair of
eyes, the colour being more pronounced betw^een the
anterior and posterior eyes on each side.

In the deeper water (15 to 20 fathoms) outside Port Erin,
on shell and coralline bottom, a rather well marked form
was found, which may be described here since it lacks
the characteristic markings of the two following species.
It is, however, quite a debateable point whether it ought
not rather to be added to the series formed by Hubrecht's
species T. vielanocephaluni, T, coronatiun and T. diadema
as an extreme variety of T. melanocephaluvi. It seems
to come very close to T. diadema but in none of the many

460 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

specimens examined was there any tendency to the devel-
opment of brown pigment on the head.

Most of the specimens taken measured from 1 to 2 cm.
in length ; many had well developed genital organs. In
shape they resembled T. inelaiioceplialum, the more
spathulate head distinguishing them from the littoral form
dealt with above. The colouring was fairly constant ;
the majority were a more or less deep apricot-yellow, a
few were of a rather more greenish or brownish tint and
one flesh-coloured individual was noted. In all a con-
spicuous oblong patch of opaque white flakes was placed
transversely between the anterior and posterior pairs of
eyes, from which in most cases a median longitudinal line
of similar white flakes extended back along the dorsal
surface, generally the whole length of the body. The
eyes were black, well defined usually and aboat equal in
size, the posterior pair being often somewhat closer
together than the anterior in the well extended animal.

In the character of the proboscis they agreed with the
more typical T. canclldiun from the shore rather than
with T. melanocephalum, the stylet of the central appara-
tus being on the whole longer in proportion to the handle
than is the case in the latter. Much stress cannot,
however, be laid on this point, for the stylet apparatus,
especially the handle, varies so much in form as to be of
little value in discriminating between such closely allied
species as T. cafuUdiim, T. vermiculatum and T. mela)io-
cephalicm, though sufficing as a general rule to distinguish
these three as a group from otlier Enoplous Nemertines.

Mention may here be made of two or three brownish
yellow Nemertines agreeing fairly well in general appear-
ance with Tetrastemmct cancUdiim, but having the handle
of the central stylet very long, its posterior border being
straif^ht with rounded corners, thus resemblin^r in outline

REPOET ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 461

the central apparatus of some of the Port Erin specimens
of Prosorhochmus. The examination of more specimens
is desirable before forming any conclusion as to their
relation with other forms.

Tetrastemma vermicidatum (Quatrf.), M'Intosh.

This usually abundaiit species does not seem to be at
all common in the district. I have only met with three
specimens. Two of a deep flesh-colour — the larger a
mature female 12 mm. long — were found in weeds from
between tide-marks at Perwick, the third came from the
Clets in Calf Sound and was of a rich apricot-yellow
colour. In all three the head w^as fairly oval in outline,
a point which serves in some degree to distinguish this
from closely allied species, but in none was there a trace
of the dorsal white line which Joubin considers its most
reliable character.

Tetrastemma melanoceplialitm (Johnst.), M'Intosh.
T. vielanocephalum, Hubrecht.
T. coronatum, Hubrecht.

This species is fairly abundant and well distributed in
the district, inhabitino; the weeds between tide-marks and
also the shell and coralline ground in 15 to 20 fathoms.
At Easter, 1894, a few large greenish specimens were
found (up to 3j cm. long), but the numerous examples
collected in June and July, 1895, were all immature,
averaging only about 1 cm. in length. They presented a
considerable range of colour-variation, different shades of
flesh and salmon-colour and of yellow from pale greenish-
yellow to deep apricot being noted as the ground colour.

A median dorsal white line was present in many
specimens, and the majority had 'more or less opaque
white on the head in front of, and immediately posterior
to, the patch of dark pigment. The latter was reddish
brown or chocolate in colour and very variable in shape.

462 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In many cases it was a deep crescent, the horns barely
touchmg the anterior pair of eyes and the convex posterior
margin extending to about halfway between them and
the posterior pair. This variety appears to correspond to
Hubrecht's species T. coronatum. In others again an
oblong band of pigment extended quite across the head
(almost reaching its lateral margins) immediately behind
the anterior pair of eyes and covering one-half to two-
thirds of the space betw^een them and the posterior pair.
This seems to be Hubrecht's typical T. melanoceplialum.
With respect to these two forms, however, my experience
both at Port Erin and elsewhere coincides with that of
Eiches, a complete series of intermediate varieties making
it impossible to regard them as more than slightly divergent
members of one variable species.

This opinion was at one time held by Joubin too, but
in his later work (5) T. coronatum is separated from T.
melanocephalum and united with T. diadema, Hubrecht.
No Nemertine exactly agreeing with the latter has been
met with by myself, but the Nemertine from the coralline
zone described under the head of T. candidum seems to
come very near it. That form, however, did not show
any tendency to vary in the direction of T. melanocephalum
so far as my observations went.

A character given for the present species by M'Intosh :
" Marginal stylets-sacs placed considerably in front of the
central apparatus" — has been repeated by other authors,
though to what extent this point has been confirmed by
their own observations does not appear. I have examined
the stylet apparatus in many individuals and have so far
failed to find a single case exhibiting this character, or
any difference in this respect between T. melanoceplialum
and its allies.
■ A Nemertine having the form and general appearance

EEPOKT ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 463

of T. melanocephalum was observed, which resembled a
specimen described by Eiches in having the dark pigment
patch broken into two by a space in the middle line free
from pigment, and thus connecting the present species
with T. vermiculatam.

Tetrastemma rohertiancB, M'Intosh.

Two specimens of this rare species were dredged in
1895 on the shelly gromid off Port Erin in about 15
fathoms. Lochmaddy and Bressay Sound where it was
dredged by M'Intosh appear to be the only other localities
where it has been found.

The two examples observed by myself agreed fairly well
with M'Intosh's figures and description, though in neither
was the head so pointed as he represents it in the woodcut
on page 167 of the Monograph. The central stylet
apparatus did not differ materially from his figure (p. 65).

The larger individual, about 1 cm. long, had the median
dorsal white line, the reddish brown lateral stripes and
collar, the latter not quite encircling the neck ventrally.
There was a patch of opaque white flakes between and in
front of the posterior eyes which were much smaller than
the anterior pair. The smaller one was similar except
that the brown collar was wanting^.

A Nemertine from the same locality resembling the
above in shape but differing somewhat in arrangement of
colour and also in the character of its stylet apparatus
may be conveniently described here. Like them it was
exceedingly active. It measured about 8 mm. in length.
The ground colour was apricot-yellow, a large patch of
opaque white flakes extended across the dorsal surface of
the head between the anterior and posterior eyes, a little
behind the latter was a chocolate brown collar not quite
complete ventrally, and from this a median longitudinal
band of the same colour extended back the whole length

464 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of the dorsal surface. The anterior eyes were crescentic
in shape and twice the size of the more rounded posterior
pair.

The central stylet apparatus was very large, the stylet
somewhat longer than was the case in the two typical
specimens of T. rohertiancB, and the handle very long, its
posterior border straight with rounded corners.

Prosorlioclunus claparedii, Keferstein.

The Nemertine referred here was met with not un-
commonly among material dredged on the shell ground
lying to the north of the Halfway Eock in 15 to 20 fathoms.
There can be little doubt that it is identical with the
Plymouth form described by Eiches under this name,
though I failed to make out a superior lobe on the head.
Both differ very considerably in general appearance from
the figares oi Prosorlwchmiis claparedii given by M'Intosh,
and ought very possibly to be regarded as a distinct species.

In the Port Erin specimens, which were from 8 to 12
mm. long, the body was stout and rounded, tapering from
the middle towards either end. The head broad, rounded
in outline and with pronounced notch in front, very
convex dorsally, and well marked off by conspicuous
cephalic furrows resembling those of Tetrastemma can-
didum in disposition. The colour was a dull brownish
orange resulting from the deep apricot yellow colour of
the alimentary tract modified by a sprinkling of minute
granules of superficial reddish brown pigment all over
the body but much more plentiful on the dorsal surface.
In one or two specimens there was a slightly greater
development of pigment between the anterior and posterior
cephalic grooves, but to nothing like the extent seen in
the Plymouth form. The greater portion of the dorsal
surface of the head in front of the anterior furrows was
covered with opaque white flakes ; similar flakes were

REPOET ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 465

usually disposed as a fan on the posterior extremity of
the body, while in one individual minute white grains
superficial to the brown pigment appeared all over the
body. In no case was there any tendency to the formation
of a dorsal white line.

The eyes were reddish brown and crescentic in shape,
the ragged concave side being directed outward. The
anterior pair were much larger than the posterior, and
the latter were much closer together than the former
when the animal was well extended ; the two pairs, how-
ever, were not approximated as represented in the figures
of M'Intosh but on the contrary were separated by an
interval quite as great as in the case of Tetrastemma can-
didiim for instance.

The central stylet apparatus agreed precisely with the
figure given by M'Intosh (PI. XIII., fig. 1), except in two
specimens wherein the handle of the central stylet was
long and with a straight posterior border as in the others,
but the corners were rounded off instead of sharp.

A number of females containing numerous large ova
were seen but in no case was there any sign of commencing
development.

Family Nemertid^e.

N emeries neesii (Oersted).

A young individual 3 cm. long dredged in about 20
fathoms off Peel on June 23rd, 1895, is the only example
of this species which has so far as I know been taken
below low water mark in the district. Large specimens
were commonly found on the shore in all suitable locahties.

Order IV.— HETEEONEMERTINI, Biirger.

Family Lineid^. y'i^

Linens obscurus (DesoT). , /^ -- *^oV^

Shore, common (see Vanstone). j» - «*

466 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Linens longissimus, Sowerby.

This species was not met with at all commonly ; a few
specimens were found at low tide at Port Erin in 1894,
and it was dredged off Bay Aldrick in about 17 fathoms
in 1895.

Micrura purpurea (Daly ell), J. Miiller.

Two examples of this species were dredged in about 15
fathoms to the north of the Halfway Kock on shelly
bottom. They were 6 to 7 cm. long, and in colour rich
purple-brown with the characteristic patch of yellow on
the snout. No eyes could be made out in either,

Micrura fasciolata, Ehrenberg.

This species was dredged not infrequently in 15 to 20
fathoms on the shell ground near Port Erin, but can
hardly be considered abundant. Length 3 to 6 cm. In
addition to specimens of the typical brownish red colour
with conspicuous white bands, a few were met with
resembling a variety described by M'Intosh ; these were
greenish and greyish brown in colour and the white bands
were very obscure, or even entirely absent, so that, but
for the possession of a caudal appendage, they bore a very
close resemblance to similarly coloured varieties of Linens
obscurus.

An individual of this species, when accidentally dropped
into a solution of picric acid, disgorged a Polychaete
worm about half its own length.

Micrura Candida, Biirger.

Gerehratidus lacteus, Hubrecht.

An opaque white Nemertine about 4 cm. long dredged
in June, 1895, to the north of the Halfway Eock in about
15 fathoms, proved to belong to the above species. It was
readily distinguished from pale examples of Gerehratulus
fiiscus by its rounder more attenuated body and less
pointed head, and by the absence of eyes. The surface

EEPORT ON L.M.B.C. NEMERTINES. 467

of the body was much wrinkled transversely, the intervening
folds being densely crowded with flakes of opaque white,
so that the brownish flesh-colour of the deeper tissues was
only visible in the wrinkles. No granular brown pigment
was present. The brain showed as an ill defined pinkish
mass. A caudal appendage was present. A second
specimen 6 mm. long was dredged on the same ground
later. The ground colour was white with a yellowish
tinge due to the gut, the wrinkhng was less marked than
in the larger individual, which it otherwise closely
resembled. The single specimen taken by Kiches at
Plymouth is the only previous British record for this
species.

Cerehratidus fuscus (M'Intosh), Hubrecht.

The posterior end of a large individual of this species
was dredged in the neighbourhood of Spanish Head on
the *'Lady Loch" excursion of June 1st, 1895. The
dorsal surface was somewhat profusely spotted with brown
pigment ; this and the very characteristic shape left no
doubt as to its identity.

During the course of the same month one specimen
about 2 cm. long and some half dozen smaller ones were
obtained off Port Erin in 15 to 20 fathoms.

Eeferences.

1. M'Intosh. — A Monograph of British Annelids. Pt.

I., Nemertines.

2. Hubrecht. — Genera and Species of Eiiroj^ean Nenier-

tines. Notes from Leyden Museum, XLIV., 1879.

3. Burger. — Zur Systematik der Nemertinenfauna des

Golfes von Neapel. Nachrichten v. d. K. Gesell-
schaft d. Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, 1892.

468 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

4. ^lOiL^^.-TheNemertines of Plymouth Soimd. Journal

of the Marine Biological Association, 1893.

5. :JovBm.~Faune France : Les Nemertiens 1894

6. Vanstone.-TA. Nemertines of Port Erin, Me of Man.

Trans. Liverpool Biological Society, 1894.

i